4TH EDITION
Pocket Guide to Clinical Microbiology
Christopher D. Doern 4TH EDITION
POCKET GUIDE TO Clinical Microbiology
4TH EDITION
POCKET GUIDE TO Clinical Microbiology
Christopher D. Doern, PhD, D(ABMM) Assistant Professor, Pathology Director of Clinical Microbiology Virginia Commonwealth University Health System Medical College of Virginia Campus
Washington, DC Copyright © 2018 American Society for Microbiology. All rights reserved. No part of this publi cation may be repro duced or transmitted in whole or in part or reused in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and recording, or by any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publisher.
Disclaimer: To the best of the publisher’s knowledge, this publication pro vides information concerning the subject matter covered that is accurate as of the date of publication. The publisher is not providing legal, medical, or other professional services. Any reference herein to any specific commercial products, procedures, or services by trade name, trademark, manufacturer, or otherwise does not constitute or imply endorsement, recommendation, or favored status by the American Society for Microbiology (ASM). The views and opinions of the author(s) expressed in this publication do not necessarily state or reflect those ofASM, and they shall not be used to advertise or en dorse any product.
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data
Names: Doern, Christopher D., author. Title: Pocket guide to clinical microbiology / Christopher D. Doern. Description: Fourth edition. | Washington, DC : ASM Press, 2018. Identifiers: LCCN 2018008388 | ISBN 9781683670063 (pbk. : alk. paper) Subjects: LCSH: Medical microbiology—Handbooks, manuals, etc. Classification: LCC QR46 .M92 2018 | DDC 616.9/041—dc23 LC record available at https://lccn.loc.gov/2018008388 doi:10.1128/9781683670070
All Rights Reserved Printed in the United States of America
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Address editorial correspondence to ASM Press, 1752 N St., N.W., Washington, DC 20036-2904, USA
Send orders to ASM Press, P.O. Box 605, Herndon, VA 20172, USA Phone: 800-546-2416; 703-661-1593 Fax: 703-661-1501 E-mail: books@asmusa.org Online: http://www.asmscience.org To Drs. Carey-Ann Burnham, Mike Dunne, and Betz Forbes: invaluable mentors and dear friends.
Contents
Preface xiii About the Author xv
SECTION 1 Taxonomic Classification of Medically Important Microorganisms 1 Gee n ral Comments 2 Taxonomic Classification of Bacteria 2 Taxonomic Classification of Human Viruses 9 Taxonomic Classification of Fungi 13 Taxonomic Classification of Parasites 13
SECTION 2 Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 19 General Comments 20 Table 2.1 Human Indigenous Flora 22 Microbes Responsible for Human Disease 34 Summary of Notifiable Infectious Diseases: United States, 2015 54 Table 2.2 Arthropod Vectors of Medically Important Diseases 58 Table 2.3 Fungal Pathogens and Geographic Distribution 61 Table 2.4 Parasitic Pathogens and Geographic Distribution 71
SECTION 3 Specimen Collection and Transport 81 General Comments 82 Table 3.1 Bacteriology: Collection and Transport Guidelines 84 viii Contents Table 3.2 Specimen Collection and Transport Guidelines for Infrequently Encountered Bacteria 105 Table 3.3 Guidelines for Collection of Specimens for Anaerobic Culture 107 Virology: General Specimen Guidelines 107 Virology: Specific Specimen Guidelines 108 Table 3.4 Recommended Blood Volumes to Collect for Blood Cultures 111 Table 3.5 Mycology: Collection and Transport Guidelines 112 Table 3.6 Parasitology: Specimen Guidelines 117 Table 3.7 Guidelines for Processing Stool Specimens for Parasites 124
SECTION 4 127 Bacterial Diagnosis 127 General Comments 128 Table 4.1 Detection Methods for Bacteria 129 Table 4.2 Recommendations for Gram Stain and Plating Media 133 Table 4.3 Screening Specimens for Routine Bacterial Culture 137 Table 4.4 Processing Specimens for Mycobacterial Identification 138 Microscopy 139 Primary Plating Media: Bacteria 141 Primary Plating Media: Mycobacteria 154 Specific Diagnostic Tests 157 Aerobic Gram-Positive Cocci 157 Aerobic Gram-Positive Rods 158 Acid-Fast and Partially Acid-Fast Gram-Positive Rods 160 Aerobic Gram-Negative Cocci 161 Aerobic Gram-Negative Rods 161 Anaerobic Bacteria 168 Curved and Spiral-Shaped Bacteria 170 Mycoplasma spp. and Obligate Intracellular Bacteria 172 Identification Tables 175 Contents ix SECTION 5 Viral Diagnosis 219 General Comments 220 Table 5.1 Detection Methods for Viruses 221 Table 5.2 Cells Used for Viral Isolation 224 RNA Viruses 225 DNA Viruses 232 Transmissible Spongiform Encephalopathies 239
SECTION 6 Fungal Diagnosis 241 Mycology Specimen Collection and Transport Guidelines 242 Table 6.1 Methods for the Identification of Fungi 245 Microscopy 246 Table 6.2 Characteristic Fungal Elements Seen by Direct Examination of Clinical Specimens 248 Primary Plating Media 254 Table 6.3 Mycology Plating Guide 256 Specific DiagnosticTests 258 Aspergillus Species 258 Blastomyces dermatitidis 258 Candida Species 259 Coccidioides Species 259 Cryptococcus Species 260 Histoplasma capsulatum 260 Malassezia Species 261 Paracoccidioides brasiliensis 261 Talaromyces (Penicillium) marneffei 262 Pneumocystis jiroveci 262 Sporothrix schenckii 262 Zygomycetes 262 Identification Tables 264 x Contents SECTION 7 Parasitic Diagnosis 285 General Comments 286 Table 7.1 Detection Methods for Parasites 287 Microscopy 290 Specific Diagnostic Tests 291 Free-Living Amebae 291 Intestinal and Urogenital Protozoa 292 Blood and Tissue Protozoa 294 Microsporidia 297 Helminths: Nematodes 297 Helminths: Trematodes 299 Helminths: Cestodes 300 Identification Tables and Figures 302 Table 7.2 Trophozoites of Common Intestinal Amebae 302 Table 7.3 Cysts of Common Intestinal Amebae 305 Figure 7.1 Intestinal Amebae of Humans 308 Table 7.4 Trophozoites of Flagellates 309 Table 7.5 Cysts of Flagellates 311 Figure 7.2 Intestinal and Urogenital Flagellates of Humans 312 Table 7.6 Morphological Characteristics of Ciliates, Coccidia, Microsporidia, and Tissue Protozoa 313 Table 7.7 Morphological Characteristics of Protozoa Found in Blood 315 Table 7.8 Morphological Characteristics of Blood and Tissue Nematodes 317 Table 7.9 Morphological Characteristics of Helminths 318 Figure 7.3 Relative Sizes of Helminth Eggs 320
SECTION 8 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing, and Methods of Organism Identification 323 General Comments 324 Table 8.1 Recommended pediatric immunization schedule 325 Contents xi Table 8.2 Recommended adult immunization schedule 328 Table 8.3 Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI) documents related to antimicrobial susceptibility testing from humans 330 Table 8.4 Summary of CLSI antimicrobial susceptibility test methods for select bacteria, mycobacteria, and fungi 332 Table 8.5 Routes of administration and drug class for select antimicrobial agents 337 Table 8.6 Routes of administration and drug class for select antifungal agents 342 Table 8.7 Routes of administration and drug class for select antiparasitic agents 343 Table 8.8 Antibacterial agents for specific bacte ria 345 Table 8.9 Intrinsic resistance of selected Gram-negative bacte ria 354 Table 8.10 Intrinsic resis tance of selected Gram positive bacteria 356 Table 8.11 Important mechanisms of multidrug resistance in bacteria. 358 Table 8.12 Organisms included in CLSI and EUCAST breakpoint tables 361 Table 8.13 Guide to interpretive criteria for select organisms for commonly tested antimicrobials 364 Table 8.14 Summary of MALDI-TOF MS identification of bacteria, mycobacteria, and fungi 374 Table 8.15 Gene sequencing targets for organism identification 380
Index 383
Preface
The Pocket Guide to Clinical Microbiology is unique among refer ence texts in that its primary purpose is to present usable informa tion in a concise and accessible manner. Now in its fourth edition, this iconic text has remained popular over the years because it has successfully condensed most of the information needed by the prac ticing clinical microbiologist into a pocket-sized guide. As Dr. Pat rick Murray articulated in the preface of the third edition, with each iteration of this text the format has been honed to enhance its usability. Although the overall format of the fourth edition re mains true to the template of previous editions, this edition reflects the tremendous evolution that has occurred in clinical microbiology over the past decade. In particular, three key advances have reshaped the practice of clinical microbiology, and have therefore, reshaped this edition. First, the widespread adoption of matrix-assisted laser desorption/ ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF MS) for organism identification has altered the way many laboratories practice clinical microbiology. Despite the fact that those using MALDI-TOF MS are less dependent on biochemical reactions to identify organisms, understanding biochemical profiles is still re quired for the troubleshooting of failed or ambiguous MALDI-TOF MS identifications. As such, this text has updated, but maintained, much of the biochemical reactions required to identify organisms the “old school” way. It is my belief that understanding and using these reactions to confirm organism identifications, remains one of the foundations of good clinical microbiology. This pocket guide should provide quick reference to everything the microbiologist needs to confidently identify most organisms encountered in the clinical laboratory. In addition, new information has been added in Section 8 that outlines the specifics of MALDI-TOF MS perfor mance for individual bacteria, mycobacteria, and fungi. Second, the development of molecular techniques has revolu tionized the diagnosis of infectious diseases. Most notably, nucleic acid amplification testing (NAATs), also referred to as polymerase chain reaction (PCR), has drastically changed the practice of clinical xiii xiv Preface vi rology to the extent that many laboratories no longer perform viral culture. Information regarding viral culture has been retained in this guide for labs still performing those techniques, but signif icant additions have been made throughout this edition to reflect the use of molecular diagnostics. Also, because gene sequencing is now a common technique used to identify bacteria and fungi, Sec tion 8 contains new information to help interpret these results. Third, the continued emergence of antimicrobial resistance poses signif cant challenges to clinical microbiologists as we struggle to provide treatment options for increasingly difficult-to-treat organ isms. To reflect this reality, significant changes have been made to this pocket guide to help the microbiologist better perform and in terpret antimicrobial susceptibility testing in the era of multidrug resistance. Acknowledging the international appeal of this text, I added new tables outlining guidance provided by both the Clini cal and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI) and the Europ ean Committee on Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing (EUCAST). The goal of these tables is to help the reader easily understand what methods can be used, and what interpretive criteria exist, for most organism/antibiotic combinations. Also included are tables with im portant intrinsic resistance profiles for commonly encountered or ganisms, as well as key mechanisms of resistance. Sir Isaac Newton once said, “If I have seen further than others, it is by standing on the shoulders of giants.” Although I have no illusions that I have “seen further” than anyone else, the humility expressed in this quote resonates with me as I have undertaken the task of updating a text that was conc eived and authored by Dr. Pat rick Murray, one of the true giants of clinical microbiology. So first and foremost, I thank him for his work making this pocket guide the respected resource that it is. I hope that the fourth edition will do justice to the tradition of this text. In addition, I want to thank the talented, and patient, professionals at ASM Press. Specifically, Christine Charlip and Larry Klein, along with what I’m sure are countless others at ASM, warrant special thanks for all their work. And last, I thank my wife Kelli, who provided support and under standing through the many late nights and weekends it took to complete this project. I could not have finished this project were it not for her support. The practice of clinical microbiology is a wonderful discipline, requiring judgement, investigation, and critical decision-making to produce quality results. It is my hope that you will find this pocket guide to be a user-friendly reference that enhances your ability to do all of these things, and ultimately provide the best patient care possible. Christopher D. Doern About the Author
Christopher Doern, PhD, D(ABMM), is an Assistant Professor of Pathology and the Director of Clinical Microbiology at the Vi rginia Commonwealth University Health System, Richmond, Virginia. He earned his undergraduate and doctoral degrees from Wake Forest University in Winston-Salem, North Carolina. Doern went on to a fellowship in Medical and Public Health Microbiology at the Washington University School of Medicine, St. Louis, Missouri, and is certified by the American Board of Medical Microbiology (ABMM).
Doern is an active member of the clinical microbiology community and serves on the ABMM, ASM Clinical Laboratory Practices Com mittee, Clinical Chemistry Trainee Council, and several Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute document development and revision committees. He is an editor for the Clinical Microbiology Newsletter and serves on the Journal of Clinical Microbiology and Pediatric Infectious Diseases Journal editorial boards.
Doern is involved in educational programs that reach an interna tional audience. Among these is the Medical Microbiology Question of the Day (www.pathquestions.com), for which he has been an edi tor since 2011. This service provides freely accessible educational material to participants in more than 60 countries
xv
SECTION 1 Taxonomic Classification of Medically Important Microorganisms
General Comments 2 Taxonomic Classification of Bacteria 2 Taxonomic Classification of Human Viruses 9 Taxonomic Classification of Fungi 13 Taxonomic Classification of Parasites 13
doi:10.1128/9781683670070.ch1 2 SECTION 1 In order to remain true to the tradition set forth by the first three editions of this pocket guide, the first section will be devoted to de scribing the taxonomy of common (and some uncommon) organ isms which are associated with humans and may be isolated by the Clinical Microbiology Laboratory. Unfortunately, in the 13 or so years that have passed since the third edition of the Pocket Guide was published, the rate of taxonomic changes has continued to in crease such that publishing a taxonomic list of organisms would be out of date before this book goes to publication. This is a product of continued proliferation of new species of organisms which are being identified by increasingly sophisticated genomic analyses. As such, the revised goal of this section will be to outline some high- level taxonomic groupings and provide the resources and refer
Taxonomic Classification Taxonomic ences one would need to identify the most up-to-date taxonomic classifications. It should be appreciated that despite appearances, changes in no menclature are regulated by a system of rules with oversight gov erned by the International Code of Biological Nomenclature (www .biosis.org.uk/zrdocs/codes/codes.htm). The International Code of Nomenclature of Bacteria governs bacterial taxonomy, and all bac teria named after 1980 must be validly published in the Interna- tional Journal of Systematic and Evolutionary Microbiology. A current listing of bacteria can be found at http://www.bacterio.net, http://www.bacterio.cict.fr/, and https://www.dsmz.de/. The Inter national Committee on Taxonomy of Viruses (ICTV) governs viral taxonomy, and all currently recognized viruses can be found at https://talk.ictvonline.org//. The International Code of Botanical Nomenclature governs fungal classification, and additional informa tion can be found at http://www.iapt-taxon.org/nomen/main.php/. Taxonomic Classification of Bacteria Classification and taxonomy of prokaryotes (bacteria) is compli cated and is governed by the International Code of Nomenclature of Bacteria (last revised in 1990). By definition, each prokaryotic species must include a genus-level name that is included within a hierarchy or ranks, which includes (from highest to lowest rank) subtribe, tribe, subfamily, family, suborder, order, subclass, class, division (or phylum), and domain (or empire). To further complicate matters, the tribe and subtribe do not actually include names and are therefore not used. Most importantly, there is no such thing as an official classifi cation of prokaryotes. This is because in contrast to eukaryotes, the prokaryotic designations are a matter of scientific judgment. There fore, the closest things that we have to “official” taxonomic desig nations are those names that are generally accepted by the microbiology community. Despite this fact, microbiologists have Taxonomic Classification of Important Microorganisms 3 achieved some amount of consensus by relying on resources such as the International Journal of Systematic and Evolutionary Micro biology and Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology. As of the writing of this fourth edition Pocket Guide, the pro karyotes were divided into 2 domains, 35 phyla, 80 classes, 1 sub class, 178 orders, 20 suborders, 402 families, and 2,552 genera. The following is a consolidated taxonomic outline, which will focus on the taxonomic organization or those organisms that are most likely to be encountered in the clinical microbiology laboratory. This is not meant to be an exhaustive list of all bacteria. Rather, it is intended to provide some context to the relationships between some of the most commonly encountered organisms in human clinical specimens. The taxonomy of bacterial classification is arranged in the fol lowing way. . . Classification Taxonomic
Domain Phyla Class Subclass Order Suborder Family Genera
Domain: Bacteria Class. Actinobacteria Family. Actinomycetaceae Genus. Actinobaculum Genus. Actinomyces Genus. Arcanobacterium Genus. Mobiluncus Genus. Trueperella Family. Corynebacteriaceae Genus. Corynebacterium Genus. Turicella Family. Dietziaceae Genus. Dietzia Family. Mycobacteriaceae Genus. Mycobacterium Family. Nocardiaceae Genus. Gordonia Genus. Nocardia Genus. Rhodococcus Family. Tsukamurellaceae Genus. Tsukamurella Family. Propionibacteriaceae Genus. Propionibacterium 4 SECTION 1 Family. Streptocmycetaceae Genus. Streptomyces Family. Nocardiopsaceae Genus. Nocardiopsis Family. Bifidobacteriaceae Genus. Alloscardovia Genus. Bifidobacterium Genus. Gardnerella Family. Brevibacteriaceae Genus. Brevibacterium Family. Cellulomonadaceae Genus. Cellulomonas Genus. Oerskovia
Taxonomic Classification Taxonomic Genus. Tropheryma Family. Dermabacteraceae Genus. Dermabacter Genus. Helcobacillus Family. Dermacoccaceae Genus. Dermacocccus Genus. Kytococcus Family. Microbacteriaceae Genus. Leifsonia Genus. Microbacterium Family. Micrococcaceae Genus. Arthrobacter Genus. Kocuria Genus. Micrococcus Genus. Rothia Genus. Stomatococcus Class. Coriobacteriia Family. Atopobiaceae Genus. Atopobium Family. Eggerthellaceae Genus. Eggerthella Genus. Slackia Class. Bacteroidia Family. Bacteroidaceae Genus. Bacteroides Family. Porphyromonadaceae Genus. Dysgonomonas Genus. Microbacter Genus. Parabacteroides Genus. Porphyromonas Genus. Tannerella Family. Prevotellaceae Genus. Prevotella Taxonomic Classification of Important Microorganisms 5 Class. Flavobacteriia Family. Flavobacteriaceae Genus. Bergeyella Genus. Capnocytophaga Genus. Chryseobacterium Genus. Elizabethkingia Genus. Empedobacter Genus. Flavobacterium Genus. Weeksella Class. Sphingobacteriia Family. Sphingobacteriaceae Genus. Sphingobacterium Class. Chlamydiae
Family. Chlamydiaceae Classification Taxonomic Genus. Chlamydia Genus. Chlamydophila Class. Bacilli or Fibribacteria Family. Bacillaceae Genus. Bacillus Family. Listeriaceae Genus. Listeria Family. Paenibacillaceae Genus. Paenibacillus Family. Staphylococcaceae Genus. Staphylococcus Family. Unassigned Genus. Gemella Family. Aerococcaceae Genus. Abiotrophia Genus. Aerococcus Genus. Dolosicoccus Genus. Facklamia Genus. Globicatella Family. Carnobactericeae Genus. Alloiococcus Genus. Dolosigranulum Genus. Granulicatella Family. Enterococcaceae Genus. Enterococcus Genus. Vagococcus Family. Lactobacillaceae Genus. Lactobacillus Genus. Pediococcus Family. Leuconostocaceae Genus. Leuconostoc Genus. Weissella 6 SECTION 1 Family. Streptococcaceae Genus. Lactococcus Genus. Streptococcus Class. Clostridia Family. Clostridiaceae Genus. Clostridium Genus. Sarcinia Family. Peptococcaceae Genus. Peptococcus Family. Peptostreptococcaceae Genus. Peptostreptococcus Family. Unassigned Genus. Anaerococcus
Taxonomic Classification Taxonomic Genus. Finegoldia Genus. Helcococcus Genus. Peptoniphilus Class. Erysipelotrichia Family. Erysipelotrichaceae Genus. Erysipelothrix Class. Negativicutes Family. Veillonellaceae Genus. Veillonella Class. Fusobacteriia Family. Fusobacteriaceae Genus. Fusobacterium Family. Leptotrichiaceae Genus. Leptotrichia Genus. Sneathia Genus. Streptobacillus Class. Alphaproteobcteria Family. Caulobacteraceae Genus. Brevundimonas Family. Bartonellaceae Genus. Bartonella Family. Brucellaceae Genus. Brucella Genus. Ochrabactrum Family. Rhizobiaceae Genus. Agrobacterium Genus. Rhizobium Family. Rhodobacteraceae Genus. Paracoccus Family. Acetobacteraceae Genus. Roseomonas Family. Rhodospirllaceae Genus. Inquilinus Family. Anaplasmataceae Taxonomic Classification of Important Microorganisms 7 Genus. Anaplasma Genus. Ehrlichia Genus. Wolbachia Family. Rickettsiaceae Genus. Orientia Genus. Rickettsia Family. Sphingomonadaceae Genus. Sphingomonas Class. Betaproteobacteria Family. Alcaligenaceae Genus. Achoromobacter Genus. Alcaligenes Genus. Bordetella
Genus. Oligella Classification Taxonomic Family. Burkholderiaceae Genus. Burkholderia Genus. Cupriavidis Genus. Pandoraea Genus. Ralstonia Family. Comamonadaceae Genus. Acidovorax Genus. Comamonas Genus. Defltia Family. Oxalobacteraceae Genus. Herbaspirillum Family. Neisseriaceae Genus. Eikenella Genus. Kingella Genus. Neisseria Family. Sprillaceae Genus. Genera Genus. Sprillium Class. Epsilonproteobacteria Family. Campylobacteraceae Genus. Arcobacter Genus. Campylobacter Family. Helicobacteraceae Genus. Helicobacter Class. Gammaproteobacteria Family. Enterobacteriaceae Genus. Cedecea Genus. Citrobacter Genus. Cronobacter Genus. Edwardsiella Genus. Enterobacter Genus. Erwinia Genus. Escherichia 8 SECTION 1 Genus. Hafnia Genus. Klebsiella Genus. Kluybera Genus. Leclercia Genus. Morganella Genus. Pantoea Genus. Plesiomonas Genus. Proteus Genus. Providencia Genus. Raoltella Genus. Salmonella Genus. Serratia Genus. Shigella
Taxonomic Classification Taxonomic Genus. Yersinia Genus. Yokenella Family. Vibrionaceae Genus. Vibrio Family. Aeromonadaceae Genus. Aeromonas Family. Shewanellaceae Genus. Shewanella Family. Cardiobacteriaceae Genus. Cardiobacterium Genus. Suttonella Family. Coxiellaceae Genus. Coxiella Family. Legionellaceae Genus. Legionella Family. Pasteurellaceae Genus. Actinobacillus Genus. Aggregatibacter Genus. Haemophilus Genus. Pasteurella Family. Moraxelaceae Genus. Acinetobacter Genus. Branhamella Genus. Moraxella Family. Pseudomonadaceae Genus. Chryseomonas Genus. Flavimonas Genus. Pseudomonas Family. Francisellaceae Genus. Francisella Class. Spirochaetes Family. Brachyspiraceae Genus. Brachyspira Taxonomic Classification of Important Microorganisms 9 Family. Leptospiraceae Genus. Leptospira Family. Borreliaceae Genus. Borrelia Family. Spirochaetaceae Genus. Treponema Class. Mollicutes Family. Mycoplasmataceae Genus. Mycoplasma Genus. Ureaplasma Taxonomic Classification of Human Viruses
The taxonomy of viral classification is arranged in the following Classification Taxonomic way. . . Order Family Subfamily Genus Species Practically speaking, most clinical microbiologists organize vi ruses in terms of genome structure, family, and genus, and only rarely are the subfamily or species designations utilized. As such, the following taxonomic structure is presented in terms of what would be most useful to the practicing clinical microbiologist.
Single-stranded, nonenveloped DNA viruses Family. Parvoviridae Genus. Erythrovirus Species. Human parvovirus B19 virus
Double-stranded, nonenveloped DNA viruses Family. Polyomaviridae Genus. Polyomavirus Species. JC polyomavirus, BK polyomavirus Family. Papillomaviridae Genus. Papillomavirus Species. Human papillomavirus Family. Adenoviridae Genus. Mastadenovirus Species. Human adenoviruses (species A to G)
Double-stranded, enveloped DNA viruses Family. Poxviridae Genus. Orthopoxvirus 10 SECTION 1 Species. Vaccinia virus, variola virus smallpox virus, cowpox virus, monkeypox virus Genus. Molluscipoxvirus Species. Molluscum contagiosum virus Genus. Parapoxvirus Species. Orf virus Family. Hepadnaviridae Genus. Orthohepadnavirus Species. Hepatitis B virus Family. Herpesviridae Genus. Simplexvirus Species. Human herpesvirus 1 (herpes simplex virus type 1; HHV-1), human herpesvirus 2 (herpes
Taxonomic Classification Taxonomic simplex virus type 2; HHV-2) Genus. Varicellovirus Species. Human herpesvirus 3 (varicella-zoster virus [VZV]; HHV-3) Genus. Lymphocryptovirus Species. Human herpesvirus 4 (Epstein-Barr virus [EBV]; HHV-4) Genus. Cytomegalovirus Species. Human herpesvirus 5 (CMV; HHV-5) Genus. Roseolovirus Species. Human herpesvirus 6 (roseola virus; HHV-6), human herpesvirus 7 (HHV-7) Genus. Rhadinovirus Species. Human herpesvirus 8 (HHV-8)
Single-stranded, positive-sense, nonenveloped RNA viruses Family. Picornaviridae Genus. Enterovirus Species. Enterovirus A (human coxsackievirus A2, human enterovirus 71) Enterovirus B (human coxsackievirus B1, human echovirus), Enterovi- rus C (human poliovirus 1 to 3, human coxsacki evirus A1), Enterovirus D (human enterovirus 68, 70, and 94), Rhinovirus A, B, and C. Genus. Aphthovirus Species. Foot-and-mouth disease virus Genus. Hepatovirus Species. Human hepatitis A virus (HHAV) Family. Caliciviridae Genus. Norovirus Species. Norwalk virus Genus. Sapovirus Species. Sapporo virus Family. Astroviridae Taxonomic Classification of Important Microorganisms 11 Genus. Astrovirus Species. Human astrovirus
Single-stranded, positive-sense, enveloped RNA viruses Family. Coronaviridae Genus. Coronavirus Species. Human coronavirus, Severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) virus, Middle eastern respiratory syndrome (MERS) virus Genus. Torovirus Species. Human torovirus Family. Togaviridae Genus. Alphavirus
Species. Sindbis virus, Eastern equine encephalitis Classification Taxonomic (EEE) virus, Western equine encephalitis (WEE) virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis (VEE) virus, Chickungunya virus, many other viruses Genus. Rubivirus Species. Rubella virus Family. Flaviviridae Genus. Flavivirus Species. Yellow fever virus, West Nile virus, St. Louis encephalitis (SLE) virus, Japanese encephalitis (JE) virus, Dengue virus (types 1 through 4), Zika virus, many other viruses Genus. Hepacivirus Species. Hepatitis C virus (HCV)
Single-stranded, negative-sense, enveloped RNA viruses Family. Rhabdoviridae Genus. Lyssavirus Species. Rabies virus Family. Filoviridae Genus. “Marburg-like viruses” Species. Marburg virus Genus. “Ebola-like viruses” Species. Ebola virus Family. Orthomyxoviridae Genus. Influenzavirus A Species. Influenza A virus Genus. Influenzavirus B Species. Influenza B virus Genus. Influenzavirus C Species. Influenza C virus Family. Paramyxoviridae Genus. Respirovirus 12 SECTION 1 Species. Sendai virus, Human parainfluenza virus (types 1 and 3) Genus. Rubulavirus Species. Mumps virus, Human parainfluenza virus (types 2 and 4) Genus. Morbillivirus Species. Measles virus Genus. Henipavirus Species. Hendra virus, Nipah virus Genus. Pneumovirus Species. Human respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) Genus. Metapneumovirus Species. human metapneumovirus
Taxonomic Classification Taxonomic Family. Bunyaviridae Genus. Orthobunyavirus Species. Bunyamwera virus, California encephalitis virus, La Crosse virus, many other viruses Genus. Hantavirus Species. Hantaan virus, Sin Nombre virus, other viruses Genus. Nairovirus Species. Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever virus (CCFV), other viruses Genus. Phlebovirus Species. Rift Valley fever virus, other viruses Family. Arenaviridae Genus. Arenavirus Species. Lymphocytic choriomeningitis (LCM) virus, Lassa virus, Junin virus, Machupo virus, Sabia virus, other viruses
Double-stranded, enveloped RNA viruses Family. Retroviridae Genus. Deltaretrovirus Species. Human T-lymphotropic virus type 1 (HTLV-1), human T-lymphotropic virus type 2 (HTLV-2) Genus. Lentivirus Species. Human immunodeficiency virus type 1 (HIV-1), human immunodeficiency virus type 2 (HIV-2) Family. Reoviridae Genus. Rotavirus Species. Rotavirus (types A, B, and C) Genus. Coltivirus Species. Colorado tick fever virus Taxonomic Classification of Important Microorganisms 13 Taxonomic Classification of Fungi The taxonomic classification of fungal organisms is complex because fungi can be classified by different methods. The phylogentic tax onomy for fungi is represented in this chapter and is subject to the International Code of Nomenclature (ICN) for algae, fungi, and plants (http://www.iapt-taxon.org). This organization was formally known as the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (ICBN). Fungi are divided into four divisions (phylum or subphylum): Mucormycotina, Entomophthoromycotina, Ascomycota, and Basid iomycota. The Protozoa and Chromista kingdoms include some members that possess a fungus-like appearance and are clinically relevant, such as Rhinosporidium and Pythium.
The taxonomy of fungal classification is arranged in the follow Classification Taxonomic ing way. . .
Phylum Subphylum Class Order Family Genus Species
Since the last writing of this Pocket Guide, a significant change has occurred in the world of fungal taxonomy. As of January 1, 2013, only one name will be used to identify fungi, and the “cor rect” name will be that which was first identified. Why has this oc curred? Most scientists agree that the convention of having multiple names for fungi to represent the differing states of a fun gus is no longer necessary with the use of DNA sequence analyses. The multi-name convention is confusing, and is especially so for the clinical microbiologist who is trying to communicate under standable and actionable information to those caring for patients. Because fungal taxonomic naming conventions are changing more quickly than for bacteria, parasites, and viruses, publishing an extensive list of fungal taxonomy would be rendered inaccurate as soon as this Pocket Guide was published. In fact, many of the names that would be included as of the writing of this book will likely cease to exist. Taxonomic Classification of Parasitesa The term “parasite” refers to a group of eukaryotic organisms, about 200 of which are medically relevant helminths, and 80 of which are medically relevant protozoan species. Within this subset of nearly 14 SECTION 1 300 parasites, about 100 species are commonly found in humans, and an even smaller number within that cause a disproportionate number of important diseases. Presented in the following table are the taxonomic classifications of some of the most important human parasites. Since the last edition of this Pocket Guide was published, some significa nt taxonomic changes have occurred. The two most clini cally relevant changes relate to the Microsporidia and Blastocystis hominis. Due to recent genome-wide analyses, Microsporidia now belong to the kingdom Fungi. The taxonomy of Blastocystis hom- inis has been controversial, and it has previously been considered a fungus and also as protozoa. Recent genome analyses suggest it is most closely related to Proteromonas, though this organism is
Taxonomic Classification Taxonomic a flagellate and B. hominis does possess a flagellum and is not motile. It is now part of the kingdom Chromista rather than the Protozoa.
Kingdom. Protozoa Phylum. Metamonada (flagellates) Class. Trepomonadea (intestinal flagellates) Order. Diplomonadida Genus. Giardia duodenalis Class. Retortamonadea (intestinal flagellates) Order. Retortamonadida Genus. Chilomastix mesnili, Genus. Retortamonas intestinalis Class. Trichomonadea (intestinal and related flagellates) Order. Trichomonadida Genus. Dientamoeba fragilis Genus. Trichomonas vagina/is Genus. Trichomonas tenax Genus. Pentatrichomonas hominis Phylum. Percolozoa Class. Heterolobosea (flagellated amoebae) Order. Schizopyrenida Genus. Naegleria fowleri Phylum. Euglenozoa Class. Kinetoplastea (blood and tissue flagellates) Order. Trypanosomatida Genus. Leishmania Donovan Genus. Leishmania infantum (= L. chagasi) Genus. Leishmania major Genus. Leishmania tropica Genus. Leishmania braziliensis Genus. Leishmania mexicana Genus. Trypanosoma cruzi Genus. Trypanosoma brucei gambiense Taxonomic Classification of Important Microorganisms 15 Genus. Trypanosoma brucei rhodesiense Genus. Trypanosoma rangeli Phylum. Amoebozoa Class. Amoebaea Order. Acanthopodida Genus. Acanthamoeba spp. Genus. Balamuthia mandrillaris Class. Archamoebea (intestinal amoebae) Order. Euamoebida Genus. Entamoeba histolytica Genus. Entamoeba coli Genus. Entamoeba dispar Genus. Entamoeba hartmanni
Genus. Entamoeba gingivalis Classification Taxonomic Genus. Entamoeba polecki Genus. Endolimax nana Genus. Iodamoeba buetschlii Phylum. Sporozoa (sporozoans) Class. Coccidea Order. Eimeriida Genus. Cryptosporidium parvum Genus. Toxoplasma gondii Genus. Cyclospora cayetanensis Genus. Cystoisospora (Isospora) belli Genus. Sarcocystis hominis Order. Piroplasmida Genus. Babesia microti Genus. Babesia divergens Genus. Babesia gibsoni Order. Haemosporida Genus. Plasmodium falciparum Genus. Plasmodium malariae Genus. Plasmodium ovale Genus. Plasmodium vivax Genus. Plasmodium knowlesi Phylum. Ciliophora (ciliates) Class. Litostomatea Order. Trichostomatia Genus. Balantidium coli
Kingdom. Chromista Phylum. Bigyra Class. Blastocystea Genus. Blastocystis hominis
Kingdom. Animalia Phylum. Nemathelminthes (Nematodes, Roundworms) 16 SECTION 1 Class. Adenophorea (Asphasmidea) Family. Trichinellidae (Trichuridae) Genus. Trichinella spiralis Genus. Trichuris trichiura Genus. Capillaria spp. Class. Secernentea (Phasmidea) Family. Ancylostomatidae Genus. Ancylostoma duodenale Genus. Necator americanus Family. Angiostrongylidae Genus. Parastrongylus (Angiostrongylus) cantonensis Genus. Parastrongylus (Angiostrongylus)
Taxonomic Classification Taxonomic costaricensis Family. Ascarididae Genus. Ascaris lumbrioides Genus. Toxocara canis Genus. Toxocara cati Genus. Bayliascaris procyonis Family. Dracunculidae Genus. Dracunculus medinensis Family. Onchocercidae Genus. Brugia malayi Genus. Loa loa Genus. Wuchereria bancrofii Genus. Onchocerca volvulus Genus. Brugia timori Genus. Dirofilaria immitis Genus. Mansonella ozzardi Genus. Mansonella perstans Family. Oxyuridae Genus. Enterobius vermicularis Family. Strongyloididae Genus. Strongyloides stercoralis Genus. Strongyloides fuelleborni Family. Gnathostomatidae Genus. Gnathostoma spinigerum
Phylum. Platyhelminthes Class. Trematoda (flukes) Order. Diplostomida Family. Schistosomatidae Genus. Schistosoma haematobium Genus. Schistosoma japonicum Genus. Schistosoma mansoni Genus. Schistosoma mekongi Genus. Schistosoma intercalatum Taxonomic Classification of Important Microorganisms 17 Order. Plagiorchiida Family. Fasciolidae Genus. Fasciola hepatica Genus. Fasciola gigantica Genus. Fasciolopsis buski Family. Heterophyidae Genus. Heterophyes heterophyes Family. Opisthorchidae Genus. Clonorchis sinensis Genus. Opisthorchis felineus Genus. Opisthorchis viverrini Family. Paragonimidae Genus. Paragonimus westermani
Genus. Paragonimus kellicotti Classification Taxonomic Family. Paragonimidae Genus. Dicrocoelium dentriticum Class. Cestoda (tapeworms) Order. Pseudophyllidea Family. Diphyllobothriidae Genus. Diphyllobothrium latum Order. Cyclophyllidea Family. Dipylidiidae Genus. Dipylidium caninum Family. Hymenolepididae Genus. Hymenolepis nana Genus. Hymenolepis diminuta Family. Taeniidae Genus. Taenia saginata Genus. Taenia solium Genus. Echinococcus granulosus Genus. Echinococcus multilocularis
aAdapted from J. H. Jorgensen, M. A. Pfaller, K. C. Carroll, G. Funke, M. L. Landry, S. S. Richter, D. W. Warnock (ed.), Manual of Clinical Microbiology, 11th ed., ASM Press, Washington, D.C., 2015.
SECTION 2 Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans
General Comments 20 Table 2.1 Human Indigenous Flora 22 Microbes Responsible for Human Disease 34 Summary of Notifiable Infectious Diseases: United States, 2015 54 Table 2.2 Arthropod Vectors of Medically Important Diseases 58 Table 2.3 Fungal Pathogens and Geographic Distribution 61 Table 2.4 Parasitic Pathogens and Geographic Distribution 71
doi:10.1128/9781683670070.ch2 20 SECTION 2 Thea rel tionship between humans and microbes can be defined in one of three ways: 1) transient colonization, 2) persistent coloniza tion, 3) or pathogenic infection. The majority of organisms are un able to establish permanent colonization/infection on the skin or mucosal surfaces and are considered an insignif cant finding when recovered in clinical specimens. Examples include the molds and many of the nonfermentative Gram-negative bacilli that can be iso lated in soil, vegetation, water, and food products. These organ isms are unable to compete with the normal microbial population of the body or cannot survive on the skin surface. Other organisms are a ble to establish long-term residency on or in the human body. The successes of these interactions are influ enced by complex microbial and host factors (e.g., favorable envi ronment [pH, atmosphere, moisture, available nutrients], ability to adhere to surfaces, resistance to bacteriocins, antibiotics, and phagocytic cells). These microbes generally exist in a symbiotic re lationship with their human host and produce disease only when Microbes of Humans Microbes they invade normally sterile body sites such as tissues and body flu ids. Table 2.1 is a listing of the organisms most commonly recov ered from the body surfaces of healthy individuals. This table is intended to serve as an interpretive guideline for cultured speci mens. It should be remembered that many organisms cannot be detected when present in a mixed population (typical of many body sites). With the emergence of next generation sequencing microbi ome experimentation, our understanding of the human microbiome has expanded significantly and demonstrated a greater diversity of commensal organisms than had been previously appreciated. Additionally, recent advances in diagnostic technology have changed the practice of clinical microbiology forever. In particular, the use of matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF MS) has allowed microbiologists to identify organisms rapidly and with more accuracy than ever be fore. Consequently, the microbiologist must understand a greater depth of organisms than ever before, and it remains critical that only those organisms which are clinically signif cant be reported. MALDI-TOF MS is a powerful tool that has greatly improved our ability to diagnose infectious diseases. However, if used incorrectly, MALDI-TOF MS can lead to misdiagnoses, provider confusion, and unnecessary antimicrobial therapy. The quantitative and qualitative presence of specific microbes will also vary with the individual host, inc luding dramatic changes in the indigenous flora in hospitalized patients. Thus, only qualita tive data (presence or absence of the organisms) are presented. Data for viruses are not listed because replication of viruses generally is associated with host tissue destruction or an immunologic response (although this can range from a clinically asymptomatic infection to host death). Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 21 Most diseases in humans are caused by infections with endoge nous bacteria and yeasts or exposure to opportunistic molds, para sites, and viruses. However, some interactions between microbes and humans commonly lead to disease. The most common microbes responsible for human disease are summarized in this section. Selected pathogens are monitored routinely, with all clinical lab oratories required to report specific organisms or diseases to their state public health department. This group of organisms and the dis eases associated with them are reported weekly in Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report. Data for 2015 are summarized in this sec tion. In addition, the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) and the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) have pub lished a list of select agents and toxins. This list is presented in this section and can be found at this website (https://www.selectagents .gov/selectagentsandtoxinslist.html). Arthropods, parasites in their own right, can also serve as vec tors for human disease. A listing of the most common arthropod vectors and their associated diseases is included in Table 2.2. of Humans Microbes Tables 2.3 and 2.4 are listings of fungi and parasites isolated from humans and their geographic distribution. For additional informa tion about indigenous and pathogenic microbes, please consult the reference texts listed in the Bibliography. 22 SECTION 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + + + + Skin, and ear, eye : b 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + iage in r GU tract Microbes of Humans Microbes Prevalence of car 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + + GI tract 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + + + Resp tract
a a r ous flo n e ig
d .
spp . tis uman in H spp . spp. spp.
spp. spp Organism defectiva Abiotrophia laidlawii Acholeplasma Actinomyces actinomycetemcomitans Aggregatibacter christensenii Aerococcus Aerococcus viridans Aerococcus urinae Alloiococcus oti Anaerococcus hydrogenalis Anaerococcus lactolyticus forcosus Anaerorhabdus Arcanobacterium caccae Bacteroides Alistipes Aeromonas Acidaminococcus fermentans Acinetobacter baumannii Acinetobacter junii Acinetobacter lwoffii Acinetobacter radioresistens Anaerococcus prevotii Atopobium Bacillus Table 2.1 Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 23 (continued) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + Microbes of Humans Microbes 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + p com lex Bacteroides distasonis Bacteroides Bacteroides fragilis Bacteroides ovatus splanchnicus Bacteroides thetaiotaomicron Bacteroides adolescentis Bifidobacterium bifidum Bifidobacterium catenulatum Bifidobacterium dentium Bifidobacterium Bilophila wadsworthia Blastocystis hominis capitatus Blastoschizomyces cepacia Burkholderia Butyrivibrio fibrisolvens concisus Campylobacter Brevibacterium casei Brevibacterium epidermidis Bacteroides eggerthii Bacteroides merdae Bacteroides vulgatus Bifidobacterium breve Bifidobacterium longum Campylobacter curvus Campylobacter gracilis Campylobacter jejuni 24 SECTION 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Skin, and ear, eye : b 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + + iage in r GU tract Microbes of Humans Microbes Prevalence of car 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + GI tract 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Resp tract (continued) a a r ous flo n e ig d us t . uman in H spp
Campylobacter rec Organism showae Campylobacter Candida albicans Candida glabrata Candida guilliermondii Candida kefyr Candida krusei Candida lusitaniae Candida parapsilosis Candida tropicalis Capnocytophaga gingivalis Capnocytophage granulosum haemolytica Capnocytophaga Capnocytophaga ochracea hominis Cardiobacterium Cantipeda periodontii Chilomastix mesnili Corynebacterium accolens Corynebacterium afermentans Citrobacter freundii Citrobacter koseri Clostridium Capnocytophaga sputigena Table 2.1 Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 25 (continued) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + Microbes of Humans Microbes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + tum a spp. Corynebacterium amycolatum Corynebacterium auris Corynebacterium duram Corynebacterium Corynebacterium glucuronolyticum jeikeium Corynebacterium Corynebacterium kroppenstedtii macginleyi Corynebacterium matruchotii Corynebacterium Corynebacterium minutissimum propinquum Corynebacterium Corynebacterium pseudodiphtheriticum riegelii Corynebacterium simulans Corynebacterium Corynebacterium stri Corynebacterium urealyticum Cryptococcus albidus Dermacoccus nishinomiyaensis pigra Desulfomonas Dysgonomonas corrodens Eikenella nanaEndolimax Corynebacterium diphtheriae Corynebacterium ulcerans Dermabacter hominis Eggerthella lenta 26 SECTION 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + Skin, and ear, eye : b 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + iage in r GU tract Microbes of Humans Microbes Prevalence of car 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + GI tract 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + Resp tract (continued) a a r ous flo n e ig d uman in spp. spp. H
Ewingella americana Entamoeba coli Organism Entamoeba gingivalis hartmanni Entamoeba Enterobacter Epidermophyton floccosum Eubacterium magnus Finegoldia gonidiaformans Fusobacterium periodonticum Fusobacterium Escherichia coli Escherichia fergusonii Escherichia hermanii Escherichia vulneris Fusobacterium russii Fusobacterium mortiferum Fusobacterium naviforme Fusobacterium necrophorum Fusobacterium nucleatum Fusobacterium alocis Enterococcus faecalis Enterococcus faecium Enterococcus gallinarum Table 2.1 Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 27 (continued) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + Microbes of Humans Microbes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + lus i m i u i c r doph i . spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. spp spp. spp. spp. Kingella Fusobacterium va Fusobacterium sul Gardnerella vaginalis Gemella haemolysans Gemella morbillum Granulicatella Haemophilus Hafnia alvei kunziiHelcococcus Helicobacter sedantariusKytococcus Lactobacillus ac Lactobacillus breve Lactobacillus casei Lactobacillus cellobiosus fermentum Lactobacillus Lactobacillus salivarius Lactococcus adeocarboxylata Leclercia Geotrichum Lactobacillus reuteri Leminorella Klebsiella Kocuria 28 SECTION 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + Skin, and ear, eye : b 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + iage in r GU tract Microbes of Humans Microbes Prevalence of car 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + GI tract 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + + + + + Resp tract (continued) a a r ous flo n e ig d . cros uman in spp. spp H spp.
Organism Leptotrichia bucalis Leuconostoc luteus Micrococcus lylae Micrococcus Micromonas mi Microsporum multiacidus Mitsuokella Mobiluncus curtisii Mobiluncus mulieris wisconsensisMoellerella catarrhalis Moraxella Mycoplasma buccale Mycoplasma faucium Mycoplasma genitalium Mycoplasma hominis Mycoplasma lipophilum Mycoplasma orale penetrans Mycoplasma Morganella morganii Mycoplasma fermentans Listeria monocytogenes Malassezia Megasphaera elsdenii Table 2.1 Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 29 (continued) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + + Microbes of Humans Microbes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a s o c spp. Mycoplasma pneumoniae Mycoplasma primatum Mycoplasma salivarium Mycoplasma spermatophilum ureolyticaOligella urethralisOligella Pasteurella bettyae multocidaPasteurella distasonis Parabacteroides hominis Pentatrichomonas niger Peptococcus asaccharolyticusPeptoniphilus lacrimalisPeptoniphilus anaerobiusPeptostreptococcus productus Peptostreptococcus vaginalis Peptostreptococcus Neisseria cinerea Neisseria flavescens Neisseria lactamica Neisseria meningitidis Neisseria mu Neisseria polysaccharea Neisseria sicca Neisseria subflava Pantoea 30 SECTION 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + Skin, and ear, eye : b 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + iage in r GU tract Microbes of Humans Microbes Prevalence of car 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + GI tract 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Resp tract (continued) a a r ous flo n e ig d uman in H
Organism asaccharolytica Porphyromonas catoniae Porphyromonas endodontalis Porphyromonas Porphyromonas gingivalis Prevotella bivia Prevotella buccae Prevotella buccalis Prevotella corporis Prevotella dentalis denticola Prevotella Prevotella disiens Prevotella enoeca heparinolytica Prevotella Prevotella intennedia Prevotella loescheii Prevote/la melaninogenica Prevotella nigrescens Prevotella oralis Prevotella oris Prevotella oulorum Prevotella zoogleoformans Prevotella tannerae Prevotella veroralis Table 2.1 Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 31 (continued) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + + + + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + Microbes of Humans Microbes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + es n us is spp. l is i spp r b ga ra eus penneri eus vul eus mi t t t Pro Providencia rettgeri Pro Propionibacterium ac Propionibacterium propionicum innocuum Propionferax stuartii Providencia aeruginosa Pseudomonas intestinalis Retortamonas dentocariosa Rothia Rothia mucilaginosa productus Ruminococcus Saccharomyces Selenomonas liquefaciens Serratia Staphylococcus au re Staphylococcus auricularis Staphylococcus capitis Staphylcoccus caprae epidermidis Staphylococcus Staphylococcus haemolyticus Pro Serratia marcescens Serratia odorifera Propionibacterium avidum Propionibacterium granulosum 32 SECTION 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + + + Skin, and ear, eye : b 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + iage in r GU tract Microbes of Humans Microbes Prevalence of car 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + + GI tract 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + + + + + Resp tract (continued) a a r ous flo n e ig d ta uman in H
Organism hominis Staphylococcus Staphylococcus lugdunensis Staphylococcus pasteuri Staphylococcus saccharolyticus Staphylococcus saprophyticus Staphylococcus simulans Staphylococcus xylosus warneri Staphylococcus Streptobacillus moniliformis Streptococcus agalactiae Streptococcus anginosus Streptococcus bovis constellatus Streptococcus Streptococcus cricetus Streptococcus cris dysdalactiae Streptococcus Streptococcus equisimilis Streptococcus gordonii Streptococcus intermedius Streptococcus mitis Streptococcus mutans Streptococcus oralis Streptococcus parasanguis Table 2.1 Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 33 - ated l 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + ally iso c i nt; 0, not typ e only pres m 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + , com + ary tract; n ri Microbes of Humans Microbes u o t i 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + . 2012. Jun. 2012. 13; 486:207–14. al tract; GU, gen n i t es t n i ro t 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + + + + + + + + + + L. Collier, A. Balows, and M. Sussman (ed.), Topley & Wilsons Microbiology and Microbial In nx; GI, gas y har p nx and oro y har p o s ng na i on, 1998, and Human Microbiome Project Consortium, Nature d lud ay, Humanay, microbiota, 295–306, p. in c r nis old, Lon gui ls. n a u ory tract in id t spp. spp. v i r d spp. s 9th ed., Ar Adapted R. Mur from P. Resp, a re pi a b in healthy in fections, Streptococcus pneumoniae Streptococcus pyogenes Streptococcus Streptococcus salivarius Streptococcus san Streptococcus sobrinus vestibularis Streptococcus dextrinosolvens Succinivibrio denticola Treponema maltophilum Treponema minutum Treponema phagedenis Treponema Treponema refringens socranskii Treponema vincentii Treponema tenax Trichomonas Trichophyton Trichosporon otitidisTuricella parvum Ureaplasma urealyticum Ureaplasma Weeksella virosa Veillonella Tissierella praeacuta 34 SECTION 2 Microbes Responsible for Human Disease
BONE AND JOINT INFECTIONS Arthritis Bacteria Neisseria gonorrhoeae Staphylococcus aureus Borrelia burgdorferi Brucella spp. Pseudomonas aeruginosa Pasteurella multocida Eikenella corrodens Streptobacillus moniliformis Mycoplasma hominis Ureaplasma urealyticum Mycobacterium marinum (and other
Microbes of Humans Microbes Mycobacterium spp.) Kingella kingae (children) Viruses Rubella virus Hepatitis B virus Mumps virus Lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus Parvovirus B19 Human immunodeficiency virus Chickungunya Dengue Fungi Sporothrix schenckii Candida spp. Coccidioides immitis Osteomyelitis Bacteria Staphylococcus aureus (and other Staphylococcus spp.) Streptococcus, beta-hemolytic groups Streptococcus pneumoniae Escherichia coli Salmonella spp. (and other Enterobacteriaceae) Pseudomonas aeruginosa Mycobacterium tuberculosis (and other Mycobacterium spp.) Fungi Candida spp. Aspergillus spp. Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 35 Cryptococcus neoformans Blastomyces dermatitidis Coccidioides immitis CARDIOVASCULAR INFECTIONS Endocarditis Bacteria Staphylococcus aureus (and other Staphylococcus spp.) Streptococcus, viridans group (primarily S. mitis, S. oralis, S. sanguis, and S. mutans) Streptococcus bovis group (especially S. gallolyticus subsp. gallolyticus) Streptococcus pneumoniae Abiotrophia defectiva Granulicatella adiacens Rothia mucilaginosa of Humans Microbes Enterococcus spp. (primarily E. faecalis and E. faecium) HACEK group organisms Haemophilus parainfluenzae Aggregatibacter actinomycetemcomitans Aggregatibacter aphrophilus (formerly Haemophilus aphrophilus) Aggregatibacter paraphrolius Cardiobacterium hominis Eikenella corrodens Kingella kingae Salmonella spp. Serratia spp. (and other enteric Gram-negative rods) Pseudomonas aeruginosa Brucella spp. Bartonella spp. (primarily B. henselae) Corynebacterium spp. (primarily in damaged or prosthetic valves) Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae Coxiella burnetii Chlamydophila psittaci Fungi Candida spp. (C. parapsilosis, C. albicans, C. tropicalis, and others) Aspergillus spp. Histoplasma capsulatum 36 SECTION 2 Myocarditis Bacteria Corynebacterium diphtheriae Clostridium perfringens Streptococcus pyogenes Borrelia burgdorferi Neisseria meningitidis Staphylococcus aureus Salmonella spp. Mycoplasma pneumoniae Chlamydophila spp. (C. pneumoniae and C. psittaci) Rickettsia rickettsii Orientia tsutsugamushi Viruses Coxsackievirus groups A and B Echoviruses Microbes of Humans Microbes Poliovirus Mumps virus Rubeola virus Influenza A and B viruses Herpesvirus group Adenoviruses Flaviviruses Arenaviruses Fungi Aspergillus spp. Candida spp. Cryptococcus neoformans Parasites Trypanosoma spp. Trichinella spiralis Toxoplasma gondii Pericarditis Bacteria Streptococcus pneumoniae Staphylococcus aureus Neisseria spp. (primarily N. meningitidis and N. gonorrhoeae) Mycoplasma pneumoniae Mycobacterium tuberculosis (and other Mycobacterium spp.) Viruses Coxsackievirus groups A and B Echovirus Adenovirus Mumps virus Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 37 Influenza A and B viruses Herpesvirus group Fungi Histoplasma capsulatum Coccidioides immitis Blastomyces dermatitidis Cryptococcus neoformans Candida spp. Aspergillus spp. Parasites Toxoplasma gondii Entamoeba histolytica Schistosoma spp. Sepsis Bacteria Staphylococcus aureus (and other Staphylococcus spp.) Enterobacteriaceae (commonly: Escherichia coli, of Humans Microbes Klebsiella spp., Enterobacter spp., Proteus mirabilis, Serratia spp., Citrobacter spp., Salmonella spp.) Enterococcus spp. (primarily E. faecalis and E. faecium) Streptococcus pneumoniae Pseudomonas aeruginosa Streptococcus, beta-hemolytic (primarily groups A, B, C, and F) Streptococcus, viridans group Acinetobacter spp. Mycobacterium avium complex Mycobacterium tuberculosis Fungi Candida albicans Candida glabrata Candida parapsilosis Candida tropicalis Candida krusei Cryptococcus neoformans Trichosporon spp. Malassezia spp. Histoplasma capsulatum Fusarium spp. Transfusion-associated sepsis Bacteria Yersinia enterocolitica Staphylococcus, coagulase-negative spp. Pseudomonas fluorescens/putida Salmonella spp. Serratia marcescens (and other Enterobacteriaceae) 38 SECTION 2 Campylobacter jejuni Treponema pallidum Bacillus cereus Borrelia spp. Viruses Hepatitis viruses (primarily types A, B, C, and D) Cytomegalovirus Epstein-Barr virus Human immunodeficiency virus Human T-cell leukemia virus Parvovirus B19 Colorado tick fever virus Parasites Plasmodium spp. Babesia microti Toxoplasma gondii Trypanosoma cruzi Microbes of Humans Microbes Leishmania spp. Suppurative thrombophlebitis Bacteria Staphylococcus aureus Klebsiella (and other Enterobacteriaceae) Pseudomonas aeruginosa Enterococcus spp. (primarily E. faecalis and E.faecium) Bacteroides fragilis group Campylobacter fetus Fungi Candida spp. Malassezia spp. CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM INFECTIONS Acuten meni gitis Bacteria Escherichia coli (Neonates) Streptococcus agalactiae (group B) (Neonates and elderly) Streptococcus pneumoniae Neisseria meningitidis Listeria monocytogenes (Neonates and elderly) Haemophilus influenzae (rare in post-vaccine era) Other Gram-negative rods (e.g., Klebsiella and Pseudomonas spp.) Staphylococcus aureus (and other Staphylococcus spp.) (shunts, neurosurgical procedures) Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 39 Propionibacterium acnes (shunts, neurosurgical procedures) Nocardia spp. Treponema pallidum Borrelia burgdorferi Leptospira spp. Mycobacterium tuberculosis Mycobacterium avium complex (and other Mycobacterium spp.) Rickettsia spp. Orientia tsutsugamushi Ehrlichia spp. Viruses Enteroviruses (echovirus and coxsackievirus groups A and B) Orbivirus (Colorado tick fever virus) Mumps virus Measles virus of Humans Microbes Adenovirus Herpes simplex virus Human immunodeficiency virus Fungi Cryptococcus neoformans (HIV infected) Cryptococcus gattii Histoplasma capsulatum Coccidioides immitis Candida spp. Parasites Naegleria fowleri Bayliasciaris spp. Acanthamoeba spp. Angiostrongylus cantonensis Chronic meningitis Bacteria Brucella spp. Borrelia burgdorferi Treponema pallidum Mycobacterium tuberculosis (and other Mycobacterium spp.) Nocardia spp. Fungi Coccidioides immitis Histoplasma capsulatum Cryptococcus neoformans Sporothrix schenckii 40 SECTION 2 Parasites Acanthamoeba spp. Angiostrongylus cantonensis Encephalitis Bacteria Listeria monocytogenes Treponema pallidum Leptospira spp. Actinomyces spp. Nocardia spp. Borrelia spp. (associated with Lyme disease and relapsing fever) Rickettsia rickettsii Coxiella burnetii Mycoplasma pneumoniae Mycobacterium tuberculosis Viruses Microbes of Humans Microbes Enteroviruses (poliovirus, coxsackievirus, echovirus, and hepatitis A virus) Herpesvirus group Alphaviruses (Eastern, Western, and Venezuelan equine encephalitis viruses) Flaviviruses (St. Louis encephalitis virus, West Nile virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, and dengue virus) Bunyaviruses (La Crosse virus and Rift Valley virus) Arenaviruses (lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus, Machupo virus, Lassa virus, and Junin virus) Filoviruses (Ebola virus and Marburg virus) Rabies virus Human immunodeficiency virus Mumps virus Measles virus Rubella virus Adenovirus Fungi Cryptococcus neoformans Histoplasma capsulatum Parasites Naegleria fowleri Acanthamoeba spp. Toxoplasma gondii Plasmodium falciparum Trypanosoma spp. Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 41 Brain abscess Bacteria Staphylococcus aureus Enterobacteriaceae (Proteus, Escherichia, Klebsiella, and other spp.) Pseudomonas aeruginosa Streptococcus, viridans group (S. anginosus group) Bacteroides spp. (and other anaerobic Gram-negative rods) Peptostreptococcus spp. (and other anaerobic Gram-positive cocci) Actinomyces spp. Clostridium spp. Listeria monocytogenes Nocardia spp. Rhodococcus equi Mycobacterium tuberculosis Nocardia spp. of Humans Microbes Fungi Cryptococcus neoformans Candida spp. Coccidioides immitis Aspergillus spp. Mucorales Cladiophialophora spp. Scedosporium spp. Exophiala spp. Parasites Acanthamoeba spp. Toxoplasma gondii EAR INFECTIONS Otitis externa Bacteria Pseudomonas aeruginosa Staphylococcus aureus Streptococcus pyogenes Fungi Aspergillus spp. (primarily A. fumigatus and A. niger) Candida albicans Pseudallescheria boydii Malassezia spp. Otitis media Bacteria Streptococcus pneumoniae Haemophilus influenzae 42 SECTION 2 Moraxella catarrhalis Staphylococcus aureus Streptococcus pyogenes Turicella otitidis (controversial—look for pure/predominant growth) Mixed anaerobes Viruses Respiratory syncytial virus Influenza virus Enterovirus Rhinovirus EYE INFECTIONS Conjunctivitis Bacteria Streptococcus pneumoniae Streptococcus agalactiae Microbes of Humans Microbes Streptococcus, viridans group Staphylococcus aureus Moraxella catarrhalis Haemophilus aegyptius Neisseria gonorrhoeae Pseudomonas aeruginosa Corynebacterium diphtheriae Corynebacterium macginleyi Francisella tularensis Borrelia burgdorferi Bartonella henselae Chlamydia trachomatis Viruses Adenovirus Herpesvirus group Papillomavirus Rubella virus Influenza virus Measles virus Fungi Candida spp. Sporothrix schenckii Parasites Onchocera volvulus Loa loa Wuchereria bancrofti Leishmania donovani Microsporidia (most commonly Encephalitozoon spp.) Toxocara canis Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 43 Endophthalmitis Bacteria Staphylococcus aureus (and other Staphylococcus spp.) Pseudomonas aeruginosa Propionibacterium spp. Corynebacterium spp. Bacillus cereus (and other Bacillus spp.) Rapidly growing mycobacteria (primarily M. chelonae and M. abscessus) Viruses Herpesvirus group Rubella virus Measles virus Fungi Candida albicans (and other Candida spp.) Aspergillus spp. Histoplasma capsulatum of Humans Microbes Opportunistic fungi Parasites Toxoplasma gondii Toxocara spp. Cysticercus cellulosae Keratitis Bacteria Staphylococcus aureus (and other Staphylococcus spp.) Streptococcus pneumoniae Streptococcus pyogenes Enterococcus faecalis Pseudomonas aeruginosa Proteus mirabilis (and other enteric Gram-negative rods) Bacillus spp. (primarily B. cereus) Clostridium per:fringens Neisseria gonorrhoeae Viruses Herpesvirus group Adenovirus Measles virus Fungi Fusarium spp. Aspergillus spp. Candida spp. Parasites Onchocerca volvulus Acanthamoeba spp. 44 SECTION 2 Leishmania braziliensis Trypanosoma spp. Microsporidia (primarily Nosema and Encephalitozoon spp.) GASTROINTESTINAL INFECTIONS Esophagitis Viruses Cytomegalovirus Herpes simplex virus Human immunodeficiency virus Fungi Candida albicans (and other Candida spp.) Noninflammatory diarrhea Bacteria Escherichia coli Microbes of Humans Microbes Staphylococcus aureus Bacillus cereus Clostridium perfringens Vibrio spp. (primarily V. cholerae and V. parahaemolyticus) Viruses Rotaviruses Caliciviruses (Norovirus) Adenoviruses Astroviruses Coronaviruses Inflammatory diarrhea Bacteria Escherichia coli Salmonella spp. Shigella spp. Campylobacter spp. Clostridium difficile Yersinia enterocolitica Vibrio parahaemolyticus Plesiomonas shigelloides Edwardsiella tarda Aeromonas spp. Viruses Adenoviruses Cytomegalovirus Fungi Mucorales Parasites Giardia duodenalis Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 45 Entamoeba histolytica Neobalantidium (Balantidium) coli Cryptosporidium parvum Cryptoisospora (Isospora) belli Microsporidia Cyclospora cayetanensis Diphyllobothrium tatum Trichinella spiralis Strongyloides stercoralis Schistosoma spp. (primarily S. mansoni and S. japonicum) GENITAL INFECTIONS Cervicitis Bacteria Neisseria gonorrhoeae Neisseria meningitidis of Humans Microbes Chlamydia trachomatis Actinomyces spp. Viruses Herpes simplex virus Cytomegalovirus Adenovirus Measles virus Papillomavirus Genital ulcers and skin nodules Bacteria Treponema pallidum Haemophilus ducreyi Chlamydia trachomatis Klebsiella granulomatis Mycobacterium ulcerans Mycobacterium tuberculosis Viruses Herpes simplex virus Molluscipoxviruses Fungi Histoplasma capsulatum Urethritis Bacteria Neisseria gonorrhoeae Chlamydia trachomatis Ureaplasma urealyticum Mycoplasma genitalium Parasites Trichomonas vaginalis 46 SECTION 2 Vaginitis Bacteria Mobiluncus spp. Gardnerella vaginalis Mycoplasma hominis Absence of Lactobacillus spp. Fungi Candida spp. Parasites Trichomonas vaginalis GRANULOMATOUS INFECTIONS Bacteria Brucella spp. Francisella tularensis Listeria monocytogenes Burkholderia pseudomallei Microbes of Humans Microbes Actinomyces spp. Bartonella henselae Tropheryma whippelii Mycobacterium spp. Chlamydia trachomatis Coxiella burnetii Treponema pallidum Nocardia spp. Corynebacterium kroppenstedtii (granulomatous breast abscesses) Viruses Cytomegalovirus Measles virus Mumps virus Epstein-Barr virus Fungi Cryptococcus neoformans Candida spp. Sporothrix schenckii Histoplasma capsulatum Paracoccidioides brasiliensis Coccidioides immitis Blastomyces dermatitidis Aspergillus spp. Phialophora spp. Exophiala spp. Fonsecaea spp. Taloromyces marneffei (formerly Penicillium) Pseudallescheria boydii Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 47 Parasites Leishmania spp. Toxoplasma gondii Schistosoma spp. Toxocara spp. INTRA-ABDOMINAL INFECTIONS Peritonitis Bacteria Escherichia coli Klebsiella pneumoniae (and other enteric Gram-negative rods) Pseudomonas aeruginosa Streptococcus pneumoniae Streptococcus anginosus Staphylococcus aureus Enterococcus spp. Bacteroides fragilis group (and other of Humans Microbes Bacteroides spp.) Fusobacterium spp. Clostridium spp. Peptostreptococcus spp. (and other anaerobic Gram-positive cocci) Neisseria gonorrhoeae Chlamydia trachomatis Mycobacterium tuberculosis Fungi Candida albicans Parasites Strongyloides stercoralis Dialysis-associated peritonitis Bacteria Staphylococcus aureus (and other Staphylococcus spp.) Streptococcus spp. Corynebacterium spp. Propionibacterium spp. Escherichia coli (and other Enterobacteriaceae) Pseudomonas aeruginosa Acinetobacter spp. Fungi Candida albicans Candida parapsilosis (and other Candida spp.) Aspergillus spp. Fusarium spp. Exophiala spp. 48 SECTION 2 Visceral abscesses Bacteria Escherichia coli (and other Enterobacteriaceae) Enterococcus spp. Staphylococcus aureus Bacteroides fragilis group Fusobacterium spp. Actinomyces spp. Mixed aerobes and anaerobes Yersinia enterocolitica Streptococcus anginosus Mycobacterium tuberculosis Mycobacterium avium complex (and other Mycobacterium spp.) Fungi Candida albicans (and other Candida spp.) Parasites Microbes of Humans Microbes Entamoeba histolytica (primarily hepatic abscesses) Echinococcus (hepatic abscesses) RESPIRATORY TRACT INFECTIONS Pharyngitis Bacteria Streptococcus pyogenes Streptococcus dysgalactiae (groups C and G) Fusobacterium necrophorum Arcanobacterium haemolyticum Chlamydophila pneumoniae Neisseria gonorrhoeae Corynebacterium diphtheriae Corynebacterium ulcerans Mycoplasma pneumoniae Yersinia enterocolitica Treponema pallidum Viruses Respiratory syncytial virus Rhinovirus Coronavirus Adenovirus Herpes simplex virus Parainfluenza virus Influenza virus Coxsackievirus A Epstein-Barr virus Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 49 Cytomegalovirus Human immunodeficiency virus Laryngitis Bacteria Mycoplasma pneumoniae Chlamydophila pneumoniae Streptococcus pyogenes Viruses Rhinovirus Influenza virus Parainfluenza virus Adenovirus Coronavirus Laryngotracheobronchitis (croup) Bacteria Mycoplasma pneumoniae Viruses Parainfluenza virus of Humans Microbes Influenza A and B viruses Respiratory syncytial virus Adenovirus Rhinovirus Enterovirus Sinusitis Bacteria Streptococcus pneumoniae Haemophilus influenzae Moraxella catarrhalis Mixed anaerobes Staphylococcus aureus Streptococcus pyogenes Chlamydophila pneumoniae Pseudomonas aeruginosa (and other Gram-negative rods) Viruses Rhinovirus Influenza virus Parainfluenza virus Adenovirus Fungi Aspergillus spp. (allergic sinusitis) Hyphomycetes (allergic sinusitis) Zygomycetes (invasive disease) Bronchitis Bacteria Mycoplasma pneumoniae 50 SECTION 2 Chlamydophila pneumoniae Bordetella pertussis Moraxella catarrhalis Haemophilus influenzae Viruses Rhinovirus Coronavirus Parainfluenza virus Influenza virus Respiratory syncytial virus Adenovirus Empyema Bacteria Staphylococcus aureus Streptococcus pneumoniae Streptococcus pyogenes Bacteroides fragilis Microbes of Humans Microbes Klebsiella pneumoniae (and other Gram-negative rods) Actinomyces spp. Nocardia spp. Mycobacterium tuberculosis (and other Mycobacterium spp.) Fungi Aspergillus spp. Community-acquired pneumonia Bacteria Streptococcus pneumoniae Staphylococcus aureus Klebsiella pneumoniae Haemophilus influenzae Moraxella catarrhalis Neisseria meningitidis Mycoplasma pneumoniae Chlamydia trachomatis Chlamydophila spp. (primarily C. pneumoniae and C. psittaci) Pseudomonas aeruginosa Legionella spp. Bacteroides fragilis (and other anaerobes in mixed infections) Nocardia spp. Rhodococcus equi Mycobacterium tuberculosis (and other Mycobacterium spp.) Coxiella burnetii Many other bacteria Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 51 Viruses Respiratory syncytial virus Parainfluenza virus Influenza virus Adenovirus Rhinovirus Enteroviruses Herpesviruses Measles virus Fungi Pneumocystis jiroveci (carinii) Cryptococcus neoformans Cryptococcus gattii Histoplasma capsulatum Blastomyces dermatitidis Coccidioides immitis Paracoccidioides brasiliensis Zygomycetes (primarily Rhizopus and Mucor spp.) of Humans Microbes Parasites Ascaris lumbricoides Strongyloides stercoralis Toxoplasma gondii Paragonimus spp. Hospital-acquired pneumonia Bacteria Streptococcus pneumoniae Staphylococcus aureus Haemophilus influenzae Klebsiella pneumoniae Enterobacter spp. Escherichia coli Serratia marcescens Stenotrophomonas maltophilia Acinetobacter spp. Moraxella catarrhalis Proteus mirabilis Citrobacter spp. Enterococcus spp. Viruses Cytomegalovirus Respiratory syncytial virus Fungi Aspergillus fomigatus Mucorales (primarily Rhizopus and Mucor spp.) Parasites Toxoplasma gondii 52 SECTION 2 SKIN AND SOFT TISSUE INFECTIONS Primary pyodermas Bacteria Staphylococcus aureus Streptococcus pyogenes Pseudomonas aeruginosa Bacillus anthracis Treponema pallidum Haemophilus ducreyi Francisella tularensis Corynebacterium diphtheriae Mycobacterium spp. (primarily M. ulcerans and M. marinum) Fungi Candida spp. Sporothrix schenckii
Microbes of Humans Microbes Gangrenous cellulitis Bacteria Streptococcus pyogenes Pseudomonas aeruginosa Clostridium spp. (primarily C. perfringens, C. septicum, C. sordellii and C. novyi) Vibrio vulnificus Aeromonas hydrophila Erysipelothris rhusiopathiae Mixed aerobes and anaerobes (e.g., E. coli, Bacteroides spp., and Peptostreptococcus spp.) Fungi Aspergillus spp. Zygomycetes (primarily Rhizopus, Absidia, and Mucor spp.) Nodular lesions Bacteria Staphylococcus aureus Nocardia spp. Mycobacterium marinum Bartonella spp. Fungi Candida spp. Sporothrix schenckii Parasites Leishmania spp. Secondary skin infections Bacteria Staphylococcus aureus Streptococcus pyogenes Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 53 Pseudomonas aeruginosa Enterobacter spp. (and other Enterobacteriaceae) Anaerobic Gram-positive cocci Pasteurella spp. (primarily P. multocida and P. canis) Fungi Candida spp. Aspergillus spp. Disseminated infections with cutaneous manifestations Bacteria Staphylococcus aureus Streptococcus pyogenes Neisseria spp. (primarily N. meningitidis and N. gonorrhoeae) Pseudomonas aeruginosa Salmonella enterica serovar Typhi Listeria monocytogenes Leptospira interrogans Streptobacillus moniliformis of Humans Microbes Burkholderia spp. (primarily B. pseudomallei and B. mallei) Bartonella spp. Mycobacterium tuberculosis (and other Mycobacterium spp.) Nocardia spp. Fungi Candida spp. Blastomyces dermatitidis Aspergillus spp. Coccidioides immitis Fusarium spp. URINARY TRACT INFECTIONS Cystitis and pyelonephritis Bacteria Escherichia coli Enterococcus spp. (primarily E. faecalis and E. faecium) Proteus mirabilis Klebsiella spp. Pseudomonas aeruginosa Corynebacterium urealyticum Enterobacter spp. Staphylococcus aureus Staphylococcus saprophyticus (and other Staphylococcus spp.) Streptococcus agalactiae (group B) 54 SECTION 2 Aerococcus urinae Aerococcus sanguinicola Mycobacterium tuberculosis Viruses Adenovirus Cytomegalovirus BK virus Fungi Candida glabrata Candida albicans (and other Candida spp.) Parasites Schistosoma haematobium Renal calculi Bacteria Proteus spp. Morganella morganii Klebsiella pneumoniae Microbes of Humans Microbes Corynebacterium urealyticum Staphylococcus saprophyticus Ureaplasma urealyticum Prostatitis Bacteria Escherichia coli Klebsiella spp. Proteus mirabilis Enterobacter spp. Enterococcus spp. Neisseria gonorrhoeae Mycobacterium spp. Fungi Candida spp. Cryptococcus neoformans Summary of Notifiable Infectious Diseases: United States, 2015a Bacterial (2015 totals in Brucellosis (Brucella spp.) parentheses) (126) Anthrax (Bacillus Campylobacteriosis anthracis) (2) (54,556) Botulism, food-borne Chancroid (Haemophilus (Clostridium ducreyi) (11) botulinum) (37) Chlamydia (Chlamydia Botulism, infant (138) trachomatis) (1,526,658) Botulism, Cholera (Vibrio other (20) cholerae) (5) Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 55 Diphtheria Salmonellosis (Corynebacterium (Salmonella spp.) diphtheriae) (0) (55,108) Ehrlichiosis and Shiga toxin-producing Anaplasmosis Escherichia coli (STEC) Anaplasma (7,059) phagocytophilum Shigellosis (Shigella spp.) (3,656) (23,590) Ehrlichia chaffeensis Spotted fever rickettsiosis (1,288) (Rickettsia rickettsii) Ehrlichia ewingii (14) (4,198) Gonorrhea (Neisseria Streptococcal toxic shock gonorrhoeae) (395,216) (S. pyogenes) (335) Haemophilus influenzae, Syphilis, all stages invasive (4,138) (Treponema pallidum) Serotype B (29) (74,702) Hemolytic uremic syn Syphilis, congenital drome, post diarrheal (487) of Humans Microbes Hansen disease, leprosy Tetanus (Clostridium (Mycobacterium tetani) (29) leprae) (89) Toxic shock syndrome Invasive pneumococcal (other than disease (Streptococcus streptococcal) (64) pneumoniae) (16,163) Tuberculosis Legionellosis (Legionella (Mycobacterium spp.) (6,079) tuberculosis) (9,557) Leptospirosis (40) Tularemia (Francisella Listeriosis (Listeria tularensis) (314) monocytogenes) (768) Typhoid fever (Salmonella Lyme disease (Borrelia enterica serovar burgdorferi) (38,069) Typhi) (367) Meningococcal disease Vancomycin-intermediate (Neisseria meningitidis) Staphylococcus (372) aureus (VISA) Serogroup B (111) infection (183) Pertussis (Bordetella Vancomycin-resistant pertussis) Staphylococcus (20,762) aureus (VRSA) Plague (Yersinia pestis) (16) infection (3) Psittacosis (Chlamydophila Vibriosis (any species psittaci) (4) of the family Q fever (Coxiella burnetii), Vibrionaceae, other acute (122) than toxigenic Q fever (Coxiella burnetii), Vibrio cholerae 01 chronic (34) or 0139) (1,323)
(continued) 56 SECTION 2 Summary of Notifiable Infectious Diseases: United States, 2015a (continued) Viral Jamestown Canyon Chickungunya virus virus disease Neuroinvasive (6) Neuroinvasive (4) Nonneuroinvasive (5) Nonneuroinvasive (892) La Crosse virus disease Dengue virus infection Neuroinvasive (51) Dengue (929) Nonneuroinvasive (4) Dengue-like Measles illness (16) Indigenous (162) Severe dengue (6) Imported (26) Encephalitis, Mumps (1,329) California (0) Novel influenza A virus Encephalitis, Eastern infections (7)
Microbes of Humans Microbes equine (6) Poliomyelitis, paralytic (0) Encephalitis, Powassan Poliovirus infection, Neuroinvasive (6) nonparalytic (0) Nonneuroinvasive (1) Rabies, animal (5,491) Encephalitis, St. Louis Rabies, human (2) Neuroinvasive (19) Rubella (5) Nonneuroinvasive (4) Rubella (congenital) (1) Encephalitis, West Nile Severe acute respiratory Neuroinvasive (1455) syndrome associated Nonneuroinvasive (720) coronavirus disease Encephalitis, Western (SARS-CoV) (0) equine (0) Smallpox (0) Hantavirus infection, Varicella (Morbidity) non-Hantavirus (9,789) pulmonary Varicella (Morality) (6) syndrome (3) Viral hemorrhagic fever Hantavirus pulmonary Crimean-Congo syndrome (21) hemorrhagic fever Hepatitis A, acute (1,390) virus (0) Hepatitis B, acute (3,370) Ebola virus (0) Hepatitis B, chronic Lassa virus (1) (14,147) Lujo virus (0) Hepatitis B, perinatal Marburg virus (0) infection (37) New World Hepatitis C, acute (2,447) arenavirus Hepatitis C, past or present Guanarito virus (0) (179,584) Junin virus (0) HIV diagnoses (33,817) Machupo virus (0) Influenza-associated Sabia virus (0) pediatric mortality (130) Yellow fever (1) Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 57 Fungal Cyclosporiasis Coccidioidomycosis (Cyclospora (Coccidioides immitis) cayetanensis) (11,072) (645) Giardiasis (Giardia Parasitic Iamblia) (14,485) Babesiosis (2,100) Malaria (Plasmodium Cryptosporidiosis spp.) (1,390) (Cryptosporidium Trichinosis (Trichinella parvum) (9,735) spiralis) (14)
aData from Morb. Mortal. Wkly. Rep. Summary of Notificable Infectious Diseases and Conditions—United States, 2015(64):1-143, 2017. Numbers in parentheses rep resent the number of cases reported in 2015. Microbes of Humans Microbes 58 SECTION 2 er v ase e ase e ing fe hus aps p l ease orm dis er phus orm v w w Epidemic ty Trench fe Epidemic re Gnathostomiasis Disease Filariasis Chagas Chagas dis Diphyllobothriasis Guinea worm dis Paragonimiasis Plague Murine ty Rat tape Plague Dog tape Microbes of Humans Microbes spp. spp. a s e as e uchereria, Brugia Borrelia recurrentis Bartonella quintana Bartonella Rickettsia prowazekii Gnathostoma spinigerum Etiologic agent W Trypanosoma cruzi Trypanosoma Dracunculus medinensis Paragonimus Diphyllobothrium Hymenolepis diminuta Hymenolepis Yersinia pestis Rickettsia typhi Yersinia pestis caninumDipylidium ant dis t or p ally im c i
ors of med t eans) c ta fish) rthropod vec (i.e., louse) ng bug) i A
ulex, Oropsylla Xenopsylla, Nosophyllus P Pediculus Panstrongylus, Rhodnius, Triatoma Rhodnius, Panstrongylus, Aedes (i.e., kiss(i.e., Ctenocephalides opepods (i.e., crus iphonaptera flea) (i.e., S Anopleura Decapods cray (i.e., Diptera (i.e., flies) C Hemiptera
Insecta Crustacea Arthropod
Table 2.2 Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 59 (continued) ess n er, zikaer, v er v ng sick i ow fe ow r l ve ease can sleep i r Encephalitis Filariasis Encephalitis Af Loiasis Tularemia Malaria Filariasis Encephalitis Filariasis Onchocerciasis Filariasis Dengue, yel Lyme dis Anaplasmosis Boutonneuse fe Babesiosis Leishmaniasis Bartonellosis Sandfly fe Microbes of Humans Microbes us l u es v us r spp. i spp. spp. v o b spp. Other ar Arboviruses Francisella tularensis Plasmodium Wuchereria Mansonella Trypanosoma brucei Loa loa Onchocerca vol Wuchereria, Brugia Arboviruses Mansonella ozzardi Mansonella Flaviviruses Leishmania Borrelia burgdorferi Babesia Anaplasma phagocytophilum Anaplasma Rickettsia conorii Bartonella bacilliformis Phlebovirus Anopheles Culex Culicoides Glossina Chrysops Simulium Phlebotomus, Lutzomyia Ixodes cari (ticks) A
Arachnida 60 SECTION 2 er v is er er er s v v v o i hagic hagic fe r ich er ed fe ed fe ed fe l r t t t v o er er gic gic fe v v ytic ehr c er rha v r ongo ongo hem o hus C - p n a ado tick fe r o me Relapsing fe Boutonneuse Boutonneuse fe Rocky Mountain spot Omsk hem Tularemia Human mono Rocky Mountain spot Cri Disease Rocky Mountain spot Tularemia Col Rickettsialpox Scrub ty Microbes of Humans Microbes i sh u m er SS, Warnock (ed.), DW Manual of Clinical Microbiology, ed., ASM 11th a t g su t (continued) a s spp. e as e rientia rientia tsu Borrelia Rickettsia rickettsii Rickettsia conorii Flavivirus Francisella tularensis Ehrlichia chaffeensis Rickettsia rickettsii Nairovirus Francisella tularensis Coltivirus Etiologic agent Rickettsia rickettsii O Rickettsia akari Rickettsia ant dis t or p ally im oll Funke KC, G, Landry ML, Rich r c i ors of med t rthropod vec on, D.C., 2015. on, D.C., t A ng i
Ornithodoros Rhipicephalus Amblyomma Hyalomma Dermacentor Leptotrombidium Acari (mites) Adapted from Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Car a Liponyssoides
Press, Wash
Arthropod Table 2.2 Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 61 ers m on r i v oirs (continued) v eon and er ed trees i g ers t ings and soil ted in en p ary tracts of u t en only pi trib m m ated with these i n ls i ngs cts ma pi u am t Gum and other var Most com drop Widely dis ment, soil, beach sand, dairy prod other bird drop con Plants, al Climates with hot, dry sum and mild, win wet Environmental Environmental res mam only m ion t bu ri Microbes of Humans Microbes t ope r Worldwide Worldwide Worldwide Worldwide Worldwide Southern Eu Geographic dis but most com Worldwide, tem; ated us c o li e p n only only ion ous sys t a ly ly
ng ng any part t i m m v i d u bu e ar c ut ions ions t t om om o o ri olv m c c t c ect v ec ec f f f ral ner t en rarely im en un en in en pri en un g g g g g ase with o o o o o al of mu e s temic in temic in nt raphic dis te en g e m p ion. ion. Disease in t a com n o anes i ng ng lungs and cen ated in sys ated in sys i n ease c c m br u li li olv se m p p v ens and geo im Opportunistic path in dis dis Opportunistic path Primarily lung dis im Opportunistic path in other body sites can be in im Human body sites mem Opportunistic path Opportunistic path of of body, com g o , other spp. ungal path F spp.
ndida eotrichum ryptococcus ryptococcus gattii C spp. C Ca Cryptococcus neoformans Blastoschizomyces capitatus G
Yeasts Fungi Table 2.3 62 SECTION 2 als m ned) fi es ains, oirs t v ush er br looded mam b - als m i ub ub grout, tooth t Probably soil (not de well Skin of warm Moist skin, cur shower bath Environmental Environmental res Plants Soil, an Mammalian lung a c i r ouri and ion s t ins; bu s ions of Af t ippi River ri s Microbes of Humans Microbes t is da, South s a as River ba rn Can ca, and por s i e an eys, aseys, as well Mis l k val Ar south Amer Worldwide Ohio and Mis Worldwide Geographic dis Worldwide Worldwide Worldwide is, t i al, i t c t i a (continued) o ary ro s n m p ral o t only ion ion ions), m t ly ly om s ng ng cap ng ng skin i m c i i o bu ase (as ar ions n e t om ri olv olv m us le c t v v ec o ion ion to skin f mu ly ly a pul t e i a n n ar i ta en un en in en pri en in y) u g g g g m p c temic dis a o o o o em ory tract s temic in t al hairs (white piedra); raphic dis ions in im r ra g t pi ec s tem f ary tract, bone, and cen ients n t us and sub is) and sys t ri o i ng ng re l ated in sys e i u ion ion with dis c u t n o ary, or cru ous sys t ace (tinea versicolor, atopic der l li i ic v l f ta temic in olv ec l p i f v ens and geo ner (cu gen Opportunistic path ax sys Opportunistic path im Opportunistic path Opportunistic path in ated with lipid ther in Human body sites Blastomycosis is pri sur mised pa Opportunistic cause fungemia of fol g o
spp. gi spp. is ungal path t spp. F spp. cys
) jiroveci o ii m n i r alassezia hodotorula neu richosporon T ( ca M B dermatitidis R P
Fungi Pseudozyma Dimorphic fun lastomyces Table 2.3 Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 63 ions al g on c r i v (continued) rid re a al tracts of n i t ated with fe es t n i ated from en l am t ors hot, semi v als er from birds and bats t m i Soil con mat Soil, fa an Rarely iso ment, soil, in Unknown a ut as c o e i a rn c e i ions of ast sippi sippi River t e ween 20°N nces of arly Ohio, t sis i ico, ico, a l al, and c x c u i Microbes of Humans Microbes as in Central i e ions through rn por ic and, Laos, t l e g ica (be rn Me r e al re c ar, and south i est ina, and other dry ar rn Thai t m e w da, and ar rop a souri, and Mis en eys, eys, south t l g and South Amer Can Temperate, trop sub the world, par Mis val Southwestern United States, north Ar Centralof and South Amer Central Af and 20°S) Central and South Amer Mountainous prov north Myan China a t an u c uent c al i ary ary ion ion to q o n n t ral n c e ary and only to t a o r ous o n al tract, n v m i m m n ri ary em u ti t ng ng bone, n ly a ly i em o i o t ues es s i t s ar m only to lymph n ral ner olv i t m v ly ly a pul m ion ion to cen ion ion com ly ly a pul i t t i ous sys tro a a ar v ar n n al glands, mu i i ues is; pul n m s m s ion ion in on with more fre e t o r em em m s s ion ion with dis m ec t f ral ner t las ec f al tracts, cen p n is) is pri tem, ad to s ti aces, and other tis o al al glands f ent of skinent of and bones c es n t y ary in e m n r n i m ion ion with dis lession com ion ion with dis an his o t t t ous sys c to em, and other tis i us sur tro v m t olve ec ec ec r o f f f v ner ne Af Histoplasmosis is pri in glands, and cen in in skin, bone, joints, lymph nodes, ad nose and mouth, less com nodes, spleen, liver, gas Coccidioidomycosis is pri pul Paracoccidioidomycosis (South Amer and ad Disseminated in skin, lung, lymph nodes, gen blas sys in gas , var.
laromyces . capsulatum. istoplasma Penicillium ) H duboisii H capsulatum Coccidioides Coccidioides posadasii Coccidioides immitis Coccidioides Paracoccidioides brasiliensis Ta ( marneffei 64 SECTION 2 nic ga oirs v er ng ng or ents i d ay c er t Humans Humans Cats and dogs Humans Soil and small ro Environmental Environmental res Plants, soil, de mat l a i r rn rn e e ly inly rn t ion e i t e ar ly inly soil i bu m i; rarely in ri ar t Microbes of Humans Microbes t m ia), east ca or west r i e ng ng plant ma g i ay c ope, and Hai ope ope ica (Ni ica, East Asia, east r r r r r Eu Af North Amer Worldwide but priWorldwide Worldwide Eu Af Worldwide Eu Worldwide Geographic dis Worldwide, priWorldwide, and de ects f ion ion (continued) t ion of of ion a arly of al t l n n s i u ec ion ion e f t er ic g t t em a s bu ri t rous skin ren; rarely in ren, in b d d cs to lymph nodes i ng skinng and i hat p olv ues with dis v s raphic dis only, to otheronly, in rous skin in all g m b us tis o e n a only via lym t u ns m c ga ens and geo adults the groin and feet Infection scalp of in chil Infection scalp of in chil beard and gla Infection scalp of Sporotrichosis in sub com Human body sites Infection nails of and skin, par Infection scalp of and gla and, less com or g o gi ungal path F
crosporum crosporum canis crosporum crosporum Mi audouinii Mi Mi ferrugineum Sporothrix schenckii Sporothrix Epidermophyton floccosum Mi gypseum Fungi Cutaneous fun Table 2.3 Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 65 ls er t ma (continued) ng ng plant mat i nts ay c de oil Humans Humans Humans and small mam small and Humans Water, Water, de Small ro S Humans Humans a c i l, r an ga c i u t r ands, l ica, r ica, and r sia and Af i; rare in a arly Por rn United Microbes of Humans Microbes inia), Af d l e d u a un ca, Af c ic ast r i i ions Af of as Central of and t e e g ca i ope (par ion of Bu of ion r t Worldwide Primarily in Eur Worldwide Tropical ar South Amer Asia; south States Worldwide Tropical re Asia, and Central and South Amer Southwestern Pacific is Southeast Asia, Central and South Amer Western Hemisphere Western Spain, and Sar Eu na lly on a m ng ng i ion s ic hairsic a lud b c c aces in f arly) feetarly) l rous skin, and feet ary, or pu l u us) and oc b l hyte) v i ic p t ra) palms of hands of o g t ody sur a rous skin rous skin, scalp, and beard b b b m lly, the dorsally, the of feet a ion s a c only beard, ax genic der m o nails and skin Infection scalp of (fa path Infection (black piedra) scalp of hair; less com Infection all of Infection skin of and nails (most com nails, hair, and (par and, oc Infection (tinea ni Infection scalp, of gla Infection gla of Infection gla of
) Exophiala richophyton richophyton richophyton richophyton werneckii ( Phaeoannellomyces T schoenleinii Mi persicolor Piedraia hortae mentagrophytes rubrumTrichophyton T concentricum T megninii T
crosporum 66 SECTION 2 ent. nic m ga oirs on r v i v er ng ng or i s ay e c al i r e t mans Hu Humans Cattle and hors Humans Ubiquitous in the en ma Environmental Environmental res Soil, plants, de a ion c t i ca, and i r ion arly in the l t bu u u ri b Microbes of Humans Microbes ic t t ri t ica, Middle East, r ca o i c ope, South Amer xi r United States and Latin Amer Worldwide dis North Af Worldwide Geographic dis Central Af and West Worldwide, par Eu Me Worldwide Worldwide ions t (continued) ec f rous skin, ion ion t b eys on n bu m ri t atic mucormycosis es, and kid ocks t m g ions, as as well in t in raphic dis n ec g f es feet of l s e ac f en), as as well skin and nails g o ens and geo Infection scalp, of beard, nails, and other skin sur path theof skin, me Pulmonary in Human body sites Infection scalp of and hair Infection scalp of (most com Infection scalp, of as as well gla nails, and so Rare cause trau of Subcutaneous mucormycosis limbs, of chest, back, or but g o ) Absidia ungal path ( F
asidiobolus asidiobolus ichtheimia richophyton richophyton richophyton richophyton T verrucosum corymbifera T soudanense T tonsurans T violaceum Apophysomyces elegans L B ranarum Fungi Mucormycosis Table 2.3 Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 67 (continued) Environmental, soil, plants Plants ; ) as la, e e u ean or z n e al ar a r c i ly ly in i er ) t i ar rop Microbes of Humans Microbes t m ia, Ven as C. geniculata e n a and, United States, l . lunata m C al ar c i l ( al and sub ga il c rop i e z ica, Ro t ia, Thai r d Worldwide Primarily in Med sub Worldwide Worldwide, Worldwide, pri trop In Af Worldwide Worldwide Bra United States ( Sen ues ated us s n nd o al i ent of ent of o e s n ues m a em s t s ent tis ated c olve n a i j v us tis o in dogs) em e s n ive mucormycosis,ive R. oryzae most a s ary or dis t ated, or cu a n u n v o i ng ng spread from c i m em olv s v A. falciforme is the sec C. genicu/ata on cause in the United States) nx to brain. m y arly in l on. u har p m osa, with spread into ad ic o t c s com na par Primary cause in of mucormycosis Uncommon cause of dis Pulmonary, dis mucormycosis Occasional cause rhinocerebral of mucormycosis, as as well in mu mucormycosis Mycetoma ( Subcutaneous mucormycosis na of Rare cause of pul most com bone, skin, and sub Mycetoma ( ) . ) C ma to , A. spp. ce C. lunata spp. ( , spp. , A. recifei spp. rvularia ucor hizopus M R kiliense ( A. falciforme C coronatus Cunninghamella bertholletiae Rhizomucor pusillus vasiformis Saksenaea A geniculata Cu
onidiobolus Eumycotic my cremonium 68 SECTION 2 er t oirs ng ng v i ial (i.e., ial (i.e., r er, er, food, air er e ay t t c ng ng plant mat i ay c ion, soil, wa t a t e Water, Water, de Environmental Environmental res Soil, hard plant ma thorns) veg Environmental, de sh a, a, i uay, uay, g na ia, M. tin d ti en en g ion ia, South il, Brit g t z d a, a, a, a, Uru dan, ico, ico, bu M. on, Guinea, ope, In x tin tin r o ri la, la, Ar l, In r ia, Zaire ( Microbes of Humans Microbes t e ia ( ia en en e d l l u ga g g and, and, Ar ia a a z l e ) dia, Su n e m m a m la, la, Ar la, la, Ar ia, Cam e e ia, In l, So l, So l ca ia, Sen ); ); Ven u u n i uay, uay, Chile, Bra l z z ga ga a a g aya, aya, Thai e e tra e e a l m m orldwide dia, Ro Ma United States, Eu Ven mycetomatis Ven Geographic dis United States, Me In So Par Indies,West In grisea Sen Aus Amer Sen Ro W es, or (continued) s o c i ion ion t le le of b a bu p ri t ase, tox e s s phaeohyphomy on cause in United , and A. niger are the ou m ens; ca e g n o ive ive dis a s t a u raphic dis v c g tis i , A. flavus n on path to m ion, in t a z i gy n o ler ens and geo Mycetoma; Mycetoma; sub cosis; peri Mycetoma Human body sites Mycetoma (most com States) Mycetoma Mycetoma A. fumigatus most com al col g o i
g ungal path ) spp. spp F
otestudina rosatii spergillus niliaceous fun Madurella ( Exophiala jeanselmei Exophiala Trematosphaeria Pseudallescheria boydii Pyrenochaeta romeroi Ne A Fungi
Mo
Table 2.3 Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 69 l a i ated r cts n e ent, i t u (continued) m tam on r i v ng ng plant ma i ng ng food prod er i t ay ects at c s r o i r e t Ubiquitous in en Environmental, con de grain, wa Soil, in Soil, de Plants, soil Microbes of Humans Microbes Worldwide Worldwide Worldwide Worldwide Worldwide us n - is, is, ens; t only, only, ants) i g n ates are
is and, m i l o t us i on n t ails and (less a m am t n ion, and skin is, is, si t uent lab are the most t is, skin and nail on path i t q i ec d F. monili, and F. f m a , most iso ary tract (this ge us ar m n n c ion o t t o ion ion of toe ails t e d n ary in ec c f ec n ens; cause ker ion and,ion less com f er ion of Talormyces of ion o t ion, si t g g ated as lab con t l is the most com o m ec ep f ec ue in c f s only, only, en P. lilacinus and P. ants ant; in , F. oxysporum m uses, and uri n n i i n is, pul en, as as well a fre t on path only) only) fin are the most com ion, and my g t m m o am uently iso hri tam t temic in q ec p f Penicillium ) marneffei sys cause in eye S. brevicaulis in con P. variotii P. com Phaeohyphomycosis bone, of skin, ears, si eyes, F. solani forme less com and other dematiaceous fungi are fre path com con ne With the ex and soft tis ( gi spp. spp. spp. spp. aecilomyces enicillium Fu P Scopulariopsis A P sarium spp. Dematiaceous fun lternaria
70 SECTION 2 oirs v er Soil, plants Plants Environmental Environmental res Soil, plants as e on in ion m al ar t c i bu ri rop Microbes of Humans Microbes t t al and sub c i er SS, Warnock (ed.), DW Manual of Clinical Microbiology, ed., ASM 11th t Worldwide Worldwide Geographic dis Worldwide, most com Worldwide, trop (continued)
) ty i ion ion t al t bu ri t em. Opporunistic. t uses, bone, eyes, C. carrionii n ant ant n n ous sys i i ase, high mor v raphic dis e oll Funke KC, G, Landry ML, Rich r g tam tam ) ral ner t ens and geo C. bantiana C. ( Chromoblastomycosis ( Common con skin, cen Phaeohyphomycosis, si Human body sites Common con Neurotropic dis g o spp. spp. ungal path on, D.C., 2015. on, D.C., t F and ) ng
i spp. Adapted from Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Car a C. bantiana C. Bipolaris Fungi Cladosporium Cladophialophora ( C. carrionii Table 2.3 Press, Wash Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 71 (continued) ion t bu ri t Worldwide Worldwide Worldwide Unknown Worldwide Worldwide Worldwide Worldwide Worldwide Worldwide Worldwide Geographic dis Worldwide Worldwide Microbes of Humans Microbes ly thely same as other um um; extraintestinal sites um um um um b c c c c c c a ion tine t es t bu ri t on and ce on and ce on and ce on and ce on and ce on and ce l l l l l l spp. a s raphic dis lude liver, lung, brain,lude liver, skin g c Brain, skin, lung eye, Entamoeba Brain, CSF Lumen co of de Newly Lumen co of in cribed, prob Lumen co of Mouth Lumen co of Lumen co of Primarily large in Colon Human body sites Lumen co of Brain, CSF ens and geo g o spp. lates bae el arasitic path P
aegleria fowleri ntamoeba coli Acanthamoeba Balamuthia mandrillaris nanaEndolimax Entamoeba bangladeshi Entamoeba histolytical/dispar hartmanni Entamoeba Entamoeba gingivalis Entamoeba polecki Iodamoeba butschlii Chilomastix mesnili Dientamoeba fragilis E N
Parasites Protozoa: amoe Protozoa: flag
Table 2.4 72 SECTION 2 a; c i ope, r rn United ara Desert ica, ara Desert e r h h ean, Eu n a ia, Middle East, a c d r i a n er ion i t t t i wide in North Af en bu g ica south Sa of ri ica south Sa of r t tum r an f in China, In ies world c L. in can Republic i in ca; i m r Worldwide Do Worldwide Worldwide East Central Af Western Hemisphere from south States south to Ar Many spe L. donovani Geographic dis Worldwide L. chagasi in Central and South Amer Af West CentralWest Af Central and South Amer Southwest Asia, Med ow ow us Microbes of Humans Microbes r o e r n e a t iac and smooth is d m y tes id cy d i (continued) is: amastigotes in cu is s s tate, ep a a is: amastigotes in bone mar ion ion i i t s a i an bu m man an ri t e m hra, pros t tin es t ates from spleen, lymph nodes, or liv r i le, glialle, cells, and phago p c raphic dis ions g s Cecum Cutaneous Cutaneous leish Mouth Vagina, ure As b. gambiense with T. Trypomastigotes in blood; amastigotes and epimastigotes in pseudocysts in car mus Cutaneous leish le Small Small in Visceral leish Human body sites Trypomastigotes in brain, blood, CSF, lymph nodes, and spleen or as , ) ens and geo or g o , other jor , L. donovani Trichomonas , ( , L. ma arasitic path spp. ) duodenalis P (aka intestinalis G.
iardia eishmania chagasi rypanosoma brucei gambiense hominis Leishmania L. braziliensis G. lamblia L. infantium G Leishmania tropica Leishmania waltoni Pentatrichomonas tenex Trichomonas vaginalis Trichomonas Trypanosoma brucei rhodesiense cruzi Trypanosoma T L Parasites
Table 2.4 Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 73
) with ope; (continued) r
a; orted in all c i p , B. equi cs and i ia ica and Asia; ca and the l i cs and r i ca and Eu tra i te and warm a er arly Af ion ion in trop l p t u u ope, Aus b ic ted in trop r t ica, Southeast Asia, Eastern u r esistant strains re tri r - rib t in North Amer ept Central Amer n cs, par c a uine i ics ide dis e ean, Af q es b w b t o a r rop rop ib ib ica and Asia t t as ex r r r m e r Af and Western Eu North, Central, and South Amer Ca Worldwide world B. microti otherspecies B. divergens (e.g., cli Widespread in tem sub Worldwide disWidely sub chlo a Ca Microbes of Humans Microbes - o r tes of ally um c ryth cy n i e o u j r ial cells; l tem he t i tent exo is ry sys nts not typ ect eryth s a al ep f um and je o i n n e um um enterocytes ti d n es o u t tes in j ly samely as other Crypto b cy a o t e cytes m tes and schiz ite of in ite of du i s site of je s o o r a a a z ral blood; no per ory tract and bil t e a ho r p iph spp. pi r s s s; tro e ag sporidium Intracellular par de Newly Intracellular par cribed, prob Intracellular par Ring forms and ga all Parasite Parasite of eryth Colon also in re cytic stage seen in pe ) coli li ) bel rum a ( Balantidium ( Isospora i ates spp. ystoisospora C Neobalantidium B Cryptosporidium parvum Cryptosporidium viatorum Cyclospora cayetanensis Plasmodium fal cip
Protozoa: cil Protozoa: apicomplexans abesia
74 SECTION 2 al te ia, c a s i ar, er ia ay orted p m s l p ay l ines; also arly in p l p u i ic cs (e.g., trop cs (e.g., ies in tem t i cs such as West cs such as West c i on in Ma rop m t on than other m ica (par ion ar, Sri Lanka, Ma ant spe r t esistant strains re n r m i - bu ua New Guinea, Myan only in trop ri om al Af t p d uine c cs and sub m i i q o r ia, Myan a ia, Pa d and s ica), Guinea, New Phil l ia an e r ia) butia) less com d n s o e a; chlo d n c mo i ica, In o orted in Southeast Asia as: less com r r orldwide d e p re West Af West W Present in trop Worldwide; pre ar Af Present in trop plas in In and Guy Worldwide Af In Geographic dis Southeast Asia, most com and Thai ze ze Microbes of Humans Microbes i i tic it it s s cy a a o r tes; m; cysts u al cells cy i ist for yearsist for atic l o ryth s m l p tes par tes par tes in e u he t hy cy cy cy i ic c t o o o t t t with band ium, brain; ate ring forms, in dots; late en e e e t c d r i a al ep m m m ar fluid, bronchoal ist in he ar tent exo l n s m c u is ti le s c es t nce for re atic pa (continued) e p r e ear as del P. malariae P. le, le, myo ble ble chro p c ion ion nts, and ga nts, and ga nts, and ga le le t iac mus o o o b ite of in d tes; no per s bu ist in he id a s tes ap ri evel parasitemiaevel can per cy i sem t al mus l o t - o r e z al cells tes; hypnozoites per lly with dou tes, with pref age flu tes tes re m i p a v al and car cy o t cy ion hy z e o o t l c ion r a s u ho ure eryth raphic dis a en t m p ic r c g t hypnozoites per pa Intracellular par veolar la eryth ma stage, but low re Early tro oc ho Trophozoites, schiz Trophozoites, schiz Trophozoites, schiz Cysts in skel tachyzoites in oc blood, CSF, in skel Human body sites tro for ens and geo g o le vax arasitic path spp. P
arcocystis S Plasmodium knowlesi Plasmodium malariaePlasmodium Plasmodium ova Plasmodium vi gondii Toxoplasma
Parasites
Table 2.4 Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 75 rn aii; e w umed ca, s i (continued) an, Egypt, ia, Ha w s ea, south e r ica, China, n r o rn lndonesian e d a c rn Af i e ines, Ko an, In p ooked fish is con p c w i arly in warm, moist l u and, Japan, Tai l ic t iti, Tai ope, north h r bia ana only in Cuba, Central Amer i dia go s om m i l a ines, Thai el p and, Ta p p l i ions) hi dia, Japan c g less com Central and South Amer Southern Eu In Lesser Sunda lslands east of ar Worldwide China, In Thai and Lou re Phil Worldwide where unWorldwide Worldwide (parWorldwide Iran, Co Microbes of Humans Microbes lly lly a a ion ine, liver, ion s t s a a ional es c c t g ae and eggs a: blood Southeast Asia, Phil a: blood v i i ar ar ae: oc l l on, re l v es fi fi tine; oc c es; lar ro ro i es t c c er ae: small in t es; lar v um, co c c ch or in tem; mi tem; mi eric ar a t us, ce ine; eggs: fe ine; lar n t t ue e e s es es t t es al il c g g tis n hatic sys hatic sys tine; eggs: fe i es p p in c m er t ound r dults: liv Adults: small in Adults: small in Adults: lym A Adults: in es lymph nodes, mes Larvae: wall of stom Larvae and young adults in CSF Adults: ter in sur found in fe Adults: lym in extraintestinal sites extraintestinal in lungs; eggs: fe ) ) ca i ( Angiostrongylus ( Angiostrongylus at p spp. pillaria pillaria he nisakis rugia timori Ca Ancylostoma duodenale Parastrongylus Parastrongylus lumbricoides Ascaris Brugia malayi Capillaria philippinensis A cantonensis costaricensis B
Nematodes
76 SECTION 2 umed s ia, s ica on) r e ara Desert, o ama) and r n h n ands e l a al, and warm c i ca, West Indiesca, West i ean is ico, Pa ico, rop b t ia, Mel x rn coastal and ia, Cam and, Japan d ib r l e r e ion g ooked fish is con t c ica south Sa of al, sub sts Central of and West r ara Desert bu c e h i ri t ines, Thai ca (e.g., Me ca (e.g., rn Asia, In i ions; south p e g ca, some Ca p i i sts Central of Af and West ern ern United States e te re ia a s ast rn part South of Amer e e e er n p ica, south ica south Sa of r r south Worldwide Worldwide Worldwide in trop tem Worldwide Central Amer north Geographic dis Worldwide where unWorldwide (rare) (e.g., (e.g., Zaire, Ghana, Ni West and CentralWest Af Rain for China, Phil South Amer Western Hemisphere, Central and South Af Poly Equatorial rain for Af Microbes of Humans Microbes eal n to a: skin i a: blood a: blood i i ar l ar ar um; eggs: l l es, es, peri t fi i fi fi ro er ro ro es c t c c c tines en on, rec es l t les u ue; mi ues; mi ue; mi (continued) a s s s e ty, ty, mes ty, ty, in ions ix, co i i s d ion ion t ine; eggs: fe en us tis us tis us tis t a: blood p i o o o ary nod us le bu e e e al cav al cav es n o t ar n n n n n ri o l e i i t a a a n fi t t t m a u u u t ro ues om om c c c um, ap s c d d c ted in perianal ar i raphic dis os ues; mi s p g Larvae in pul Adults in cu Adults: sub Adults: sub de Human body sites Adults: ab Adults: ce Adults: ab snips Larvae: Larvae: tis tis Adults: small in Adults: sub ens and geo g o spp. spp. arasitic path P
cator americanus ansonella perstans nathostoma nterobius vermicularis oa loa oa M Dirofilaria immitis Dirofilaria Dracunculus medinensis Eustrongyloides ozzardi Mansonella streptocerca Mansonella E G Ne L
Parasites
Table 2.4 Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 77 ia, rn d e ia, il) s ara ous z (continued) ands, h r l ay cs (In o ca l i al i c iv i il, West il, West b rop z ca (south t i or, or, Bra ope and North d ia, Ma r ines, Sri Lanka, a s p u e p n i o d ica south Sa of only in trop r ia, Ec arly in warm, moist arly in warm, moist arly in warm, moist ly inly Eu cs and sub ted with her l l l i i b m a u u u i ar c ala), South Amer ic ic ic om am, South Pacific is t t t o l m m n s e t en, Central Amer m la, Co esh, China, In e a; less com d u c z i ries) and, Viet la als) t e l ico, ico, Gua g ua Guinea, New Phil ica, Egypt, Costa Rica, Bra x ions) m ions) ions) r p i g g g Pa Thai Af Indies) Ban Widespread in trop re coun (parWorldwide Worldwide Worldwide (as an Amer Worldwide (priWorldwide West and CentralWest Af Desert; Ye Me re re (parWorldwide (Ven Worldwide (parWorldwide Microbes of Humans Microbes ue s us o ous i v a: skin i le le tis c ar l ix; eggs: a: blood d fi i ral ner t ro en ar es l c p c es fi c st in mus ro c cy ae found in var ae: ae: fe les; mi v um, ap v u c ae: en tem; mi v e; e; lar ine; eggs: fe us nod t tin rans; lar tine, ce o g e es es lly blood or urine es t t n t a a ng liver, eye, and eye, cen liver, ng t i hatic sys tines; lar u ion p c s lud a t c c ues in tem es s c Adults: lym Adults: small in Adults: in es Adults: large in fe Adults: sub snips; oc tis Visceral larva mi sys Adults: Adults: small in us l spp. u v spp. uchereria bancrofti trongyloides stercoralis oxocara W O spiralis Trichinella Trichostrongylus trichiura Trichuris T S
nchocerca vol
78 SECTION 2 am ia, : n d ica, am r an states aising n ia, In k r s - ar, Viet e n m rn Af o e d er USSR ea, Viet r m a c i ion t er USSR ia, Myan and, In l arly in sheep d m l o bu and, Laos; O. felineus u l b ri ic t t er USSR, north an, Japan, Ko an, Thai ope, for : Thai m r w w esh, Cam d a rn Asia, Far East, Western Hemisphere ries) e la d t a g ope, for ia, Southeast Asia, for r d north In China, Tai Eu Southeast Asia China, Tai Ban East andNile River Southeast delta, Turkey, Asia China, Japan, Southeast Asia, Bal Can Northwest North Amer Southeast Asia Geographic dis Worldwide Worldwide (par coun O. viverrini Eastern Eu Microbes of Humans Microbes es es es es es es c c c c c c es c es es es es es c c c c c (continued) ion ion t ine; eggs: fe ine; eggs: fe ine; eggs: fe ine; eggs: fe ine; eggs: fe ine; eggs: fe t t t t t t on; eggs: fe l bu es es es es es es t t t t t t ri t c raphic dis g Adults: bile ducts; eggs: fe Adults: bile ducts; eggs: fe Adults: small in Adults: small in Adults: ce Adults: small in Adults: small inum, co Adults: bile ducts; eggs: fe Adults: small in Adults: small in Human body sites Adults: bile ducts; eggs: fe Adults: bile ducts; eggs: fe ens and geo g o a c i at spp. arasitic path p P
pisthorchis asciola he Clonorchis sinensis Clonorchis Dicrocoelium dendriticum hortense Echinostoma buskiFasciolopsis hominis Gastrodiscoides Heterophyes heterophyes yokogawai Metagonimus conjunctusMetorchis Nanophyetus salmineola Neodiplostomum seoulense F O
Parasites Trematodes
Table 2.4 Indigenous and Pathogenic Microbes of Humans 79 a) l e u z ca, i rn e e (continued) and l ia d ies in Latin a c c i r ame, Ven n sia, sia, Thai i ng ng Puerto Rico, ian Peninsula, Iraq, ian Peninsula, e r i b b n o and orm) l lud d c w il, Su ries, North Amer t z on, Turkey, In on, Turkey, ea; other spe ar, Ara ar, Ara ies found in Alaska, Peru, r n c c c a s s ia, Thai ga ga pines, pines, In ands, in d l ic ic coun ca (Bra a a p t i i bo orm in cold lakes north of w ean is ca, Southeast Asia, Af i b ib ope, Bal ica, Mad ica, Mad r r r r f hina, Phil aos, Cam Af Iran, Syria, Leb C A Ca South Amer L Eu (dog tapeWorldwide Southeast Asia Southeast Asia Japan; other spe and Japan Amer Southeast Asia China, Japan, Ko Microbes of Humans Microbes es Fish tape es m; c c um t u sy e ns; p um; o es t ga c ids: fe ids: fe t t ine; eggs: ine; eggs: al bi t t t lot lot es or spu g g c lly in es es t t a um, fe t es es es er and rec ion c c c ues, and or d es, rec s s c on il and lower a l c ive ive tis a; oc t m ec er wall or rec ses blad of ses small of in ses co of ses small of in n d u u u u hy ine; eggs: fe ine; eggs: fe ine; eggs and pro ine; eggs and pro ine; eggs: fe t t t t t c tem; eggs: fe ues; brain; eggs: fe sy sy es es es es es s en t t t t t p p r o o al sys us tis t n n n n al bi al bi o t t psy blad of e al wall, con o n n i a t u om atic por c es, rec es, rec d p c c eggs: bi Adults: lung pa Adults: small in Adults: small in Adults: ve Adults: ve fe ous plex Adults: ve he ous plex Adults: ve ous plex fe Adults: small in ous plex Adults: small in ab Adults: small in sub ma haneropsolus bonnei Paragonimus westermani Paragonimus Prosthodendrium molenkampi Pygidiopsis sum Schistosoma haematobium Schistosoma japonicum Schistosoma mansoni Schistosoma mekongi latumDiphyllobothrium caninumDipylidium P
Cestodes
80 SECTION 2 ca, i arly in ia, New l l ia, North u d ra t ic rn rn South t ico, ico, Latin e e x am n orm) da, north orm), par ries, Me orm) w ope, North Amer t ion a ica, south r w t w orm) r ries ries (e.g., Aus ries (e.g., w t t bu ea, Viet r ri t rn Af e ean coun ope, Japan, China, In ia, ia, China r p ca d i o r aising coun aising coun a); parts Eu of r r ca (Alaska, Can ca, In c - - i i i le le Eu and, south d l Sheep Latin Amer Worldwide (beefWorldwide tape Sheep Northern Eu midwestern United States) (ratWorldwide tape (dwarfWorldwide tape China, Japan, Ko States United Amer Amer Geographic dis Worldwide Worldwide (pork tape Zea Amer and the Orient mid Microbes of Humans Microbes es es; le, le, c c c ids: fe ids: fe le t t c ues, mus lot lot s g g ues s ae form cysts in es es v us tis ae form cysts in any c c o v e ) form cysts in us tis n em o t a e r t n e u ase; lar a (continued) c t e ase; lar u e ng ng brain and mus c i ion ion ous sys t v ine; eggs: fe ine; eggs: fe ine; eggs and pro ine; eggs and pro arly liv t t t t id disid lud l t c bu u id disid a es es es es t t t t t d ri ic a t t d ng liver, lung, and liver, ng brain ral ner i t ues in s g g lud c Cysticercus cellulosae ue, par s us tis e ( o raphic dis ue in i va s g Unilocular hy tis Multilocular hy any tis Adults: small in Adults: small in Larvae mi Larvae mi Larvae form cysts in andeye, cen sub rate to brain Adults: small in rate in sub Human body sites Adults: small in lar var ens and geo g o d. i al flu n arasitic path pi s P b
r aenia solium aenia Echinococcus granulosus Echinococcus multilocularis Echinococcus Echinococcus vogeli diminuta Hymenolepis Hymenolepis nana Spirometra mansoni mansonoidesSpirometra multiceps Taenia saginata Taenia T CSF, CSF, e ce ro a
Parasites
Table 2.4 SECTION 3 Specimen Collection and Transport
General Comments 82 Table 3.1 Bacteriology: Collection and Transport Guidelines 84 Table 3.2 Specimen Collection and Transport Guidelines for Infrequently Encountered Bacteria 105 Table 3.3 Guidelines for Collection of Specimens for Anaerobic Culture 107 Virology: General Specimen Guidelines 107 Virology: Specific Specimen Guidelines 108 Table 3.4 Recommended Blood Volumes to Collect for Blood Cultures 111 Table 3.5 Mycology: Collection and Transport Guidelines 112 Table 3.6 Parasitology: Specimen Guidelines 117 Table 3.7 Guidelines for Processing Stool Specimens for Parasites 124
doi:10.1128/9781683670070.ch3 82 SECTION 3 The quality of any laboratory diagnostic test is directly dependent on the quality of the specimen that is submitted for analysis. This is particularly true for the diagnosis of infectious diseases, where speci men integrity is of paramount importance. Not only is it critical to collect an appropriate specimen that would contain the pathogen of interest, but it is also important that the specimen be transported to the laboratory in a timely manner and under conditions that preserve or ganism viability and ensure the reliability of the diagnostic procedure (e.g., culture, microscopy, and antigen or antibody tests). The follow ing guidelines can be used for the most commonly submitted speci mens. For further information, please consult the ASM Manual of Clinical Microbiology, 11th ed. As a general guideline for all speci mens, the following considerations should be kept in mind.
1. Appropriate safety precautions must be used for the collection and transport of all specimens. Specimens should always be consid ered infectious. Therefore, gloves should always be worn when han dling specimens, and all procedures should be performed behind barrier protection, preferably in a biosafety cabinet. 2. Many infections are caused by members of the patient’s indig enous microbial population. For this reason, it is important to avoid
Specimen Collection contamination of the specimen with these organisms. In many cases, the presence of abundant epithelial (i.e., squamous or respi ratory) indicate a suboptimal specimen that may contain com mensal flor which may obscure culture results. 3. Specimens should be collected from the areas where organ isms are present and replicating. Although it seems obvious, this principle is often ignored. For example, pus typically contains rela tively few viable organisms. A more appropriate specimen would be scrapings or a biopsy specimen from the wall of an abscess. Likewise, the material collected from the surface of a wound is often not representative of the organisms present deep in the wound. Finally, the diagnosis of a lower respiratory tract infection requires collection of material from that site (e.g., sputum) and not from the mouth (e.g., saliva). 4. The quantity of specimen collected must be sufficient to en sure that all requested tests (cultures, microscopy, antigen tests, nucleic acid probes, and amplification tests) can be performed properly. If only a limited amount of specimen can be collected, tests should be performed selectively. If too many tests are at tempted, no test will be performed adequately. 5. Traditionally, cotton-wrapped swabs have been discouraged for specimen collection. However, with the advent of the flocked swab with liquid Amies transport media, this is now an acceptable and in some cases a preferred specimen collection system. Flocked swab systems are particularly useful for those labs utilizing auto mated specimen processors. Specimen Collection and Transport 83 6. Transport of specimens should maintain the viability of the etiologic agent (if culture is performed) and prevent overgrowth with contaminating organisms. 7. Specimens should always be transported in a leakproof con tainer inserted in a leakproof plastic bag with a separate compart ment for the requisition. Use of plastic bags allows the specimen to be examined before the bag is opened. Every effort should be made to collect a second specimen if the original specimen is received in a leaking container. However, if an additional specimen cannot be collected, the laboratory should attempt to process the specimen if it can be done safely. 8. For off-site specimen transport guidelines, refer to the Interna tional Air Transport Association (lATA) Dangerous Goods Regula tions (http://www.iata.org/publications/dgr/Pages/index.aspx), the U.S. Department of Transportation (https://www.phmsa.dot.gov /hazmat), and the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) regulations. When preparing a specimen for transport, always check the specimen transport guidelines of the receiving laboratory. Specimen Collection 84 SECTION 3 ng i ion ion s iz n o ace f uce col d ro olved inolved the t ess. v c ive. cess wall are most t s ia not in ial will in r tious pro r uc e e t d t ec f Comments pro Samples the of base the of le and ab Contamination with sur ma bac in ng ng i ays ays ia is w ect two, d l on swabs t le flockedle g id meid ng. Preserveng. ial by plac ure and one for i u t r te for both e t a en. If cot rt’s or Amiesrt’s ri a p ior to ior a swab m r i ium. A sin ure and Gram stain. ro e d t p p 2 h, RT 2 h, RT Tissue or fluid is al Transport time and temp su spec must be used, col one cul for Gram stain swab ma inswab liq ap cul ≤ ≤ in Stu me Specimen Collection a,b tem ort p ice and/or ines l v ort sys p m vol mu ort guide i em, 1 ml t p naerobic trans Transport de min sys Swab Swab trans A ion ion s rial ate ic ic e t b d le le ol inge; er” i o u r h d ines le orle pass o l er all er b f c a i s le thele ce ess ess ma p i ace ex v f sc le andle sy d ng withng ster ally trans i ort de c i p rial into an t e t ine or 70% al l sion’s sion’s “fresh bor sa Collection guide by wip by trans Remove Remove sur Aspirate if pos deepa swab into the le asep ma to firmly sam with nee le Aspirate ab acteriology: Collection and trans B
al r ne e G Open Closed Specimen type Specimen Abscess
Table 3.1 Specimen Collection and Transport 85 ls le. le. a ro i b c i b i s m ro i c t (continued) i ithin 24 h m i w t ls). ls). ain two or ls if pos ithin min 10 a a t i ures are i a t i ode, an b b w s b i ro cro cro ase, an i i c e i m m y: y: two sets from y: y: two or three sets i i ate sites, within h, 1–2 ate sites 1 h apart, m l l ate sites all t t i r r r rile ep t te te a a a b als no closer than 3 h a a v i i d d ive at 24 ive h, ob ate sites, all er e e t r t a a fore an fore an ore an ls to be started or changed m m f a (be bi im sep Acute fe Nonacute dis at in will not be started or changed im from sep (be be Endocarditis, acute: three sets from sep from sep neg three more sets. within 24 h. If cul red) ion ion e t al bite ov m ec i c f ure an t 12 h old (agents h old 12 nt. lly not re e a ess signs of in l 2 h, RT Do not cul un wounds ≤ are usu are pres ≤ Specimen Collection evel me me, l uires - u u les for les for q t me most ren (even ren (even u ure bot d t m safe vol l l blood vol ive) mia that re t es) have low ia; adult, 20 ml/set e t r mu ma a uc i i e er n t t d o ne Blood cul bac (higher vol pro Pediatric, draw the max many chil bac max le; t yl yl p ic ic to l o ro n p ure bot t ers and wait p ol ol or phe er stop h ly ly 70% iso b o p c See Abscess See Disinfect cul 1 min ap al rub Bite wound Blood 86 SECTION 3 us le ure t o t u in t l bot ween t ga ial cul c ent con y; y; rarely l m te u ate that an ive thanive the ic ic or fun a c t i b i le. Pediatric: d t o d uc e d m ic bot mia with hours be b ary to doc e o s ional aer s er t ems (e.g., Isolator, Bactecems (e.g., i er t e t tures. a d Some data in ad is more pro an Collect im nec bac Comments cul Mycobacteria: spe Use sys Bactec 13A, Myco/F Lytic). ain t in: g i iod. If r e nown or h p - k ive at 24–48ive h, ob ate sites 1 h apart t r ng a 24ng a i a dur neg two or three more sets two or three sets from sep Transport time and temp Fever of un Specimen Collection (continued) a,b ice and/or ines l v ng on weight of of onng weight i m vol end p mu ort guide i ient p t Infant and child, ml/ 1–20 set de pa Transport de min le le i unc er, er, unc t ster p p i ally, ally, i ure, ut ines n c ol. t n l o h ri ine to dry. ore t o f d c ate vein at unc ine ine from the en p p d d c i ion. n t a ion ion of ve r t ol. ng atng the cen i a h ove io ove ec o f m fter ve o not pal c leanse site with70% wab wab con n i with an io prep start S re skin with al A D this point with glove. C al 3. Allow3. the io 4. 5. Collect5. blood. 6. Collection guide 2. ture site: 1. Disinfection of ve Palpate vein be ture site dis acteriology: Collection and trans B
Specimen type Specimen Table 3.1 Specimen Collection and Transport 87 ial ion r t ow ow ered. e r t d (continued) tion, tion, psy a ure only. ure only. rial, o t t e ectly onto n t r ers for ers for ow is rarelyow ure (Maki t r t m when e me i ic culic l al ar ure may or may vance. mu ures are or a b t i t e er o t er ated di ral, CVP Hickman, l ive ive cul les bums of may be p ures are ques of t t t u ble. Culturesble. of ia. Routine bac p m punch bi a riph c a mes bone of mar t d al rel i o m u t c - ive ive cul l, l, hy ng. i t anz. i en is op a ca t G d): cen uan i i - m o t q i to 4 il ead ace sam ure me ure bone of mar - l ful. f b t t may be in cul cul use Small vol spec mis A 3 quan Process aer for Quantitative cul Catheter cul able clin semi not be valu sur cath i.v. Acceptable meth Broviac, pe um Swan ure t le orle tube t 24 h, RT 24 h, RT, if in24 cul h, RT, 15 min,15 RT ≤ ≤ bot ≤ Specimen Collection r; en ga e u ainer m f t i em ain ry ate; y t t ure ri t d t t i ged due to u a a ures r t le le con ibil o i ap tube or our ort sys c ap con is cen uc c - c p s d - y l e pro at i ed to lab ort in ster d er p ate or swab ex le le screw le le or a ly r i t i iv me l p Inoculate blood cul bot tion tube; plated spec as trans to to low re de Tissue is placed into a ster should be dis or swab transor swab Quantitative cul im Sterile screw cup ory t tely tely to a r a i o ove ove d e ion ng. m i s > site with i m ectly into a ride the burn y lab c ure site as r t b er(’ og t l e o al in i ent dry er and clip 5 cm of c b v i t ol. le le tube. e h g i al tip di ro t o c septically re c leanse the skin around ransport ransport im A cath dis ster to pre T mi the cath C al Prepare punc for sur Clean and de 1. 1. 2. 3. 3. r ate r i i.v. p Bone mar as ow Burn Catheter
88 SECTION 3 l o i b ured t ro ens in c g tubeit two ure. o t m ected, it l ure also. If only ens cul t m ed to mi i t ise sub ial path it t w m r gy. gy. Aspirate of brain en e ble ble for cul o t l a o i b ept ty of spec c i ro c or n Comments Not ac Yield of po mi to mi one tube CSF is of col should be sub ogy first; oth Obtain blood cul for te; a r e rig f 15 min,15 RT Transport time and temp ≤ Bacteria: never re 15 min,15 RT Specimen Collection (continued) a,b inge ia, 21 ml; ice and/or r ines r ap tubesap l v e c t - ed m vol end m ort not p mu ort guide i uired: bac om p q Transport de min Sterile tube (sy trans rec Sterile screw Minimum amount re AFB, 25 ml le le i ion ion 5, 5, ary. t ng ng er s ng ng L i a t i s - e le andle m a d el intoel r ines ion. p ion ion with pace. l ine or ap tube. t t am s l c a le withle A, L4 fl - r er I ga ine into d t i a l - tal flo ol. r le sale h i m in ure, since growth o 1 in t only the cen c S - m mu i le screwle i et at L3 ents dis inge; ir ine prep inge, and ex l ine may be nec s r r l spirate the area of d spirate sa isinfect site with leanse wip site by e nsert a nee r max A I sty or L5 a small amount ster of sa rather than the lead edge) with a nee sy (com ster A sy C with ster 70% al D io Collection guide 2. Do not cul rep 1. 2. 1. 1. 3. 3. acteriology: Collection and trans B
ey l ate from r i Fo p Specimen type Specimen Cellulitis, as area of CSF Table 3.1 Specimen Collection and Transport 89 zed ic ies ies i b r o psy en may ial to o (continued) ion andion er c t a m a r i ized ate is the es no o r ec n d t i en a of i g ue bi p v s o m i ect ect an t ide spe ion, it should not t ites. v le asle a ions should be s psy spec s d a o er pro m c or ed. A tis f t ion ion of rec ary to de t it s a us ul en of choice. t m es ia or par al in gens. iques the for de er le orle nee m r bi c i essed essed only by lab o n p e i m u c t cess or a bi c s ab be nec bac Since spec a swab de spec clin be sub sam Periodontal le pro equipped to pro enu path tech 2 h, RT 2 h, RT ≤ ≤ Specimen Collection ic) or ic) b ort o p tem (for ic ic sys b o er ue) tem a s Sterile tube (aer an tis sys Anaerobic trans en er. c iva, iva, ove ove m l i ial er it m r f al t te on et and ove ove sa ate si l in and psy is not ic ic don r tem. o i g ace with b m o ully re ng ng the f p f i o oid oid space, ine. tory ma er l le bi le n a a p m ort sys al mar ial and trans ble, ble, as roof tubes. v p r a rach i le le sa p ace to re e ove the styove i ect 1–2 m1 of fluid of m1 ect 1–2 ris, and plaque. a am g t f l b fl m sing a peri leanse sur arefully cleanse f a sam I avail in from the base the of ul U scaler, care subgingival le ma to an an trans sub col U re into each three of leak C ster de supragingival tooth sur C gin 3. 3. pon reach A swab is notA swab the spec of choice 1. 2. 1. 1. 2. al, t s ti al, al, ti v ent’s a odon c gi ture: m cer Decubitus ul peri periapical, Vin gin sto Dental cul 90 SECTION 3 le le yn b r i s ha p o pon ose. s s p ures are not t ia and should not be d ed for that pur ive ive of agents re is me t t t it ic m d Comments Results throat of or na geal cul swab pre otifor sub 2 h, RT ≤ Transport time and temp Specimen Collection (continued) a,b ice and/or ines l v ium, or tem d m vol ic ic sys b ort me o p mu ort guide i er p a Sterile tube, swab trans Transport de min an is ect t le le l en ent, b r i m i rum, ur served c d ique ique ines um. l l n rum, tent oti u d al with is inge n s r ion ion and col t ated, re ured ear u c t l ion ion tech act ear li t t ng ng with spec p ory spec i a on. t i r ect fluid onflex ected in the same l l di pi ia repare smear for or rup or in d col shaft via swab an au F col P stain fash fluid via sy as (tympanocentesis). F clean ear ca soap so 2. Collection guide 1. or chronic per me 3. 3. Tympanocentesis re for com acteriology: Collection and trans B
Inner Specimen type Specimen Ear Table 3.1 Specimen Collection and Transport 91 al a ace t c f ngs ngs i re oc p thetic ected ibit ibit c ia. are the s f s h o er p e t t us (continued) o the r en is s o e m i ia. ore an ine the ora. The ts this f d i ist in in fl m le le both s ib er an p uired since sur ro t er h q t c roach, on the rely l me p al spec ia. Corneal scrap v ga r ure. i ated from the in t t e l t le, le, sam iva, even if only even iva, one is ion, which may in t ous mi b is externa, vig t is. ained af i ion apion t unc t ing is re ing may miss strep n t a t j s i ected can eye serve as a e b b c l f unc rol with which to com ec ected, do so be li j t n ig l l lu ected, to de i p f d con in Gram stain to as If con col in con tion of cul some bac Include fun un agents iso If costeye. pro col ap are ob If pos swab swab cel For oti 2 h, RT 15 min, 15 RT; 2 h; RT 15 min,15 RT ≤ Plates: ≤ swabs: ≤ ≤ Specimen Collection ion: t a a l l ion: u u t c c a l o o u c o ort ort p ure in ure in p t t ory in ory mold agar t t i a r ib o h tions: BHI with 10% sheep blood, CHOC, and in Direct cul Swab trans Direct cul swab trans BAP and CHOC; lab al. ng ng ated i n a. l ng ng m. i v ared ions, u la, i u s c p t u ion. o ion; roll di ected t m area t l ris or gist. al. c le by by le b o n unc - ec ec j p l l ol ng theng swab i ned to swab le le spat ate scrap m ned with i ers or le l e at ine) by roll e c t l u c hal t o oist ate swabs r le le sa m ove any de ove i a dium may be in ectly ectly onto me r m btain a sam sing ster se moist mear may be pre pecimen is col ample eachwith eye di U and in firmly ro scrape ul O in the outer ca at time col of Me at time col of S of slide. swab over 1–2 over swab S by oph U re crust from the ear ca (pre ster over each con S sep . 2. 1. 1. 1 2. 1. 2. 3. ngs i Corneal scrap Outer Conjunctiva
Eye 92 SECTION 3 a t ogic l ul s o ens are ients. g con t o ept for ut c should be ine stool o t 3 days and the ia. Anesthetics is was not d s o ian. Tests for for ian. Tests ients whose length c n ine path t i t g ory to some eti l me s t is, with a i ended ex t orm rou i ga f ib m er h al stay is > t m t red for these pa i n o ing di e e p t id it ures pa for s tro t ants (see Rectal swabs). m f Include fun Comments agents. may be in Do not per cul hosof gas ad tion with phy Clostridium djfficile con not rec in Swabs for rou for Swabs 24 h, ≤ 1 h, RT 1 h, RT m: u i d 15 min,15 RT ≤ Transport time and temp Holding me Unpreserved: ≤ Unpreserved: RT Specimen Collection ia d (continued) ng ng a,b i ainer or t ice and/or ines ap tube or ion ion of small l v t c - a roof; l p lair hold 2 g) u B c > - m vol o outh con m mu - ium ( ort guide i d p ect in r Transport de min Sterile screw amount fluid of onto me di wide Clean, leak me use Cary r; e gy o l ain m le le t o c i d er to - b f ines ectly l r ial from ng d. ro i i r c e t en di m i la onto 1–2 lair hold ing ma ory within 1 h of ion of flu ion ion or trans u t ort to mi t t b B a um. p a - i r r repare two smears by ec i o d l P rub spat area of slide. p Collection guide 3. 3. Pass spec into a clean, dry con trans me Prepare nee for eye lab col Cary as acteriology: Collection and trans B
ates r i ture p Routine Routine cul Vitreous fluid as Specimen type Specimen Feces
Table 3.1 Specimen Collection and Transport 93 l l h - to i ected b l (continued) ieve thisieve y. l ng threeng to al cramps t e. i i ults in rapid n u s i et among HEC iv ended. s t E m om ure for 0157:H7 0157:H7 ure for er er than sor d t t m al val st yield. Shiga id stoolsid col c o i e u 20°C re oxin ac t o t ay for all for ay id orid soft stools per 24 s le le clin t u ypes is bet t iod. Testing of formed of iod. Testing or hard y. ients with ab l t r ro e p loss of cy stool is not rec Freezing at − Patients should be pass liq five se within on 6 days of pa thehave high toxin as MacConkey cul on Bloody or liq Controversial: many be is of lit
24 h, nite,
≤ f e tem: d r l h, RT l h, RT 1 h, RT e ort sys p 24 or h, 4°C RT 1 h, RT; 1–24 h, 1–24 4°C; 1 h, RT; ≤ —20°C or cold Swab Swab trans Unpreserved: ≤ Unpreserved: ≤ Unpreserved: ≤ Unpreserved: Formalin/PVA: in RT Specimen Collection
ainer, or ainer or ng tainer, t t i roof, roof, roof, p p p in and/or PVA; l 2 g) a > m outh con outh con outh con lair hold B m m m - - - - ium ( d 5 ml 2 mi Sterile, leak wide > wide Sterile, leak Cary me Sterile, leak wide > 10% for r e r ng ng gy e ort i o p l ain t in or o ain er to i l um t r; f s a b e m ro c ain t ite trans ectly into a r s a id orid soft stool orid bloody stool r; soft stool is es di u u e ory within 1 h of c ion, or trans t ort to mi t a p ain r ned as stool as ec t tem (10% for o l ectly into a clean, dry fi r Pass liq di con into a clean, dry con de Pass liq the shape its of con lab col trans sys ova ova and par Pass fe clean, dry con PVA) - - ypes c tion t tious hea) ducing ducing fi r r om ients who ro ec . coli tec t f a oxin E 0157:H7 and other Shiga t pro se ture Leukocyte Leukocyte de (not rec for mended use with pa have acute in di
C. dif cul ile
94 SECTION 3 - ds i us r le le ng of a of ng t ion. ion. One i t lex vi lex Neisseria occi, or for a p , Campylo r c a o ng ng t i ds are best i ure bot t orted in an ect es sim t p p em and need not be and other t iage group of B , Shigella r ble to ble pass a a ic sys ic en. b uged prior to Gram ated at bed site may be , and her ned Gram by stain emolytic strep f ng. Otherng. flu l ic ic blood cul o i rmed. m h i i u b - er m fo c ients un o a a t t a o Amniotic and culdocentesis flu centri ex should be trans an stain Comments cytocentrifuged prep in per aer Reserved for de gonorrhoeae spec and anal car Streptococcus be pa bacter 2 h, RT 15 min,15 RT ≤ Transport time and temp ≤ Specimen Collection ap (continued) c - a,b tely to ure t a ort i ia; p d ice and/or ines r l e v e t le le screw m ort i p m vol ry o t ort im p mu ra ort guide i le le for bac t tem, ster o p lab Anaerobic trans sys tube, or blood cul bot trans Bacteria, ml >1 Transport de min Swab trans le le ion. b t i le a ery. r d heal ng ng skin r g a i ines r l en via y a le; never l it asit much ert a swab b m i s i ond the anal m s us nee y ate the swab o t e ine prep le thele anal n d ion ion or sur p ter. t ion ion of di ta gens. it a swab dipped a swab it in t a u o r m i c d. ec i t p ently ro btain spec lways sub lways arefully in eces should be vis O per as crypts. G to sam flu A fluid as pos sub F path on the for swab de with io D ca. 1 in. be C sphinc 2. 3. 3. Collection guide 1. isinfect over 1. 1. 2. 3. See Abscess See acteriology: Collection and trans B
al, al, n d i ial, ne al, otic, v o es, bile, i r ectal swab ca t t om o i n R d n c Specimen type Specimen paracentesis, perir peri pleu sy ial, thoracentesis
am as Fluids: ab Fistula joint, Table 3.1 Specimen Collection and Transport 95 al n n
ia i r me e ace or essed psy or t ngs. ngs. f c i o ac ormed. (continued) ble ble f b ng ng for a i o c pt ial for t ion ion of vag ium t ce d en a ric wash ing. t r t ling sur of i ac p p a. ue. ue. Tissue bi r ause my s not c en must be pro ial ial test tion tion with the com te when hold m b i al flo a na ial tis n ro dly in gas i i i ion ion should be per c c on t ions is fi t b a am r mi t ause the of po er i re ar c ti p c p c Discourage sam su as promptly be die rap Neutralize with so bi The spec >1 h. Culture may be needed for an se Swabbing or as be con sal vag ze i ral ion t t ec l 2 h, RT 15 min, RT, or min, neu 15 RT, ≤ within col 1 h of <1 h, RT <1 ≤ Specimen Collection ort p ort p roof p 1 ml r ≥ e um i tain tem, d con Sterile, leak Sterile tube with trans me Anaerobic trans sys l o te er tric ng ng y t er. ch. i s t p n a o e cen ga c roof, ng ng r. o io i p s e tro le andle y os n p d age with er v tain iv tilled wa l ect dur ients eat and ng ng en l t i le le dis le con an de i i e ecover sam erform la ntroduce a na ore pa 25–50 ml chilled, of ster P ist dur place in a leak R ster I tube into the stom f sar g See Abscess See Collect in early morn while they are still in bed. 1. be 3. 3. 2. Aspirate Aspirate via am sis, or col ce Collected by gas o ale e t i m r ac o l b d co age for i v ria Wash Wash or la my Amniotic flu Biopsy Biopsy for H. py su Gangrenous tise Gastric
Genital, Genital, fe
96 SECTION 3 ion andion t ec l and Neisseria ort need Chlamydia for p Comments See the col text for trans trachomatis gonorrhoeae. 2 h, RT 2 h, RT 2 h, RT 2 h, RT Transport time and temp ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ Specimen Collection (continued) a,b ort ort ort p p p ice and/or ines l v ort p 1 ml 1 ml 1 ml m vol ≥ > ≥ mu ort guide i tem, tem, tem, p Transport de min Swab trans Anaerobic trans sys sys Anaerobic trans sys le p l l d Anaerobic trans na i ix er. t v e le swab. le ines ion. i l t port um ant.
l a us and c r u c a ri ire amount to t ate or flu b r ng ng cath u i ard the swab. i l p c bic bic trans al or with swab, ions from the ut t o c ate via a cop i o r s er re i v ine prep tem. ng ng a spec a c i p d isinfect skin with isualize the cer emove mu emove ollect transcervical ransfer en irmly gently sam yet se R cer and dis sys T an with ster a new F the endocervical ca with D io V C as tele us Collection guide 2. Aspirate fluid from ducts. 1. 1. 1. 2. 3. Submit as 1. 2. acteriology: Collection and trans B ac ac s
- ions ions ions e t t t d - ue and d re re re i s c c c Bartholin gland se Cervical se flu Endometrial tis se Cul Specimen type Specimen
Table 3.1 Specimen Collection and Transport 97 ire t mit is. s o ure of n t ained, i t ng ng (continued) i ainer and ion, sub t t a ead l z ate it, and i ial vag t ended the for ices, place en r n v ion. e m le le con o t t i m o orp ne de hra, ro ess lochia, cul s i t al col c c ion of group of ion B harge can be ob t ter c u oc is of bac ec s c t ra ate ab o t al swab. o it at RT. Gram stain, at RT. it not t e into a ster t t i n c ure, is rec er. Inserter. a small 2–4 swab cm m i g il t ults. t v a s c re de cul which mis may give sub Do not pro strep di For de For in into the ure in it placeleave at least for 2 s to fa a rec If no dis wash the periurethral area with Betadine soap and rinse with wa 2 h, RT 2 h, RT 2 h, RT ≤ ≤ ≤ Specimen Collection ic ic b o er a tem ort ort p p ort sys p trans Swab trans Sterile tube or an Swab trans e. ial ce. ic ic g r an b fi ng e ette. e i i t er o rane p t ales, tely ar b is char ag er ate a s a. s s m i a d. d n d le le e i hra against u hy i t e g ion of of ion ions from p hral or at tem. t t t m al wall with n harge ma re n al mem c i nd swab. c s o r. o e hra; fe for c t ort sys le swab or pi swab le ry, im er to an an ions ions and dis bic bic sym ained by ce i t p f e t age the ure ain s t ue in a ster re liv s ipe old away c btain se emove emove old ex ollect dis ubmit a por f ob f a smear is also needed, ient has uri de I trans trans a ster of theof vag the mu O I use a sec con S tis R from the ure W se t C the ure on a swab by mas by on a swab mas the pu through the va 2. 2. Collect at least 1 h af pa 1. 1. 1. 3. 1. 1. 2. ion t ions ions t t cep re re c c on Products of c Urethral se Vaginal se
98 SECTION 3 er
ect
b t er ive ive t t ions a t t i re ured t t c slip, and - ed cham ion ion to de t fi i a ore and af n id i f tely to the tatic se a ot be cul m m i ia. a n d ed by quan d e fi i t m can ate, add cover eld eld ex d ial me fi u - c s ory in a hu fi ort im t i age. Ejaculateage. may also be t a p r s ri dish with moist gauze). ure urine of be t t tured. o Comments , touch pallidum a glass slide toT. the tran trans lab (pe pallidum T. For dark on ar may be iden Pathogens in pros cul mas cul 2 h, RT 2 h, RT Transport time and temp ≤ ≤ Specimen Collection le le (continued) i a,b ice and/or ines l v 1 ml of ort ort or ster > p p m vol en. m mu i ium for ort guide i d p Transport de min Swab trans spec me Swab transSwab us t ine, a l le i er. t ressed le swab swab le le sale ines i p i l ion’s ion’s ate to . s tate d ng theng base hral me id i u t tum. s ate on a t ion, firmly rub ate. s ove le l u ect flu m l el blade. m le le swab. ace with a ster p i u f hile press c assage pros llow llow tran ollectex fluid leanse ure lean with ster ac through rec A M of theof le W to col base with a ster C from pros ster with soap and wa C scal sur C and re . 3. 3. Collection guide 1 1. 1. 2. 2. 3. 3. acteriology: Collection and trans B
ion s ale or Prostate m Specimen type Specimen male Genital, Genital, fe male le Table 3.1 Specimen Collection and Transport 99 u ect l × is of ec s s y ble ble to en, a (continued) a ive ive r). r). m 10 t i a ≤ la t i field (10 field u t it anit early × ive ive anal ion. Theion. best t t m a oc ist should col t ine. ients un i × l en on 3 con p t t a um spec m t i ic ic pa r t en via suc a i ory ther en should have m t ous cells/100 d is brushings, of place brush i ive ive and 10 ng ng spec a s t i m al 40–80 of ml fluid of is r uce a spu m i t y d ec pi j s A to needed for quan BAL fluid. For quan mlinto sa of 1.0 anal For pe pro re a spec spec squa ob Mycobacteria: sub morn tive days. 2 h, RT 2 h, RT 2 h, RT ≤ ≤ ≤ Specimen Collection 1 ml 1 ml > > ort p tainer, tainer, 1 ml > ia, r e t Sterile con Swab trans Minimum amount: bac Sterile con a. r er ion. d t le le i ion ion of en (not s i ian. um trap. orp m t c er to v i s i en un t s uce a lower er hral ng ng or m d). t d i i p i ess oral flo ient to cough t c ate ab ient rinse or t t i ate and swab, al flu ory spec t t il ect su s r a c a ate in a spu r le withle wa ainer with 1 ml of n r ove ove ex t g i ine. pi l m p s ave pa ave ollect spec ollect wash en, ro lace brush in ster nstruct pa P con sa re H gar I re deeply to pro post as C C the di a nurse or phy m . nsert a small 2–4 swab leave it in it placeleave at least for 2 s to fa cm into the ure lu Abscess See I 1. 2. 1 3. 2. er heal ed c at r ate tra o r o t i age, age, brush d olar p v ec Urethra Bronchoal ve la or wash, en as Pilonidal cyst p Respiratory, low Sputum, ex 100 SECTION 3 ial r ates are e r t i p um, t psy o le le as ling of d p ue for bac s . ens choice. of ed m at i ial tis r ion. ion. Tissue bi ens or nee c o t t fi a m i u ec er p p su the spec Discourage sam Comments eval spec Same spu as for above ex 2 h, RT 2 h, RT ≤ Transport time and temp ≤ Specimen Collection le le (continued) i a,b 1 ml > ice and/or ines l v ort or ster p tainer, r m vol e mu ort guide i tain p Swab transSwab con Transport de min Sterile con er t ions ients t ely ely 25 t le le t i ard this ion ion le le le le a re c s i i ines er af c l t m i rox p ient rinse r. r. t ris from the e e b ng gumsng and izer, have pa i l ain ain ace the of le u t t ale ap f ine. ith the aid a of l h ave pa ave ollect in a ster ollect in a ster emove emove oral se in sa W neb ml 3–10% of ster con C con C sur with a swab; dis and de swab. R brush tongue. H mouth with wa Collection guide 1. 1. 2. 4. 4. 1. 3. acteriology: Collection and trans B
per Oral duced Specimen type Specimen Respiratory, up Sputum, in Table 3.1 Specimen Collection and Transport 101
(continued)
tients rs or e i ng ng r i ures are t ures are t ect t ed in pa al car ions. c cat s i oc d c n o i al le l - s y ra t erved for de s re Anterior nose cul staph for for na Throat cul swab con with epiglottitis. for Swabs 2 h, RT 2 h, RT ≤ Plates: min, swabs: 15 RT; 2 h, RT ≤ Specimen Collection ion ion t ion ion a t l a u n c i ort o m p a ort ort ium in p p d ide or ex s le, le, swab trans b Swab trans ta Swab trans Direct me at bed
ior ior ine r
oist l e al t ng ng m le le i m a. p ium s or. le sale i c s o nd swab, orb c o s es. ely ely 1–2 cm res t r nx via the ert a small p a s y as nor of m on, avoid al mu i usly sam e s ions. si har o t ate or flocked r p n ue. rox o re o i s s p c g ently in epress tongue with a otate the against swab otate swab slowly otate slowly swab nsert pre a swab, U vig the le any ar R the na tis R 5 s to abfor se I ened with ster (or use flockedswab), ap into the na D tongue de G intoswab) the pos al swab (e.g., cal (e.g., swab na nose. 1. 1. 2. sing a sec 2. 1. 1. 1. 1. 2. nx y Nasal Throat or phar Nasophar
ynx 102 SECTION 3
ue as s ntaining ue is co s ion of of ion - t ace a of f al 70°C in case − co ort at RT. ess tis p c ium and plated h 12 it asit much tis es are needed. Never d ue at i ion. ion. JEMBEC, m ect more than 30 ml t s l ec l le. le. If ex al tis ort me ble, save a por save ble, it a swab that a swab it has been b c p a i i her stud r r col er for transer for s m ue. t g t s te Comments Neisseria gonorrhoeae should in char placed be trans sub Always pos avail sur for NAAT Do not col fur sub rubbed the over sur af tis Biobags, andBiobags, the GonoPak are bet 2 h, RT; 24 h, 4°C 15 min,15 RT Transport time and temp ≤ ≤ Unpreserved: ≤ Specimen Collection (continued) ort le le i r p a,b r; add e e ort ur t p ed by ice and/or ines ain le, le, l t v fi i ac i f u m vol ap con c ue moist. - s mu ium spec ral drops ster of ort guide i e tem or ster d p ine to keep small pieces l Transport de min sev sa Sterile tube or trans of tisof me NAAT man Anaerobic trans sys screw ery g ior ior r ines te l psy ils, and s o as with a ng ng sur e i us bi o nx, ton e y le le swab. n ure i amed ar a d t fl e ample the pos c ster in S phar Collection guide 2. or cu pro Collected dur acteriology: Collection and trans B and
- ) NAAT ale, first m Specimen type Specimen void (for Chlamydia gonor N. rhoeae Urine Male and fe Tissue Table 3.1 Specimen Collection and Transport 103 uce d (continued) ro t hral flora into t rease the risk ion. t c ec f er and in d genic in ers the of ure o r b of iat mem Catheterization may in the blad 2 h, RT; 2 h, RT; 2 h, RT 2 h, RT; 24 h, RT 24 h, RT ≤ ≤ served: served: Unpreserved: ≤ Unpreserved: pre ≤ Unpreserved: ≤ Unpreserved: pre Specimen Collection ic ic ic ic r r r outh outh ive ive ive m m roof t t t - - a a a p 1 ml, or urine 1 ml, or urine v v v ≥ ≥ ser ser ser ort tube with bo ort tube with bo ort tube with bo p p p ainer, ainer, ainer or urine t t t trans trans trans Sterile, wide con acid pre Sterile, wide con acid pre Sterile, leak acid pre con in ia g ers ers b t t ion ion ion i i t t l l i i ng. l l ial i r ect a ect a ion ion ion e l l t t ure. t ng ng with t ing the ing the i er. p p t ng theng ng theng la racted, be i i t ral mil ral mil ream por ream por e e gin void st st stop stop ut ut ream por ream por ng. kin re o o i st st hral open s t ture. hile hold hile hold fter sev fter sev inse area with wet he mid he mid horoughly cleanse the flow of flow urine. of flow urine. R gauze pads. mid mid with with has passed, col has passed, col A A is used bac for is used cul for T cul T W fore T soap and wa ure void W apart, be 3. 3. 3. 1. 1. 1. 2. 1. 1. 2. 2. tream tream s s er t id e Male, mid Female, m
Straight cath
104 SECTION 3 al n pi ers t s e ro b e r ess they l ng ng cath ect urine , 11th ed., ASM , 11th i l ia in their r e well t c. d i ients un t t a ateagar; ce CSF, om l t o ers. Do not col d ays have bac have ays w Comments Patients Patients with in al blad from these pa are symp ion;CHOC, choc s u f 2 h, RT; 2 h, RT; ure. t 24 h, RT a ≤ er p served: Transport time and temp Unpreserved: ≤ Unpreserved: pre Specimen Collection er SS, Warnock DW. (ed.),er SS, Manual Warnock DW. of Clinical Microbiology t ive; RT, room tem t (continued) a tainer a,b ol ol fix h ice and/or ines o ort tube l c v p roof con p yl yl al age; BAP, blood agarage;BAP, plate;BHI, brain heart in n ive v i t ic acidic m vol r v a y v l mu ort guide i ser p Transport de min with bo pre Sterile leak or urine trans oll Funke KC, G, Landry ML, Rich er. r ng ng ous; PVA, po er i t d n e e er le le inge v t i r ow ow ect e le tubele l ra l i t ines ert l s i;BAL, bronchoalveolarla l ng ng ect in tub i ely ely 15 ml to l il t c er. a ally col ect urine to be le andle sy l r. ow c d l i m ed in a ster e ure; i.v., in t ain i t ion portion with 70% s t er er into the blad t it ol. ol. Clamp cath t astba f ain e h - ec rox t m l ow portow and al o d p l i fter al se nee septically, in c isinfect the cath ransfer to a ster to asep ml5– urine. of 10 U A ap con pass, col sub A cath T or con col D be urine to col al 10–20for min. ous pres n Collection guide 3. 3. 1. 4. 4. 2. 3. See Abscess See acteriology: Collection and trans on, D.C., 2015. on, D.C., ral ve t t B ng i
er t e Indwelling cath d; CVP, cen i Adapted from Jorgensen J.H, Pfaller MA, Car Abbreviations: AFB,ac a b Specimen type Specimen
Wound flu Press, Wash Table 3.1 Specimen Collection and Transport 105 (continued) ate ic ic health l v ue PCR s ies) gy r o to ble ble at pub ol a a r r o iemsa stain blood of smear, ies and some pri r G o - t gy (avail nce nce lab a o e r o ol er r a Culture and se ref se lab Diagnostic of Test Choice Serology Serology Wright Culture ia r e t le en b z i s ered bac le t ure; ure le; hand t t b i i a a s er er p p coun itely at—70°Citely Serology and/or tis ory if pos le; at hold n t i i a f r e o d ort on ice or fro ure sent on ice; keep entrifugation tube is t ory if pos p c t Specimen Collection - a sues r is uently uently en il tested for or at—7°C o s t q ue moist and ster re s f ic ic ly r ent; trans t a ful m i ue moist and ster d s aterial cul for Transport at room tem pe help 4–20°C un ship 1 week at 4°C; in Hand carry to lab Transport Transport is tis M PCRfor test Keep tis carry to lab ines for in l ngs Transport at room tem i
psy, psy, o in or ant), ow ion ion ort guide l r r s u a p ace scrap g f a o s c ue, lymph node s ti rum psy at le ry, ry, blood, CSF o e se ate b r i iph r p ion ion and trans t Blood, bone mar Blood, tis as Blood smear (blood) Specimen choice of Tissue, sub ur Skin bi CSF, pe Blood smear, skin bi blood hep (with EDTA an ec l
s) er) si v o e; e; i l is) s na an lo lich ing fe ui m el pecimen col g c S aps l (hu (cat scratch (cat
ytic ehr (bru (re c oma oma in l o l u u er) ease) aplasma v artonella orrelia burgdorferi (Lyme Brucella B fe (gran Organism Organism (dis ease) An Klebsiella granulomatis donovanosis) B dis Borrelia gran Table 3.2 106 SECTION 3 , 11th ed., ASM , 11th gy o ol r gy o ol r (continued) a Culture and se Blood PCR Culture Serology Diagnostic of Test Choice Phase I (chronic) and Phase II (acute) se ia r e t ent; ium m d ute 1:10 ute 1:10 ered bac l t in and store ory or t en at—70°C en at—70°C m erred a z u f r en for PCRen for test b coun o z ze with so le; at hold 4–20°C i i 1 h or di < ral le le pre t t um al ure sent on ice; keep r t Specimen Collection ue are fro sues s er SS, Warnock DW, (ed.),er SS, Warnock Manual DW, of Clinical Microbiology ort to lab t uently uently en p q ine se v ate re 1 h; urine, f olume bot < on ort on ice or fro v b - p r ue moist and ster il il shipped il tested ship for or at—70°C t t s ca Rapid trans freeze; ship on dry ice Blood, trans bi un in 1% boin 1% at 4–20°C or neu High Material cul for tis Transport Transport is un ines for in d l i er first ants psy, psy, t - l o psy, psy, u o g ate ue Blood and tis ate, in or ant), CSF, a r r s l ort guide r i o u a p p c g ti ion ion bi a s o oll Funke KC, G, Landry ML, Rich ates joint of flu r r um c i t i t p ngs, le i rum ontaining an ion ion and trans t Lymph Lymph node as scrap blood, spu Serum, blood (cit c should not be used), CSF (firstweek), urine(af week) Blood, as se Serum, blood, tis Specimen choice of Blood smear, skin bi blood hep (with EDTA an ec l is) s ers; d. s) a) i o v r si er) mi o pi v i s re al flu ed fe n a t to er), (rat bite l pecimen col lich v pi on, DC. 2015. s t S hill fe (tu (lep ng er b i
(spot (ehr v r (Q fe hus) er; er; Ha p v CSF, CSF, e ce ro oxiella Adapted from Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Car a b Leptospira Francisella ty fe Rickettsia Ehrlichia Organism Organism (dis ease) C Streptobacillus Press, Wash Table 3.2 Specimen Collection and Transport 107 Table 3.3 Guidelines for collection of specimens for anaerobic culturea Acceptable material Unacceptable material Aspirate (by needle and syringe) Bronchoalveolar lavage washing Bartholin’s gland inflammation or Cervical secretions secretions Endotracheal secretions (aspirate) Blood (venipuncture) Lochia secretions Bone marrow (aspirate) Nasopharyngeal swab Bronchoscopic secretions Perineal swab (protected specimen brush) Prostatic or seminal fluid Culdocentesis fluid (aspirate) Sputum (expectorated or induced) Fallopian tube fluid or tissue Stool or rectal swab samples (aspirate/biopsy) Tracheostomy secretions Intrauterine device, for Actinomyces spp. Urethral secretions Nasal sinus (aspirate) Urine (voided or from catheter) Placenta tissue (via cesarean Vaginal or vulvar secretions (swab) delivery) Stool, for Clostridium difficile Surgery (aspirate, tissue) Specimen Collection Transtracheal aspirate Urine (suprapubic aspirate) aAdapted from Murray PR, Baron EJ, Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Yolken RH (ed.), Manual of Clinical Microbiology, 8th ed., ASM Press, Washington, D.C., 2003.
Virology: General Specimen Guidelines
1. The timing of specimen collection is critical because the dura tion of viral shedding is influenced by the type of virus, the organ or tissue involved, and the immunocompetence of the patient. For opti mal recovery of most viruses, specimens should be collected within 3 to 7 days after onset of symptoms. 2. The method of collection can have a profound effect on detec tion of viruses. If viral culture is attempted, the viability of the virus must be maintained in approp riate transport medium. If nucleic acid amplification is attempted, the swab composition and anticoagu lants can affect the assay. 3. If only a limited amount of material can be collected, the number of tests requested should also be limited. 4. Because viruses are obligate intracellular pathogens, wound and skin specimens (e.g., vesicles) should contain cellular material. 5. Specimens should be transported to the laboratory as quickly as possible, particularly for specimens submitted for viral culture. Via bility is not required for antigen or nucleic acid amplification tests. 108 SECTION 3 6. Viral transport medium (VTM) should be used to protect speci mens from drying. VTM is not required for cerebrospinal fluids, blood, urine, bronchoalveolar lavage specimens, amniotic fluid, and feces. 7. Specimens other than blood should be maintained at 4°C if held for more than 1 h after collection. Freezing should be avoided unless a delay of more than 24 h is anticipated. Recovery of some enveloped viruses (e.g., respiratory syncytial virus, herpes simplex virus, cyto megalovirus, and varicella-zoster virus) is compromised by freezing. 8. A variety of commercial VTM are available. Most contain protein to stabilize the virus, antibiotics to prevent bacterial and fungal growth, and a buffer to control pH. Culturette swabs with Stuart’s medium can also be used.
Virology: Specific Specimen Guidelines Blood 1. An 8 to 10ml volume of blood is collected using approp riate aseptic techniques. 2. Anticoagulant tubes (EDTA [purple top], heparin [green top], and acid-citrate-dextrose [yellow top]) are used for detection
Specimen Collection of viruses in plasma or leukocytes. Heparin inhibits PCR and the infectivity of some viruses. 3. Plasma can be obtained by centrifuging blood collected in tubes with anticoagulants. Plasma partitioning tubes can facili tate separation of plasma from cellular material. 4. Plasma for nuc leic acid amplification of RNA viruses should be separated within 4 to 6 h of collection and refrigerated for up to 72 h or frozen at −70°C for longer periods. 5. For serologic testing, acute-phase serum should be collected within the first few days of clinical onset, and convalescent-phase serum should be collected 2 to 4 weeks later.
Bone marrow 1. Bone marrow aspirates are collected from the posterior iliac crest, the anterior iliac crest (infants and children), or the sternum or the tibia (infants younger than 18 months). 2. Leukocytes from bone marrow specimens can be cultured for cytomegalovirus (CMV). Varicella-zoster virus (VZV) and human herpesvirus 6 can also be cultured from bone marrow. PCR is used to diagnose parvovirus B19 infections.
CSF NOTE: Viral culture of CSF is only rarely performed because higher sensitivity alternatives exist for most of the viruses that could be cultured from the CSF. Specimen Collection and Transport 109 1. Enteroviruses and herpes simplex virus (HSV) are the most common viruses grown from cerebral spinal fluid (CSF). Arbo viruses are important causes of sporadic encephalitis but are dif ficult to culture. These infections are most commonly diagnosed by nucleic acid–based tests. Likewise, CMV, VZV, Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), and JC virus infections are most commonly diagnosed by nucleic acid–based tests. 2. Viral titers are generally low in CSF; therefore, the specimen should not be diluted and tests should be selectively performed. 3. CSF should be collected in a sterile tube without transport medium. 4. CSF for viral culture does not require special processing.
Respiratory specimens (throat, nasopha ryngeal swab, nasopha ryngeal aspirate, nasal washings, and bronchoalveolar lavage [BAL]) specimens) 1. Influenza viruses, parainfluenza viruses, RSV, adenovi ruses, and rhinoviruses are most frequently identified in respira tory specimens. Metapneumoviruses and coronaviruses are also important respiratory pathogens. 2. With the adoption of the flocked swab, it is now thought that Specimen Collection nasopharyngeal aspirates are equivalent to nasopharyngeal swabs for specimen collection. 3. Nasal washes do not contain a large number of virus- infected cells; however, they are often used when nasal aspira tion is contraindicated. 4. Nasopharyngeal aspirates are typically transported in ap propriate viral transport medium (VTM). The use of VTM is op tional for nasal washes and BAL specimens. 5. All specimens can be used for viral culture. However, na sopharyngeal aspirates and washes are preferred for antigen detection. 6. Mucus in specimens can affect antigen detection by fluores cent-antibody (FA) assay and enzyme immunoassays (EIA). Mucus can inhibit the fixation of cells to slides (FA assay) and can cause nonspecific fluorescence. It can also interfere with penetration of the specimen into EIA membrane devices. Therefore, specimens should be broken up by glass beads or aspiration through a small-bore pi pette before processing.
Urine 1. Urine is an important specimen for detection of CMV, entero viruses, adenoviruses, and BK virus. Mumps and rubella viruses are rarely isolated in urine because of the use of vaccines. 2. Urine should be cultured for CMV within 7 days of birth to detect congenital infection. 110 SECTION 3 3. Midstream urine should be collected in a sterile container. VTM is not required. 4. Before urine is cultured, it should be neutralized with 7.5% sodium bicarbonate solution and filtered through a 0.2-μm-pore- size filter to remove contaminating bacteria.
Feces 1. Many viruses responsible for gastroenteritis (e.g., enteric adenovirus, calicivirus, astrovirus, and rotavirus) cannot be cultivated. 2. Enveloped viruses are not normally recovered in feces, with the exception of CMV in immunocompromised patients. 3. Fecal specimens (2 to 4 g) are preferred to fecal swabs be cause an inadequate amount of material is collected on swabs.
Eyes 1. HSV and adenovirus are the most commonly isolated vi ruses; enterovirus 70 and coxsackievirus A24 may be detected by PCR. 2. Conjunctival swabs are collected from the lower conjunc
Specimen Collection tiva with a flexible, fine-shaft swab moistened with sterile saline and placed in VTM. 3. Scrapings of cornea or conjunctiva should also be placed in VTM. 4. Aqueous and vitreous fluids can inhibit PCR; therefore, the specimen must be diluted or extracted to remove inhibitors.
Tissue 1. Many viruses can be isolated from tissues. 2. Tissues should be transported in VTM. 3. As much tissue as possible should be collected and sub mitted to the clinical microbiology and surgical pathology laboratories. 4. Upon receipt in the laboratory, tissues should be ground and centrifuged and the supernatant should be used for processing. 5. Tissue for nucleic acid detection should be minced, treated with proteolytic enzymes, and extracted with chaotropic salts or organic solvents.
Genital specimens 1. HSV-2 and HSV-1 are the most commonly isolated viruses from external genital lesions. HSV-1, HSV-2, and CMV are frequently iso lated from the cervix, vagina, and urethra. These viruses can be read ily cultured from these sites. Human papillomavirus, an important cause of cervical canc er, can be detected by molecular tests. Specimen Collection and Transport 111 2. Genital lesions should be swabbed vigorously to collect cel lular material, and the specimen should be transported to the lab oratory in VTM. 3. Cervical specimens are collected by inserting a clean swab 1 cm into the cervical canal and rotating it for 5 s. The swab is trans ported in VTM. 4. To collect urethral specimens, exudates should be expressed and discarded. The patient should not have urinated for at least 1 h prior to specimen collection. A flexible, fine-shafted swab is in serted 4 cm into the urethra, rotated two or three times, removed, and placed in VTM.
Skin 1. Rubella virus, measles virus, adenoviruses, and enteroviruses can cause dermal rashes and be isolated in culture. Parvovirus B19 can cause a rash but is recovered from other sources. HSV, VZV, and enteroviruses can be recovered from vesicular lesions. 2. Fresh dermal lesions (not crusted, healing lesions) should be used for recovery of viruses. 3. Vesicular fluid and cells from the base of the lesion should be collected and transported to the laboratory in VTM. Specimen Collection
Table 3.4 Recommended blood volumes to collect for blood culturesa Volume of Recommended blood equal to blood volume Total blood 1% of patient’s Patient per culture volume for two total blood weight (lb) (ml) cultures (ml) volume (ml) <18 1 2 2 18–30 3 6 6–10 30–60 5 10 10–20 60–90 10 20 20–30 90–120 15 30 30–40 >120 20 40 >40 aJorgensen J H, Pfaller MA, Carroll KC, Funke G, Landry ML, Richter SS, Warnock DW (ed.), Manual of Clinical Microbiology, 11th ed., ASM Press, Washington, D.C., 2015. 112 SECTION 3 ion t a tems es. n s i o c am ry of t e ov c ially those emic my c ositive rates.ositive e d p p - entrifugation sys c les and note color if - ng ng en u i ent. Comments pres Examine grains for or gran Lysis are good re for caus They give high con and false molds, es er a g er ort ess in p p c 2 h, RT. 2 h, RT; if lon 2 h, RT; 16 h. Time and tem ture trans for If ≤ RT. As above As above; pro ≤ If ≤ um Specimen Collection t reat t entrifugation ens. c dure - m arly to spu e i l c i a,b Processing pro If thick, pre spec sim Automated (BacT/ Alert, BACTEC, VersaTrek) Lysis Manual ines l ine; d ort guide p ol. Collectol. h o ures; c t ure io of t inge. If open, use ate r ial cul r ral edge with a r i e e ines p t l iph r m amount blood of ed le andle sy ace with 70% al d f mu tem or as ive pe ive i end t m ect skin with tinc f le neele i n om i Collection guide Clean sur from ac ster swab swab sys Collect as bac for dis use max rec ycology: Collection andycology: trans M
d u Specimen type Specimen (drain,Abscess ex wound) ate, pus, Blood Table 3.5 Specimen Collection and Transport 113
ristle esce b r (continued) - ated with r ve oilve or a i ant agar of u r is versicolor s ), ol a i r ush. y br er a Wood’s light. er a Wood’s ected with a soft er disk sat l ve oilve should be placed on d p i M. furfurM. the first quad Select hairs that fluo un Hair and skin can be col ol plate. tooth For pit ( pa Pediatric Isolator tubes are best. er, er, g er er g g hytes hytes are te, as p a r to ive ive to cold. e a t le), Never 2 h, RT; if lon 2 h, RT; 2 h, RT; if lon 2 h, RT; 72 hr, RT (very (very hr, RT 72 si m b rig f 15 min, RT, If min,15 lon RT, If ≤ RT. If ≤ sta der sen ≤ RT. re If ≤ As above RT. le le i ow ow r le. ers b Specimen Collection t a i ng edgeng i les v t ble. a ens should pt m i ushes ushes should entrifugation ion shouldion be ce en non s c t led, as cen - br ac p Only the lead a le of sam are of All spec be pressed gently into the agar with a ster swab; do not streak agar plates. If used, tooth be pressed gently into agar as well. Clotted bone mar is is un Biphasic Biphasic bot Lysis el el p al ol n h el. el. o ainer or zed t p ope. i c l ant, e in t ristle v r b a or - p conle i usly brushusly in a it 10 to 12 hairs to 12 10 it o ope r l m e o v ainer or en entrifugation tube t c - ally in a hep ypes with 70% al c er en is i er nail should also be s t ion withion a soft t p d t ate in swab outer ear ca t ush. le dryle con i ng isng best; sub ar mo i br l u inge or ly c r tooth Nails: clip or scrape with a scal Material un scraped. Submit in a ster clean dry pa cir Firmly ro or glass slide or vig pluck Skin: scrape with dull edge a scal of in ster Hair: hair root is most im Disinfect all Collect asep sy As above al ow r n er t gi Dimorphic/ filamentous fun Ear, Ear, ex Cutaneous (hair, skin, nails) Bone mar
114 SECTION 3 lly ion a t ia r ec e ally. ally. t t ng c ia with en. en. i i d ac m um is an b i t ow es. l o cop s gens. ial is usu ays beays s c pu r o o w e c ro t ion ion are not t ent for de h s c l - a ide. n el ival time for ble ble spec i m c v a i le le ma t ble. hic path pt am ex a p emic my ned ned mi t ble. ble. Avoid me i h d a age has a high yield. This ce pt or s on m ac c clo ce a m Very Very lit de avail cy Saliva or 24 un Methods for my ac Comments Short sur di Fluid should al ex The first urinefol mas fluid is ex of en er er, er, er er a g g g g er ort p p 2 h, RT; if lon 2 h, RT; 2 h, RT; if lon 2 h, RT; 2 h, RT; if lon 2 h, RT; 2 h, RT; if lon 2 h, RT; If ≤ RT. Time and tem ture trans for If ≤ 4˚C. If ≤ RT. If ≤ RT. ens ia ia d ort in m d i p Specimen Collection ate l outh ia ia reated u t d c m - o haped ion; use uged to t s f - r. ga rate their ory spec e t t u ent for me (continued) dure f a r e en le le wide ain ri m ion c i a,b c tents. t t i t pi ectly or trans r s Corneal: in in X or C noninhibitory me mo Viscous lower re Processing pro Concentrate by cen con should be pre and centri con sed di and smears Inoculate me ster con ines l d ng ng y l i i ians c i ort guide ect s r p ected l ide. ial agents b m rs. Inoculate i ro er, ander, then e c d ex i ated di l h ain um col m u t t i ally. Placeally. all lo c t c c o i ines g l cy le le con ng spung ng ng an ut i ng: taken phy by ion i i ate gland to yield flu i t o t a r ng teeth.ng Collect brush ain i i t p ient empty blad ia/slides in t d les in ster age pros ia con p s d er brush t am af Collection guide Corneal scrap and me Use firstUse morn with and with Needle as s me and BAL fluid sur Have pa Have mas ycology: Collection andycology: trans M d i
ngs i d i ate, um) r t i Corneal scrap Vitreous flu p Specimen type Specimen Respiratory, (BAL,lower wash, brush, as spu Eye
Prostatic flu Table 3.5 Specimen Collection and Transport 115 ion ion t ry ectly a e r enic ended m ov g m c 2 ml, (continued) o or f < m ent should m ue for o ned s m ase. Examine i i e mes m ble. u a i ally. ally. With s us tis c es. i psy rec o o e ged ive ive dis ess n s a en vol cop a a s sc les and see in t m v u u i ia are best re for our ro c d c ng asng much fluid on each c i ways be ex Selective and chro me of Candida Sterile fluid sed al mi spec plate as pos fluid should platedbe di us Specimen should be dis Tissue bi for for in sub gran for ab te. er, er, er, er, a g g r e rig f 2 h, RT; if 2 h, RT; 2 h, RT; if 2 h, RT; er, 4˚C. er, RT. 2 h, RT; if lon 2 h, RT; 2 h, RT; if lon 2 h, RT; g g Oral: if ≤ lon Sinus: If ≤ lon RT. RT. Never re If ≤ RT. If ≤ le i le le le i us i n ort le le Specimen Collection r; add ure i p t e al ent blood ain t v ge ds in ster r. i yn e r ry of yeast. entrifugation in or in a e c les. Place si r ha - ing. Except for ain ents in ster p le scanle be used for em for oralem for and t t t a p t t ov ine to keep moist is l c s se trans swab U sys oro con con sam clot tube to pre bot re ly blood cul CSF, body flu Except CSF, put sterExcept CSF, vacutainer tubes with hep sa a few dropsa few ster of Sterile con ent for ity ents m t t i y g o l ng tongue.ng Use o i gy. gy. Concentrate i us con r o n l e t o i le swab for for swab le r b e i t ion, large quan t ion, and use sed ions, avoid t ec s l ga u nx. Collect si f ion. ion. Clots should be ground ly y t ri t a al l c har i u p c uired than for bac g q o a thin wire or flex Swab oralSwab le oro sur Collect as for bac by by cen in Surgical col re us n psy ial ar o v al, c yn o en r n es) ne m o i pl t pha ds (CSF ds) i i p Respiratory, Respiratory, up oro er (oral, geal, and si sam Sterile body flu and peri dial, peri and sy flu Stool Tissue bi spec 116 SECTION 3 ion. t ent for ent for a n m ia best for i ia or i d d m , 11th ed., ASM , 11th Candida. a ry of Use sed Use e enic agars are best g copic copic ex ov o s c m Microbiology ro
l c Comments Chromogenic me Candida. mi Antibacterial me chro for for re er, er, er, er, a ng ng to g g ort i er p ort p p ord tions. c a d urer n t er ac c g me fa m u ems can stay at RT 2 h, RT; if lon 2 h, RT; 2 h, RT; if lon 2 h, RT; t o Time and tem ture trans for If ≤ Urine4˚C. trans sys for lon man rec If ≤ RT. ure; h, hours. t tem a er ent. Specimen Collection p outh er SS, Warnock (ed.), DW Manual of Clinica m t ainer for i t m tem. ort sys - ion ion and p t ga ens by le conle u i ate sed ort sys (continued) dure ngs f l m i p e i u ainer or urine ri c a,b t t c o d; RT, roomd; tem RT, i Processing pro Concentrate spec Sterile wide trans con cen in Swab Swab trans or ster wash ines l al flu n pi s ro orning b zed e ort guide i m r - p er y l t e oll Funke KC, G, Landry ML, Rich r ens are m i age; CSF, ceage; CSF, ures; ear ures t t v ines l spec h - erred, or cath f ial cul ial cul r r e e t t ged. a en pre ens; 24 ur m m i i co spec Collection guide As for bac spec dis As for bac ycology: Collection andycology: trans on, D.C., 2015. on, D.C., t M ng
i Adapted from Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Car Abbreviations: BAL, bronchoalveolar la a b Specimen type Specimen Urine Vaginal Table 3.5 Press, Wash Specimen Collection and Transport 117 ine d ion. uires i t r ient q a crip c s c fi (continued) fi ling in i e l: re t p d e o ains ac n t mu ion toion some the of ies lev t i c ype iden t d spp., much more spp., o n rit tube con omes, and microfilariae.It c s o ble on theble blood films. a at usly, in ad usly, ng microfilariaeng or i ies or ge rs may not match the de ano o ion stain)ion works, stip m i b c t ect o p t a v sms to the spe i n i n ites try b s aria and some microfilariae. ga a ased stain (sheathed microfilariae). l ites (he b s sms; col - i a ion of mov of ion n in t ral blood is used from im l e y aria or ga ec l t ant par ox iemsa com iph v en used spe for t r t e a G - sms should be de i aria, Babesia, m l n ify ma t ga ct is of u spp. (pe ay testay kits ma for le, andle, the or s ites); he b s s i a a o ng. le le to iden n i b i s mu ng methodng blood for par Specimen Collection i os p Leishmania blood par ly). ls train of e somes lly im a ive ive for no t i aria may not be vis msa (all s nge), has been used ma for ients ients on l pa e t a Sequencing PCR of prod or is usu Sensitivity is not higher than thick for filmsfor Plasmodium sen Commercial im high lev Buffy coat, fresh blood filmsfor de try pa QBC, a screen tions. However, with othertions. stains However, (those listed pre ma “quick” blood stains), the or Gi Although stain Wright’s (Wright Recommended stain(s) and rel les p a erred) f lood for b yzed l b ol fixedol or - o ly ly with lines n m b a i s dures ds: e o c en blood sam z ens (he ct in some tests) g a ion: EDTA lood, eth i t t b er - t um or plasma for ec lood (fill EDTA tube r t b - lood ng ng an i b ated blood, pos - yzed or fro l at l letely with a blood and then l u o p xed thin and thick blood films, u aria, se g l c fi a m he blood can in PCR: EDTA co un ma cir Antigen de Concentration meth EDTA or EDTA com Specimen Specimen and pro Microscopically: thin and thick blood films. Freshblood (pre mix). Parasitology: Specimen guide
Body site Blood Table 3.6 118 SECTION 3 ue
s ure t msa, e y. ine agar/ t t i ile amoeba t il t ble), EITB ogic ue cul l a s o t ures. Culture for t Taenia solium Taenia ge mo ge a ine his our t ially avail c ured in tis todes: t c ine (microsporidia) (tis er opy, look for mo look for opy, m c m uired cul for a msa, trichrome, or Calcofluor al ces q b n e v ros c he t ites s en re ); Gi a spp. do spp. not grow in the rou m gy (lar i o eld mield er me ites), and IFA. spp. can spp. be cul fi s v - tol a ant par v e Balamuthia ine his t ) ion: t ended microsporidia for in rou spp.). Bright Toxoplasma gondii Toxoplasma ites). Sterile spec m s cep ed trichrome, sil m a ble ble for some par fi o ites a —PAM, Acanthamoeba, Balamuthia— GAE]); Gi i s a omes, s ae (ex b Specimen Collection ay method).ay Toxoplasma l lood par ano p only used are EIA (many test kits com spp. (or T. spp. cruzi b Echinococcus ially avail m Naegleria c ions); H&E, PAS, rou t e e [ er ained prep). slide (wet Slides warmed en to 35˚C a iving ame erci, ast, PAS, mod r l m st ba f c a - ia. - msa (all msa (try ti d d e e i Recommended stain(s) and rel Most com (com (ame Gram stains also rec ac prep Gi in un bacterial over Leishmania Gi cys Free me PCR blood for par um (continued) r psy a ine) o l b yzed blood lines l ion: se ates al sa t r o c ial in EDTA i i r dures ec m p ate or bi g e t e r t c i lo p o al fluid and CSF ected in EDTA i l n ems in some tests) um l i le male ion, stained smears), ody de i t d le as les or as i b a p t n i ate col r psy (touch or squash i m ions, stained) o t a p ated blood (he a l ial (in phys ture me r r u a e g t a Specimen Specimen and pro Specifici an can cause prob or plasma, anticoagulated or co Cultures: ster Biopsy Biopsy sam Microscopy: thin and thick films with as or cul Culture: ster ma brain bi prep (wet (wet ex Microscopy: spi Parasitology: Specimen guide ous v ow
r tem Body site Bone mar Central ner sys Table 3.6 Specimen Collection and Transport 119 tes i o ast z (continued) f - tes, cysts); ho d i i p o ype ype t t z o o n n ho p ion Loa Loa, t ic troic za msa for tro b i e erci, er ies and ge ies and ge c t erci, Loa loa, Toxoplasma c c c c ti i a t ine stain, PAS, ac ]); Gi m a msa (ame n spp. spp. e gy (cys ast, microsporidia) EM (for he o gy (cys t f ype char o - t tol d o ol i y); Giy); t l n er me v Acanthamoeba ine his t microsporidial spe microsporidial spe ine his t ae [ b ies and ge c ae and Toxoplasma ae and Toxoplasma b b erred) or sil f Toxoplasma, Toxoplasma, inths: spe ng ameng ng ameng i i ae, ae, m b b ae); H&E rou for iv iv Specimen Collection l l b - - spp.) er methamine stain, ac PAS, Acanthamoeba cysts spp. on v ion. t tion a c ca ed trichrome (pre ); sil iving ame iving ame fi fi l l fi i i - - i t t oxoplasma Protozoa and hel Calcofluor ( Calcofluorfor cysts only(ame (micropsoridial spores; H&E, rou Cultures: free Free T Cultures: free mod iden and cysts (ame gondii Free iden i i en en z z a og og ol r l l ial, n a o o r a i i e t ions) t ial r psy e o t ol, or fro ol, or fro n n tion act lens, ial (see above) ial (see above) t a a u r r psy ma le le with le le to avoid l le le to avoid e e o b b t t ial in phys ial in phys i b ogic sec i ate bi i l r r s r s s i e e ented with psy ma ented with t t to p o m m le ngs, con le ive ma ive ive ma ive i p en, or fixed in eth t t p z r ive ive ma ive ma cs if pos t t cs if pos cs, if pos ion, his p i i i t t t t a ent of lens so ial ial growth ial growth o ial (smears, touch or squash o o r r r i i i r a m e e b b b e i t t i i i ive, froive, t t t t t PCR:i as Microscopy: as ma ate or bi Culture: na bac PCR: na bac PCR: na in sup PBS na prep an cal NaCl oreth PBS, cal NaCl oreth PBS, Culture: na tion), scrap sed an Microscopy: bi an in sup PBS (smears, touch or squash prep Cutaneous ul cers Eye 120 SECTION 3 ion ion spp. spp., t or - and a t ae of orm, or in spp., l v en w a ion of most of ion t m m i a c ed trichrome fi i fi ial is also used); t i r ion (larion E. histolytica, t e t ents). Proglottids ra t ined sed spp., hook spp., m ats ( ion ion of for b t en oan cysts may also be spp., Cyclospora m a c z ies iden t o c oa); mod t spp., Cyclospora en z o m t ode seg i t spp., Diphyllobothrium ) b ridge for t ion ion or com t us or spe al pro Taenia solium ouse tests Taenia for a ites t n n h s ate sed Taenia - t ti a e lude Schistosoma uired) es c t q ue stains. oa); flo inth eggs and pro s z Cryptosporidium thyl thyl ac spp.) In spp.) o m ant par in (in us level ( us level t ngs inngs e E. vermicularis l ion of unpreserved of ion fresh ma i v n - t y e ished. ast ( a l f in ng tisng n l - i ox i t s a d i a m tes; hel u m i a on find m ble. Primersble. ge for o ut E. histolytica, Cryptosporidium a z m o ays (e.g., EIA, FA), car EIA, (e.g., FA), ays inth agar ova); or Baermann con s ed ac s ho fi ed to the ge m les (most pro a i p oa are pub ect ex gy ( ds: for fi p r o z i o o t n o t tol mu ose tape, no stain ( ds (hel Specimen Collection l spp.) oan tro spp.) with spp.) o spp.; unpreserved stool re unpreserved stool spp.; u z ial test avail l o c t ine his t er spp. lly be iden spp., and spp., Cryptosporidium m a d) xed stool sam e fi ion methion inths and pro ile pro - t t a m t tect Carmine stains (rarely used adult for worms or ces can usu Hymenolpesis Cystoisospora Adhesive cel Commercial im Taenia saginata. Taenia comNo Concentration meth Giardia SAF hel Trichuris microsporidia); less com Recommended stain(s) and rel (microsporidia); mod H&E, rou Direct smear wet (di de flo Strongyloides (mo Stain: trichrome or iron he l en a ents i z (continued) r opy opy m a e c gy or t s ion ion ive or ive o b t o t ol ra t ty of t lines ions for ions for i oid t ents (all al ma t a en orm seg m n r ent dures bil c a ti d w e a c es ial, fresh, fro en t r p al con e t n l ion: fresh na l; suit e a t a ion ion smear i d i erved 4), (see Table r s o r ec s e t fixed e t t - res ive ive ma ids) t p ol t n g ial, du a ods in r ion ion is test de glot en ma e t t z ect wet smear, con a r Antigen de Microscopy: fixedfor his touch or squash prep ma fro PCR: na Biopsy ma stain fix Microscopy: stool, sig di Adult worms or tape Specimen Specimen and pro Stool and other in fresh or pre Anal im (pro or eth meth Parasitology: Specimen guide
Body site tract Intestinal Table 3.6 Specimen Collection and Transport 121
er v ble ble for a gy ), eggs (continued) ty test i o il ae); sil ol b b t red in a e ov c y) ed trichrome, EM g ine his fi t o i ial for vi ol spp., ame spp., t r e t tes), tes), protoscolices of msa stain ( Leishmania i spp.) e o ine blue stains avail z d ine his i Gi t . u ho l p spp.) can spp.) be re ca cyst ma i at (tro spp.); H&E, spp.); rou p ine, to spp., Dirofilaria m Echinococcus a ue Gram stains, mod s n he t Echinococcus ast, tis f ion ion (e.g., E. multilocularis - t ets ( er me ens. a d l n) y v i c p m fi i a i mo t ion ion of her t t a l o msa, sil u Ascaris lumbricoides, Strongyloides stercoralis ae Strongyloides lumbricoides, ( Ascaris e m c v ory spec o oa and microsporidia); H&I (rou t ype iden z a (not com (not t ast stains (Cryptosporidium r o Specimen Collection f o t spp.), or spp.), hook Capillaria or spp. Capillaria eggs of he - pi n d s is jiroveci. i t inth lar erm che ine stain, ac PAS, t - ys m m c a o n m ained re he t er er long st t Paragonimus Pneu Some hel ( un (microsporidia); Gi (Strongyloides stercoralis, Paragonimus stercoralis, (Strongyloides me Examination smear wet of E. for histolytica For Leishmania Modified ac spp., otherspp., pro Intraperitoneal in Echinococcus af Species or ge en ive ive z t ate, r i le le for p i al and l l s a a ial, i ial in i ial, fro en or r r r r r le le le le tion z e e ; ster e i i t t te te ion ion of na a t ates t r r sy ate, ate, brush a i a um, na r p r t p i o a age fluid and p v ial, fro r ive ive ma xed ma xed ma tive tive ma tive tive ma t e ion: ster ion: ster ol fi fi t t t n a a ung bi a l l le le prep l hial as les or as i u u - c p c c al NaCl; fixed for d c o o xed na harge, bronchoalveolar i on ive ive ma c fi t tion tion of na tion tion of na br og gy al a a l i r r o ol ol fixed o r ried smears. i a a n heo e ol d psy, psy, open a t t age fluid, transbronchial as us dis c - o v n Microscopy: un PCR: na la tra si Microscopy: un ma Animal in Biopsy Biopsy sam Culture: ster eth Sputum, in bi uced spu bronchoalveolar la air treated for smear prep PCR: un or fixed in eth prep his Animal in phys prep Liver andLiver spleen tract Respiratory 122 SECTION 3 ng. i i); us c o uenc e q ion ion with er us, n t l c ods a a u p t ti c v fi i t hro uent se t q ng ng cu i e s spp., cys ies iden c ae caus v uires sub Onchocerca vol orms), and ar q w b Trichinella leishmaniae, Acanthamoeba gy ( ained (spe o st ue Gram stains, EM (rare ites ol gy ( s s t o a ol t ies level re ed un c fi spp., hook spp., i ast, tis ine his t f t - d ant par i ine his v t e ble. a microsporidia), other lar ion ion to the spe t Strongyloides a ite avail c s fi spp. can be iden a i otic t n er (above). c ine stain, ac PAS, Specimen Collection m a ions (microfilariae) n t a ae PCR). by H&E, rou r ained smears or H&E, rou he rans (zoo v t a st g - a s ies and other mites) ies le larle b m er me g e v sil microsporidia). Microsporidial iden (sca Dipetalonema Dirofilaria streptocerca, repens, larva mi Primers for most par spp., Entamoeba histolytica, sin Wet prep Gi Recommended stain(s) and rel Larvae Trichinella of See Cutaneous ul gy o (continued) ol a t en or b z ngs, ion, i t en or fixed a lines z n i dures m e ive, froive, a c t ive, froive, xed, touch and t fi ions or fixedfor l t a a i r r a e t xed or na xed na fi fi ol n gy and EM a o ol ol fixed y s n a tol op stained smear (or fixedfor his or EM) PCR: un squash prep Aspirates, skin snip, scrap Specimen Specimen and pro Biopsy ma Microscopy: un his PCR: un bi Microscopy: wet ex in eth eth Parasitology: Specimen guide
Skin Body site Muscle Table 3.6 Specimen Collection and Transport 123 a ally ine eph t c c i ue s cop ope ic en l s b e 11th ed., ASM 11th v ro
c ast, tis f - tic en ous ame d t i a ); Delafield’s m ected mi o l t u uences is the method of ial plas q c er m (com tes can be de ive gene se ive i t o i ody; GAE, gran z b et i t p ho microfilariae);PAS, ac Trichomonas vaginalis Trichomonas p ed trichrome (microsporidia); H&E, rou ent an fi d–Schiff stain. c i i T. vaginalisT. ng ng tro es i r dic ac o ion ion of i gents (FA) ( t r a ion of highly of ion re ga t a y; FA, fluo ble); mov ec p a t ay ay re o s c s a ained smears). is; PAS, pe o t cros Specimen Collection i n st l - er SS, Warnock (ed.), DW Manual of Clinical Microbiology, a t a mu s tems avail Schistosoma haematobium, in (microfilariae); mod eph l m ron mi c t e y y ( ox og t ic en a b ure sys ol msa, im t t e m cul Gram stains, EM or PCR (microsporidia). Identification and prop (or in Gi he Gi his PCR based on the de choice. ay; ay; EM, elec s ary ame s a m o ure n ) en, t u en or m m z i ure, t hral hral t ions t t ions; ive ive t en, a t oal), cul in; PAM, pri r yme im ial, fro s c m re r z a i c ine swab, en. e ope cul oll Funke KC, G, Landry ML, Rich l t l Toxoplasma r m e i v al or ure ure): na n ion ion ( t i t in and eo tatic se l ive ive ma a t d; EIA, en l y ol tic en i u harge, sa n ent, stained smears ox c c a t le le unpreserved spec o a m g i al flu m n al ort (no char swab pi i morning spec unpreserved spec s p - r ried ure smear FA; for ium, plas harge, pros harge or swab prep e d h ro ly d t c c - - b e r urine, sin ma dis 24 air ear Molecular: na PCR (and/or cul Animal in Vaginal dis me Microscopy: smears, wet smears of urine sed Cultivation: vag dis trans fixed in eth al; H&E, he n i t es t on, D.C., 2015. on, D.C., n t i ro ng t i Adapted from Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Car Abbreviations: CSF, ce is; Gl, gas a b t Amniotic Fluid Urogenital tem sys li Press, Wash 124 SECTION 3 ive ive t i ion, le le t ies of ies of b i ient. r ec t s l en is m em is i l ay timeay ends on the d p ion ion (rare), but - t ec en. In a se oa are shed f z m i o t ient for the pa en the case that not all ist, proper col t n ended 10 g itic in e s o m l v a o ive and/orive may be pos i m t on i b o c le stoolle exam de ro g c ial par sms. i ens, is of it m nd (or third) stool spec and microsporidia are pos n o o m c i ga o ies of stools;ies of pro r ite load in the spec ens are pos s ays theays chance that the prob a m w i nt nt or tions. e a ally. ally. May be in r nce of the mi c er e i f e i d r id o ected within the rec s e i l ated to a nos r p l hree spec Cons There is al re Cryptosporidium con Diagnosis from a sin and the par three stool spec ex t for for dif Assumes the sec col frame a se for pe itic s tic oms - a a t ens may Specimen Collection al Ent om m t n omes i ion ion of the c t ti a,b ions, the t ec a es ion ion and ients may l t t t n ites i a osed in the first lly to other s reases ( p 22.7%; Giardia n a i m c a ient be r t g a ted not to par st e a er col uent spec u ome symp er been they have t q t c e ions, pa oa in rib t s t z ary. s o ec Dientamoeba and Dientamoeba 11.3%; tic af t s f ional ex a e hea af t i r lly at r d 31.1%). ites are di ens ens for par om a a s t ate with con ions but gen a s. m itic in le orle if the pa ients for a few days;ients symp a few for t hea. n i e s t p r a a ec er f p ar t Patients may be with di in Pros are usu in caus If par sam asymp first stool, sub not be nec par However, However, with some in al di yield of proyield of amoeba histolytica, duodenalis, fragilis, With ad ient t ng ng stool spec ng ng en i i ive. m t ens is i i ess ain s m c ional i t m i d ients who have ients have who t a p ive andive the pa ient re t t est that 40–50% of a uire ad g nd stool spec q le stoolle (O&P 3 days. o g c. i t nt willnt be found only by a idelines idelines for pro a m; any pa e a al > for t om Gu i t p tic would re
ion). Data sug a t er the first is neg ble, but threeble, are more sen a t a sms pres n om i i t n ng. Examinationng. two spec of le le stool ex i m ept g a c ga Rejection stools of from in been in hos Option test Examination a sin of symp ex or sin ac Examination a sec of only af is still symp Table 3.7 Specimen Collection and Transport 125 ion ion t nt innt oa e ion ion z ens for ion ion t ec o ay. ay. If t l t u m s ry stool). l (continued) i s ent stain ions with e a t n ion of three of ion o a t , and D. ion ion and ec n ens, this t f m ec l m ra i t mu ae) might be v ate the col en itic in n c i s ble timeble frame. ive, ive, other pro d a a tic, then if the even t r ormed on ev , E. dispar a f a ar o on oms (off and on), so it ate the col s p t en and im om n t i m ver, ver, with a per d ly bely the best next op ng of the of ng three spec i ble timeble frame. ended. Organisms pres e r i b a roach (con o ion (eggs,ion lar a m t p ult to co ay ay is neg on c s m s ec s fi o f ibit sympibit a E. histolytica o h ens in a rea ains symp n ard ap ion; how m t ult to co ult to rule out d m i c c ers may be missed due to the di ra mu inth in fi le le stool spec t fi b g m en im ent stained smear per c ). ens in a rea ient re n t a m i ormed on each the of three spec or. or. May be dif roach would prob f m t er the stan p t Patients may ex may be dif only a sin the pa Giardia fac may be missed ( Procedure not rec small num fragilis of threeof spec Light hel missed due to the pool the con per ap af May beMay dif per spec ly ly b a ize Specimen Collection m sms are as the of i i e n ected 7 over ected 7 over l l ide, prob uired. s ga q ive andive the t a oa in ar z o t oms sub ng isng re t i ens are col ens are col m m on. i i m ms are neg a her test ry pro of t ry where these or e t ense. ient’s ient’s symp ov t p c If the ex pa no fur Three spec Three spec to 10 days and timeto may save 10 and ex coun to 10 days; thisto 10 would max most com re ion; ion; t t a a ent n n n i i a m m m a a ent stain are n a ridge) m t ble; one O&P exam ens for ex ens for ex ory pools the ormed. a t f le stoolle and an m m a i i g r ept o c roach is a mix: one roach. p p rate and three per t en rate and one per c ay ay (EIA, FA car ay is ac t s s s s en ); this ap a a c o o ens. n n le le con m g i ormed. The lab f mu mu Giardia Examination a sin of im ( im is not the best ap per spec one con stained smears are per a sin Pooling of three spec Pooling of three spec 126 SECTION 3 ures ient d ow ow t l e ive. c t tic), a a ients from reak t ive, and ive, the b ng ng the ive andive the ate pa t i t c om a t ay ay pro li ec rd v s f p s ar risk group er a ga l s , 11th ed., ASM Press,, 11th o u n ren from day care en and fix ult in poorly ic s d t ies, and pa m ess an out i l c mu ion thation would al ially re t ly rely c a ien e b c m a p fi ow unow l or f en is not cost ef m ng of spec of ng ne de ient in a par i i 5 yr old, chil t io of stool of io to pre ens, es t mu m eive in eive i olved. c v ren < ended. This would com d m m ended ra o ion andion very prob m ry stool spec t ion ion is in e ive rateive will be be t m reaks. Performance of im erved spec ers (who may orers may not be (who symp t ec a i t s o b l ients with im u t Cons col Not Not rec pre rec lack proper of mix out such as chil on ev sit cen pa pos them to place a pa Labs rarely re a ures m ite. d s e ens. a or c f m Specimen Collection i (continued) ive thanive ients is a,b t t l. ay ay pro ver, ver, in er SS, Warnock (ed.), DW Manual of Clinical Microbiology ec a t s f e ens would ites s s a uired for m ers. a i o q le vile d n g mu ens; how ion ion re eived eived with spec t c m a i ody; O&P, ova and par c te test or b u ng ng im i a i t uired to group pa ens ens for par ri q p spec m i orm ro f uire only a sin ent an en not re p t q c Pooling the of spec Pros re Would be moreWould cost ef per on all tion re of Client ed ap es r oll Funke KC, G, Landry ML, Rich r ies, ients ng ng stool spec t c i ay; ay; FA, fluo s s ien a ess c o le vialle c n fi reaks) for g les stool of u e b p d ected pa m l o n ren from day care mu d yme im heal out r z r ions are placed in a t ays ays on se a s s ec l a oa. idelines idelines for pro o z ient isa sin given n t to Gu mu ients with im 5 years, chil t
< hree col t on, D.C., 2015. al pro ients from di t t n ren ren i ng t d i ers, pa le vialle (pa t g es ly). t Adapted from Jorgensen JH, Pfaller M. Car Abbreviations: EIA, en a b Collection three of stools; sam from all on Option sin cen Perform im and pa (chil in Table 3.7 Wash SECTION 4 Bacterial Diagnosis
General Comments 128 Table 4.1 Detection Methods for Bacteria 129 Table 4.2 Recommendations for Gram Stain and Plating Media 133 Table 4.3 Screening Specimens for Routine Bacterial Culture 137 Table 4.4 Processing Specimens for Mycobacterial Identification 138 Microscopy 139 Primary Plating Media: Bacteria 141 Primary Plating Media: Mycobacteria 154 Specific Diagnostic Tests 157 Aerobic Gram-Positive Cocci 157 Aerobic Gram-Positive Rods 158 Acid-Fast and Partially Acid-Fast Gram-Positive Rods 160 Aerobic Gram-Negative Cocci 161 Aerobic Gram-Negative Rods 161 Anaerobic Bacteria 168 Curved and Spiral-Shaped Bacteria 170 Mycoplasma spp. and Obligate Intracellular Bacteria 172 Identification Tables 175
doi:10.1128/9781683670070.ch4 128 SECTION 4 This section provides guidelines for the selection and processing of specimens for the detection of specific bacteria. Testing can be subdivided into microscopy, culture, antigen tests (including immu noassays and molecular diagnostic tests), and antibody tests. Al- though it is impossible to provide guidelines for all possible infections, the most common bacteria associated with human disease are included. This section has been expanded to include summary tables of identification tests as well as a more detailed discussion of the immunological detection of organisms where appropriate. Bacterial Diagnosis Bacterial Diagnosis 129 cs ti s no g (continued) a B B C C C C C A D D A D A D D Molecular di
n tio B D D D D D D D D D D D D D D tec de Antibody
n tio a a tec ri Antigen te de nt nt bac va BD AAAC ABACAD AD AD AD AD AD AD AD AD AD e Culture lly rel ca i B B B A A A A A A A A A A A A Bacterial Diagnosis Microscopy ns for clin me i l spec ca i s from clin ex s complex od pl -fast Gram-positive rods si ci id lo cu other spp. ber ally ac ti group A group B spp. spp. tection meth spp. De spp. spp.
Staphylococcus us au re Streptococcus, Streptococcus, pneumoniae Streptococcus Bacillus anthracis Corynebacterium, Gardnerella vaginalis Enterococcus Listeria Erysipelothrix Mycobacterium tu Corynebacterium diphtheriae Mycobacterium avium com Nocardia Rhodococcus Aerobic Gram-positiveAerobic coc Organism Acid-fast and par Aerobic Gram-positiveAerobic rods Table 4.1 130 SECTION 4 cs ti s no g a C B C B B B C B D D D D A D D D D D D Molecular di n tio C B B D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D tec de Antibody n (continued) tio a a tec ri Antigen te de nt nt bac va AD AD AD AD AD AD ADAD AD AC AD AD AB AD ADADADAD AD e Culture lly rel ca i B A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A Bacterial Diagnosis Microscopy ns for clin me i l spec ca i s from clin od ci serovar Typhi serovar spp. spp. spp. spp. tection meth other serovars spp. De spp. spp. spp.
Kingella Eikenella Escherichia coli Neisseria gonorrhoeae catarrhalis Moraxella Actinobacillus Capnocytophaga Cardiobacterium Streptobacillus influenzae Haemophilus ducreyi Haemophilus enterica Salmonella Salmonella, Neisseria meningitidis Pasteurella Shigella Yersinia pestis Yersinia enterocolitica Other Enterobacteriaceae Organism coc Gram-negative Aerobic rods Gram-negative Aerobic Table 4.1 Bacterial Diagnosis 131 (continued) B C B C C C C B B D D D D D D A D D D D A D D C C B D D D D D D D D D D D D D A D A A A D A D A BA BA B BD BD BD AC AD A ADAD ADAD ADAD AD AD AD AD AD AD AC AA B B B B B B B C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A Bacterial Diagnosis plex com group s spp. num ri si li cile s lo u spp. fi ria tu te spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. other spp. Clostridium perfringens Clostridium Helicobacter py Aeromonas aeruginosa Pseudomonas pseudomallei Burkholderia cepacia Burkholderia Stenotrophomonas Campylobacter Clostridium bot tetani Clostridium Clostridium dif Bacteroides fragilis Acinetobacter spp. Bordetella per Vibrio cholerae Vibrio, Actinomyces spp. Fusobacterium spp. Francisella Brucella Legionella Bartonella Mobiluncus Anaerobic bac 132 SECTION 4 tic cs s ti s no ag no g a al di B B B C B A A A A D D D er l for genl for fu Molecular di m use do n tio B B C A A A A A A A A A tec de Antibody on; C, test sel ti c n fe (continued) tio a a tec ri Antigen te de fic formsfic of in nt nt bac ci va CCBDCD CD BA CD CD DDDD DD DD DD e Culture s of spes of si lly rel no ag ca i l. B B B B B C D A D D D A Bacterial Diagnosis fu Microscopy ns for clin ly usely al ances or the for di me er i st a m ri cu te l spec ca in cir i r bac ta la lu r cer l de ce a ce labs; test D, not gen l un tr ria en s from clin fu te er od te in ga li le in ref ab l; test B, use fu ral-shaped ral-shaped bac tection meth ly usely spp. al spp. and ob De spp. other spp. er spp.
ses but may be avail po Leptospira spp. pallidum Treponema Mycoplasma pneumoniae trachomatis Chlamydia Chlamydophila psittaci pneumoniae Chlamydophila Rickettsia rickettsii Ehrlichia Anaplasma Coxiella Borrelia burgdorferi Borrelia, A, test gen a ur p Organism Curved and spi Mycoplasma Table 4.1 Bacterial Diagnosis 133 s y ns it er es r
me tu i um c (continued) fa –10%, dy cav 2 u bo es should be tl l tract spec te large vol ions in 5% O at 42°C for all for at 42°C t 2 na ba re bot i c ns all for t da s cu tu te me i men in s. Following man –85% N ro 2 t om id gas used to in Comments Blood cul CO of specof flu rec C. jejuni/coli a di BA BA BBA BBA BBA LKV BBE BBA B B g in l- to a Anaerobic me bi di a,b ); sor a al di on ti Bacterial Diagnosis g me Aerobic Aerobic me B Mac HE Ca EB B C B C Th B C B C B C Mac CNA B C Th B C B C B B C Mac B C B C B Mac HE Ca EB (op MAC/chromogenic agar/Shiga toxin test in Gram stain Gram x x x x x x x x x x x ism /swab id id s gan commendations Gram for stain and plat id l l flu l flu ne) Re row na ti na r
ity flu ter te (rou heter tip heter PD F (shunt) ne mar r r ex r in ces ricardial leural eritoneal ynovial CSF CS Pe P P CA S Bo Cat Ea Ea Fe Rectal swab Specimen or or Body cav Eye Gastrointestinal tract
Table 4.2 134 SECTION 4 re is tu c s of BV si no ag Gram stain and NOT cul the method choice the of for di Comments a di ired c qu ope bi o sc r g re ae in ho re BBA LKV re BBA c tu BBA LKV BBE Protected bron brush cul BBA LKV BBE for for an a Anaerobic me di (continued) a,b re to B a tu di l cu Bacterial Diagnosis g me Aerobic Aerobic me B TM TM B C Mac TM Selective broth, sub B C Mac (Cystic Fibrosis); BCSA Salt Mannitol B C Mac B C Mac CNA B C Mac CNA B C Mac Th CNA in Gram stain Gram X X X x x x x x ing id l screen ing, ing, wash ca vage flu c ism co e y y tract to gan commendations Gram for stain and plat rat tor pi Re ra
pi s heal heal as oup B strep utum ther rethra/penis U O Gr Sp Trac Bronchoalveolar la Bronchoscopy brush Specimen or or Vaginal/cervix Lower Lower re Tissue Table 4.2 tract Genital Bacterial Diagnosis 135 (continued) rted in po ive t si re only if em t tu te agar for la e sys o at i te swab trans ve pr ti ra o si a pr epiglottitis ap Add choc Anaerobic cul NAAT more sen Shiga toxin EIA more or NAAT sen sep BBA LKV BBE BBA LKV BBE m or ru c CNA le ab Bacterial Diagnosis B Mac or Chromo- genic agar B C Mac CNA Regan Lowe B C or Cysteine-tellurite se Loeffler’s CNA if not above avail B C B or SSA B B C Ma CCFA Sorbitol-Mac Chromogenic agar C or BCYE x x and B. parapertussis sis cile fi tus y y tract ms is tor scess ra gan spp. spi oli O157:H7 (EHEC) se rynebacterium diphtheriae spirate asopharynx hroat rucella A B Co N No T Swab Clostridium dif E. c Francisella tularensis Bordetella per Urine Selected or
Upper Upper re ab or Wound 136 SECTION 4 est for . qu um di us act; TCBS, thio ing “school eo tr bl m gas cin; BBE, bacteroides se my c co n doesn not re have al yeast ex co me here here at 35–37°C i sp mo ed char e spece cin and van of fish” Comments Gram stain re Campylobacter at 30°C wk up to for 13 er at i my pr o a pr di anif ap ci si ely. Call ely. phy at i
pr um or n o a Anaerobic me di ci pr r SS, Yolken RH SS,r Yolken (ed.), Manualof Clinical Microbiology, ed., ASM Press, 11th di (continued) ve agar,ve TM, Thayer-Martin; BCYE, buff te my ti late blood agar, Mac, MacConkey agar; Th, thioglycolate broth; Ca, Campylobacter a,b c o a co le rtedap di cella blood agar; laked LKV, blood with kana se po g/ml) r BHI Bacterial Diagnosis g me Aerobic Aerobic me C + van (3 μ B o Fletcher’s me Fletcher’s EMJH TM BCYE TCBS CIN BCYE e-cefoxitin-fructose agar; EMJH, Ellinghausen-McCullough-Johnson-Harris me in in r se o Streptococcus cl ctedand trans le sis; blood B, agar; C, choc y Gram stain Gram x n isn col al ; CCFA, cy llFunke KC, G, Landry ML, Rich me id i ro neal di to est,if spec ment broth; SSA, group A n-nalidixic ac tory peri qu ti la s rich li bu co bic reupon re o crose; CIN, cefsulodin-Irgasan-novobiocin; bru BBA, r ri ic; EB, en ism tu ae lo ter cul gan commendations Gram for stain and plat bic spp. re. Re o tu
aer n, D.C., 2015. spp. cul rate bile salt su to inia enterocolitica g sseria gonorrhoeae licobacter py bic in o ocardia ibrio egionella eptospira spp. r Haemophilus ducreyi Haemophilus He L L Nei N V Yers fate cit CAPD, fluid from chronic am Setup an Adapted fromJorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Car ae a b c Specimen or or
agar; HE, Hektoen en Table 4.2 sul bile esculin; CNA, an Wash an Bacterial Diagnosis 137 i m al es on ta ti
gi la into n o tu te an l con ol ci ca tes biofilm on ph si te fis ca le) ca di t are SEC na l mor di r or fe o en ti te ca on: phy ly ly in e ti al p cted(100x) in 20 fields ce te g cath good ra ns usu in b a de r from GI tract. ge ri des ell o de on. Mixed fe te vi ti dw 2 + SEC and no PMNs 3 days (ex 10 SEC/average10 field 10x cells of 1% pres 10 SEC/average 10 field and 10x no Unacceptable > > > Gram stain may in > bac > Growth three of or more po path in na blad pro a ri te sults of screen e test le. Onele. re is an Re as 3 ab er li t on, but no ti e es t c en fe cyt t are SECs ko e in en bl 10 PMNs/mm > si ck ck leu g r SS, Yolken RHr SS, Yolken (ed.), Manual of Clinical Microbiology, ed., ASM Press, 11th in sti te r or pos um per oilcor field power to a ri cted in at(100x) least 20 1 of fields lt lt or see ca te re te onds toonds 10,000 CFU/ml in the urine. di su 2 + SEC, PMNs pres 3 days 10 SEC/average10 field 10x SEC/average10 field and 10x bac cells of 1% pres Bacterial Diagnosis tu Acceptable < < < < in method has proved truly yet re bac ≤ de sp re Positive Positive dip al cul ri on of on of on of on of te ti ti ti ti na na na na i i i i od l am am am am ne bac ta ti nt al cells. ll Funke KC, G, Landry ML, Rich pi li e ro me i th i us ep ns for rou icroscopic ex mo Microscopic ex Screening meth Gram-stained smear Microscopic ex Gram-stained smear M Gram-stained smear Microscopic ex Gram-stained smear Days Days in hos Urinalysis, Gram stain or urine sed me i e; SEC, squa vage as r rate eening spec te al pi ri Scr te cyte es
n, D.C., 2015. ko ns to g ge o in id LE, leu Adapted from Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Car a b Sputum Specimen Endotracheal as Bronchoalveolar la flu Superficialwound Stool for bac path Urine Wash Table 4.3 138 SECTION 4 Table 4.4 Processing specimens for mycobacterial identification Solid and liquid media at: Specimen typea Smearb 35°C 30°C Abscess RX Blood/bone marrow NX Biopsy specimen Lung RX No t lung, lymph node, skin, OX or synovium Sk in, synovium, and lymph OX X nodec Superficial skin, wound, or RX X tissuec Eye OX X Fluids Not joint or synovial fluid OX Joint and synovial fluid O X X Gastric washing RX Respiratory (not mouth) RX Stool OX Urine OX aSources not generally recommended for mycobacterial culture include genital sites, ears, catheter, mouth, and rectal swabs. Consult laboratory prior to making a request. bR, staining should be performed routinely; 0, staining is optional and should be performed if requested; N, staining should not be performed unless the request is discussed with the physician. Bacterial Diagnosis cSuspect rapidly growing mycobacteria, M. haemophilum, or M. marinum. Bacterial Diagnosis 139 Microscopy Acid-Fast Stain Acid-fast staining is useful for select group of bacteria that includes the Mycobacteria spp. (both rapidly and slowly growing), Nocardia, Rhodococcus, Tsukamurella, Gordonia, and Legionella micdadei. What differentiates these bacteria is that they have long-chain fatty acids, or mycolic acids, that make up their cell walls and make them resistant to decolorization. Thus, the principle of the acid-fast stain is the use of a robust decolorizing agent (3% acid-alcohol [Kinyoun and Ziehl-Neelsen], 0.5–1% sulfuric acid [modified acid- fast]). The primary difference between the Ziehl-Neelsen (ZN) stain and the Kinyoun modification is that the ZN procedure re quires a lengthy heating procedure and a slow cooling process. In the Kinyoun procedure, there is no heating. In all acid-fast stains, the primary staining reagent is carbol fuchsin and the counter stain is methylene blue.
Acridine Orange Stain Acridine orange is a fluorescent dye that intercalates into nucleic acid (native and the denatured). At neutral pH, bacteria, fungi, and cellular material (e.g., leukocytes and squamous epithelial cells) stain red-orange. At acidic pH (pH 4.0), bacteria remain red-orange but the background material stains green yellow. Optimal detection of fluorescence requires the use of a 420- to 490-nm excitation fil Bacterial Diagnosis ter and a 520-nm barrier filter. This stain can be useful in many situations. It can be useful to assess whether ambiguous objects seen on Gram stain are real, and it can be used to screen low organism density specimens for organisms at a lower magnification (i.e., ster ile body fluids, or positive blood culture bottles with no organisms visualized on Gram stain).
Auramine-Rhodamine Stain Auramine and rhodamine are nonspecific fluorochromes that bind to mycolic acids and are resistant to decolorization with acid-alcohol (acid-fast stain). Acid-fast organisms appear orange-yellow. If the secondary stain is not used, organisms will fluoresce a yellow-green color. Potassium permanganate is used as a counterstain. It is a strong oxidizing agent that inactivates the unbound fluorochrome dyes, pro ducing a black background for the stained specimens. Fluorochrome- stained smears can be restained by the Kinyoun or Ziehl-Neelsen methods. Optimal detection of fluorescence requires use of a 420- to 490-nm excitation filter and a 520-nm barrier filter. 140 SECTION 4 Direct Fluorescent-Antibody Stain A variety of organisms (e.g., Legionella spp., and Chlamydia tracho matis) can be directly detected in clinical specimens by using specific fluorescein-labeled antibodies. The labeled antibodies bind to the or ganisms and fluoresce green under UV light. The sensitivity and specificity of the stain are determined by the quality of the antibodies used in the reagents. Optimal detection of fluorescence requires the use of either a 420- to 490-nm (wide-band) or 470- to 490-nm (nar row-band) excitation filter and a 510- to 530-nm barrier filter.
Gram Stain Gram stain is the most commonly used stain in clinical microbiol ogy laboratories. It is used to separate bacteria into Gram-positive (blue) and Gram-negative (red) groups. Variations in the perfor mance of this stain are commonplace; however, the staining prin ciple is constant. After the specimen is fixed to a glass slide (by either heating or treatment with 95% methanol), it is exposed to the basic dye crystal violet. Iodine is added and forms a complex with the primary dye. During the decolorization step, this complex is re tained in Gram-positive organisms but lost in Gram-negative organ isms. The Gram-negative organisms are detected with a counterstain (e.g., safranin). The degree to which an organism retains the stain is a function of the species, culture conditions, and staining skills of the microbiologist. Older cultures tend to decolorize readily. Some no table Gram stain reactions to be aware of include the following: Bacterial Diagnosis • Treponema, Mycoplasma, Chlamydia, and Rickettsia either lack a cell wall or are too small and cannon be visualized by Gram stain. • Bacillus spp. and Clostridium spp. frequently decolorize and appear Gram negative. • Faintly staining Gram-negative rods, such as Campylobacter, Francisella, Brucella, Legionella, Helicobacter, and others, can be counter-stained with carbol fuchsin rather than safranin for better visualization. • Organisms that have been treated with antibiotics (particu larly with cell-wall acting antibiotics, i.e. beta-lactams) can have distorted appearance, which may complicate their identification. • Bipolar staining is a feature most commonly attributed to Yer sinia; however, a number of other members of the Enterobacteria ceae can display this feature as well.
Spore Stain The Wirtz-Conklin spore stain is a differential stain for detection of spores. This is very useful for the identification of Bacillus and Bacterial Diagnosis 141 Clostridium species. Using this procedure, spores stain green while the rest of the cell stains pink. Non-spore-forming bacteria are pink. In this procedure, the slide is flooded with 5 to 10% aqueous malachite green. The stain is left on the slide for 45 min. Alternatively, the slide can be heated gently to steaming for 3 to 6 minutes. Heating to steaming enhances the uptake of the stain into the spores. The slide is then rinsed with water. Aqueous saf ranin (0.5%) is used as a counterstain for 30 s. The slide is then washed, blotted dry, and examined by light microscopy at x1,000 magnification. Primary Plating Media: Bacteria Ashdown Medium Ashdown medium is used for the selective isolation and character ization of Burkholderia pseudomallei from clinical specimens such as sputum. The medium contains crystal violet and gentamicin as selective factors. It is enriched with glycerol and contains neutral red. B. pseudomallei produces flat, wrinkled, purple colonies on this medium. Both Ashdown agar and Ashdown broth can be mod ified by the addition of antimicrobial for the selective culture of B. pseudomallei. Modified Ashdown broth remains the standard for isolation of B. pseudomallei from throat swabs in patients with suspected melioidosis.
Bacteroides Bile-Esculin (BBE) Agar Bacterial Diagnosis Bacteroides bile-esculin agar is a selective, differential agar me dium used for the recovery of the Bacteroides fragilis group and Bilophila wadsworthia. The medium contains oxgall (bile), esculin, ferric ammonium citrate, hemin, vitamin, and gentamicin in a ca sein and soybean agar base. Growth of non-B. fragilis group organ isms is inhibited by the bile and the gentamicin. Supplementation of the agar with hemin and vitamin K1 stimulates the growth of Bacteroides spp. Esculin hydrolysis is detected when esculin is con verted to esculin and reacts with ferric ammonium citrate to pro duce black colonies.
Bile-Esculin (Enterococcal Selective) Agar Bile-esculin agar can be made selective for the recovery of vanco mycin-resistant enterococci by adding 6 μg of vancomycin per milliliter to it. Enterococci are ab le to grow in the presence of bile and hydrolyze esculin. Vancomycin-resistant strains produce black colonies on this agar, but susceptible strains fail to grow. In addition, vancomycin resistant lactobacilli can break through and grow on this media. 142 SECTION 4 Bismuth Sulfite Agar Bismuth sulfite agar is a differential, selective medium used for the isolation and identification of Salmonella enterica server Typhi and other enteric rods. The medium contains digests of casein and ani mal tissue, beef extract, glucose, ferric sulfate, and bismuth sulfite. Most commensal organisms are inhibited by the bismuth sulfite. S. enterica server Typhi colonies appear black with a metallic sheen. This medium may be inhibitory for some species of Shigella.
Blood Agar Many types of blood agar media are used in clinical laboratories. The medium is used for the isolation and detection of hemolytic or ganisms. Alpha hemolytic organisms will produce a greenish color in the media surrounding the colony, whereas beta-hemolytic organ isms produce a clear zone around the colony. The nature of beta- hemolysis can be characteristic of certain organisms. The two basic components are the basal medium (e.g., brain heart infusion, bru cella, Columbia, Shaedler’s, tryptic soy) and blood (e.g., sheep, horse, rabbit). Additional supplements are commonly used to enhance the growth of specific organisms or to suppress the growth of unwanted organisms.
Bor det-Gengou Agar Recovery of Bordetella pertussis and Bordetella parapertussis is Bacterial Diagnosis inhibited by factors such as fatty acids, metal ions, sulfides, and per oxides that are commonly present in media. Starch, charcoal, serum albumin, blood, or similar components are added to the medium to neutralize these inhibitors. Bordet-Gengou agar is a potato infusion– glycerol-based agar medium supplemented with 20 to 30% sheep, horse, or rabbit blood. Potato infusion is required for the growth of Bordetella spp., and glycerol is added to conserve moisture in the medium. Antibiotics such as methicillin or cephalexin are com monly added to suppress the growth of bacteria such as staphylo cocci, which inhibit the growth of Bordetella spp. Because this medium must be made fresh (it has a shelf life of less than 1 week), it has largely been replaced by Regan-Lowe agar.
Brain Heart Infusion Agar and Broth Brain heart infusion agar is a general-purpose medium used for the isolation of a wide variety of pathogens. The basic formula includes infusion from brains and beef heart, as well as meat peptones, yeast extract, and dextrose. Vitamin K and hemin can be added for the enriched growth of anaerobes. The anaerobic formulation is infe Bacterial Diagnosis 143 rior for the isolation of anaerobic gram negative organisms. Broth formulations supplemented with 6.5% sodium chloride are used for the isolation of salt-tolerant streptococci and enterococci. The me dium is particularly useful for culturing streptococci, pneumococci, and meningococci.
Brilliant Green Agar Brilliant green agar is a selective, differential medium used for the isolation of Salmonella serovars, except S. enterica server Typhi. The nutritive base contains meat and casein peptones. Brilliant green dye at a high conce ntration inhibits most Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria, including Shigella spp. and S. enterica server Typhi. Phenol red is the pH indicator. Yeast extract provides additional nutrients. Acid production from the fermentation of su crose or lactose produces yellow-green colonies with a yellow-green zone around the colony. Nonfermenters (i.e., Salmonella) may range in color from white to reddish pink with a red zone.
Brucella Agar and Broth Brucella agar is a medium designed originally for the isolation of Bru cella spp. Brucella agar supplemented with 5% horse blood can be used as a general-purpose medium for the isolation of both aerobic and anaerobic organisms. The nutritive base includes meat peptones, dextrose, and yeast extract. The agar formulation can be supple mented with hemin and vitamin K for recovery of fastidious anaer Bacterial Diagnosis obes or with cefoxitin and cycloserine for the selective recovery of Clostridium difficile. The broth contains sodium bisulfite as a reduc ing agent and has been used for cultivation of Campylobacter spp.
Buffered Charcoal-Yeast Extract (BCYE) Agar Buffered charcoal-yeast extract agar is selective for the recovery of Legionella, Nocardia, and Francisella spp. It contains agar, yeast ex tract, charcoal, and salts and is supplemented with L-cysteine, ferric pyrophosphate, ACES [Ar-(2-acetamido)-2- aminoethanesulfonic acid] buffer, and a-ketoglutarate. The charcoal detoxifies the me dium; the yeast extracts are rich in nutrients; and the L-cysteine, fer ric pyrophosphate, and alpha-Ketoglutarate stimulate the growth of Legionella spp. The addition of ACES is required to buffer the me dium because Legionella spp. have a narrow pH tolerance (growth is optimal at pH 6.9). Various antibiotics such as polymyxin B, aniso- mycin, cefamandole, vancomycin, and cycloheximide are added to inhibit the growth of other bacteria when nonsterile clinical and en vironmental specimens are cultured. 144 SECTION 4 Burkholderia cepacia Selective Agar (BCSA) Burkholderia cepacia selective agar is an enriched, selective me dium used for the isolation of B. cepacia. Trypticase peptone, yeast extract, sodium chloride, sucrose, and lactose form the nutritive base; and polymyxin B, gentamicin, vancomycin, and crystal vio let are added as selective agents. This agar is the most sensitive and selective medium for the recovery of B. cepacia.
Campylobacter Selective Medium A large number of media have been developed for the selective iso lation of Campylobacter spp. from stool specimens. Most contain a brucella basal medium, which preferentially supports the growth of Campylobacter spp. Blood is added, as are various combinations of antibiotics (e.g., cephalothin, vancomycin, trimethoprim, ampho tericin, and polymyxin in the Blaser-Wang formulation; cyclohex imide, cefazolin, novobiocin, bacitracin, and colistin in the Butzler formulation; cycloheximide, cefoperazone, and vancomycin in the Karmali formulation; and cycloheximide, rifampin, trimethoprim, and polymyxin in the Preston formulation).
Cefsulodin-lrgasan-Novobiocin (CIN) Agar Cefsulodin-Irgasan-novobiocin agar is a selective, differential agar medium used for the isolation of Yersinia enterocolitica, most com monly from stool specimens. The medium consists of digests of ani Bacterial Diagnosis mal tissue and gelatin, beef and yeast extracts, sodium pyruvate, sodium deoxycholate, neutral red, crystal violet, cefsulodin, Irgasan, and novobiocin. The antibiotics and sodium deoxycholate inhibit the growth of most organisms in stool specimens. However, Yer sinia spp. are resistant and can ferment mannitol in the medium. This fermentation produces colonies with a bull’s-eye appearance (i.e., deep red centers with transparent edges sometimes referred to as a “bull’s eye”).
Chromogenic Media A large number of chromogenic media exist for the selective and differential isolation of bacteria and yeast. These media can in clude antibiotics and can be used to isolate drug-resistant bacteria such as vancomycin resistant enterococci, methicillin resistant Staphylococcus aureus, and resistant Gram-negative organisms. In many cases, the components of the media are proprietary and can not be discussed here. The list of chromogenic media includes, but is not limited to, the isolation and identification of ESBL produc ing Enterobacteriaceae, carbapenemase resistant Enterobacteria ceae, MRSA, VRE, P. aeruginosa, Salmonella, Streptococcus Bacterial Diagnosis 145 agalactiae, Vibrio, C. difficile, Enterobacteriaceae, Yersinia en terocolitica, Acinetobacter, and others.
Chocolate Agar Chocolate agar is an enriched medium that derives its name from its color. Blood or hemoglobin is added immediately after the me dium is heated, and the heat causes the added component to lyse and turn brown. This medium supports the growth of most bacte ria and is required for the recovery of many Haemophilus spp. and some pathogenic Neisseria strains. The so-called nutritionally de ficient streptococci (Abiotrophia and Granulicatella) will also grow on chocolate, but not on blood agar. A variety of formulations of this medium have been used, but the most common consists of a peptone base enriched with 2% hemoglobin or IsoVitaleX. Catalase-negative bacteria (e.g., Streptococcus pneumoniae) grow less well on this medium than on blood agar because catalase from ruptured erythro cytes in blood agar is not available to protect the bacteria from per oxides that accumulate in the medium.
Chopped-Meat Broth Chopped-meat broth is an enriched broth used for the recovery of a variety of bacteria, particularly anaerobes, from clinical speci mens. Extracts as well as solid particles of beef or horse meat are suspended in broth with peptones, yeast extract, sugars, starch, and Bacterial Diagnosis L-cysteine. The L-cysteine helps maintain a low Eh (oxidation- reduction potential), which supports the growth of anaerobes.
Colistin-Nalidixic Acid (CNA) Agar Colistin-nalidixic acid agar is a selective medium used for the re covery of aerobic and anaerobic Gram-positive bacteria. The me dium consists of Columbia agar base supplemented with nalidixic acid, colistin, and blood. Nalidixic acid inhibits most aerobic Gram- negative rods, as does colistin. The B. fragilis group is usually re sistant to these antibiotics, but other anaerobic Gram-negative rods can be inhibited by colistin.
Columbia Agar and Broth Columbia agar with 5% sheep blood is a general-purpose medium used for the isolation of common bacteria. The medium contains meat and casein peptones, beef extract, yeast extract, and corn starch as the nutritive base. Sheep blood allows the determination of hemolytic reactions and provides X factor. However, the substan tial carbohydrate content may make beta hemolytic streptococci 146 SECTION 4 appear to be alpha-hemolytic or take on a greenish hue. Use of horse or rabbi t blood improves the hemolysis. NADase in sheep blood de stroys the V factor (NAD); therefore, organisms that require this factor do not grow. Salt and Tris buffers are added to the broth for mulation to enhance the growth of organisms and increase the buff ering capacity, respectively.
Cycloserine-Cefoxitin-Egg Yolk-Fructose Agar (CCFA) Cycloserine-cefoxitin-egg yolk-fructose agar is a selective, differ ential medium used for the recovery of Clostridium difficile. The medium consists of animal tissue digest, fructose, cycloserine, cefoxitin, and neutral red. Cycloserine and cefoxitin inhibit most intestinal bacteria. C. difficile can ferment fructose, producing a more acidic pH, which is detected by the indicator dye neutral red (shift from red to yellow medium surrounding the colonies). Vari- ous modifications of this medium are used, including supplemen tation with egg yolk to stimulate the growth of Clostridia.
Cystine Tellurite Blood Agar Cystine tellurite blood agar medium is a selective, differential medium used for the recovery of Corynebacterium diphtheriae. The medium consists of heart infusion agar, potassium tellurite, L-cystine, and rabbi t blood. Potassium tellurite inhibits the growth of most commensal organisms and allows C. diphtheriae to grow. Bacterial Diagnosis The organism produces hydrogen sulfide from cystine, and the reac tion of tellurite with hydrogen sulfide results in brown halos sur rounding the colonies of C. diphtheriae.
Egg Yolk Agar Egg yolk agar (modified McClung-Toabe agar) is a selective, dif ferential medium used for the isolation and differentiation of Clos tridium spp. Degradation of lecithin results in an opaque precipitate around the bacterial colony, and lipase destroys fats in the egg yolk, resulting in an iridescent sheen on the colony surface. Proteolysis can also be determined on the basis of a translucent clearing of the medium around the colony. Addition of neomycin makes the egg yolk agar moderately selective by inhibiting some facultative an aerobic gram-negative rods.
Ellinghausen-McCullough-Johnson-Harris Medium The modified bovine albumin Tween 80 medium is selective for the growth of Leptospira spp. The basal medium, consisting of glyc erol, sodium pyruvate, and thiamine, is supplemented with bovine Bacterial Diagnosis 147 albumin, Tween 80, vitamin Bi2, and salts of iron, calcium, magne sium, zinc, and copper.
Enterococcosel agar This medium is used for the rapid, selective isolation of enterococci. It is also used for the cultivation of staphylococci and L. monocy togenes. The medium contains digest of casein, iron, Esculin, and yeast extract. The addition of vancomycin can allow for the selec tive detection of vancomycin resistant enterococci.
Eosin-Methylene Blue (EMB) Agar Eosin-methylene blue agar is a differential, selective medium used for the isolation and differentiation of lactose-fermenting and nonfer- menting Gram-negative rods. The agar medium consists of casein digests, lactose, sucrose, eosin Y, and methylene blue. The Levine formulation does not include sucrose. Growth of Gram-positive bac teria is suppressed by the methylene blue, which, together with eo sin Y, also serves as an indicator for carbohydrate fermentation (dyes precipitate at an acidic pH). Bacteria that ferment lactose (e.g., Escherichia, Klebsiella, and Enterobacter spp.) form colonies that have a green metallic sheen or that are blue-black to brown. Nonfer- mentative bacteria (e.g., Proteus, Salmonella, and Shigella spp.) have colorless or light purple colonies. Bacterial Diagnosis Fletcher Medium Fletcher medium is a semisolid medium used for the recovery of Leptospira spp. The medium consists of 0.15% agar, salt, peptones, beef extract, and rabbit serum. Leptospira spp. usually grow within 1 to 2 weeks in this medium.
Gram-Negative (G N; Hajna) Broth This medium is used for the selective cultivation of Salmonella and Shigella spp. The medium contains digest of casein and animal tis sue, citrate, mannitol, gluco se, and deoxycholate. Commensal or ganisms will overgrow the enteric pathogens if the broth is incubated for more than 4 to 6 h.
Haemophilus Test Medium (HTM) Agar and Broth Haemophilus test medium is an enriched medium used for suscep tibility testing of Haemophilus spp. The medium contains beef and casein extracts. Yeast extract, hemin, and NAD provide the neces sary growth factors and enrichments. Antagonists to sulfonamides 148 SECTION 4 and trimethoprim are removed by thymidine phosphorylase. The advantage of the agar medium is that it is a clear agar base so that sharp growth end-point interpretations can be made. The calcium and magnesium concentrations are adjusted to the concentrations recommended by the CLSI.
Hektoen Enteric Agar Hektoen enteric agar is a selective medium used for the isolation of Salmonella and Shigella spp. and differentiation of these organ isms from other Gram-negative rods that may be recovered on this medium. It consists of a peptone base agar supplemented with bile salts, lactose, sucrose, salicin, ferric ammonium citrate, and the pH indicators bromthymol blue and acid fuchsin. The bile inhibits all Gram-positive bacteria and many Gram-negative rods. Acids pro duced by fermentation of lactose, sucrose, or salicin react with bromthymol blue to produce a yellow color and with acid fuchsin
to produce a red color. Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) produced by the me tabolism of sodium thiosulfate is detected when a black precipitate forms after the addition of ferric ammonium citrate. Lactose-fer- menting bacteria (e.g., E. coli) are slightly inhibited on this agar and appear as orange or salmon pink colonies. Salmonella colonies typically appear blue-green with black centers. Shigella colonies appear green with no black center. Proteus spp. are inhibited; their colonies are colorless. Bacterial Diagnosis Kanamycin-Vancomycin Laked Blood (LKV) Agar Kanamycin-vancomycin laked blood agar is a selective, differential medium used for the recovery of anaerobic Gram-negative rods, es pecially Bacteroides and Prevotella spp. The medium consists of casein and soybean meal agar supplemented with kanamycin, van comycin, vitamin K, and lysed (laked) sheep blood. Kanamycin in hibits most facultative, Gram-negative rods; and vancomycin inhibits most Gram-positive organisms and Porphyromonas spp.; Vitamin K stimulates the growth of some Prevotella strains, which also develop a black pigment in the presence of lysed blood.
LIM Broth LIM broth is a selective enrichment broth used for the recovery of group B streptococci. The medium consists of Todd-Hewitt broth supplemented with yeast extract, colistin, and nalidixic acid. Most aerobic and anaerobic Gram-negative rods are inhib ited by the antibiotics, whereas group B streptococci grow well in this broth. Bacterial Diagnosis 149 L o f fe r M e d i u m Loffler medium is an enriched medium used for the recovery of Co rynebacterium diphtheriae. The medium consists of animal digests, heart muscle infusion, beef serum, egg, and glucose. C. diphtheriae grows rapid ly on this medium, and Gram stains of colonies demon strate characteristic metachromatic granules.
MacConkey (MAC) Agar MacConkey agar is a selective agar medium used for the isolation and differentiation of lactose-fermenting and nonfermenting Gram- negative rods. The medium consists of digests of peptones, bile salts, lactose, neutral red, and crystal violet. Bile salts and crystal violet inhibit the growth of Gram-positive bacteria and some fastidi ous Gram-negative bacteria. Colonies that ferment lactose (e.g., Escherichia, Klebsiella, and Enterobacter spp.) produce acid, which causes a red color shift in the neutral red pH indicator and precipi tates the bile salts. Colonies appear red to pink, while nonfermenting colonies (e.g., Proteus, Salmonella, and Shigella spp.) appear yellow, colorless, or translucent. MacConkey agar will typically inhibit Pro teus from swarming over the plate.
MacConkey Agar with Sorbitol—see Sorbitol- MacConkey Agar
Mannitol Salt Agar Bacterial Diagnosis Mannitol salt agar is a selective medium used for the isolation of staphylococci. The medium consists of digests of casein and animal tissue, beef extract, mannitol, salt, and phenol red indicator. If the organism can grow in the presence of 7.5% salt and ferment manni tol, the acid turns the indicator yellow. Most strains of Staphylococ cus aureus produce yellow colonies, whereas coagulase-negative staphylococci do not ferment the mannitol and thus remain red. Most other organisms are inhibited by the high salt concentration.
Martin-Lewis Agar Martin-Lewis agar, a formulation of the modified Thayer-Martin (MTM) agar, is an enriched selective medium for the isolation of Neisseria gonorrhoeae. The nutritive base is chocolate agar. The specific differences from MTM agar are a higher concentration of vancomycin (4 versus 3 µg/ml) and replacement of nystatin with anisomycin. Trimethoprim and colistin are also incorporated. Some pathogenic Neisseria strains have been reported to be inhibited by vancomycin and trimethoprim. 150 SECTION 4 McBride Listeria agar This medium is used for the selective isolation of L. monocytogenes from clinical specimens containing mixed biotas. The medium con tains glycine, digest of casein and animal tissue, beef extract, phenylethyl alcohol, and lithium chloride.
Mueller-Hinton Agar and Broth Mueller-Hinton agar and broth are recommended by CLSI for the routine susceptibility testing of non-fastidious organisms. Supple- mentation of this agar with 5% sheep blood is used for susceptibility testing of fastidious organisms such as Streptococcus pneumoniae. Beef and casein extracts and soluble starch form the nutritive base. Calcium and magnesium concentrations are controlled.
New York City Agar New York City agar is a selective medium used for the isolation of pathogenic Neisseria spp. The medium consists of peptones, corn starch, yeast dialysate, glucose, hemoglobin, horse plasma, and a mixture of antibiotics (vancomycin, colistin, amphotericin B, and trimethoprim). It can be used instead of Thayer-Martin agar.
Oxidative-Fermentative Polymyxin
Bacterial Diagnosis B-Bacitracin-Lactose (OFPBL) Agar Oxidative-fermentative polymyxin B-bacitracin-lactose agar is a se lective, differential medium used for the isolation of Burkholderia cepacia. The nutritive base is an oxidative-fermentative medium with peptones. When acid is produced from the utilization of lac tose, as with B. cepacia, the bromthymol blue indicator changes the colony from green to yellow. Polymyxin B and bacitracin are se lective agents that inhibit some Gram-negative and Gram-positive organisms, respectively. Other organisms may grow on this medium and are differentiated from B. cepacia by the inability to produce acid from lactose.
Phenylethyl Alcohol (PEA) Blood Agar Phenylethyl alcohol blood agar is a selective medium that consists of casein and soybean agar supplemented with phenylethyl alcohol and blood. Facultative Gram-negative rods are inhibited by the phenylethyl alcohol (e.g., the growth of swarming Proteus spp. is suppressed). Most Gram-positive and Gram-negative anaerobes, as well as aerobic Gram-positive bacteria, will grow on this medium. Pseudomonas spp. are not inhibited. Bacterial Diagnosis 151 Regan-Lowe Agar Medium Regan-Lowe agar medium, for the selective isolation of Bordetella spp., contains beef extract, gelatin digest, starch, charcoal, niacin, 10% horse blood, and cephalexin (40 µg/ml). The charcoal and horse blood are required to neutralize fatty acids and other inhibitory fac tors present in the medium. Sheep but not human blood can replace horse blood. Cephalexin can delay the detection of Bordetella spp. on this medium, but the use of an additional nonselective medium is not considered necessary. The shelf life of this medium is 6 to 8 weeks.
Salmonella-Shigella (SS) Agar Salmonella-shigella agar is a highly selective medium for the re covery of Salmonella spp. The medium is not recommended for the primary isolation of Shigella spp. The medium consists of beef ex tract and peptone digests, lactose as a carbohydrate source, bile salts, sodium citrate, sodium thiosulfate, neutral red, brilliant green, and ferric citrate. Bile salts, sodium citrate, and brilliant green are inhibitory for all Gram-positive and selected Gram-negative bac teria. Bacteria that grow on the medium and produce hydrogen sul fide from the metabolism of sodium thiosulfate are detected by the black precipitate formed with ferric citrate. Acid produced from lac tose fermentation is detected with the pH indicator neutral red. All lactose-fermenting bacteria form pink or red colonies, while non- fermenting bacteria form either colorless (e.g., Shigella spp.) or black (e.g., Salmonella spp.) colonies. Bacterial Diagnosis
Schaedler’s Agar Schaedler’s agar is a general-purpose medium used for the isola tion of anaerobic bacteria. The nutritive base includes vegetable and meat peptones, dextrose, and yeast extract. Sheep blood, vitamin Ku, and hemin provide other additives that stimulate the growth of fastidious anaerobes. Because of the high carbohydrate content, col onies with beta-hemolytic reactions may have a greenish hue. Acid production may also lead to rapid cell death.
Selenite Broth Selenite broth is a selective enrichment broth used for the isolation of Salmonella spp. from stools and other contaminated specimens. It consists of peptones, sodium phosphate, lactose, and sodium sel enite. E. coli and other Gram-negative rods are inhibited by sodium selenite. The broth should be subcultured within 8 to 12 h after in oculation with the specimen, or else the enteric pathogens will be overgrown with commensal organisms. 152 SECTION 4 Skirrow Brucella Medium Skirrow medium is an enriched selective blood agar medium used for the isolation of Campylobacter spp. The nutritive agar base is brucella agar. Hematin is provided by sheep blood. The selective agents are trimethoprim, vancomycin, and polymyxin B, which in hibit the normal flora found in fecal specimens.
Sorbitol-MacConkey Agar Sorbitol-MacConkey agar is a selective differential agar used for the isolation of E. coli 0157. Lactose is replaced with sorbitol. Most E. coli strains ferment sorbitol; however, E. coli 0157 does not, and therefore its colonies are colorless on this agar.
Streptococcus selective medium This medium is used for the selective isolation of streptococci from clinical specimens. The medium contains peptone, starch, and blood. It also contains Colistin sulfate and oxolinic acid as selective factors. It is a commonly used medium for throat cultures.
StrepB Carrot Broth This is a propr ietary broth that is used for detecting the presence of GBS infections in pregnant women. The medium contains pep tone, starch, morpholinepropanesfulfonic acid, glucose, pyruvate, Bacterial Diagnosis growth factors, and selective factors. It is a modification of Granada medium consisting of a one-step method for screening pregnant women for the presence of GBS. Tubes show an orange-to-red color change, typical of GBS. The production of orange, red, or brick red pigment is a unique characteristic of hemolytic GBS due to reac tions with substrates such as starch, proteose peptone, serum, and folate pathway inhibitors.
Tetrathionate Broth, Hajna Tetrathionate broth is a selective enrichment broth used for the recovery of Salmonella spp. (except Salmonella Typhi and S. enterica subsp. arizonae) from stool and urine specimens. It con sists of a peptone base supplemented with yeast extract, mannitol, glucose, sodium deoxycholate, sodium thiosulfate, calcium carbon ate, and brilliant green. The sodium deoxycholate, sodium thiosul fate, and brilliant green inhibit Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria. The broth should be subcultured for 12 to 24 h after inocu lation to prevent overgrowth of Salmonella spp. with commensal organisms. Bacterial Diagnosis 153 Thayer-Martin (Modified) Agar Many modifications of Thayer-Martin medium have been devel oped for the isolation of pathogenic Neisseria spp. The blood agar base medium is enriched with hemoglobin and supplements. The growth of unwanted bacteria can be suppressed by the addition of antibiotics such as colistin (which inhibits most Gram-negative bac teria except Proteus spp.), trimethoprim (which inhibits Proteus spp.), vancomycin (which inhibits most Gram-positive bacteria), and nystatin (which inhibits yeasts). Some strains of N. gonor rhoeae are inhibited by vancomycin, and so nonselective media (e.g., chocolate agar) should be used for primary isolation.
Thioglycolate Broth Thioglycolate broth is an enrichment broth used for the recovery of aerobic and anaerobic bacteria. Various formulations are used, but most include casein digest, glucose, yeast extract, cysteine, and sodium thioglycolate. Supplementation with hemin and vitamin K will enhance the recovery of anaerobic bacteria.
Thiosulfate Citrate Bile Salts Sucrose (TCBS) Agar Thiosulfate citrate bile salts sucrose agar is a selective, differential medium used for the recovery of Vibrio spp. The medium consists of digests of casein and animal tissue, yeast extract, sodium citrate, sodium cholate, oxgall (bile), sucr ose, ferric citrate, thymol blue, Bacterial Diagnosis and bromthymol blue. Sodium citrate, sodium cholate, and bile in hibit commensal organisms. Vibrio cholerae colonies are yellow on this medium due to fermentation of sucrose with the acid, resulting in a yellow color shift of the indicator, bromthymol blue. Vibrio parahaemolyticus fails to ferment sucrose, and the colonies are therefore blue-green. Some enteric rods and enterococci may grow, but the colonies are usually small and translucent. Sucrose-ferment- ing Proteus strains produce yellow colonies that are similar to Vib rio colonies.
Tinsdale Agar Tinsdale agar is a selective differential medium used for the isolation of Corynebacterium diphtheriae from upper respiratory specimens. The medium consists of peptones, salt, yeast extract, L-cysteine, potas sium tellurite, and serum. The potassium tellurite inhibits the growth of most commensal organisms in the upper respiratory tract and allows the growth of C. diphtheriae and related Corynebacterium species. C. diphtheriae colonies can be distinguished by the brown halo that develops around the black colonies. These halos result from the 154 SECTION 4 reaction of tellurite with hydrogen sulfide, which C. diphtheriae pro duces from the cysteine in the medium.
Tryptic or Trypticase Soy Agar (TSA) and Broth (TSB) Tryptic(ase) soy agar with 5% sheep blood is a general-purpose me dium used for the isolation of a wide variety of organisms. The medium contains soybean and casein peptones as the nutritive base. The addition of sheep blood enriches the medium and allows the growth of more fastidious organisms by providing hemin (X fac tor). V factor (NAD) is inactivated by enzymes in the sheep blood. Sheep blood is used for the interpretation of hemolytic reactions. The broth formulation is recommended for preparation of inocula for susceptibility testing. Addition of 6.5% sodium chloride to the broth formulation can be used for isolation of salt-tolerant organ isms, and Fildes enrichment can be added to the broth for recovery of fastidious organisms such as Haemophilus spp.
Xylose-Lysine-Deoxycholate (XLD) Agar Xylose-lysine-deoxycholate agar is a moderately selective me dium used for the isolation and differentiation of enteric patho gens. The medium consists of yeast extract with xylose, lysine, lactose, sucrose, sodium deoxycholate, sodium thiosulfate, ferric ammonium citrate, and phenol red. The majority of the nonpatho genic enteric rods ferment lactose, sucrose, or xylose, producing Bacterial Diagnosis yellow colonies (the phenol red indicator is yellow at acidic pH). Because Shigella spp. do not ferment these carbohydrates, the colonies are red. Salmonella and Edwardsiella spp. ferment xy lose, but they also decarboxylate lysine to an alkaline diamine, cadaverine. This diamine neutralizes the acid products of fermen tation by decarboxylation of lysine and produces red colonies. If the organism produces hydrogen sulfide (e.g., Salmonella and Edwardsiella spp.), the center of the colonies will blacken. Sodium deoxycholate inhibits the growth of many nonpathogenic organisms (in the presence of acid, it precipitates, producing yellow, opaque colonies).
Primary Plating Media: Mycobacteria Amer ican Trudeau Society Medium American Trudeau Society medium contains coagulated egg yolks, potato flour, glycerol, and malachite green. The concentration of mal achite green is lower than in Lowenstein-Jensen medium, allowing earlier detection of mycobacterial colonies (other than M. leprae), but the medium is also more easily overgrown by contaminants. Bacterial Diagnosis 155 Dubos Broth (Dubos Tween albumin broth) Dubos broth, a nonselective broth, contains casein digests, salt so lutions, L-asparagine, ferric ammonium citrate, albumin or serum, and Tween 80. The growth of most species of mycobacteria is rapid in this medium, although the addition of antibiotics is required when specimens from contaminated sites are processed. Tween 80 is a surfactant that facilitates the dispersal of clumps of mycobac teria and results in more rapid, homogeneous growth.
Lowenstein-Jensen (LJ) Medium Lowenstein-Jensen medium consists of glycerol, potato flour, de fined salts, and coagulated whole eggs (to solidify the medium). Malachite green is added to inhibit contaminating bacteria, partic ularly Gram-positive bacteria. LJ medium has a long shelf life (sev eral months) and supports the growth of most mycobacteria, in part because lecithin in the eggs neutralizes many toxic factors present in clinical specimens. A problem with LJ medium is that the contaminants (commonly Pseudomonas aeruginosa from Cys- tic Fibrosis sputa) that grow on this medium can completely hy drolyze it.
Lowenstein-Gruft Modification The Gruft modification of LJ medium contains RNA, penicillin, and nalidixic acid, which further suppress the growth of contami nating organisms. Because the growth of mycobacteria can be de Bacterial Diagnosis layed with this selective medium, it should always be used with a tube of nonselective medium. Mycobacterium tuberculosis appears as granular, rough, dry colonies. M. kansasii appears as smooth to rough, photochromogenic colonies. M. gordonae appears as smooth, yellow-orange colonies. M. avium appears as smooth, colorless col onies. M. smegmatis appears as wrinkled, creamy white colonies.
Lowenstein-Jensen Medium, Mycobactosel Modification The Mycobactosel modification of LJ medium contains cyclohexi mide, lincomycin, and nalidixic acid to suppress the growth of contaminants.
Middlebrook 7H9 Broth The 7H9 formulation of Middlebrook broth is the same as Middle brook 7H10 agar, except that the agar and malachite green are absent. The growth of most mycobacteria is rapid in this medium, although antibiotics must be added to suppress the growth of 156 SECTION 4 contaminants. It is also used for performing mycobacterial suscepti bility testing.
Middlebrook 7H10 Agar Middlebrook 7H10 agar is a nonselective medium that contains de fined salts, vitamins, cofactors, oleic acid, albumin, catalase, glyc erol, glucose, and malachite green. The addition of glycerol enhances the growth of Mycobacterium avium/intracellulare. Pyruvic acid can be added if M. bovis is suspected, and 0.25% L-asparagine or 0.1% potassium aspartate must be added for maximal production of niacin. The medium has a relatively short shelf life (approximately 1 month), and exposure to heat or light may result in its deterioration and in the release of formaldehyde. Growth of mycobacteria can be detected earlier on this medium than on egg-based media.
Middlebrook 7H11 Agar Middlebrook 7H11 agar is preferred over 7H10 agar because the ad dition of casein hydrolysates improves the recovery of isoniazid- resistant strains of M. tuberculosis, which have become prevalent in some communities. It is also particularly useful for the cultivation of fastidious strains of tubercle bacilli that occur following treatment of tuberculosis with secondary antitubercular drugs.
Bacterial Diagnosis Middlebrook 7H11 Agar, Mitchison’s Modification Mitchison’s modification of 7H11 medium contains carbenicillin, polymyxin B, trimethoprim, and amphotericin B. The carbenicil- lin is particularly useful for suppressing the growth of Pseudomo nas spp.
Middlebrook 7H13 Broth Middlebrook 7H13 broth is based on the 7H9 broth formulation supplemented with casein hydrolysate, polysorbate 80, sodium poly- anetholesulfonate, catalase, and [14C] palmitic acid. This broth is used in the BACTEC system.
Petragnani Medium Petragnani medium is a nonselective mycobacterial medium that contains coagulated whole eggs, egg yolks, whole milk, potato, po tato flour, glycerol, and malachite green. This medium is more in hibitory than LJ medium because it contains a higher concentration of malachite green. It should be restricted to use with heavily con taminated specimens. It is particularly useful for the cultivation and maintenance of M. smegmatis. Bacterial Diagnosis 157 Specific Diagnostic Tests for Pathogen Detection Aerobic Gram-Positive Cocci Enterococcus spp. Microscopy and culture are the most commonly used detection methods. Selective media can be used to recover the bacteria from specimens contaminated with Gram-negative bacte ria, and selective media supplemented with vancomycin can be used to recover vancomycin-resistant enterococcal (VRE) strains. Direct detection from specimens using molecular methods may be used for infection control screening for VRE. In addition, commercially available molecular methods exist for the identification of entero cocci and vancomycin resistance from positive blood culture broth.
Staphylococcus aureus. Microscopy and culture are the most commonly used detection methods. Selective media (e.g., manni tol salt agar, colistin-nalidixic acid agar, and phenylethyl alcohol agar) can be used for recovery from heavily contaminated speci mens (most commonly used for culture of Cystic Fibrosis sputa). Molecular assays are available for detecting methicillin-resistant S. aureus both for infection control screening purposes as well as from positive blood cultures.
Coagulase Negative Staphylococci (CONS). Microscopy and culture are the most commonly used detection methods. CONS will readily grow on routinely used media (blood agar, chocolate agar, CNA agar). However, S. saccharolyticus is a strict anaerobe and Bacterial Diagnosis requires incubation in anaerobic conditions. Assess specimen Gram stain results for the presence of epithelial cells, which may indicate a poorly collected specimen and insignificance of CONS. Virtually any CONS can be pathogenic in the setting of a hardware-associated infection.
Streptococcus, Group A. Group A Streptococcus grows readily in culture. Streptococcus selective media may be used to enhance iso lation of GAS from clinical specimens. Microscopy is not useful for diagnosis of pharyngitis but is useful for cutaneous infections. Nu- merous direct antigen tests are available for streptococcal pharyngi tis. Although the tests are highly specific (for S. pyogenes but not other species of group A Streptococcus), the sensitivity is <80% and the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) recommends that negative reactions must be confirmed by culture for pediatric, but not adult, patients. Antibody tests are used to confirm antecedent group A streptococcal pharyngitis or pyoderma in patients with suspected rheumatic fever or nephritis. The most popular tests are the anti- streptolysin O (ASO) and anti-DNase B tests. Both tests have a sen sitivity of 85%, and they should be performed together. The ASO 158 SECTION 4 test is nonreactive in patients with nephritis following streptococcal pyoderma. False-positive ASO titers can occur in patients with liver disease and infections with streptococcal groups C or G. Anti-DN- ase B is specific for group A streptococci; there is no reactivity with other streptococcal groups. Peak ASO and anti-DNase B titers oc cur 2 to 3 weeks after the primary infection and persist for 6 months or more. Positive titers are two or more dilutions above the upper limit of normal. Other tests (e.g., Streptozyme) are less sensitive and reproducible.
Streptococcus, Group B. Group B Streptococcus grows readily in culture, although 10% of strains are nonhemolytic and may not be detected in mixed cultures. Enrichment broth (i.e., LIM broth) can be used to recover small numbers of organisms. Microscopy is not helpful for detection of genital carriage. Numerous direct anti gen tests have been developed for the detection of genital carriage, but the test sensitivity is too low to justify its use. Commercially available molecular tests are widely available and used for the screening of genital carriage in pregnant women. Of note, most mo lecular methods still require preliminary enrichment broth growth prior to testing. Multiplex PCR meningitis/encephalitis panels now include GBS for detection in CSF.
Streptococcus pneumoniae. Microscopy and culture are sensitive detection methods, although the bacteria can undergo spontaneous lysis and hence will not be recovered in specimens when processing Bacterial Diagnosis is delayed. A variety of tests have been developed for detecting pneumococcal capsular antigens in cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) and urine. Urine tests are less sensitive than CSF tests, and all antigen tests are generally no more sensitive than a Gram stain. Use of di rect specimen antigen tests has largely been discontinued due to poor performance. Type-specific anticapsular antibody titers can be measured to assess the response to vaccination but are not measured for diagnostic purposes. Multiplex PCR meningitis/encephalitis panels now include S. pneumoniae for detection in CSF.
Aerobic Gram-Positive Rods Bacillus anthracis. Microscopy is useful if positive, but the test is insensitive and the capsule is generally not seen when the Gram stain is used. Fluorescein-labeled anticapsular antibodies have been developed. The organism grows rapidly in culture and has a char acteristic colony morphology (large, irregular, sticky, nonhemolytic colonies). Antigen tests and molecular diagnostic tests have been developed and are available through state public health laborato ries. These tests are generally specific but lack sensitivity, especially Bacterial Diagnosis 159 for asymptomatic patients exposed to B. anthracis. The serologic response to anthrax toxin (i.e., protective antigen) can be used to assess the response to vaccination but not as a diagnostic tool.
Corynebacterium diphtheriae. Diagnosis is based on clinical pa rameters. Microscopy is generally not useful. The organism grows readily on nonselective sheep blood agar; selective media (cyste ine-tellurite blood agar or Tinsdale medium) should also be used for primary cultures. The Centers for Disease Control and Preven- tion (CDC) offer a direct PCR test for diphtheria toxin; this test is recommended for confirming the diagnosis of diphtheria but should not be used alone. Immunoassays have been developed to measure the level of antibodies against C. diphtheriae toxin in patients im munized with toxoid. These tests assess immunity and cannot be used for the diagnosis of diphtheria. Antitoxin levels of ≥0.01 IU/ ml are considered protective. Lower levels indicate that immuni zation with toxoid may be required.
Corynebacterium, Other spp. Microscopy and culture are the most commonly used detection methods. Some species are slow growing unless the isolation media are supplemented with lipids. Some pathogenic lipophilic strains, such as C. jeikeium, C. macgin leyi, and C. kroppenstedtii, will grow better on sheep blood agar than on chocolate.
Erysipelothrix spp. Microscopy is generally insensitive, but the presence of long, slender, Gram-positive rods in the tissue of a pa Bacterial Diagnosis tient suspected of having erysipeloid is helpful. Growth on blood agar plates is slow, and incu bation should be extended for 7 days. Antigen and molecular diagnostic tests have not been developed, and serologic testing is not useful because patients do not develop antibodies after an episode of erysipeloid.
Gardnerella vaginalis. Gram stains of vaginal specimens are helpful if thin Gram-variable coccobacilli or rods are seen. The or ganism grows poorly in culture and may not be detected. It can often be isolated on CNA agar.
Listeria spp. Microscopy is insensitive for patients with meningi tis (generally, small numbers of organisms are present in CSF) and nonspecific (the organism can be confused with Corynebacterium or Streptococcus). The organism grows well on most nonselective media, but hemolysis may not be obvious on sheep blood agar. Special selective agars have been developed for the recovery of Listeria from stools and food products. Antigen detection kits have also been developed for food products but are not licensed for 160 SECTION 4 clinical specimens. Multiplex PCR meningitis/encephalitis panels now include Listeria monocytogenes for detection in CSF.
Acid-Fast and Partially Acid-Fast Gram-Positive Rods Mycobacterium avium complex (MAC). Microscopy and cul ture are sensitive detection methods. Disseminated infections are common in immunocompromised patients, with organisms recov ered in high concentrations in blood and many body tissues. MAC probes exist for organism identification from cultured isolates but are not used for direct detection from specimens. Mycobacterium tuberculosis complex. Tuberculosis is most com monly diagnosed by microscopy (acid-fast stain) and culture. Myco- bacteria can also be detected directly by using molecular methods. The amplification methods are useful for use with smear-positive respiratory specimens but cannot be used with nonrespiratory spec imens and have low sensitivity for smear-negative specimens (~60%), although some methods are now approved for smear-negative speci mens. Serologic methods in addition to the skin test can be used for the detection of latent tuberculosis infection (LTBI). Interferron gamma release assays (IGRA) QuantiFERON-TB Gold (QFT) and T-Spot have received U.S. Food and Drug Administration approval for LTBI screening. IGRA tests measure the patient’s immune reac tivity to M. tuberculosis. Overall, performance of IGRAs is equiva
Bacterial Diagnosis lent to the skin test. However, IGRAs have better specificity than the skin test in patients who have received the BCG vaccination or have had a prior mycobacterial infection. Nocardia spp. Diagnosis of nocardiosis relies on microscopic de tection of the organism in clinical specimens and isolation in cul ture. Filamentous forms stain poorly with the Gram stain and weakly with the acid-fast stain (even when a weak decolorizing so lution is used). Although the organism grows on most nonselective enriched media, recovery is best on buffered charcoal yeast extract (BCYE) agar and Thayer-Martin agar. Serological testing methods have been handicapped by the antigenic heterogeneity of pathogenic Nocardia spp., poor serologic response of the patient, high levels of immunoreactivity to Nocardia spp., in healthy individuals, and cross reactivity with other microbial antigens. Rhodococcus spp. Rhodococcus spp. are weakly acid-fast, with relatively few cells staining acid-fast unless the organism is cultured on Lowenstein-Jensen medium or Middlebrook agar. Bacteria grown in broth cultures incubated for a few hours will appear as long rods, while those grown for longer periods will appear as cocci or coccobacilli. Prolonged incubation of culture may be required for the isolation of this organism. Bacterial Diagnosis 161 Aerobic Gram-Negative Cocci Moraxella catarrhalis. Microscopy and culture are the most com monly used detection methods. Large numbers of organisms associ ated with polymorphonuclear leukocytes and mucus are typically observed in patients with respiratory tract infections.
Neisseria gonorrhoeae. Historically, microscopy and culture were the diagnostic tests of choice. For patients with genital infections, the Gram stain has a sensitivity of 90 to 95% and a specificity of 95 to 100% in symptomatic males but a sensitivity of only 50 to 70% in symptomatic females and much lower in asymptomatic females. The organism grows on chocolate agar, but selective media are used most commonly to suppress the urethral flora. For the most part, culture has now been replaced by molecular tests, initially with amplifica tion-based molecular tests. Amplification assays are more sensitive than the molecular probes that have historically been used, but care must be taken to eliminate inhibitors present in specimens (particu larly in urine) and prevent cross-contamination of specimens. Anti- body testing is not useful. Molecular tests are not approved for use in non-genital tract specimens but data suggest there is utility to molec ular testing of rectal, pharyngeal, and ocular specimens.
Neisseria meningitidis. Microscopy and culture are the most commonly used detection methods. N. meningitidis is a common colonizer of the respiratory tract and is a well-described cause of conjunctivitis. Tests are available for detecting meningococcal cap Bacterial Diagnosis sular polysaccharide antigens in CSF, serum, and urine. The tests detect serogroups A, B, C, Y, and W135 (serogroup B antibodies cross-react with E. coli Kl antigen), and false-positive urine antigen tests have been reported. The test sensitivity approaches 90% for serogroups A, C, Y, and Wl35 but is much lower for serogroup B. Multiplex PCR meningitis/encephalitis panels now include N. meningitidis for detection in CSF.
Aerobic Gram-Negative Rods Acinetobacter spp. The organisms are Gram-negative coccobacilli, occasionally appearing Gram positive, and are typically arranged in pairs. Growth on blood agar media is usually good. Most strains are able to grow on MacConkey agar (some common clinical species will not), but there is no growth anaerobically (strict aerobic growth).
Aeromonas spp. Most species grow readily in culture. Selective media (e.g., blood agar with ampicillin [20 µg/ml] and CIN agar) improve recovery from contaminated specimens. Enrichment broth (e.g., alkaline peptone water) enhances recovery, but its use 162 SECTION 4 is generally not indicated. Serological assays are not commonly used. Multiplex PCR gastroenteritis panels now exist but thus far do not include Aeromonas detection.
Bartonella spp. Bacilli may be observed in clinical specimens from diseased patients (e.g., those with cat scratch disease [CSD], bacillary angiomatosis, or peliosis) with the Warthin-Starry silver stain, although this is not commonly used in clinical microbiology laboratories. Some reference laboratories offer PCR assays for these bacteria and are most useful from tissue specimens in those being considered for CSD and/or culture negative endocarditis. PCR from peripheral blood is significantly less sensitive than from tissue for infectious endocarditis. Culture is not recommended for patients with CSD but has been successful in other settings. Blood should be processed in the Isolator system, although some success has been achieved with broth-based blood culture systems. Prolonged incu bation is required. Tissues should be cultured on heart infusion agar supplemented with rabbit or horse blood. These media are preferred to blood or chocolate agar. Cultures should be maintained in a hu mid atmosphere for 3 to 4 weeks. Serologic testing is the mainstay of diagnosis, particularly in patients with CSD, with tests performed at the CDC, state laboratories, and some reference laboratories. Commercial test kits are not available in the United States. Cross- reactions are observed in patients with infections caused by Coxi ella and Chlamydia spp.
Bacterial Diagnosis Bordetella pertussis. Microscopy and culture are relatively insen sitive detection methods compared with PCR-based assays. The organisms appear as small Gram-negative coccobacilli. They are best observed using a DFA test; commercial monoclonal and poly clonal (for B. pertussis and B. parapertussis) DFA tests (directed against cell wall lipooligosaccharides) are available. Both tests have a low sensitivity (30 to 70% compared with culture) and specific ity. B. pertussis is a fastidious, strictly aerobic organism which does not grow on blood agar media or MacConkey agar (B. parapertussis grows on blood agar and has variable growth on MacConkey agar). Growth on Regan-Lowe medium is more reliable than on Bordet- Gengou medium. Detection generally requires a minimum of 3 to 4 days of incubation, which should be extended for a week or more. The PCR assay is clearly the most sensitive method for detecting B. pertussis. A variety of target genes have been used, including the pertussis toxin promoter region and the IS481 gene. IS481 is a multi copy gene, and assay targeting this gene appears to be more sensitive than those targeting the pertussis toxin promoter region. However, IS481 is also found in B. holmeseii and can therefore lead to false positive results in patients colonized with this organism. Positive tests are observed even after 7 days of effective therapy. Many sero Bacterial Diagnosis 163 logic tests are available, with ELISA being the method of choice. Immunoglobulin G (IgG) and IgA responses to pertussis toxin (PT) or filamentous hemagglutinin (FHA) are reliable indicators of infec tion. Antibodies to PT are specific for B. pertussis; antibodies to FHA are specific to B. pertussis and B. parapertussis (with cross-re actions with other bacteria). Serologic testing (IgG versus PT) ap pears to be the most sensitive measure of B. pertussis infection in an unimmunized individual, but seroconversion must be demonstrated.
Brucella spp. The organism is a small coccobacillus, with cells arranged typically singly or, less commonly, in pairs and small chains. DFA stains are not available. The organism is a strict aer obe, requiring complex media containing several amino acids, thi amine, nicotinamide, and magnesium ions. The presence of serum and a CO2-enriched atmosphere enhance growth, and prolonged in cubation is required, although modern blood culture media can grow Brucella spp. within the commonly used 5-day incubation pe riod. Various serologic assays have been developed, with the se rum agglutination test being the most commonly used. A single titer of >1:160 is suggestive of infection (with B. abortus, B. suis, or B. melitensis). Cross-reactions are observed with F. tularensis, V. cholerae, and Y. enterocolitica. A rapid dipstick assay for IgM an tibodies has been developed.
Burkholderia cepacia complex. Selective media have been used to improve recovery from contaminated specimens. B. cepacia se lective agar is the most sensitive and selective medium. PCR as Bacterial Diagnosis says have been developed but are used for organism identification rather than detection. Serologic tests are not available.
Burkholderia pseudomallei. The organisms appear on direct Gram stain as small Gram-negative rods with bipolar staining. The cells resemble “safety pins,” and this characteristic can be used to make a presumptive identification. The organism grows on blood agar and MacConkey agar, but better recovery is found on Ashdown medium. An enrichment broth of Ashdown medium supplemented with colistin (incubated for 7 days before subculture) improves re covery. A noncommercial indirect hemagglutination assay has been developed; however, cross-reactions with B. cepacia complex occur, and high antibody titers are found in healthy individuals living in areas of endemic infection. A single titer cannot be interpreted, and so seroconversion must be demonstrated.
Campylobacter spp. The bacteria are curved rods typically ar ranged in pairs (resembling “gull wings” or S-shaped). The bacteria are thin and may not be observed in clinical specimens. Growth of most species requires a microaerophilic atmosphere, and selective 164 SECTION 4 medium is recommended for the recovery of C. jejuni and C. coli from fecal specimens. C. upsaliensis may be a common en teric pathogen, but its recovery is compromised because it is inhib ited on most selective media for Campylobacters. C. fetus is more commonly recovered in the blood. Serologic testing is useful for epidemiologic investigations but not for diagnostic purposes. Mul- tiplex PCR assays now exist for the testing of stool and incl ude Campylobacter jejuni, C. coli, and C. upsaliensis.
Capnocytophaga spp. (includes former DF-1 and DF-2). The or ganisms are fusiform; curved, coccoid, and spindle-shaped forms
are also observed. Growth requires enriched media and CO2; good growth occurs in 2 to 4 days; adherent colonies may be slightly yellow and have either a regular edge or a spreading edge. There is no growth on MacConkey agar; the organism is a facultative anaerobe.
Cardiobacterium spp. Rods are arranged singly or in pairs, short chains, or rosettes. The organism is facultatively anaerobic, with no growth on MacConkey agar. It is fastidious and slow growing and
requires CO2. Eikenella spp. The organisms are slender, straight rods that are facultatively anaerobic. There is no growth on MacConkey agar;
growth requires hemin and is enhanced by CO2. Escherichia coli. Selective media (e.g., MacConkey agar with Bacterial Diagnosis sorbitol) can be used to detect enterohemorrhagic E. coli strains, and immunoassays can be used to detect the Shiga toxins. Com- mercial assays are also available to detect the heat-labile and heat- stable toxins of enterotoxigenic E. coli strains. Molecular tests have been developed to detect virulence factors in these and other E. coli strains. Multiplex PCR assays now exist for the testing of stool and include the detection of Enteropathogenic, Enteroaggregative, En- teroinvsasive, Enterotoxigenic, and shiga-like toxin producing E. coli. In addition, multiplex tests have been developed for the detection of E. coli from CSF as well as positive blood cultures.
Francisella spp. Microscopy is relatively insensitive. The organism is a very small coccobacillus that retains the safranin counterstain poorly. A polyclonal DFA reagent is available, although the sensitiv ity and specificity are not well characterized. Francisella spp. are fastidious, strict aerobes that fail to grow on blood agar or MacCon- key agar. Growth requires media supplemented with sulfhydryl compounds (e.g., cysteine, cystine, thiosulfate, and IsoVitaleX). Growth is slow but good on chocolate agar, Mueller-Hinton agar, and BCYE agar. Media should be incubated for up to 2 weeks. An- tigen and PCR tests have been developed, but their sensitivities are Bacterial Diagnosis 165 low (antigen test, 106 bacteria/ml; PCR, 102 bacteria/ml). Serologic testing is the most commonly used diagnostic method. Antibodies are detected as early as 1 week after the onset of symptoms and may persist for years. Tube agglutination (TA) and microagglutination (MA) are the standard assays. A single TA titer of >1:160 or MA titer of >1:128 is considered a presumptive positive reaction. A four fold titer change is considered diagnostic.
Haemophilus ducreyi. The Gram stain morphology of this organ ism has been described as “long chains (‘schools of fish’),” but this description is more characteristic of in vitro cultures than of spec imens collected from genital ulcers. The Gram stain sensitivity is <50%. Direct fluorescent-antibody (DFA) assay reagents have been prepared, but polyclonal antisera have poor specificity and monoclonal antisera are not commercially available. Culture re quires the use of selective media (e.g., GC agar supplemented with vancomycin, hemoglobin, fetal bovine serum, and IsoVitaleX) and has variable sensitivity. PCR-based assays have been developed but are not widely available.
Haemophilus influenzae. The organisms are pleomorphic rods (i.e., coccoid, coccobacillary, or short rods); they are facultatively anaerobic, with no growth on sheep blood agar or MacConkey agar. Detection of type-specific capsular antigen has been used to diag nose disseminated disease (i.e., meningitis); however, this test is no more sensitive than a Gram stain, and vaccination has dramatically reduced the incidence of H. influenzae disease. Multiplex PCR as Bacterial Diagnosis says now exist for the detection of H. influenzae in CSF. Serologic testing is generally restricted to demonstration of a response to vaccination.
Helicobacter pylori. Microscopy is useful for examination of tissue biopsy specimens but is performed primarily in cytology laborato ries. Diagnosis is most commonly made using antigen tests, particu larly the detection of urease activity in tissue biopsy specimens or by breath analysis. Stool antigen testing is also widely available and commonly used. The tests vary widely in sensitivity and specificity but generally are >90% sensitive and specific. PCR assays are avail able but offer no more sensitivity than the antigen tests. Culture can also be performed (and is useful if drug resistance is suspected). The organism grows best on freshly prepared nonselective media (e.g., brucella or brain heart infusion agars supplemented with horse blood) incubated in a microaerophilic atmosphere for a minimum of 5 days. A variety of serologic tests are also available. Serum IgG as says are the tests of choice, although whole-blood assays are used with increasing frequency in physician offices (the tests have a sen sitivity of 80 to 90% compared with serum assays). Serum IgA 166 SECTION 4 assays have a low sensitivity but may prove useful as a follow-up assay for patients with negative IgG assays.
Kingella spp. The organisms are nutritionally fastidious, faculta tively anaerobic short rods with square ends, arranged in pairs or chains. They decolorize unevenly on Gram staining. They do not
require CO2, but growth is enhanced; there is no growth on Mac- Conkey agar. Some evidence suggests that bedside inoculation of bone and/or joint specimens can increase the yield of Kingella. In addition, PCR has been shown to demonstrate superior sensitivity to culture for the diagnosis of Kingella septic arthritis. It is hypoth esized that synovial fluid may be inhibitory to the in vitro growth of the organism.
Legionella spp. Legionella spp. are small, poorly staining rods. If observed in clinical specimens, they typically appear as coccoba- cilli; long filamentous forms can be seen in culture. Monoclonal and polyclonal DFA stains are commercially available; their sensitivity compared with culture is poor (33 to 70%), and cross-reactions are observed with the monoclonal reagents (Bacillus cereus) and poly clonal reagents (Bacteroides fragilis, Pseudomonas spp., Stenotro phomonas spp., and Bordetella pertussis). Urinary antigen tests for L. pneumophila serogroup 1 are available (Wampole Laboratories, Bartels) and Binax and Biotest market urinary antigen tests for non- serogroup 1 L. pneumophila and other Legionella spp. The sensitiv ity of these assays varies, but sensitivities are reported in the range of Bacterial Diagnosis 70 to 80%. The specificity is good, although the Bartels test reacts with S. pneumoniae, and false-positive reactions due to nonspecific protein binding have been reported for the Binax EIA. Reactivity persists in Legionella-infected patients for weeks to months after ef fective therapy. PCR assays are available but generally are not more sensitive than culture. The organism is fastidious, requiring media supplemented with L-cysteine and iron salts. BCYE, supplemented with antibiotics to suppress the growth of contaminating organisms, is the medium of choice. Incubation should be extended for a week or more. IFA tests and ELISA are available to measure an antibody response to infection. The test sensitivity and specificity are 75 and 96%, respectively. A titer of >1:256 is suggestive of current infec tion; however, titers at this level have been found in healthy indi viduals. A fourfold change in titer is presumptive evidence of recent disease.
Pasteurella spp. The organisms are coccoid to coccobacillary, ar ranged singly, in pairs, or in short chains. Growth does not require
hemin or CO2, but some strains require V factor. The most com monly isolated species fail to grow on MacConkey agar; the or ganism is a facultative anaerobe. Bacterial Diagnosis 167 Pseudomonas aeruginosa. P. aeruginosa grows readily on a vari ety of laboratory media. PCR amplification methods have been de veloped for direct detection of the organism in respiratory specimens, particularly from cystic fibrosis patients, but these are not commonly used or commercially available. The method is rapid but less sensi tive than culture. Serologic testing is not useful. Multiplex PCR as says now exist for the testing of media from positive blood cultures and include P. aeruginosa.
Salmonella enterica Serovar Typhi. Selective media must be used to optimize detection in fecal specimens. The Widal test mea sures agglutinating antibodies to the O and H antigens of S. enterica server Typhi and is used for serodiagnosis; however, it lacks sensitiv ity and specificity. Tests using other antigens (e.g., Vi antigen) have been developed but are restricted to epidemiological studies.
Salmonella, Other Serovars. Selective media must be used to op timize detection in fecal specimens. Multiplex PCR assays now exist for the testing of stool and include Salmonella.
Shigella spp. Selective media must be used to optimize detection in fecal specimens. Serodiagnostic assays have been developed for epidemiological surveys but have not been used for diagnostic testing. Multiplex PCR assays now exist for the testing of stool and include Shigella.
Stenotrophomonas spp. Microscopy and culture are sensitive de Bacterial Diagnosis tection methods. PCR assays have been developed but are not used for organism detection.
Streptobacillus spp. The organisms are rod shaped, but on ex tended incubation they can form very long filaments (100 to 150 µm long) and bulbous forms. Colonies develop slowly. The organism is facultatively anaerobic; no growth occurs on MacConkey agar. Iso- lation of the organism is inhibited by the presence of SPS, which is found in most commercially available blood culture media.
Vibrio cholerae. The viability of V. cholerae is maintained at an al kaline pH but decreases in formed stools or at an acidic pH. If culture is delayed, the specimen should be stored in Cary-Blair transport me dium but not in buffered glycerol saline. The organism grows well on blood agar, slowly on MacConkey agar (lactose-negative), and well on selective media (e.g., TCBS). A reverse passive latex agglutination test is commercially available for the detection of cholera toxin (reacts also with E. coli heat-labile enterotoxin). Reference laboratories are also able to measure antibody response to infection. Multiplex PCR assays now exist for the testing of stool and include Vibrio cholerae. 168 SECTION 4 Vibrio, Other spp. Most pathogenic Vibrio spp. grow well on blood agar and MacConkey agar. As with V. cholerae, specimens should be processed immediately or transported in Cary-Blair me dium. V. parahaemolyticus hemolysin (Kanagawa toxin) can be de tected directly in specimens by a commercial reverse passive latex agglutination test. Multiplex PCR assays now exist for the testing of stool and include Vibrio parahaemolyticus as well as V. vulnificus.
Yersinia enterocolitica. The use of enrichment methods (e.g., storage of specimens inoculated into phosphate-buffered saline for up to 21 days at 4°C) for recovery of Y. enterocolitica is generally not necessary for diagnosis of patients with diarrhea but has proven useful for diagnosis of patients with terminal ileitis or postinfec- tious arthritis. CIN agar is the preferred selective medium, and growth is better at 25 to 30°C than at 35°C. MacConkey agar (lac tose-negative colonies) can also be used. PCR tests directed against plasmid and chromosomal virulence factors have been developed but are not widely available. Antibodies against serogroups 0:3, 0:9, 0:5, 27, and 0:8 can be detected by tube or microtiter agglutination tests. Titers of >1:40 or a fourfold rise in titer is considered signif icant. Cross-reactions occur with Brucella spp. These tests are available through specialty laboratories but are not commercially available. Multiplex PCR assays now exist for the testing of stool and include Yersinia enterocolitica.
Bacterial Diagnosis Yersinia pestis. A variety of stains have been used (i.e., Giemsa, Wright, Wayson, methylene blue) in addition to the Gram stain. The characteristic “bipolar, safety pin” morphology is not observed with the Gram stain. A DFA stain directed against the capsular Fl antigen is performed by state health department laboratories but is not com mercially available. The organism can be isolated on nonselective agar (sheep blood agar or brain heart infusion agar) or from contami nated specimens on MacConkey agar or CIN agar (with a reduced cefsulodin concentration [4 pg/ml]). Pinpoint growth is seen at 24 h. PCR directed against the genes for the plasminogen activator protein (pla) and capsular Fl antigen (cafl) have been developed but are less sensitive than culture and an ELISA for capsular Fl antigen. Passive hemagglutination tests and ELISAs, available through the CDC, have been developed to detect antibodies directed against the Fl antigen. A titer of >1:10 is presumptive evidence of disease, and a fourfold rise or fall in the antibody titer is confirmatory.
Anaerobic Bacteria Actinomyces spp. The organisms may grow slowly in an aerobic atmosphere, and some strains are difficult to isolate in culture. Bacterial Diagnosis 169 Microscopic examination of “sulfur granules” (macroscopic colo nies present in clinical specimens) is helpful for making the diag nosis of actinomycosis.
Bacteroides fragilis group. The organisms typically appear as pleomorphic rods in clinical specimens. Growth is rapid on most anaerobic media, although selective media (e.g., laked kanamycin- vancomycin sheep blood agar and Bacteroides bile esculin agar) should be used with nonsterile specimens.
Clostridium botulinum. Microscopy is generally of little value except when examining implicated food products. The CDC pro vides tests measuring the level of antibodies against C. botulinum toxin (antitoxin levels) in patients immunized with toxoid. These tests assess immunity and cannot be used for the diagnosis of bot ulism. The appropriate diagnostic test for foodborne botulism is demonstration of botulinal toxin in serum, feces, gastric contents, or vomitus or recovery of the organism in the feces of the patient. Demonstration of the organism or toxin in suspected foods provi des indirect evidence of botulism. The presence of the organism or detection of toxin in wound exudates confirms the diagnosis of wound botulism.
Clostridium difficile. Microscopic examination of fecal speci mens is of no clinical utility. Culture on selective media is a sensi tive method for detecting the organism but does not differentiate between colonization and clinically significant disease. The diagno Bacterial Diagnosis sis of C. difficile infection (CDI) is controversial, and there are sev eral nonculture-based diagnostic strategies that are employed. PCR that detects the toxin gene (usually toxin B) is considered to be the most sensitive of the commonly used diagnostics, but there is con cern that it may be too sensitive and detect patients who are colo nized with C. difficile but do not have CDI. EIA assays that detect toxin are less sensitive than PCR and may miss some patients with CDI, but is less likely to be positive in colonized patients without CDI. Glutamine dehydrogenase (GDH) is an antigen produced by C. difficile and can be used as a nonspecific marker to detect C. difficile. GDH is nonspecific for CDI because both toxin negative and toxin positive strains can be detected by GDH. These three assays (PCR, Toxin EIA, and GDH) are the foundation for various algorithms that can be used to diagnose CDI. Among the most common include the GDH/Toxin EIA algorithm, which reflexes to PCR if GDH is pos itive and the EIA is negative. An alternative to this method is a PCR screen with positive tests reflexing to EIA.
Clostridium perfringens. The microscopic morphology is charac teristic (large, short, fat, rectangular cells with no spores observed). 170 SECTION 4 Growth on anaerobic sheep blood agar is rapid, with a double zone of hemolysis typically observed. Antigen tests for detection of tox ins have not been developed, and PCR assays are restricted to re search laboratories.
Clostridium tetani. Microscopy and culture are typically of little use because relatively small numbers of organisms can cause clinical disease. However, observation of the organisms in clinical specimens or recovery in culture can be diagnostic in the appropriate clinical setting. Serologic testing is also not useful for diagnostic purposes because antibodies are not formed in patients with clinical disease. It can be useful for assessing the immune status of an individual, with antitoxin levels of >0.5 IU/ml generally considered protective.
Fusobacterium spp. Some species (e.g., F. nucleatum) have a characteristic thin, fusiform morphology. Culture may require pro longed incubation (5 days or more). F. necrophorum is a common cause of Lemierre’s syndrome, which is typically diagnosed with positive blood cultures. In addition, F. necrophorum is an under appreciated cause of pharyngitis because anaerobic throats cultures are not commonly performed.
Mobiluncus spp. Routine culture of vaginal specimens for Mobi luncus spp. is generally not clinically useful. The preferred diag nostic test is microscopy, with curved rods observed in vaginal smears. Bacterial Diagnosis
Curved and Spiral-Shaped Bacteria Borrelia burgdorferi. Microscopic examination of blood, CSF, and other specimens is not useful for patients with Lyme disease because the level of spirochetes is below the detection level. Culture on media such as modified Kelly medium can be performed, although ex tended incubation must be used and the yield is low. ELISAs have been developed to detect antigen in tissues, but the method is not recommended. PCR assays have been developed for the detection of B. burgdorferi. The sensitivity of the assay depends on the testing method, target gene, and stage of illness. The following test sensitiv ities have been reported: skin, 50 to 70% for culture or PCR; syno vial fluid, 50 to 70% for PCR, culture seldom positive; CSF, 10 to 30% for culture or PCR; and urine, 0%. Serologic testing has been the method most commonly used for the diagnosis of Lyme disease. The early antibody response is primarily an IgM response and is di rected against outer membrane–associated protein OspC, p35, and flagellum subunits p37 and p41. The antibody titers peak within a week of clinical onset but may persist for months, even after effective treatment. IgG antibodies appear after the first weeks of disease, Bacterial Diagnosis 171 with reactivity against p37, p41, and OspC early in disease; against p39 and p58 in the early disseminated stage; and against a wide vari ety of antigen in the late disseminated stage. Reactivity against other antigens is also commonly observed. Assay methods include IFA, EIA, and immunoblotting. The specificity of IFA is improved by ad sorption of sera with Treponema phagedenis sonicate. IFA titers of >1:64 are regarded as positive. This assay is difficult to standardize, and EIA is the preferred testing method. Immunoblotting is used to identify which antigens are reactive. The recommended approach to serodiagnosis is to screen serum or CSF for IgG and IgM antibodies with EIA. If the reaction is positive or borderline, IgG and IgM im munoblotting is performed. The sensitivity of serologic testing is as follows: stage 1 (early, localized disease), 20 to 50% with IgM pre dominant; stage 2 (early, disseminated disease), 70 to 90% with IgG predominant; stage 3 (late, disseminated disease), nearly 100% with IgG predominant. Antibodies persist for months despite treatment.
Borrelia, Other spp. Patients with relapsing fever have large num bers of borreliae in their blood during febrile attacks. The diagnos tic method of choice is microscopy, with the blood examined by dark-field microscopy or stained with Giemsa. Small numbers of bacteria can be concentrated in buffy coat preparations. Culture on media such as modified Kelly medium can be performed, although the cultures should be incubated at 30°C for at least 6 weeks.
Leptospira spp. The organisms may be detected by dark-field mi croscopy or DFA, although large numbers of organisms (104/ ml) Bacterial Diagnosis must be present in the specimen. Culture of blood and CSF during the first week of illness and culture of urine beginning in the sec ond week can be performed using Ellinghausen-McCullough- Johnson-Harris medium. Cultures are incubated at 28 to 30°C and examined weekly by dark-field microscopy for up to 13 weeks. PCR assays have been developed but are not used extensively. Serologic testing is the most commonly used diagnostic method. Antibodies are detected by using the microscopic agglutination test with blood 5 to 7 days after onset of symptoms. Paired sera are required to con firm the diagnosis, with a presumptive diagnosis being made if a single serum has a titer of >1:200. The test is technically complex, and other assays have been developed. The indirect hemagglutina tion assay was shown to have a sensitivity and specificity of 92 and 95%, respectively. Latex agglutination assays and ELISAs have also been developed but have not been adequately evaluated.
Treponema pallidum. When available, dark-field microscopy is very sensitive for diagnosis based on a freshly sampled genital chancre or secondary-stage exudates. The DFA test for T. pallidum (DFA-TP) does not require viable spirochetes and can differentiate 172 SECTION 4 be tween T. pallidum and nonpathogenic spirochetes. The test sen sitivity for primary or secondary syphilis approaches 100%. The organism has not been grown in vitro, and antigen tests are not available. PCR methods have been developed but currently are re stricted to research laboratories. Serologic testing by nontrepone- mal and treponemal assays is the most common diagnostic method. The nontreponemal assays include the Venereal Disease Research Laboratory (VDRL) test, rapid plasma regain (RPR) card test, un heated serum regain (USR) test, and toluidine red unheated serum test (TRUST). Treponemal tests include fluorescent treponemal anti body-absorption (FTA-ABS) test, treponemal pallidum particle ag glutination (TP-PA) test, and EIA. The test sensitivities vary with the method and stage of disease. In general, nontreponemal tests have a sensitivity of 72 to >90% for the primary stage, 100% for the second ary stage, 95 to 100% for latent disease, and <75% for the late stage, while treponemal tests have a sensitivity of 80 to >90% for the pri mary stage, 100% for the secondary and latent stages, and >95% for the late stage. A number of conditions affect the test specificity, with more false-positive reactions being observed with nontreponemal tests. Historically, patients have been screened with a nontreponemal test (typically RPR) with positive results reflexing to treponemal tests for confirmation. A so-called reverse algorithm has recently been adopted by many labs, which screens with a treponemal test and reflexes to the RPR for confirmatory testing of positive results. Bacterial Diagnosis Mycoplasma spp. and Obligate Intracellular Bacteria Anaplasma spp. Giemsa or Wright stains of peripheral blood or buffy coat cells have a sensitivity approaching 60%. As with Eh rlichia spp., PCR assays have been developed and have a wide range of sensitivities (50 to 86%). Their specificity is reported to be 100%. IFA is the serologic method of choice. The typical response during the acute phase of infection is a rapid rise in antibody levels, reach ing titers of >1:640 within the first month of disease. Antibodies can persist for many months to years. The test sensitivity is >90%. False-positive reactions have been encountered for patients with in fections caused by Rickettsia spp., Coxiella spp., and Epstein-Barr virus. Patients with high Anaplasma titers will also have elevated titers to B. burgdorferi.
Chlamydia trachomatis. Infections have historically been con firmed by culture, observation of elementary bodies in specimens by DFA, or detection of chlamydial antigens (i.e., lipopolysaccharide and major outer membrane proteins) by EIA. DFA has a sensitivity and specificity of 75 to 85 and 99%, respectively. The sensitivity of Bacterial Diagnosis 173 EIAs is reported to be 60 to 70% compared with that of nucleic acid amplification assays. More recently, these methods have been re placed by molecular methods, initially probe tests and now amplifica tion tests. Amplification tests are the most sensitive, although care must be taken to eliminate inhibitors (particularly in urine) and to avoid cross-contamination of specimens. Two serologic assays are in common use: CF and microimmunofluorescence (micro-IF). The CF test detects antibodies to C. trachomatis as well as to Chlamydophila psittaci and Chlamydophila pneumoniae. The micro-IF test is type specific. The CF test is positive in virtually all patients with lympho granuloma venereum but generally not positive in patients with oculo- genital infections and trachoma. A positive CF titer is >1:16. CF titers for patients with lymphogranuloma venereum generally exceed 1:128, whereas patients with inclusion conjunctivitis, cervicitis, or urethritis have antibody titers of <1:16. The micro-IF test is more sensitive than the CF test. Most patients with chlamydial infections show positive reactivity (90 to 100% of patients have detectable IgG antibodies). However, antibodies to past infections persist for years and are com monly detected in the assay.
Chlamydophila pneumoniae. Most infections are diagnosed by either PCR-based assays or serological testing. Multiplex PCR as says for upper respiratory tract infection are now commonly used and include C. pneumophila. Micro-IF testing is available for diag nosing acute infections. Cross-reactivity with other bacteria is un common. Serum specimens are generally screened for IgM and IgG antibodies at 1:8, and those giving positive reactions are tested at in Bacterial Diagnosis creasing twofold dilutions. The diagnostic criteria for acute infec tions include at least a fourfold rise in titer and a single serum IgM titer of >1:16 and/or IgG titer of 2*1:512.
Chlamydophila psittaci. Most infections are diagnosed by sero logical methods, with the CF test being the most common.
Coxiella spp. C. burnetii can be recovered in culture, although this is rarely attempted. PCR appears to be sensitive but is currently restricted to research laboratories. A variety of serologic methods, including microagglutination, CF, IFA, and ELISA, have been used, with IFA currently being the method of choice. ELISA appears to be more sensitive than IFA, but interpretive standards have not been de fined. Antigenic phase variation occurs with C. burnetii infections. In acute self-limited infections, antibodies to the phase II antigen ap pear first and dominate the immune response. In chronic infections, antibodies to the phase I antigen predominate. Phase II antibodies appear first and peak within 1 month at 1:1,024 or greater. Phase I antibodies appear later and peak at 4 months. The ratio between phase I and phase II responses may be useful for distinguishing 174 SECTION 4 between acute and chronic infections. A phase I titer of 1:800 or greater is diagnostic of chronic Q fever (e.g., endocarditis).
Ehrlichia spp. Ehrlichia spp. have been successfully cultured from blood, although this test is rarely used for diagnosis. Likewise, infected monocytes can be detected by use of Giemsa or Wright- stained peripheral blood or buffy coat cells, but this test has a sen sitivity of only <30%. PCR is a widely used diagnostic test, with the 16S rRNA gene being targeted; it has a sensitivity of 79 to 100% compared with serologic testing. Serological testing is also useful, with IFA being the test of choice. Although a specific antibody ti ter has not been defined for significant disease, a titer of >1:64 is considered presumptive evidence of past or current disease.
Mycoplasma pneumoniae. Microscopy is not useful, and isola tion of M. pneumoniae in culture is slow and insensitive. For this reason, a variety of antigen-directed tests including DFA, EIA, and immunoblotting have been developed. These tests, as well as DNA probes, have poor sensitivity and specificity. In contrast, PCR as says are reported to be highly sensitive and specific. Specific sero logic tests include complement fixation (CF), ELISA, IFA, and latex agglutination. CF detects primarily IgM antibodies. Seroconversion is observed for about 60% of culture-positive patients, while 80 to 90% of patients have a single titer of >1:32. ELISA detects both IgM and IgG antibodies and appears to be more sensitive than CF. Spec- ificity can be improved by using purified PI adhesin protein as the Bacterial Diagnosis capture antigen. Immunofluorescence IgG and IgM antibody titers of >1:10 are considered positive, with active disease being indicated by a fourfold change in titer. The latex agglutination assay detects IgG and IgM antibodies. A single agglutination antibody titer of >1:320 or a fourfold change in titer is indicative of active or recent infection. The specificity of each of these tests is a problem because cross-reactions with other Mycoplasma spp. have been observed. Upper respiratory tract infection can be diagnosed with multiplex PCR panels, many of which include Mycoplasma pneumoniae.
Rickettsia rickettsii. Members of the spotted fever group of rickett siae can be detected in tissue specimens by immunofluorescence or PCR. The 17-kDa lipoprotein gene is the principal target of PCR, al though other targets have also been used. The sensitivity of PCR is generally thought to be lower than serology. A variety of group- specific serologic tests have been developed (e.g., IFA, CF, ELISA, RIA, latex agglutination, and hemagglutination), with the IFA being considered the “gold standard.” A diagnostic titer of >1:64 is usually detected in the second week of illness. The Proteus OX agglutination test was used historically but has been replaced by the more specific serologic tests.
Bacterial Diagnosis 175
μ g disk) g (100-
Furazolidone Furazolidone S S S R R
NT
(0.04-U disk) (0.04-U
Bacitracin Bacitracin S S S R R
μ g/ml) (0.4
Erythromycin Erythromycin S S R R
NT NT NT
μ g/ml) (200
Lysostaphin Lysostaphin S NT NT NT NT
ci Motility
+ R —S Oxidase a c NT Bacterial Diagnosis ve.
ti i Growth in 6.5% NaCl 6.5% in Growth se-positive se-positive Gram-positive coc ve. ti se pos la a a da i se neg
la
a dherent to agar to dherent A cs cs of cat + — — — R ti is r ve ve or cat te ti i
ac
and S. vitulus are ox obe aer Strict -- - - + + — + - - - + + - R +++ — — — + + + + — — — R se pos — la a fferential char . is weakly cat b Di ed
Alloiococcus NT, notNT, test Staphylococcus lentus, S. scuiri, S. lentus, Staphylococcus a b c Genus Staphylococcus Macrococcus Micrococcus Planococcus Alloiococcus Kocuria Rothia Table 4.5
176 SECTION 4
Polymyxin B Polymyxin Novobiocin
SR Voges-Proskauer + S S NT
s β -Galactosidase cie (+)
spe Urease
+ +
rnithine decarboxytase rnithine O NT
Staphylococcus
sis ly dro hy ant PYR c a fi
ni
ta ph phos Alkaline se a + – V + – + S R V + lly sig
ca i
e as le c nu eat-stable Bacterial Diagnosis H clin – – + + V — + S V NT mon mon
on
ti tor lmig fac Clumping ac + + + — — V – + S R + + + – – – — — – – – + + + R S (+)
yed re
la Coagulase ––––––—+——–+SS– – – + +V+++–++–SS+ - V–++——V––SR ate de cs cs of most com c ti di is r s in te se e ac th ry) n na re i er le; pa ab cies i ry) subsp. subsp. spe na fferential char i ; V, var er Di ed
us re PYR, pyrrolidonyl arylamidase. a NT, NT, not test Staphylococcus S. au S. epidermidis S. haemolyticus S. lugdunensis S. saprophyticus saprophyticus S. hyicus (vet S. intermedius S. schleiferi schleiferi subsp. S. pseudintermedius (vet Table 4.6
Bacterial Diagnosis 177 Esculin hyrolysis Esculin
+
β - Glucuronidase e
V —
sis ly dro hy
e Arginine Vancomycin S/R ve
ti Motility a d
ci Satellite growth Satellite ve andve BGUR neg
ti i
6.5% NaC1 6.5% Growth in in Growth + —+ — — S — R + — — S + — V + — — S + — — S V——R V——SV——S V — + S ———S ———SV — + — S + — is ARG pos Bacterial Diagnosis
c b
Morphology a Chains Chains Chains Chains Chains Chains Chains Chains Chains Clusters Clusters Clusters Clusters ve; G. elegans se-negative se-negative Gram-positive coc ti i la
le.
a ti
ami se da ti p pe o n
Leucine Leucine + + are mo cs cs of cat rs. ti te rs. is
ve andve BGUR pos te r
ti te arylamidase a
re.
ac
Pyrrolidonyl Pyrrolidonyl tu +++ + + + + — + + + + + + + — VV + + — — —— ranged in clus and E. gallinarum ranged in clus is ARG neg is ar is ar y in broth cul og fferential char ol ph Di
Enterococcus casseliflavus Enterococcus Cellular mor Gemella haemolysans Gemella Granulicatella adiacens Facklamia languida Facklamia a b c d e Genus Enterococcus Granulicatella Facklamia Aerococcus viridans Aerococcus urinae Pediococcus Lactococcus Streptococcus Leuconostoc Abiotrophia Vagococcus Gemella Globicatella Table 4.7 178 SECTION 4 Hippurate , but can lead to false + - + - gen CAMP ti + — — + + V ——— — + + ——— ——— NT Voges- Proskauer ss the Lancefield B an se NT NT Bacitracin do not pos - + + V- V- —— —— —— —— PYR a ci c co Large Large Small Colony to ; (!), pseudoporcinus S. ed Bacterial Diagnosis Large Large Small Large Large Large Large Alpha Variable Beta- hemolysis LargeLarge Large Large -hemolytic strep ta ncefield ncefield cs of be ti C, G B A E, P, NG1, NG1, E, P, nongrp, B (!) C A, C, F, G, A, C, F, nongrp La group E, P, U, V, V, U, E, P, nongrp G is r te ac ns. cies tio fferential char subsp. dysgalactiae subsp. ac spe Di group g g re
in e e typ tiv i PYR, pyrrolidonyl arylamidase; BGUR, U-glucuronidase; not NT, test a S. dysgalactiae equisimilis subsp. S. agalactiae S. pyogenes Streptococcus S. dysgalactiae S. anginosus S. pseudoporcinus S. porcinus S. canis pos Table 4.8 Bacterial Diagnosis 179 + + + V V Esculin Hydrolysis of: Hydrolysis + V — — — Arginine lis, S. sinensis, S. orisratti, S. oligofermen tra + + + + — Voges-Proskauer ci c co Bacterial Diagnosis + V to — — — iles. Sorbitol ph mo and S. alactoyticus. Acid from:Acid and S. ther cs cs of viridans strep + V — — — ti is r Mannitol te ac nis, S. parasanguinis, S. gordonii, S. cristatus, S. oralis, S. infantis, S. peroris, S. aus gui a S. anginosus, S. intermedius, S. constellatus. S. intermedius, S. anginosus, S. fferential char S. mitis, S. san S. equinus, S. gallolyticus, S infantarius, S gallolyticus, S. equinus, S. group Di group group group:
group: and massiliensis. S. S. mitis S. mutans group: S . mutans, S sobrinus. S. anginosus a S. bovis group: S. salivarius group: S. S. vestibularis, salivarius, S. mitis group S. mutans group Streptococcus S. salivarius S. anginosus S. bovis group tans, Table 4.9
180 SECTION 4
-glucoopyranoside - x Methyl-c D
on ti c du imn pro Pigment
Motility
Growth in 0.04% tellurite 0.04% in Growth
sis ly dro hy Arginine
a Pyruvate
s Sucrose cie
spe Raffinose Bacterial Diagnosis
nterococcus
Sorbitol E a Acid from:Acid
mon mon
Mannitol a — — + + + + — — — + cs cs of com
ti is Arabinose r ++VV+—+———— ++V++V+—+++ + + + — + — — — — + ++++++————+ ++—++—+—+—+ —++—++++——— ——————————— — ——++++————— —+———+——+—+ — — — V + — + — — — te ac ci. coc tero ing ing en fferential char llinarum ispar Di raffinosus faecium casseliflavus hirae
Species E. avium E. E. faecalis E. E. E. ga E. durans E. E. d E. cecorum Vagococcus fluvialis Vagococcus Key Key tests for group a Group I
II
III
IV V Table 4.10 Bacterial Diagnosis 181 Table 4.11 Differential characteristics of Gram-positive rods Catalase negative Beta-hemolytic — Arcanobacterium Alpha-hemolytic — Erysipelothrix, Lactobacillus Nonhemolytic — Actinomyces
Catalase positive Regular shape, spore former — Bacillus, Paenibacillus Regular shape, non-spore former — Listeria Irregular shape, pink pigment — Rhodococcus equi Irregular shape, orange pigment — Rhodococcus, Microbacterium, Nocardia
Irregular shape, yellow pigment Oerskovia, Brevibacterium, Cellulomonas, Aureobacterium
Irregular shape, no pigment Bacillary — Corynebacterium Coccobacillary — Arthrobacter, Brevibacterium, Corynebacterium, Dermabacter, Rhodococcus Branching — Nocardia, Actinomyces, Propionibacterium, Rothia, Streptomyces, Turicella Bacterial Diagnosis 182 SECTION 4 ve, ve, ti i on
ti h, es s is duc w lo sces ed ed it it e e pro e as hib hib ob or al odor r
CAMP CAMP in CAMP CAMP in Most strains yel some gray/blacksome Strong ure rose rose col CAMP and BGUR pos flo From breast ab Strict aer Comments
Xylose Mannitol
—— —— Sucrose
s Acid from:Acid Maltose cie
spe
Glucose
hy sis ly dro Esculin Esculin + + V + V + + + Bacterial Diagnosis
orynebacterium C Urease
mon mon
on ti duc irt re Nitrate
—— Lipophilism cs cs of com ——— — V + — + + V — — ti
is
r
te oxidation ac Fermentation/ F — — + — + + — — — F — + — — + — V — — F — + —F — + + — — — FF +F + VF — + V — —F —F — — V — + — V + + + V V — V + + + — V V V — V + — — — From may have eye; V OO + — — + + + — — — — — — — — — — — — O + — — — + V — — — sis lo fferential char cu r Di be
tu m tu do a C. ulcerans C. pseu C. stri C. diphtheriae Species C. jeikeium C. urealyticum C. pseudodiphtheriticum C. amycolatum macginleyi C. C. minutissimum C. glucuronolyticum C. kroppenstedtii aurimucosum C. Table 4.12 Bacterial Diagnosis 183 ve ti a ve ti i s ed nt si it le le to Gram neg ly me ab hib i mo
Weak he Coccoid to coccobacillary to Coccoid Yellow Yellow pig Ear; CAMP pos Cheese-like odor CAMP CAMP in Gram var Comments Xylose
+
Mannitol Sucrose
———
Acid from:Acid Maltose Glucose a + + + V V V + + + + + ri
te
otility M + + V V + + —
rm bac sis ly dro hy
fo e Esculin + V + V V V + Bacterial Diagnosis V —— — n
ry
ti duc on re Nitrate Nitrate — cted co
le Catalase
V V V V + + V + + ———— —— cs cs of se oxidation
ti is Fermentation/ F F — — V — + V V V + F + — + — + + + — V F + + + V + + + — + F + + + V + + + V + F + + F — — — — + + — — — F — — — — + + V — — F — — — — + + V — — F V + + — + + + — — F O + V V V V V V — — O + — — — — — — — — O—V——VVV——O + V O + r O/F te ac fferential char spp. spp. spp. Di spp. spp. spp.
rcanobacterium pyogenes Trueperella bernardiae A Dermabacter hominis Oerskovia turbata Organism Turicella otitidisTuricella Arthrobacter Brevibacterium Microbacterium Curtobacterium Leifsonia aquaticaLeifsonia Arcanobacterium bemardiae Arcanobacterium Arcanobacterium haemolyticum Gardnerella vaginalis Rothia dentocariosa Rothia Helcobacillus Cellulomonas Trueperella pyogenes Trueperella Table 4.13
184 SECTION 4
Salicn
Mannitol
Insulin Glycogen a Acid from:Acid
er Glycerol
VVVVV
-Arabinose D Arginine dihydrolase Arginine —— ted spore-forming gen
la
G s si ly o dr hy elatin
es and re sis ly dro aen hy Casein ci VV V + — V + + V + V spe nce.
re Lecithinase (egg yolk) (egg Lecithinase r Bacterial Diagnosis — — cu
Bacillus Spore Position Spore cted ates rare oc c le di S, C, T s in
se 60°C e cs cs of se th ti n is re r
te 50°C l; pa ac na V — S, C — + + — + + + + + — — S, C + + + V — V + — — +
mi
Growth: Anaerobic + — — S, (C) + + + V — + + — + + + — — S, T — — — — — V + + + + +—— S +++———+——— +——+ + S — S, C ++++—++——+ — + + + — + + V + + V + + S, T — ——— al; T, ter tr fferential char Di l; C, cen spp.
na mi us ter e r S, sub B. subtilis B. ce B. mycoides B. circulans B. Geobacillus Organism B. anthracis thuringiensis B. B. licheniformis Paenibacillus Table 4.14 Bacterial Diagnosis 185 me zy so + + + + V V V V V V — — — NT NT Growth in ly + + + — — — — — — — — — — — NT Growth 50°C at s id + + + + + + V — — — — — — — — Mycolic Mycolic ac re a,b tu tes ce + W W W W — — — — — — — — — — my Bacterial Diagnosis no ti Acid-fast na cted ac le. le + + + + + ab V V V — — — — — — — i onidia C cs cs of se ; V, var ; V, ti ed is r te phae ac + + + + + + + V V — — — — — — Aerial Aerial hy fferential char ally acid fast; not NT, test ti Di
W, weak or parW, b Actinomadura Amycolatopsis Corynebacterium Dermatophilus Mycobacterium Nocardiopsis Rhodococcus Saccharomonospora Saccharopolyspora Streptomyces Thermoactinomyces Tsukamurella Nocardia Gordonia Dietzia Table 4.15
186 SECTION 4
Tobramycin
Imipenem Gentamicin le.
ab i Clarithromycin
s. V, var Ciprofloxacin cie
Susceptibility to: Ceftriaxone on of most spe ti
ca
fi
Linezolid ti Amikacin a ired for iden s SSRSVSRV qu
cie Xanthine g is re spe in Bacterial Diagnosis r test
la Tyrosine u c Nocardia le
cted d; mo le Casein fie i ++—VSVRRVVV++—VSVSSVVV ———SSSRRVRV Hydrolysis of: Hydrolysis
cs cs of se Acetamide vely mod ti si +—+—SSRSRRSR +———SSRRRVSV is n r te te
ac Arylsulfiatase (14 day) (14 Arylsulfiatase +————SSSVSVSV — ————— ———— — —— s has been ex nu fferential char ex Di pl
omy omy of this ge om on c va The tax a N. no N. farcinica N. otitidiscaviarum N. N. brasiliensisN. pseudobrasiliensisN. N. cyriacigeorgica N. Species abscessus N. Table 4.16
Bacterial Diagnosis 187
irt re Nitrate on ti duc – – – – – – – – – V V
(continued)
Pyrazinamide
Susceptibility to to Susceptibility –– –– + – + +
g/ml) μ (10
b Growth on T2H T2H on Growth
NANANA NA NA NA NANANA NA NA NA NANANA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA Niacin – s cie
spe
Pigmentation d –––––– ––– ––– –––––– ––– –––– –– – + +
– (7) – (88) –
gy o ph ol mor
Mycobacterium c
on y sa col Usual S S S S S R R R R R Sm S/R Smt Smt/R Smt/R
Bacterial Diagnosis Optimal temp (°C) temp Optimal 35 37 37 37 37 37 37 30 30 ct, slow-growing 28–32 25–37 30–37 30–37 33–42 40–45 le cs cs of se c ti ex is s pl r si te a lo r e ac cu BCG e com ma ra ber . tu M. avium M. intracellulare M. chi haemophilum M. M. bovis M. M. bovis M. M. celatum M. ulcerans M. ter M. malmoense M. shimoidei M. genavense M. Species M M. caprae M. M. xenopi M. fferential char ns Di ge
mo plex Non- chro Descriptive term TB com Table 4.17
188 SECTION 4
irt re Nitrate on ti duc
– – – + + +
Pyrazinamide Susceptibility to to Susceptibility . es ag nt
ce g/ml) μ (10
b Growth on T2H T2H on Growth
NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NANA NA NA Niacin (continued) s s lt islt based on these per cie su
spe
Pigmentation d + – + V + – + V ++ – – s, and the test re se e
t
th
n gy o ph ol
mor en
Mycobacterium c
r re
on y sa col Usual pa S S R S/R S/R S/R
Bacterial Diagnosis Optimal temp (°C) temp Optimal 37 37 37 30 ct, slow-growing 35–37 30–37 le ss; Smt, smooth and trans ve inve each test is given in pa ti i ne cs cs of se ti de. is r zi a e in rough te dr at f strains pos ac di r. me age o r to nt te ce M. szulgai M. simiae M. M. scrofulaceum M. M. kansasii M. marinum Species gordonae M. fferential char e. Thee. per bl n as growth fac Di ca mi
pli R, rough; S, smooth; S/R, in T2H, thiophere-2-carboxylic acid hy Requires he NA, not ap a b c Descriptive term Chromogens Table 4.17 Bacterial Diagnosis 189 Table 4.18 Differential characteristics of clinically relevant, rapidly growing, Mycobacterium species rn ence te on pe hsp 65 ti lete) qu ty p no duc
Species Pigment pro Unique phe Unique PRA pat Unique (com 16S se M. abscessus subsp. abscessus - - + + M. chelonae - + + + M. fortuitum - + + + M. abscessus subsp. bolletii ---- M. abscessus subsp. massiliense ---- M. bacteremicum + - + + M. boenickei - - + + M. canariasense - - + + M. cosmeticum + + + + M. goodii + - + + M. houstonense ---- M. immunogenum - - + + M. mageritense - + + + M. mucogenicum - + + + M. neoaurum + - + + M. peregrinum - - + - M. porcinum - - + + M. senegalense - - + + M. smegmatis + - + + Bacterial Diagnosis
190 SECTION 4 Fructose
+ +
V — — — — — — — — NT NT NT Sucrose
+ + V V — — — — — — — — — — Lactose + — — — — — — — — — — — — — Acid from:Acid
te agar, blood BA, agar. Maltose la o + + + + + + — — — — — — — — s
cie spe Glucose + + + + + + + + V V — — — — Neisseria
nt nt ase t c du re
va Bacterial Diagnosis e Nitrate + + + + V V V — — — — — — — lly rel
ca i
Media
a Selective Selective
+ + + + V V — — — — — Growth on on Growth NT NT NT cs cs of med ti is , and nitroreducens r te
and subflava. ac Morphology , glycolytica C C R C C C C C C C C R CR CR elongata flava, perflava, s s s s fferential char cie cie d Thayer-Martin agar, ML, Martin-Lewis agar; City agar, NYC, York CHOC, New choc e e Di fie sp sp i b c
sa er co MTM, mod Includes Includes sub Includes Includes sub a b c N. elongata N. subflava N. weav N. cinerea N. sicca N. Species N. animaloris bacilliformisN. flavescens N. gonorrhoeaeN. lactamica N. meningitidis N. polysacchareaN. N. zoodegmatis N. mu Table 4.19 Bacterial Diagnosis 191 r-like la l pi er nt me -hemolysis nge nge in cat ta ra nts me a
Produces violacein Produces Pleomorphic rods Weak be Yellow pig Cells ar fil
Mannitol
Maltose Sucrose
Acid from:Acid
and the of Cardiobacteriaceae Glucose
VVVV
se ta a ph phos lkaline A
NT
sis ly dro sui hy Esculin
Neisseriaceae — Ornithine decarboxylase Ornithine
rs of the Arginine dihydrolase Arginine
Bacterial Diagnosis be
NT NT
se ta duc irt re Nitrate cted mem Indole
le Growth on MacConkey agar MacConkey on Growth
cs cs of se ti Catalase is r
te Oxidase ac +——+—————+++++ —+———————+ —+———+————+———+———————+ V+———————————— — ++———V————+——— — —+——+————++++— — + — + +—+— — +——— — — — — — Slender rods; agar may pit V++V++——++V—— . ed Differential char
le; NT, notle; test NT, ab i Species hominis Cardiobacterium valvarum Cardiobacterium Chromobacterium violaceum kingae Kingella denitrificans Kingella oralisKingella potusKingella corrodens Eikenella Simonsiella muelleri Suttonella indologenes V, var V, Table 4.20 192 SECTION 4 e from at ti en r and Pasteurella es es fe ni ni o o s t t col cie en her
Coccobacillus Coccobacillus Comments ad Adherent col Urease can dif Aggregatibacter Xylose
V — — Trehalose
(+) NT NT Sucrose
and Pasteurella spe + + + Melibiose
NT NT NT
Mannitol
Acid from:Acid Maltose
+ — Lactose
(+)
se co Gas from glu from Gas ———— — + — —
Bacterial Diagnosis ONPG + + V — V + V V + V V — — — + — — + — + — V — + V — — — V Coccobacillus; star-shaped, NT NT
Aggregatibacter, Actinobacillus, Aggregatibacter, ndole I + + NT NT NT NT
cted
sis ly dro le hy Esculin
NT NT Urease
cs cs of se
ti Growth on MacConkey agar MacConkey on Growth is r
te Catalase
ac + — — — Oxidase + + — — + V V + V + + — — V—V—— W –/ —V——— fferential char spp. Di
P. canis Species Aggregatibacter actinomycetemcomitans A. aphrophilus Actinobacillus multocida P. A. segnis Table 4.21 Bacterial Diagnosis 193 ic ic ph ph mor mor nts me s a cie
spe Fusiform; pleo Fusiform; pleo Comments Strawberry-like odor Strawberry-like Typically formTypically very long fil Melibiose
NT NT NT Xylose — —
and Streptobacillus Sucrose
Acid from:Acid Lactose
+ V V + Glucose
NT NT ONPG
Bacterial Diagnosis
irt re Nitrate se ta duc , and C. haemolytica Capnocytophaga, Dysgonomonas, Capnocytophaga, VV V + sa lo u cted
le Indole —
cs cs of se ti Catalase is r te
ac Oxidase + + ——— — — V — + + + + + + — — — — — + — — — and C. cynodegmi
) a b ra Differential char )
ra n flo ma Includes C. ochracea,Includes C. sputigena, C. gingivalis, C. gran Includes C.canimorsus Includes a b (hu Species Capnocytophaga Capnocytophaga D. capnocytophagoides D. S. moniliformis (dog and(dog cat flo Table 4.22
194 SECTION 4 Mannose
+ + — Lactose
— — —— Sucrose
——— Acid from:Acid NT Glucose
++ + — Catalase
W
+ NT
Indole
decarboxylase
Ornithine Ornithine Urease + — + ————V s NT NT NT
cie Bacterial Diagnosis Hemolysis a spe b
t:
r V) r to (fac NAD +++ —+ + V — + ++ V V + — — V V — V + + V + — — + V — V — — + — + + — + + — — — — — — — + + + + + — — + + — — — + + —— men Haemophilus ire qu cs cs of ti
is
r r X) r to (fac Hemin te + + + + — — — — — ac Growth Growth re rs in some strains. cu s oc ced on sheep and horse blood. si du Differential char ly on. ti
mo ac Delayed he Hemolysis pro a b w, w, weak re H. ducreyi H. pittmaniae H. influenzae H. haemolyticusH. parahaemolyticusH. parainfluenzae H. paraphrohaemolyticusH. aegyptiusH. Species H. sputorum H. Table 4.23
Bacterial Diagnosis 195
Xylose Maltose
(continued)
Adonitol
Dulcitol Mannitol
Acid from:Acid
Sucrose
Lactose
Glucose
Motility
Ornithine decarboxylase Ornithine
Arginine dihydrolase Arginine
Lysine decarboxylase Lysine
se na i am Enterobacteriaceae de Phenylalanine Urease
rs of the
ion t za li irt uti Citrate
Bacterial Diagnosis be Voges-Proskauer
++——+—++++++—+++ Methyl red Methyl cted mem
—
le
nt me pig Yellow
—
on ti duc cs cs of se pro Indole +++——————+++VV+——++ +—+————+—+++——+—+++ +—+————+VV+++V+V—++ +—+—+V——V+++VV+V+++ +—+——++——+++——————— +—+————+—+++—————+— +—V+++—+———++++V+++ +—+————+++++V—————— ti V—V—VV——V—++V++——++ — —+—++—V—+++++++——++ ———++V——+++++++VV++ ——V+++—+———++++V+++ is r te ac ex sakazakii pl ) a e com ca a Differential char Enterobacter (
Escherichia hermannii Escherichia fergusonii Escherichia coli Cronobacter Enterobacter clo Citrobacter koseri Enterobacter aerogenes Morganella morganii Species Citrobacter freundii Edwardsiella tarda Klebsiella oxytoca Klebsiella Klebsiella pneumoniae Plesiomonas shigelloides Table 4.24
196 SECTION 4
Xylose
Maltose
Adonitol
Dulcitol Mannitol
Acid from:Acid
Sucrose
Lactose
Glucose
(continued) Motility
Ornithine decarboxylase Ornithine
Arginine dihydrolase Arginine
Lysine decarboxylase Lysine
se na i am Enterobacteriaceae de Phenylalanine Urease
rs of the
ion t za li irt uti Citrate
Bacterial Diagnosis be
Voges-Proskauer Methyl red Methyl cted mem
le
nt me pig Yellow
on ti duc cs cs of se pro Indole +—+—+++———++—V+—+—— +—+—V++———++—+———++ +—+—+V+———V+—+————— ti V—+——V———+—+—++——VV ——V————————+——+——V+ ——+++V—+—+++—++—V+— ——+—+——+V+++——++—++ ——+VV++——+++—V————+ ——+++——+—+++—++——++ ——+——————+—+——+——+— is r te ac s s s cie li Differential char ri bi
ga spe ra us vul te teus mi Providencia rettgeri Yersinia pestis Pro Salmonella Serratia marcescens Yersinia enterocolitica Table 4.24 Species Pro Providencia stuartii Providencia Serratia liquefaciens Serratia Shigella sonnei Bacterial Diagnosis 197 + — — — — — — — — — — Adonitol + + + V V V — — — — — Melibiose Acid from:Acid + + + V V — — — — — — Dulcitol + V V V V V — — — — — Sucrose r SS, Warnock (ed.), DW Manual of Clinical Microbiology, ed., ASM 11th te a s + + + + + — — — — — — cie Bacterial Diagnosis Malonate spe b + + + + + + — — — — — Citrobacter ODC ll Funke KC, G, Landry ML, Rich ro cs cs of ti is r + + + + te V V V V — — — ac Indole to) n, D.C., 2015. n, D.C., Differential char to g
thine decarboxylase. (sensu stric in ni . koseri ODC, or Adapted from Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Car a b C C. gillenii C. youngae C. freundii C. C. farmeri C. werkmanii C. braakii C. sedlakii Species C. amalonaticus C. rodentium C. murliniae Press, Wash Table 4.25
198 SECTION 4
nt me a pig Yellow s —-
cie
spe Melibiose
Esculin
α de si co glu -Methyl Rhamnose
Acid from:Acid
Sorbitol
Adonitol Sucrose
r SS, Warnock (ed.), DW Manual of Clinical Microbiology, ed., ASM 11th
te Voges-Proskauer
Bacterial Diagnosis Ornithine decarboxylase Ornithine Enterobacter, Pluralibacter, Cronobacter, Kosakonia, Cronobacter, Pluralibacter, Enterobacter, and Pantoea
ct Arginine dihydrolase Arginine le ++++V++VV+—
ll Funke KC, G, Landry ML, Rich Lysine decarboxylase Lysine cs cs of se ro +—+++++++++— +—+++——+—++— —V+++——+V——— —++++——+++++ ——V++——+V++ —++—+—+++V+— —V+—+—+—++—— ———VV—VV—VVV —+++———+—+—— — ———++—++—++V ti is r te ac cae a subsp. hormaechei subsp. n, D.C., 2015. n, D.C., Differential char biogroup 1 bsp. clo bsp. to g
su in cae a Adapted from Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Car a C. sakazakii C. E. hormaechei E. amnigenus E. aerogenes Species E. kobei E. asburiae P. agglomeransP. E. cancerogenus E. clo K. cowanii Pluralibacter gergoviae Press, Wash Table 4.26
Bacterial Diagnosis 199 44°C + + + — — NT NT NT on.
ti Growth at: 10°C ca fi + + + ti — — — NT NT m iden
fir ONPG + + + + + + V — ired to con qu g is re in
enc Malonate qu + + + + + + + — a s cie gene se r SS, Warnock (ed.), DW Manual of Clinical Microbiology, ed., 11th
te Voges-Proskauer but rpoB + + + + + V — — Bacterial Diagnosis
and Raoultella spe Ornithine decarboxylase Ornithine + — — — — — — — Klebsiella ll Funke KC, G, Landry ML, Rich on that the strain is variicola K. ro ti cs cs of ti ca
is di
r te Indole + + V — — — — — ac on may be an in ti ac n, D.C., 2015. n, D.C., to g in Differential char b
tive adonitol re a Adapted from Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Car A neg a b Species K. oxytoca K. rhinoscleromatis R. ornithinolytica R. planticola R. terrigena K. ozaenae K. K. pneumoniae K. variicola ASM Press, Wash Table 4.27
200 SECTION 4
Inositol myo-
Trehalose D-Arabftol
Acid from:Acid D-Adonitol a s
cie
Maltose
decarboxylase
Ornithine Ornithine r SS, Warnock (ed.), DW Manual of Clinical Microbiology, ed., 11th
te Urea
Bacterial Diagnosis
2 S us, Providencia, and Morganella spe H te Pro
ll Funke KC, G, Landry ML, Rich Indole ro cs cs of ++ — — — — — — — — + — — — — — — — + V + — + — — + — ++ — — + V — — — — + — + — — + + + + — + + — — — — — + V + — + — — — — V — + + — — — + — ti — — — — V + + — V — + + + — — — + — — V + — + — — V — is r te ac n, D.C., 2015. n, D.C., to g in Differential char s s li
ri bi ga ra organii sibonii subsp. organii morganii subsp. auseri enneri tuartii ettgeri vul mi teus P. h P. alcalifaciens P. heimbachae P. rustigianii P. P. r P. P. s P. P. p P. M. m P. P. M. m Adapted from Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Car a Organism Pro
Morganella
Providencia ASM Press, Wash Table 4.28
Bacterial Diagnosis 201 Sorbose
NT Melibiose
—— — Cellobiose + — + — + — NT
Acid from:Acid Rhamnose — + — + (+)
a Sucrose
—— (+)
decarboxylase
Ornithine
on at 25°C for 48 h for on at 25°C ti Citrate + + + — + — + ba r SS, Warnock (ed.), DW Manual of Clinical Microbiology, ed., ASM 11th
cu
te r in Esculin te (+)
es af Bacterial Diagnosis ci Indole + — — + + + + + + —
spe
Proskauer
Voges- — — + — — — — — — NT Yersinia ll Funke KC, G, Landry ML, Rich
cs cs of ro ti Urease le. is + — — + — — — r —- ab i te
ac Motility ++++++++++—+ + ++VV——++—+—+ ++++————++—+—— + ++———+++—++—+++——++—+——— +++++++++++++++————+——+—— —+ — +—+——+++—+—— + — + + + + ++——++——+———+ + V—————+————— ve; V, var ve; V, — —+———————+—— ti i sis lo n, D.C., 2015. n, D.C., cu Differential char r ; (+), weak; (+), pos to g
be ed in tu s do li mi Adapted from Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Car a notNT, test Y. Y. pseu Y. frederikseniiY. Species Y. pestis kristensenii Y. Y. mollaretii aleksiciae Y. pekkanenii Y. massiliensisY. Y. enterocoliticaY. Y. bercovieriY. Y. rohdei aldovae Y. intermediaY. Y. nurmii Y. ruckeriY. Y. Y. si Y. entomophagaY. Press, Wash Table 4.29
202 SECTION 4
nce ta s si re Ampicillin
Cellobiose
Sucrose Lactose
Acid from:Acid
— — — + Rhamnose Manual of Clinical Microbiology, ed., ASM 11th
—
Gas from glu from Gas se co Lipase (corn oil) test oil) (corn Lipase + + — — — V + ter SS, Warnock (ed.), DW
a
s cie Indole Bacterial Diagnosis + V — — V + + V + — V — — V + — ++
spe Voges-Proskauer + + + + V V + — + + + + + — — + V + + V + + V V — + V + V + + V — + + V + V V + — — — V V — — V + + + — — + + V V — V V + Aeromonas cs cs of roll Funke KC, G, Landry ML, Rich ti is r te dia ac Species A. hydrophila A. bestiarum A. salmonicida A. caviae A. me A. eucrenophila A. veronii A. jandaei A. A. schubertii A. trota n, D.C., 2015. Differential char Complex to g
in e. Complex abl i Adapted from Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Car a V, V, var Complex A. hydrophila A. caviae A. veronii Complex Table 4.30 Press, Wash
Bacterial Diagnosis 203
decarboxylase
Ornithine
Lysine decarboxylase Lysine
Arginine dihydrolase Arginine
fer on n ti ta me
Inositol myo-
ONPG
Motility Indole
r SS, Warnock (ed.), DW Manual of Clinical Microbiology, ed., ASM 11th
te Oxidase a Bacterial Diagnosis s
cie
+ 6% NaCl 6% +
Nutrient broth broth Nutrient + + — + V — + — — + + + — — — — + — + + — V V — + — — + +++ — + + + V + + + + + — — — — — V — — — + + V + + + — V — — + V — V +V + — + — + — + — V — — — — + V
Vibrio spe + 0% NaCl 0% + ll Funke KC, G, Landry ML, Rich
Growth in: ro cs cs of
Nutrient broth broth Nutrient + V + + + + — — + + + V + + + + — — + + — — — — — — — — — —V—VVVVVV— ti is r te ac damsela ) ) hollisae Vibrio fferential char ( n, D.C., 2015. n, D.C., Di to Vibrio g
( in e. abl i Adapted from Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Car a V, var V. furnissii V. V. mimicus V. Grimontia V. harveyi V. fluvialis Species choleraeV. melschnikoviiV. cincinnatiensis V. Photobacterium alginolyticus V. parahaemolyticus V. V. vulnificus Press, Wash Table 4.31
204 SECTION 4 Xylose
+ Mannitol
V + Maltose
Acid from:Acid NT NT —- Glucose
+ Starch
NT Gelatin
— Esculin + V — + + V + — + — + V V — ——————— ——————V — V — + + + + NT
Hydrolysis of: Hydrolysis Acetamide — NT NT NT NT NT r SS, Warnock (ed.), DW Manual of Clinical Microbiology, ed., ASM 11th te
a
s Cetrimide growth Cetrimide cie V NT
spe Bacterial Diagnosis
Arginine dihydrolase Arginine Nitrate to gas to Nitrate
Pseudomonas
irt re Nitrate se ta duc ll Funke KC, G, Landry ML, Rich ——— ro cs cs of ti
is
r te 42°C at Growth
+ V — + — V
ac Oxidase +V++—————+++++ + — — — + + +———++————+——— + — + + + +———+V————+VV+ + V V — — V +++++V————+——V+ + + — V V +—V—++——+—+—V+ +++++++—V—+ — — . ed n, D.C., 2015. n, D.C., Differential char to g
in le; not NT, test ab i Adapted from Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Car V, var V, a P. stutzeriP. P. mosselii P. montelliiP. P. veroniiP. P. putida P. P. luteola P. P. oryzihabitansP. P. alcaligenes P. P. pseudoalcaligenes P. P. mendocina P. fluorescens Species aeruginosaP. Press, Wash Table 4.32 Bacterial Diagnosis 205 a s cie a odor ni spe n, D.C., 2003.n, D.C., mo to g -tan -orange in nt nt es; am low low ni me me o es ni pig pig o ble ble u u and Stenotrophomonas
Brown-tan col Yellow, Yellow, sol Colonies may be yel Lavendar-green col Yellow Yellow sol Colonies may be yel Comments
Xylose
Mannitol Maltose
Acid from:Acid
Glucose
Urea
Gelatin Citrate
Bacterial Diagnosis Hydrolysis of: Hydrolysis
Lysine decarboxylase Lysine Arginine dihydrolase Arginine
Acidovorax, Brevundimonas, Delftia, Comamonas, Brevundimonas, Acidovorax, Nitrate to gas to Nitrate
cs cs of on ti duc re Nitrate ti is r
te 42°C
ac MacConkey
Growth: Oxidase ++ V—————V—V——— +——+—+——+++—+++++++————V+—V—++V+———+————+— ++ V +———V—————— ++V+—+—+—++—V++VV—————V—V+—V V+VV——+V+—V+—V y PR, Baron EJ, Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, RH Yolken (ed.), Manual of Clinical Microbiology, 8th ed., ASM Press, Wash ra Differential char spp.
Adapted from Mur a B. diminuta A. facillis A. temperans D. acidovorans Species A. delafieldii B. vesicularis Comamonas S. maltophilia Table 4.33
206 SECTION 4 MacConkey agar MacConkey
- - + + + +
bi l agar a um Co + + +
Growth on: RL Medium RL NT NT NT
+ (1 day)+ (1 + + (3 days)+ (3 - + (2 days) V Pigment low - - - - own Br Yel s
cie Motility spe - - - + + V Bacterial Diagnosis
Bordetella Catalase + + + + + + cted le
cs cs of se ti Oxidase - - - + + + is r te ac s si s tu Differential char
Organism Bordetella per Bordetella parapertussis Bordetella holmesii Bordetella bronchiseptica trematum Bordetella Bordetella ansorpii Table 4.34
Bacterial Diagnosis 207
OF-xylose OF-maltose
—— OF-mannitol
NT OF-sucrose
— Acid from:Acid OF-lactose
NT
D-Glucose
se ta duc re itrate N — + ve, ve, Gram-negative rods
ti sis ly dro hy Esculin
da NT i
on ti duc noe pro Indole Urease —— se-negative, ox Bacterial Diagnosis
da i Lysine decarboxylase Lysine NT
cted ox le dihydrolase Arginine
— Motility ics of se t NT is r
te
Catalase
ac Growth on MacConkey agar MacConkey on Growth ++—V—V———+V——V++++—V—+V+VV+++++V——+———V——V—VV+V————+—+++—+++++—+V—VV+VV—+V +++V—V———+VV+++— + es Differential char ci
Genus spe or Acinetobacter Chryseomonas Roseomonas Sphingomonas Stenotrophomonas Flavimonas Francisella Table 4.35
208 SECTION 4
Xylose
Mannitol
l co tyee gly Ethylene
Acid from:Acid Glucose
- + - - - + - - + + V +
nt ta s si oitn re Colistin
NT NT NT Indole
------+ ------V--
2 S (On KIA) (On S H
NT NT NT NT NT NT NT
se ta a ph phos Alkaline
se ta duc re Nitrite
se ta duc irt re Nitrate
- + - + + - + - - + + - + -+ - - V V-V Esculin
NT NT NT NT NT NT NT
Ur ease - - - - se-positive, se-positive, nonfermentative, Gram-negative rods + Bacterial Diagnosis
da
i
gy o ol ph mor stain Gram C + C- CB CB CB CB CB
cted ox nt me lxrbn pig Flexirubin le
NT NT NT NT NT NT NT Motility cs cs of se ti
is r agar MacConkey on Growth ------V + - V- V- te ac fferential char Di
Organism catarrhalis Moraxella Moraxella nonliquefaciens Moraxella osloensis Moraxella lacunata ureolyticaOligella urethralisOligella Paracoccus yeei Table 4.36Table Bacterial Diagnosis 209 ++ + + + + - + - + - - + - ++ - - + - - - - - + + - - - - + + + - - + NTNT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT Bacterial Diagnosis . ed le; not NT, test ab i - ---B---- B + - - - - - B - + - V + - B - - + - V-B--V-+--VV+-V s; V, var s; V, - - - - - +V-BV------++-++++-B+-++----++V+++-B+-+V---V++++++-B-+++++-V-+--++-B-+++++--V+-- V-+B++-++--+----VV - - V - B B - - + + V - V V lu l ci spp. gae coid; CB, coccobacillus; ba B, C, coc Inquilinus limosus Inquilinus odoratus Myroides Ochrabactrum anthropi radiobacter Rhizobium Shewanella al Shewanella putrefaciens Sphingomonas Balneatrix alpica Bergeyella zoohelcum Chryseobacterium indologenes meningoseptica Elizabethkingia Weeksella virosa Sphingobacterium mizutaii
210 SECTION 4 OF-xylose
— OF-mannitol NT
Acid from:Acid Glucose
—
2
H S on TSI on S a
NT
Nitrate to gas to Nitrate
se ta duc re Nitrate
on ti duc noe pro Indole
Urease
Peiitrichous
r la po >2
se-positive, se-positive, nonoxidative, Gram-negative rods Flagella
Bacterial Diagnosis
la r
da po 1–2 i Motility cted ox
le Catalase + — — — — — — — — +——————V—————
cs cs of se ti agar SS —+++————+————— —+++——V—V——V— + is r
te ac agar MacConkey ++++——+————————++++——+——++————++++——++—+—————+—+———————————— V—+————+—+V—+— + V V V—V++——+—+———— + —— —— Growth on: cies cies s si spe s s spe tu Differential char cie
spe Brucella Bordetella per Species felts Aflpia faecalisAlcaligenes xylosoxidansAlcaligenes Bordetella bronchiseptica Campylobacter Methylobacterium Moraxella atlantae catarrhalis Moraxella Table 4.37 Bacterial Diagnosis 211 —- ——— NT ++ — V — — — + — — — Bacterial Diagnosis +————————————+————++——————+—————+—————— —+——————++—+—— —+++——+—V——VV V ++++——++—++V+V++—+————————————+—+++——V————V—— + V—V—————————+—— V V—+———————————— V—+——————V—————V—+————+—V—————V—+V——V+—+V———— —— —————————————————————— ——+———————— s cies sa cie co spe spe ple sugar iron. TSI, tri a Neisseria sicca Neisseria mu Bartonella Neisseria flavescens Moraxella osloensis Moraxella lacunata Moraxella phenylpyruvica Ochrobactrum anthropi ureolyticaOligella urethralisOligella diminuta Pseudomonas Roseomonas corrodens Eikenella denitrificans Kingella Weeksella virosa Weeksella zoohelcum
212 SECTION 4 1% Glycine 1%
+ 42°C + — — + —— — + NT
Growth: 25°C + V V + — V + — + — + + — + V — + + — + + — s NT NT NT
cie
ϒ se a er f spe trans -Glutamyl
NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT
s si ly dro hy ate t e ac Indoxyl
iprt hy Hippurate s si ly o dr and Helicobacter
+ + V + — + — + — + — + —— ——
se ta a ph laie phos Alkaline
NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT Urease + V — — — — — — —
Bacterial Diagnosis
se ta duc irt re Nitrate — + + — — + Campylobacter, Arcobacter, Campylobacter, NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT
cted le Catalase + + — — + — + — + + — — — — + + + + + + — — — — — V V V — NT NT cs cs of se ti is r te ac s C. lari concheus subsp. tu / Differential char
m subsp. jejuni subsp. subsp. doylei subsp. ru ri subsp. fe s subsp. lo lo tu . jejuni . jejuni Species C C. upsaliensis H. fennelliae H. heilmannii C H. pul A. butzleri C. coli A. cryaerophilus C. fe H. py C. lari lari subsp. H. cinaedi H. Table 4.38 Bacterial Diagnosis 213 a nic ci ; S, suc ts (GLC) served. id c uc tic a larly ob u L, (a), (s) A, L s, 1 iv, A, P, S, L, a S, L, a S, L, a S, L, a S, L, a A S, A, (L) A, P, iv, s, 1 iv, A, P, s, 1 iv, A, P, (A), (B) A, P, iv, s, 1 iv, A, P, s, 1 iv, A, P, (A, L,(A, S) L,(A, S) reg ; L, lac id oic ac Metabolic prod ids are ir pr on ; C, ca ti id duc cate that the ac + — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — di ses in the Indole pro ; IC, isocaproic ac ren id c c, c, Gram-positive rods se bi o ric a ta r le ters in pa ae duc + + + + + + V V V — — — — — — — — ; V, va ; V, id Nitrate re nor peak, and let Bacterial Diagnosis + + + + + + V ; IV, isovaleric; IV, ac — — — — — — — — — — cate a mi id di Catalase ric ac ct non-spore-forming, an ty ters in e le ob ; B, bu; B, aer case let id + + + + + + + er V V V — — — — — — — cs cs of se ti is r Strict an te ac ; IB, isobutyric ac jor acid peak, low id s ic ac ne on cate a ma pi di fferential char spp. Di ters in id; P, pro id; P,
tic ac A, ace a Mobiluncus Eubacterium Actinomyces neuii Neuii subsp. Actinomyces turicensis Genus Actinomyces spp. Actinomyces israelii odontolyticus Actinomyces Actinobaculum Bifidobacterium Lactobacillus Propionibacterium acidifaciens Propionibacterium propionicum Propionibacterium ac Propionibacterium avidum Eggerthella lenta Propionibacterium granulosum Eggerthella sinensis Table 4.39 acid. Capital let
214 SECTION 4
s (GLC) ts uc prod Metabolic Metabolic
A, IB, B, IV, (P),A, (V), IB, IV, B, (IC), PP A, B, IV, ib (p, ic, l, s) ic, (p, ib A, IV, B, A, (PP) A, IB, B, IV, (P),A, (V), IB, IV, B, (IC), PP
Sucrose
Lactose Maltose
Acid from:Acid Glucose + + + + A, L, (PY) + + + + A, B + + + + A, (L), B, (PP) s
cie Indole
+ + + — — A, IC, (P), (IB), (IV) + + + — — A, IC, (P), (TB), (IV), PP + + + + — A, F ————— — — — — + + — + A, B — + + — — — + + — — (V) B, A, P, — + — — — IC, (P), PP V, A, IB, IV, B, — + + + + A, (L) B, — + + + — A, B — + + + + A, (P), B, (L) — +————— + — —
spe Spore Location Spore
T
ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST Bacterial Diagnosis Clostridium digestión Milk cted
le Gelatinase + — T + — — — — (PP) B, A, P, + — + — + +
cs cs of se ti Lipase + + + is ——— r te
ac Lecithinase + — + + + — + + + + + — + — — — + — + — ———— ———— —— — —— —— — —————— — + + V T — + V — — B A, P, — + + + Egg yolk agar Differential char A, F B, B, E, B, F — + + — C and D
um um um, n le n n i i i l l l um ci u u u ti fi C. bot C. bot C. bot C. subterminale — — + + C. sordellii C. ramosum C. C. bifermentans C. butyricum C. tetani C. novyi A C. dif C. ter C. baratii C. septicum Species C. perfringens C. sporogenes C. histolyticum C. sphenoides Table 4.40
Bacterial Diagnosis 215
gy o ol ph mor Cell l ra
Cocci Long, thin, pointed ends Straight Coccoid Short Short Variable Short Curved Pleomorphic Long, thin, pointed ends Long, spi Coccobacillary
imn pro Pigment on ti c du
Catalase Indole s.
nie
o
irt re Nitrate se ta duc ia r te nted col
me Motility lop pig
ve Growth in 20% bile 20% in Growth Bacterial Diagnosis
c c Gram-negative bac μ g) (10 Colistin bi o sce red and then de
aer re
μ g) (5 Vancomycin ally fluo cs cs of an
Susceptibility to: ti
ti
is μ g) (1,000 anamycin K S R S — — — + — — S R S — — + — V — S R S + — + — + — SRV—————— SSRS————V— RS S R V V — V — + + — — — — — — RRRV——VVV RR RRRV———V—VR S R R R + R — —R + — — S — — V — R V — — V V — V + + — V — V + ter spp. ini ac fferential fferential char a and some Prevotella Di
a spp. Porphyromonas a Fusobacterium nucleatum Veilonella Alistipes Prevotella Bilophila Dialister Species Bacteroides Porphyromonas Parabacteroides Fusobacterium necrophorum Leptotrichia Anaerospirillium Desulfovibrio Table 4.41
216 SECTION 4 Xylose
- + + + + + + + + + + Trehalose ------+ + W NT
Acid from:Acid Arabinose
- - - - + + + + + + W
α -Fucosidase - - - + + + + + + + W group
Bacterial Diagnosis Catalase ------+ NT NT NT Bacteroides fragilis cs cs of the
ti is Indole r ------+ + + + NT te ac Differential char
Species B. caccae B. cellulosilyticus B. coprocola B. coprophilus B. finegoldii B. dorei B. fluxus B. fragilis B. clarus B. faecis B. eggerthii Table 4.42 Bacterial Diagnosis 217 - + + + + + + + + + + + ------+ + + + - - - + + + + + + + + + - - - + + + + + + + + V Bacterial Diagnosis ------+ + + V NT - - - - + + + + + + + + . ed on; not NT, test ti ac W, weak re W, B. intestinalis B. B. massiliensis B. oleiciplenus thetaiotaomicron B. B. xylanisolvens B. ovatus B. plebeius B. uniformis B. nordii B. vulgatus B. stercoris B. salyersiae
SECTION 5 Viral Diagnosis
General Comments 220 Table 5.1 Detection Methods for Viruses 221 Table 5.2 Cells Used for Viral Isolation 224 RNA Viruses 225 DNA Viruses 232 Transmissible Spongiform Encephalopathies 239
doi:10.1128/9781683670070.ch5 220 SECTION 5 Historically, viral infections have been diagnosed by culture in pri mary or continuous cell lines and by detection of antibody responses to infection. However, these methods are insensitive and slow, such that results are rarely available in a clinically relevant time frame. Molecular methods or nucleic acid amplification testing (NAAT) have replaced culture due to their superior sensitivity and more rapid turnaround time. In addition, antigen capture immunoassays, which allow for the direct detection of viruses in clinical specimens, have also been widely adopted. Despite these technological advances, se rology remains an important diagnostic tool for many viral infec tions. Initially, many serological tests were conducted with the labor-intensive complement fixation and neutralization tests. How ever, those methods have largely been replaced by commercially pre pared enzyme immunoassays. This technical change allows many smaller laboratories to perform tests that were previously available only in reference laboratories. This section summarizes the tests cur rently available for the laboratory diagnosis of the most common vi ral infections. For additional information, the reader is referred to the ASM Manual of Clinical Microbiology and Clinical Virology Man- ual by Specter et al. (see the Bibliography). Viral Diagnosis Viral Viral Diagnosis 221 cs ti s no g (continued) a B C C B B B B B B A A A A A A A A A A Molecular di n n tio tec B C B B C A A A A A A A D A A A A A A ds o on by: ti c meth Antibody Antibody de te n n tio tec C C C C C C C A D D D D D D D D D A A ds o Usefulness of de meth Antigen Antigen de C C C C C B D D D D D D D D D D D D D Microscopy re Viral Diagnosis Viral tu C C C C B C C C C B B D D A D D D A A a es s Cell cul ru s for vi rus vi od I rus rus rus I tection meth s - s II - ru De s ru e and nd nd
I us - r I a I - b TLV epatitis C vi C epatitis epatitis E vi E epatitis nfluenzavirus types A to C Arenavirus Alphavirus Bunyaviruses Astrovirus, calicivirus, ro ta Hantavirus Coronavirus Coxsackievirus types A and B Enterovirus Flavivirus vi A Hepatitis H Filoviruses H H HIV I Parainfluenzavirus types 1 to 4 Measles vi Mumps vi RNA vi Virus Table 5.1 222 SECTION 5 cs ti s no g a B B B B A A A A A Molecular di n n tio tec B C C C D A A A A ds o on by: ti c meth Antibody Antibody de te n n tio tec C B C D D A D A D ds o Usefulness of de meth Antigen Antigen de C C C B B C A D D Microscopy re Viral Diagnosis Viral tu C B B C A A A A D (continued) a es s Cell cul ru s for vi od s ru al vi ti cy rus tection meth s s rr vims ru De s ru e Ba
- us in r b ste Respiratory syn Poliovirus Rabies vi Rhinovirus Rubella vi Adenovirus Cytomegalovirus Ep Hepatitis B vi B Hepatitis DNA DNA vi Virus Table 5.1 Viral Diagnosis 223 s; rie to ra o C B D D A A A D A A ce lab en er le in ref ab B B B B D D D D A A s but may be avail si no ag al di er B C D D D D D D D D m used gen for do s. ru C C C C C C B C A D ; C, test is sel es ncy vi anc st cie fi m de cu Viral Diagnosis Viral no in cir mu C B B D A D D D ta n im s. r cer si ma de no ag l un fu s) D ry di ru to s; HIV, hu ra ru o
a vi s, vi JC mi ru hy hy agent l; test B, is use ke s types I and II A form form t a fu s 6 ru p ru ll leu lo ob agent a vi ce ly usely s h - ex viex y y agents ster vims al Jak ly ly not used for lab pl pe - th er cep al zo a dt - er p man T fel lo a h cep Kuru agent Varicella Creutz Bovine Bovine en Polyomavirus vi (BK Herpes sim Papillomavirus Parvovirus (B19) Orthopoxvirus Human her A, test is gen HTLV, HTLV, hu a b en Transmissible gi spon D, D, test is gen 224 SECTION 5 Table 5.2 Cells used for viral isolationa Type of cell Tissue of origin Viruses isolatedb Primary cell lines African green Kidney HSV, VZV, mumps virus, monkey rubella virus CBMC, Human HIV-1, HIV-2, HTLV-1, PBMCc HTLV-2, HHV-6 Neonatal, Kidney HSV, VZV, adenoviruses, human mumps virus Rabbit Kidney HSV Rhesus or Kidney Enteroviruses, influenza viruses, cynomolgus parainfluenza viruses, RSV, monkey mumps vims, measles virus Low-passage/finite cell lines Foreskin Human HSV, CMV fibroblasts Lung Human embryo HSV, CMV, VZV, rhinovi fibroblasts ruses, coronavirus Kidney Human fetus Coronavirus, HSV, rhinovirus fibroblasts WI-38, Human fetal lung HSV, VZV, CMV, adenovi MRC-5 ruses, enteroviruses, RSV, rhinoviruses Continuous cell lines 293 Human kidney Adenoviruses (types 5, 40, and 41) A549 Human lung Adenoviruses (except types 40 and 41), HSV HeLa Human cervix Poxviruses, RSV, rhinoviruses, enteroviruses HEp-2 Human larynx Adenoviruses, RSV, measles Viral Diagnosis Viral virus MDCK Canine kidney Influenza viruses, parainflu enza viruses Mink lung Mink lung HSV RD Human Enteroviruses (coxsackievirus rhabdomyosarcoma type A), coronavirus, poliovirus
RKI13 Rabbit kidney Rubella virus, poxviruses BGMK, African green HSV, VZV, enteroviruses, Vero, CV-1 monkey kidney measles virus, poxviruses, rubella virus, RSV, parainflu enza viruses aAdapted from Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Carroll KC, Funke G, Landry ML, Richter SS, Warnock DW (ed.), Manual of Clinical Microbiology, 11th ed., ASM Press, Washington, D.C., 2015. bCMV, cytomegalovirus; HHV, human herpesvirus; HIV, human immunodefi ciency virus; HSV, herpes simplex virus; HTLV, human T-cell leukemia virus; RSV, respiratory syncytial virus; VZV, varicella-zoster virus. cCBMC, cord blood mononuclear cells; PBMC, peripheral blood mononuclear cells. Viral Diagnosis 225 RNA Viruses Alphavirus (Eastern Equine Encephalitis Virus, Western Equine Encephalitis Virus, Venezuelan Equine Encephalitis Virus, Chikungunya Virus). Viruses grow in a variety of cell lines including Vero, A549, and MRC-5 cells. Virus can be found in blood at the time of clinical onset but is typically cleared when neurological symptoms develop. Additionally, antigen detection assays and reverse transcriptase PCR (RT-PCR) tests have been developed for some members of this group (e.g., Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Chikungunya). Of note, PCR assays quickly be come negative shortly after symptoms develop; thus, negative results for patients who have been symptomatic for >7 days do not rule out disease. The most sensitive serological assays detect virus-specific immunoglobulin M (IgM) antibodies by capture enzyme-linked im munosorbent assay (ELISA). Some serological cross-reactivity has been observed between Chikungunya and the closely related Dengue virus. IgM antibodies are detected in serum and cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) within the first 7 to 10 days of clinical illness. Because IgM antibodies may persist for months, seroconversion should be demon strated. Virus-specific assays are available for Chikungunya, West ern, and Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus. However, due to a high degree of cross-reactivity, positive results should be confirmed with neutralization assays.
Arenavirus (Lymphocytic Choriomeningitis Virus, Lassa Virus, Junin Virus, Machupo Virus). Arenaviruses are a family of 43 named viruses divided into two groups: Old World complex (e.g., lymphocytic choriomeningitis [LCM] virus, Lassa virus) and New World or Tacaribe complex (e.g., Junin virus, Machupo virus).
Indirect fluorescent-antibody (IFA) tests have been used with pe Diagnosis Viral ripheral blood and urine sediment for detection of Junin virus. An tigen capture ELISAs have also been developed for detection of Lassa virus antigens in blood as well as for the identification of virus grown in cell cultures. The RT-PCR assay is a useful test for the rapid, definitive diagnosis of LCM and Lassa virus infections. The test sensitivity is approximately 80% for Lassa virus; this re flects the genetic variation among Lassa virus strains. Cell culture is a relatively sensitive diagnostic method for Lassa and related viruses; however, PCR has now replaced it as the most sensitive method. The viruses grow in Vero cells (and other cell lines), with viral antigens detected by immunofluorescent-antibody (IFA) staining of inocu lated cell cultures or ELISA. LCM virus also grows in cell culture, but intracranial inoculation of weanling mice is a more sensitive di agnostic procedure. ELISA can be combined with serologic testing (ELISA) for IgM and IgG for a sensitive and rapid detection of Lassa virus infection. The diagnosis of infection can be confirmed for most patients at the time of clinical onset. ELISAs have also been 226 SECTION 5 developed for detecting antibody responses to other arenaviruses and have replaced neutralization and IFA serologic tests. RT-PCR assays followed by genome analysis are replacing the above-men tioned diagnostic methods and are advantageous because it inacti vates the virus, which would otherwise require BSL4 laboratory facilities. Astrovirus, Calicivirus, and Rotavirus. Eight serotypes of astro viruses have been identified, with serotype 1 being the most com mon human pathogens, but all eight have been reported to cause human infection. Caliciviruses are subdivided into five genera with Norovirus and Sapovirus being responsible for the majority of human infections. Rotaviruses have been subdivided into seven anti genic groups A to G, with most human infections caused by group A. All of these viruses can be detected in stool specimens by electron microscopy. Only rotaviruses can be isolated in cell culture; how ever, growth is slow and culture is not generally performed. RT- PCR is a sensitive method for detection of these viruses, although inhibitors in fecal specimens can cause false-negative reactions. A wide range of ELISAs and latex agglutination tests have been devel oped for the detection of rotaviruses in fecal specimens, and an ELISA is commercially available for astroviruses. Some stand- alone PCR assays for the detection of Norovirus are now commer cially available. In addition, some multiplex-PCR assays include Norovirus, Sapovirus, and Rotavirus. Bunyavirus (Bunyamwera Virus, California Encephalitis Virus, La Crosse Virus, Hartland Virus, Rift Valley fever, Cri mean Congo hemorrhagic fever). Virus can grow in Vero and BHK-21 cell lines; however, attempts to isolate virus from clinical specimens are generally unsuccessful. Serologic testing (e.g., neu Viral Diagnosis Viral tralization, hemagglutination inhibition [HI], complement fixation [CF], and ELISA) is primarily used to establish infection. Most pa tients are seropositive by IgM ELISA at the time of onset of ill ness. Neutralizing antibodies are detected at the end of the first week of illness and persist for life. In contrast, HI antibodies are detected at the end of the first week, and CF antibodies develop a few weeks later; both antibodies disappear within 1 year. Coronavirus. Although coronaviruses are recognized as a common source of upper respiratory disease, interest in this group of viruses has been stimulated by the onset of severe acute respiratory syn drome (SARS) and more recently, Middle Eastern respiratory syn drome (MERS). The viruses are difficult to grow in culture, so diagnosis has primarily depended on RT-PCR and serologic testing. Historically, RT-PCR has only been available through public health laboratories, tertiary-care centers, and commercial laboratories, but coronaviruses have now been included in most multiplex respira tory pathogen RT-PCR panels. Notably, these assays do not detect Viral Diagnosis 227 SARS or MERS; thus, positive RT-PCR results do not suggest SARS or MERS, and similarly, negative results do not rule out in fection with SARS or MERS. If SARS or MERS are suspected, testing should be coordinated with public health laboratories. Enterovirus (Coxsackie A and B Viruses, Echovirus, Parechovirus, Enterovirus, Poliovirus). Isolation in culture is the method of choice for some enteroviruses and for specimens from which RT-PCR cannot be performed. Some serotypes of coxsackie A virus fail to grow in culture. These serotypes can be recovered by inoculation of suckling mice, but the procedure is not usually performed in clinical laboratories. In addition, parecho viruses require a combination of human and primate cell lines. Human rhabdomyosarcoma cells, WI-38, and human embryonic lung cells are best for coxsackie A virus and monkey (e.g., Buf falo green, rhesus, and cynomolgus) kidney or HeLa cells are best for coxsackie B virus. Isolation in culture is the method of choice for enterovirus and poliovirus, with growth being ob served in a wide range of cell lines. RT-PCR is also a useful assay, particularly for CSF samples, for which this assay is as sensitive as culture. Serological testing is restricted primarily to research laboratories. Filovirus (Ebola Virus, Marburg Virus). Filoviruses are bio safety level 4 (BSL-4) pathogens, and so all work with the viruses is restricted to BSL-4 facilities. Virus can be cultured from serum at the time of clinical onset. Vero cells are permissive. Antigen capture ELISA has been used to detect viral antigens in serum. Filovirus- specific IgM capture and IgG ELISA are used to assess the serolog ical response to infection. IgM and IgG appear 8 to 10 days after onset of disease. IgM antibody levels decrease over the first few months of infection, but IgG antibodies will persist for 2 years or Diagnosis Viral more. For patients who have been symptomatic for a short time (<3 days), Ebola virus nucleic acid may not be detectable in serum. Patients without an alternative diagnosis should be retested at a later time to rule out Ebola infection. Ebola virus nucleic acid may be detected in nonblood specimens, and public health laboratories should be consulted to determine whether testing is appropr iate. Flavivirus (Yellow Fever Virus, Dengue Virus, St. Louis En- cephalitis Virus, West Nile Virus). Yellow fever virus antigen can be detected by antigen capture assays or RT-PCR; however, these assays are not commercially available. Most infections are di agnosed by IgM capture ELISA, with a presumptive diagnosis being based on the presence of IgM antibodies and the diagnosis being confirmed by the demonstration of a significant rise in anti body levels. Dengue virus infections are diagnosed on the basis of clinical presentation and detection of viral RNA by RT-PCR. Sero logical is of greatest value in patients who have been symptomatic for 228 SECTION 5 longer than 5 days. Therefore, negative IgM test results should be confirmed by testing a convalescent specimen. Although antigen capture assays and RT-PCR tests have been developed for St. Louis encephalitis virus, serologic testing is the most sensitive diagnostic test. Cross-reactivity with West Nile virus and Japanese encephalitis virus occurs, and so neutralization assays must be performed to demonstrate which virus is responsible for the infection. Likewise, West Nile virus infections are diagnosed primarily by serologic test ing, except in immunocompromised patients, for whom RT-PCR as say may remain positive. Positive serologic tests must be confirmed by neutralization assays, and a fourfold change in antibody levels must be demonstrated because IgM and IgG antibodies can persist for months to years. Flavivirus (Hepacivirus [Hepatitis C Virus]). Diagnosis of infec tions caused by hepatitis C virus (HCV) is by either serologic testing or nucleic acid amplification testing (NAAT). Current se rological assays used for screening blood donors and patients are directed against a variety of antigens, including core, NS3, NS4, and NS5 antigens. Seroconversion is detected by 10 weeks after ex posure. False-positive reactions occur at a low rate. To improve the test specificity, a strip immunoassay (recombinant immunoblot as say [RIBA]) was developed. However, the performance of the RIBA was similar to the initial screening assays and is no longer offered in lieu of more definitive NAATs. In the setting of acute hepatitis, qualitative and quantitative NAATs have been developed for detect ing viral nucleic acids in serum or plasma. However, patients are of ten asymptomatic in acute infection, and thus most patients are not diagnosed until the chronic infection has been established. In the set ting of chronic hepatitis, EIAs are highly sensitive and specific, and Viral Diagnosis Viral confirmation by NAA tests is not necessary. For patients presenting with acute hepatitis, qualitative NAA tests are used to confirm active infection. Quantitative NAA tests can be used to monitor the re sponse to therapy or the progression of disease. Hantavirus (Hantaan Virus). Hantaviruses are difficult to grow in culture. Diagnosis is most commonly made by serologic testing, and nearly all patients who develop severe symptoms from Hantaan virus infection will have high IgM titers at or near the time of symptom development. IgG antibody is also commonly detectable during the acute phase of disease. RT-PCR assays have also been de veloped and are incr easingly being used to diagnose Hantaan virus infection. Viral RNA can be detected from blood and plasma, as well as from lung and kidney tissue. Hepatitis A Virus. Hepatitis A virus (HAV) is difficult to culture, and so this is done only in research laboratories. Commercially available assays for anti-HAV IgM are the methods of choice for diagnosis of acute type hepatitis, with solid-phase antibody capture Viral Diagnosis 229 immunoassay being the most commonly used method. Antibodies are detected at the time of onset of symptoms and have disappeared by 6 months following infection. EIAs are used to measure total anti-HAV antibody levels (IgM, IgG, and IgA), which incr ease dur ing acute infections and then persist indefinitely. Detectable anti- HAV antibodies in the absence of IgM antibodies are indicative of past infection and immunity. RT-PCR can be used to detect vire mic patients in the early stages of disease, but these assays are not widely available and are not commonly used. Hepatitis E Virus. Although hepatitis E virus (HEV) has been grown in culture, this is inefficient and is performed only in re search laboratories. The method of choice for diagnosis of acute HEV infections is detection of IgM antibodies, which are detect able at the time of onset of symptoms and disappear within several weeks after symptoms resolve. IgG antibodies are also short-lived, typically becoming undetectable within several months of resolu tion of symptoms. Acute HEV infections may also be diagnosed by detecting HEV RNA in serum or plasma. This NAA assay remains positive for 2 to 7 weeks after onset, although viral RNA may be detected in some individuals for a more prolonged period. Human Immunodeficiency Virus Types 1 and 2. Human immu nodeficiency virus (HIV) infections can be diagnosed by culture, an tigen or antibody detection, and NAA methods. Most infections are made initially by screening with a combined approach that detects HIV-specific antibodies and the p24 antigen which are produced within a few weeks after infection. It is currently recommended that positive screening assays be confirmed with an HIV 1 and 2 dif ferentiation assay. Rapid immunoassays and tests designed for home diagnosis are also available. Quantitative NAA methods are available for monitoring the viral load, which has prognostic im Diagnosis Viral plications. The complexity of the available diagnostic tests pre cludes a detailed discussion here; the user of this Pocket Guide is referred to the ASM Manual of Clinical Microbiology. Human T-Cell Lymphotropic Virus Types 1 and 2. Amplifica tion of proviral DNA is the preferred method of diagnosing HTLV infection. NAATs can also be used to distinguish between the four HTVL groups. EIA measuring the serologic response to human T-cell lymphotropic virus type 1 (HTLV-1) and HTLV-2 infection is the primary diagnostic test, and a WB assay is used to confirm the diagnosis. It is recommended that a test giving an initial positive EIA result be repeated. If both tests are positive, the band profile observed in the WB assay is used to distinguish between HTLV-1 and HTLV-2. Influenza Virus (Types A to C). Influenza infection is typically diagnosed in one of two ways. Rapid antigen detection is a com monly used method, but these assays suffer from poor performance 230 SECTION 5 and are discourage by most microbiologists. With the advancement of rapid PCR assays that can be performed with minimal hands- on-time, and yield high sensitivity and specificity, rapid antigen tests are less commonly used. RT-PCR detection of influenza vi ruses can be done in several formats. Stand-alone assays typically include detection and differentiation of influenza A and B without subtyping. Multiplex PCR assays will also detect influenza A and B, but also subtype influenza A. The Madin-Darby canine kidney (MDCK) cell line is most commonly used for isolation of influenza viruses, although growth is observed in a variety of cell lines (e.g., Vero, MRC-5, and baby hamster kidney cells). Cytopathic effect (CPE) is typically observed within 2 to 3 days, but negative cul tures should be tested by hemadsorption. Immunologic staining of infected cells at 1 and 2 days (shell vial assay) is more common than traditional tube culture. DFA can be performed with nasopharyn geal washes, although this test has a sensitivity of only 80 to 90% compared with culture. Specific EIAs for either influenza A virus or influenza A plus B viruses are available but have limited utility in the diagnosis of active infection. Serologic tests are used primar ily for epidemiological surveys. Measles Virus. Measles virus can be isolated from the conjunctiva, nasopharynx, and blood during the late prodromal period and early stage of rash development. Viremia clears within 2 to 3 days of the rash, but virus can be detected in urine for up to 7 days. B95-8 (B-lymphoblastoid) cells are used for isolation of virus. However, few clinical laboratories attempt to culture the virus. Virus-infected cells can be detected by cytologic examination (detection of intra cytoplasmic and intranuclear inclusions and giant cells), and RT- PCR is offered by reference and public health laboratories. The Viral Diagnosis Viral recommended laboratory method for confirmation of infection is a serum-based IgM EIA. Commercial assays are available. Serum can be collected at the time of rash onset or up to 4 weeks later. IgG assays are also available and, in combination with IgM assays, can be used to assess immunity as well as primary disease. Mumps Virus. Mumps is diagnosed by viral isolation, NAA, or serologic testing. Mumps virus is cultured most commonly in pri mary rhesus monkey kidney cells and human neonatal kidney cells. Cells are examined for CPE for 14 days, and negative cell cul tures are tested by hemadsorption with guinea pig erythrocytes. Rapid antigen tests are infrequently used because mumps infections are uncommon in vaccinated populations. Mumps virus can be de tected by RT-PCR, although this technique is not widely used as there are no commercially available assays. Serologic testing can be used to define an acute infection or immunity. A single positive IgG test is sufficient to identify an immune patient; seroconversion is necessary to identify a primary infection. EIAs are available for Viral Diagnosis 231 measuring IgM and IgG antibodies with whole virus, sonicated vi rus, or purified viral antigens (e.g., HN or nucleocapsid [NP]) used in the assays. Serologic testing is of limited utility in diagnosing possible infection in vaccinated individuals as IgM is only weakly produced in a secondary immune response. Parainfluenza Virus. RT-PCR is the preferred method of diag nosing parainfluenza virus infection. Most multiplex respiratory pathogen PCR panels include parainfluenza 1-4 and perform with high sensitivity and specificity. Primary human embryonic kidney and primary monkey kidney cells are the most sensitive cell line for culture of parainfluenza virus (PIV). Other cell lines can sup port the growth of PIV but are not recommended for primary iso lation. Cultures are examined for CPE for 10 to 14 days, with 50% of positive cultures being detected at 5 days. Positive cultures can also be detected as early as 48 h after inoculation if cultures have been stained with virus-specific fluorescent antibodies. In most clinical laboratories, culture has been replaced with the shell vial assay, which has comparable sensitivity and is more rapid. Direct and indirect immunofluorescent antibody tests are commonly used to examine respiratory specimens for virus-infected cells. Speci mens are typically examined with pooled reagents (for influenza A and B viruses, PIV-1 to PIV-3, respiratory syncytial virus [RSV], and adenoviruses), and those giving positive reactions are tested with virus-specific reagents. A variety of serologic assays (CF, HI, IFA, neutralization, and EIA) have been developed. Cross-reactions with mumps virus limit the utility of these tests. Rabies Virus. The preferred method for the diagnosis of rabies in animals is the DFA test for rabies virus antigen in brain tissue. Fluorescein isothiocyanate-labeled antirabies antibodies can be pre pared against whole rabies viruses or purified RNA-nucleoprotein Diagnosis Viral complex or nucleoproteins (N proteins). For the diagnosis of rabies in humans, the following specimens are collected: saliva (collected with an eye dropper and placed in a sterile container with no preser vatives), neck biopsy specimen (collected from the hair line and of sufficient depth to include cutaneous nerves and placed in a sterile container with no preservatives), 0.5 ml of serum (not whole blood) or CSF, and brain biopsy specimen (only if the specimen was col lected for other diagnostic procedures). The following tests are rec ommended: saliva, RT-PCR and culture; neck biopsy specimen, RT-PCR, and IFA; serum and CSF, serologic testing; brain biopsy specimen, RT-PCR, and IFA. Serologic testing can be used to assess the response to vaccination. The neutralization test is most commonly used, although a rabies surface glycoprotein (G)-specific ELISA is available in Europe. Respiratory Syncytial Virus. NAAT are now the preferred diag nostic method for RSV infection. These assays exist as stand-alone 232 SECTION 5 assays or as part of multiplex panels. Both forms of NAAT have high sensitivity and specificity. Rapid antigen tests are available and are commonly found in smaller laboratory settings or physi cian offices. Like the influenza rapid antigen tests, RSV rapid anti gen tests suffer from poor performance. Viral infectivity is rapidly lost at room temperature, and so specimens for culture should be processed promptly. The most sensitive cell lines for culture are HEp-2 and HeLa; less sensitive cells include primary monkey kid ney and human fibroblast cell lines. CPE is observed on average at 4 to 5 days. The shell vial assay is slightly more sensitive, and pos itive cultures are detected at 1 to 2 days. Direct antigen detection tests (IFA and EIA) have a sensitivity equivalent to that of culture, are more rapid, and are not adversely affected by specimen trans portation problems. Serologic testing is useful for epidemiological surveys but is not as sensitive as culture or antigen tests. Rhinovirus. Multiplex respiratory pathogen PCR panels com monly include Rhinovirus detection. These assays perform with high sensitivity but are typically unable to differentiate Rhinovi rus from Enterovirus. The cell lines used most commonly for growth of rhinoviruses are WI-38 and MRC-5. Cultures should be incubated at 33°C, with CPE seen as early as 1 to 2 days after in oculation. Negative cultures should be held for 7 days or more. EIAs are insensitive because there are a large number of serotypes of rhi noviruses and no common antigen exists. The large number of se rotypes also makes serologic testing impractical. Rubella Virus. Throat swabs and nasopharyngeal specimens are reliable sources of rubella virus, with positive cultures detected a few days before the rash develops to up to 4 days after onset. The
Viral Diagnosis Viral virus grows in a variety of cell lines (e.g., Vero, BHK21, AGMK, and RK-13). Cultures are maintained for 1 week and then passaged. Viral growth is detected by IFA or RT-PCR. RT-PCR assays have also been used for primary detection of virus but are restricted pri marily to research laboratories and are not used routinely for clin ical diagnosis. Detection of rubella virus-specific IgM is the fastest and most efficient method to diagnose recent postnatal infection. However, only 50% of infected newborns are IgM positive on the day of symptom onset. By 8 days after the onset of rash, the infant should be positive for both IgM detectable by IgM capture ELISA and IgG detectable by indirect ELISA. False-positive tests can oc cur; care must be exercised in interpreting the test results.
DNA Viruses Adenovirus. Syndromic multiplex NAATs are now the preferred method of detection for adenovirus-caused upper respiratory tract infection and gastroenteritis. In addition, quantitative and qualita tive Adenovirus PCR assays are commonly used for the diagnosis Viral Diagnosis 233 and monitoring of disseminated infection, typically in immunocom promised patients. All adenoviruses except types 40 and 41 replicate and produce CPE in cell cultures (e.g., HeLa, KB, A549, HEp-2, and HEK cells). CPE usually appears in 2 to 7 days, but passage of cell cultures for up to 1 month is recommended for negative cultures. Shell vial assays are as sensitive as traditional culture and more rapid (taking 2 to 5 days). Clinical specimens can also be examined by IFA, but this is significantly less sensitive than culture. Commercial EIAs are also available and are particularly useful for detecting types 40 and 41 in patients with gastroenteritis. Serologic tests are used primarily for epidemiological purposes. A seroconversion must be demonstrated to confirm a current infection, because seroreactivity to adenovirus is common. Cytomegalovirus. NAATs are the preferred method of diagnosing and monitoring disseminated infection in immunocompromised patients. NAATs can also be done from urine or saliva in cases of suspected congenital infection. In addition, culture is a sensitive method for detecting cytomegalovirus (CMV) in respiratory spec imens, urine, and anticoagulated whole blood (leukocytes). Inter mittent shedding in urine is possible, and so multiple specimens should be processed. Recovery of CMV from leukocytes is a bet ter indicator of symptomatic infection. Human fibroblast cell lines (e.g., WI-38, MRC-5, and IMR-90) are best, but growth is typically slow and may require serial passage of the cells and prolonged incu bation (for up to 6 weeks). Results of this test compare favorably with the quantitative detection of CMV DNA in leukocytes or plasma by NAA methods (PCR). A variety of serologic tests are available (e.g., EIA, IFA, and passive latex agglutination), including IgM- and IgG- specific tests. IgM results must be interpreted with caution because IgM antibody is found in both primary and reactivated infections Diagnosis Viral and can persist for months. Demonstration of IgG seroconversion is diagnostic of primary infection. Serologic testing is important in assessing organ donors and recipients but is not useful in diagnosing infections in immunocompromised patients. Epstein-Barr Virus. Epstein-Barr virus (EBV) can be cultured in human cord blood lymphocytes, but this is rarely done for diag nostic purposes. Indirect, direct, and anticomplement immunoflu orescence are the main methods used for the detection of EBV antigens in tissues and cell cultures. Quantitative PCR assays are commonly performed from whole blood and plasma, but these as says are not intended to be used for the diagnosis of EBV infec tion. Rather, these assays are used to monitor the development of post-transplant lymphoproliferative disease in transplant patients. EBV-positive CSF is significantly associated with primary lym phoma in HIV-positive individuals and with encephalitis in immu nocompetent individuals. The diagnosis of acute EBV infection 234 SECTION 5 (infectious mononucleosis) is established through the detection of heterophile antibodies (nonspecific antibodies) or detection of EBV- specific serological markers (preferred method). For interpretation of serologic test results, refer to Table 5.3. Erythrovirus (B19 Virus). B19 virus, a member of the Parvoviri- dae, is difficult to grow in vitro. Viral particles or DNA can be detected in blood about 6 days after infection, with peak viremia occurring 2 to 3 days later. Viral titers decrease, but B19 DNA can be detected by PCR for up to 2 months. Serologic tests to detect antibodies are commercially available and are the most commonly used methods for diagnosis of acute infections and immune status. In immunocompetent individuals, IgM antibodies develop 2 weeks after infection and persist for up to 30 weeks. In patients with aplas tic crisis, antibodies appear several days after onset of clinical symptoms. In patients with fetal hydrops, detection of IgM antibod ies at the time of clinical onset is more variable. In immunocompe tent patients, IgG antibodies appear several days after IgM antibodies and persist for years. The presence of IgG antibodies is consistent with immunity. In immunocompromised patients, IgG and IgM anti body responses are unpredictable, and so serologic testing is not used for these patients. NAA and PCR are the most common meth ods used to detect B19 DNA. Serologic diagnosis of recent infection is generally performed by IgM capture EIAs. If IgM assays are neg ative for immunocompromised patients, DNA detection methods should be used. B19 IgG antibodies detected by EIA in the absence of seroconversion are indicative of past infection. See Table 5.5 for a description of diagnostic methods for the various presentations of parvovirus infection. Hepatitis B Virus. Diagnosis of hepatitis B virus (HBV) infec Viral Diagnosis Viral tions is based primarily on the detection of virus-specific antigens and antibodies. A variety of assays have been developed to detect early and late antigens and the antibody response to each. Refer to Table 5.4 for interpretation of these assays in specific clinical pre sentations. NAATs are used for the quantitation of HBV DNA, which can be used for the initial evaluation of infection as well as monitoring the progression of chronic infection during treatment. Herpes Simplex Virus Types 1 and 2. Culture is a sensitive method for detecting virus in mucocutaneous, genital, and ocular lesions. Viral growth, as indicated by a CPE, is rapid in most cell lines (95% of specimens are positive by 5 days). Some cell lines (e.g., mink lung cells) are better than others (e.g., MRC-5 and Vero cells). Culture is insensitive for CSF infections, for which PCR is the rec ommended test. DFA and IFA tests are available and provide a rapid result if positive, but they are relatively insensitive compared with culture and PCR. DFA and IFA can be used to distinguish between herpes simplex virus type 1 (HSV-1) and type 2 (HSV-2) when the Viral Diagnosis 235 — — — ++ nt; EA/R, y, therey, are rs; +++, an ne it te v po ti EBNAI, IgG a g um li ne di se com ro fu t in me — — — ++ —dif en EBNA, Ig gen res : ti c pe ies p ys beys kept in mind. d ons apart from se to ti wa bo di ti n — — ++ ++ co 1. Manualof Clinical Microbiology, ed., ASM 11th s must al ; EA/D, early an si gen EA/R, IgG rs; ++, an ti n and Ig iso no te gen ti ge ag ti ear an d an cl si t in ti low y is given. For all — — ++ ++ rr nu it s to an od a di of en l cap v ie ho ra ti Ba res - d li EA/D, IgG ac e ein bo ies p st ti d tic r r SS,r Warnock (ed.), DW is bo te r ti g the like rs. VCA, vi te in te ac rt — — ++ po a,b ted ti ; EBNAI, Ep rs; an +, te va e ons gen rs sup Presence of an ti ti te e di m uded. The char ear an ra t in ti low cl cl t con en — — ry pa en Viral Diagnosis Viral rr nu r t in strongly el to en fe ra Ba - o nt or pres pres ein se r dif llFunke KC, G, Landry ML, Rich st b ies ro de d ies a bo d g other lab — ++ ti +++ ++++ ++ +++ ++ in ++++ ++ +++ +++ bo es un s and Ig isotypes are in ti ud VCA, IgG VCA, IgM VCA, IgA fil cl gen nt; EBNA, Ep ti ne nt; ±, an po rs; ++++, an on se n gic pro te ti oyed anoyed c lo tio pl on fe c ti ro ted ti c fe on etely ab va ti fe ricted com e c pl st V se fe ry ry in ently em n, D.C., 2015. n, D.C., ry in qu to EB t in el —re ma ve ve EBV in g ry in ti en ies com ma
in gen ti ma bod pres ti ons to the rule. Clinical data in ti ies p d The most fre Adaptedfrom Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Car −, an−, ce a b c bo Condition Seronegative Ongoing Ongoing pri Recent pri Past pri Chronic ac ex Table 5.3 Press, Wash ti 3 early an 236 SECTION 5 + — — — — — — + or ++ + + — — — — — — — + or — rs. te Anti-HBe Anti-HBs . + gen t in very high ti ti IgM + or — + or — en pres a,b,c ies Anti-HBc d nce s B core an bo ti ++ +++ +++ ce ti ti Total s a le va rs; +++, an ; HBc, hep te + + + + — gen r SS, Warnock (ed.), DW Manual of Clinical Microbiology, ed., ASM 11th HBeAg ti te on and con ti ely ely high ti c s Be an at ti fe er ti a + + or — — — + + + ———— ———— — — + + — — + — HBsAg t in mod en pres ; HBeAg, hep t stages in of Viral Diagnosis Viral en ies gen r d ti + + + + — — — — fe bo ti + or — — — ce an HBV DNA ll Funke KC, G, Landry ML, Rich fa ro s in dif t; ++, an er s B sur en ti ti a pres s mark ies d on + or — ru ti bo c ti fe er s; HBsAg, hep ri ru nt; +, an se patitis B vi on on on n, D.C., 2015. n, D.C., ti n on on s B vi ti ti on to He c ti ti ti c ies ab g ti tio c ti fec fe c a ba fe in
fe egative acuteegative in ba u fe bod n u c - ti c , an HBV, HBV, hep Adapted from Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Car — a b c Stage of in Vaccination re sponse Early in Late in Acute Acute in HBsAg Chronic in Healthy HBsAg car Recent in Remote in Table 5.4 Press, Wash Viral Diagnosis 237 c c oti e ni su PCR Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive am fluid or tis ve ti i IgG Positive Positive Negative/weakly pos t se a s si r SS, Warnock (ed.), DW Manual of Clinical Microbiology, ed., ASM 11th te no ve ti ag i sitive IgM Positive within 3 month on of Negative/positiveNegative/positive Negative/positive Negative/positive Po Negative/weakly pos Negative/positive Positive ome dr on Viral Diagnosis Viral ti a/pure red ta /congenital /congenital mi lis s B19 and method di of s B19 sen ta ll Funke KC, G, Landry ML, Rich ru ease ro vi ia vo m Fifth dis Polyarthropathy syn Petechial or pupruic rash TAC Disease pre Persistent ane cell aplasia Hydrops Hydrops fe ane ses par of ea ents ti eased nt pa inical dis cr te n, D.C., 2015. n, D.C., to Cl is pe dren dren g s e m
in i 20 weeks) 20 co po < no ro mu Adapted from Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Car a Host(s) Healthy chil Healthy adults Healthy chil Patients with in or Immunodeficient im eryth Fetus ( Press, Wash Table 5.5 238 SECTION 5 viruses are isolated in culture. An EIA has also been developed but is less sensitive than culture, particularly for specimens from asymp tomatic patients. PCR assays can detect all strains of HSV and can distinguish between HSV-1 and HSV-2. Rapid PCR assays are now commercially available for the testing of lesions from skin and mucocutaneous specimens. Type-specific IgG assays are also available commercially. Human Herpesvirus 6. Human herpesvirus 6 (HHV-6) causes roseola infantum (exanthem subitum) in children and opportunis tic infections in immunocompromised patients. HHV-6 can be iso lated from peripheral blood mononuclear cells by cocultivation with human cord blood lymphocytes; however, this test is not com monly performed. Quantitative PCR assays have been developed and have proved useful for monitoring viral concentrations in pe ripheral blood mononuclear cells. A variety of serologic assays (e.g., neutralization, immunoblot, IFA, and ELISA) are available for mea suring IgG antibodies to HHV-6. Some cross-reactivity with HHV-7 and CMV occurs. Seroconversion can be used to define a primary infection. Orthopoxvirus (Vaccinia Virus, Smallpox Virus, Monkeypox Virus). Orthopoxviruses can grow in a variety of established cell lines (BSC-1, CV-1, and LLCMK-2 cells, monkey kidney cells, hu man embryonic lung fibroblasts, HeLa cells, chicken embryo fibro blasts, and MRC-5 cells). Growth is rapid, with most cultures being positive within 48 h. PCR-based NAA tests are also available for detecting virus in serum and vesicular lesions. NAA tests are of fered by the CDC and WHOCC. Virus- and family-specific assays have been developed. Neutralizing antibodies can be detected as early as 6 days after infection or vaccination. The absence of anti Viral Diagnosis Viral bodies does not define susceptibility to infection, because the level of antibodies required for protective immunity is not known. Papillomavirus. Human papillomavirus (HPV) cannot be grown in culture. Late-structure antigens have been detected in tissue bi opsy specimens by using virus-specific polyclonal antibodies. This assay is specific but insensitive and is rarely used for diagnostic pur poses. HPV DNA can be detected by using type specific DNA or RNA probes in a variety of hybridization techniques. The use of target amplification to increase the sensitivity of this method has made this the diagnostic test of choice. In addition, molecular assays now offer the ability to subtype HPV into high- and low-risk geno types. Serologic tests are used for epidemiological studies because type-specific antibodies can be detectable for many years after exposure. Polyomavirus (JC Virus, BK Virus). Viral culture is not rou tinely used for clinical diagnosis because JC virus and BK virus have long growth cycles and a limited range of host cells. Serologic Viral Diagnosis 239 testing has been used primarily for epidemiological studies. Most individuals are infected at a young age. IgM antibodies develop ini tially, as measured by EIAs. The role of this antibody response in recurrent infections is not well characterized. NAA tests are the pri mary tests used to document infection with JC virus and BK virus. JC virus DNA is detected in patients with progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy, and BK virus DNA is detected in the blood and urine of renal transplant recipients. Varicella-Zoster Virus. Diploid human cell lines (e.g., human fe tal diploid kidney [HFDK] and human fetal diploid lung [HFDL] cells) are the most sensitive cells for isolation of varicella-zoster virus (VZV). Other cell lines can support the growth of VZV but are much less sensitive. CPE is generally observed in the first week of incubation, but prolonged incubation may be required. DFA tests are available and are much more sensitive than culture (98 and 50%, respectively) because the virus is highly labile. Cellular material from the base of a vesicular lesion must be collected; vesicle fluid alone is unsatisfactory. PCR is also more sensitive than culture. The value of serologic testing (many tests are commercially available) is limited because increases in the titer of heterotypic antibody to VZV may occur in HSV-infected patients who have had a prior in fection with VZV. Serologic testing is used primarily to assess im munity in unvaccinated health care workers exposed to patients with documented VZV infections. Transmissible Spongiform Encephalopathies Bovine Encephalopathy. Diagnosis is based on clinical history and histopathologic examination of brain tissues. Early diagnosis has also been made on the basis of examination of tonsillar and appendix biopsy specimens. Diagnosis Viral Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease. Diagnosis is based on clinical history and histopathologic examination of brain tissues. Kuru. Diagnosis is based on clinical history and histopathologic examination of brain tissues.
SECTION 6 Fungal Diagnosis
Mycology Specimen Collection and Transport Guidelines 242 Table 6.1 Methods for the Identification of Fungi 245 Microscopy 246 Table 6.2 Characteristic Fungal Elements Seen by Direct Examination of Clinical Specimens 248 Primary Plating Media 254 Table 6.3 Mycology Plating Guide 256 Specific Diagnostic Tests 258 Aspergillus Species 258 Blastomyces dermatitidis 258 Candida Species 259 Coccidioides Species 259 Cryptococcus Species 260 Histoplasma capsulatum 260 Malassezia Species 261 Paracoccidioides brasiliensis 261 Talaromyces (Penicillium) marneffei 262 Pneumo cys tis jiroveci 262 Sporothrix schenckii 262 Zygomycetes 262 Identification Tables 264
doi:10.1128/9781683670070.ch6 242 SECTION 6 Mycology: Specimen Collection and Transport Guidelines Ge neral Guidelines 1. Although the recovery of some fungi in clinical specimens is always considered significant (e.g., dermatophytes, dimorphic fungi, Cryptococcus neoformans), most fungi are part of the pa tient’s normal flora (e.g., Candida spp.) or found in the environ ment (e.g., most dematiaceous and moniliaceous fungi). Specimens must be carefully collected to avoid contamination with indigenous or exogenous fungi. 2. Bacteria can rapid ly overgrow fungi, so care must be used in cleaning the site where the specimen will be collected (e.g., skin surface, nail beds). Transport conditions must be selected to mini mize the risk of bacterial overgrowth. 3. Microscopic examination of specimens is important for the rapid detection of a fungal infection and for assessing the signifi cance of an isolate.
Dematiaceous Fungi Specimens submitted for microscopy and culture include aspirates, scrapings, and tissues. Cotton-wrapped swabs should not be used because an inadequate quantity of material is recovered and desic cation occurs. Flocked swabs, although not officially approved for use in collection of specimens for fungal culture, may sufficiently capture fungal elements so as to be acceptable for specimen col lection. Unpublished data suggest that this is the case, but more evidence is needed to confirm that these specimens can be recom mended for use. Transport medium is unnecessary if the specimen is processed immediately. Serologic testing for some of the thermally dimorphic fungi is available, but cross-reactivity may exist between Blastomyces and Histoplasma. In addition, direct detection of fungal antigens is Fungal Diagnosis available and commonly used for several fungi. Urine antigen test ing is commonly performed for the diagnosis of Blastomyces and Histoplasma infection, but like serologic testing, there is a high de gree of cross-reactivity between the two pathogens. Cryptococcal antigen testing is commonly used to diagnose disseminated infec tion and can be performed from both serum and cerebral spinal fluid.
Dermatophytes (Epidermophyton, Microsporum, and Trichophyton spp.) Collect infected hairs with sterile forceps (guided by the use of a Wood’s lamp if the suspected dermatophyte is fluorescent). Endo Fungal Diagnosis 243 thrix fungi may require the use of a sterile scalpel to collect the hair root. Sample skin lesions at the active border of the lesion with a sterile scalpel to collect the sample. Disinfect nails with alcohol be fore collecting the sample by clipping or scraping. Do not place hair, skin, or nail samples in closed tubes. The high humidity fos ters overgrowth of contaminating bacteria. If possible, directly in oculate the sample to appropriate media.
Dimorphic Fungi (Blastomyces, Coccidioides, Histoplasma, Paracoccidioides, and Sporothrix spp.) Process specimens (e.g., respiratory specimens and wound aspi rates) promptly to avoid overgrowth of contaminating bacteria. Do not use swabs, because these organisms are susceptible to desiccation. Histoplasma capsulatum can be recovered in fungal blood cultures, particularly from patients with AIDS and other immunosuppressive diseases. The lysis-centrifugation system (Isolator [Wampole]) and the MycoF/Lytic blood culture bottle (Becton Dickinson) are useful for the isolation of dimorphic molds from blood.
Eumycotic Mycetoma Agents Examine pus, exudate, or biopsy material for the presence of gran ules (sclerotia) consisting of the eumycotic agents and matrix ma terial. Wash the granules with saline containing antibiotics (e.g., penicillin and streptomycin), and then culture them. Organisms can be visualized by examining crushed granules microscopically.
Moniliaceous Fungi Process specimens (e.g., biopsy specimens, lower respiratory secre tions, nails, eye specimens) promptly to avoid overgrowth of con taminating bacteria. Do not transport specimens on swabs, because organisms are susceptible to desiccation. Specimens should be ex amined microscopically and cultured. Fusarium spp. are among the few filamentous fungi that can be reliably recovered in blood cul tures and will occasionally grow in routine bacterial blood cultures. Fungal Diagnosis Collect blood specimens in the lysis-centrifugation system (Isola tor) and/or the MycoF/Lytic blood culture bottle. Serologic tests are available for some of these fungi.
Pneuo m cystis (carinii) jiroveci Respiratory specimens should be limited to induced sputa or bron choscopy specimens. Patients can only rarely expectorate sputum, and throat washings are insensitive. Collect first morning specimens when possible. A 24-h collection is unacceptable. The presence of oral contamination, signified by squamous epithelial cells, does not invalidate the specimen. 244 SECTION 6 Yeast Yeasts are relatively easy to isolate from clinical specimens, al though overgrowth of contaminating bacteria should be avoided. Yeasts are isolated commonly from blood specimens. Lysis centri fugation, biphasic systems, and the MycoF/Lytic blood culture bot tle are reliable methods for isolating yeasts from blood. Automated continuous-monitoring systems are reliable for common yeasts but less reliable for Cryptococcus neoformans. Direct detection in cludes microscopy (Gram stain, KOH, India ink, Calcofluor white) and antigen tests. Serologic testing is available for antibodies to Candida spp. but is not commonly used. Fungal Diagnosis Fungal Diagnosis 245 le c b n fe ab tio nts and c te me op l B C B D D D D D D D D D D D D D D ve l de ca ni ses but may be avail ic fungi are highly in Nucleic Nucleic acid de po ph r ur er tech mo th n tic p s tio no t, fur tec ag en B C C B C B D D D A D D D D D A D al di er : al form these of di a li ons. At pres ti l for genl for ce c fu fe n Antibody de l in m use tio ga do tec dia the of my Applicability of Applicability C B C B C A A D D A A D D D D D D ni s of funs of si no ag Antigen Antigen de on. ; C, test is sel ti c es fe cted. The co anc pe st m s of in B A A A A A A A A A A A A A D A A si ulture cu C no ry tools the for di ag in cir ta ma ry di py to o r cer c ra gi de o os ry if this agent is sus re as pri cr to tu l un A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A ra fu o on of fun ti Direct Direct mi ca fy the lab on. ti fi ti ly ly not used for lab Fungal Diagnosis a ti al s; test B, is use iz l y be used in the fu si er so bl no spp.) a ag ses, please no e by aero po l for dil for . bl c c fu Aspergillus si ed c s s; D, test is gen ques will prob mi rie ni thods for the iden ma agents ly usely gi to c al to ra are need o er Me ce spp. spp. y trans spp. spp. s il tory safety pur ies ti spp.
spp. ra ys ce lab o spp. c en mo al stud er c i A, test is gen Nucleic acid tech For lab a b c Aspergillus Organism Candida Cryptococcus Trichosporon dermatitidis Blastomyces capsulatumHistoplasma brasiliensis Paracoccidioides marneffei Talaromyces schenckii Sporothrix Moniliaceous fungi (not Dematiaceous fun Dermatophytes Coccidioides Zygomycetes Eumycotic my Pneu Malassezia clin Table 6.1 in ref tious and eas 246 SECTION 6 Microscopy Acridine Orange Stain Acridine orange stains fungi red-orange, but the background ma terial stains green-yellow. For stain details, see section 4.
Calcofluor White Stain Calcofluor white is a nonspecific fluorochrome that binds to cellu lose and chitin in the cell walls of fungi. The dye can be mixed with 10% potassium hydroxide so that mammalian cells can be dis solved, thus facilitating visualization of fungal elements. Fungi (including Pneumocystis jiroveci) appear green or blue against a dark background when the stained slide is examined under UV il lumination. Care must be used to distinguish specific staining from stained debris. Optimal detection of fluorescence requires the use of a 400- to 500-nm excitation filter and 500- to 520-nm barrier filter.
Fluorescent-Antibody Stain Direct and indirect fluorescein-conjugated monoclonal anti- Pneumocystis antibodies are used for immunofluorescence assays and target a family of surface glycoproteins that contain both com mon and distinct epitopes within and among Pneumocystis spe cies. Depending on the monoclonal antibody supplied with the kit, staining may target only the cyst form or may target all forms of the organism. The typical fluorophore that is conjugated to the an tibody or used in an indirect assay is fluorescein isothiocynate, which produces a brilliant apple green color. The staining reaction shows a diffuse pattern distributed over the surface of the entire cluster of organisms and often over the matrix in which the organ isms are embedded. Single cysts usually appear with a distinctive rim of fluorescence and a duller interior fluorescence.
Gi emsa Stain The Giemsa stain combines methylene blue and eosin. It is useful Fungal Diagnosis for the detection of Histoplasma capsulatum in bone marrow, pe ripheral smears, and touch preparations, as well as intracystic bod ies and trophozoites of Pneumocystis jiroveci in induced sputum, bronchoscopy specimens, and lung tissue. H. capsulatum appears as tiny blue-purple budding yeast cells. The cyst wall of P. jiroveci appears as a clear ring around spores or intracystic bodies. The nu clei stain red-purple, and the cytoplasm generally stains light to dark blue.
Gram Stain The Gram stain detects most fungi if present. Most yeast appear Gram positive; however, Cryptococcus and Malassezia spp. Fungal Diagnosis 247 stain weakly and in some instances exhibit only stippling. The hyphae of molds generally appear Gram-negative. Pneumocystis produces a negative (pink) reaction with poorly defined organism morphology.
India Ink Stain (Nigrosin) The use of India ink is not technically a staining method. Detec tion of encapsulated fungi (i.e., Cryptococcus neoformans) is made possible by exclusion of the ink particles by the polysaccharide cap sule of the organism. Care in interpretation is required because artifacts (e.g., leukocytes, erythrocytes, powder, and bubbles) may be confused with yeast cells. The morphologic characteristics of the yeast cells must be recognized before the preparation can be inter preted. Although a rapid detection method for encapsulated yeasts, the India ink procedure is an insensitive method for the detection of Cryptococcus neoformans; cryptococcal antigen testing (latex or enzyme immunoassay) is recommended.
Kinyoun Stain Some ascomycetous fungi produce ascospores when grown on a medium that promotes their formation. Ascospores are acid-fast and stain red, whereas the ascomycete cell wall and cytoplasm appear blue. (For stain details, see section 4.)
Potassium Hydroxide (KOH) A 10 to 15% solution of potassium hydroxide can be used to dis solve cellular and organic debris and facilitate the detection of fun gal elements, which are not affected by strong alkali solutions (although fungal elements dissolve after exposure for a few days). The hyphae of dematiaceous fungi can be distinguished from those of hyaline molds by their brown melanin pigment on these direct preparations. Ink (e.g., permanent blue-black Parker Super Quick Ink) can be added as a contrasting agent to aid the detection of fungi. Lactophenol cotton blue (i.e., Poirrier’s blue) can also be added to the KOH. The aniline blue stains the outer cell wall of Fungal Diagnosis fungi, and the lactic acid is a clearing agent.
Toluidine Blue-0 Stain Toluidine blue-0 stain is used primarily for the detection of Pneu mocystis jiroveci in respiratory specimens. P. jiroveci cysts stain reddish blue to dark purple against a light blue background. Tro phozoites do not stain by this method. This staining method is rapid and inexpensive, but some skill is required to recognize P. jiroveci cysts (usually present in clumps). Many laboratories prefer the di rect fluorescent-antibody test for the detection of P. jiroveci, even though the stain is more expensive. 248 SECTION 6 a Illustration le le nly su e or mo gl m n found te co ns me i es aped, sin nt; pseudohyphal ly roundly to oval; buds ns sh es cyt al de - i me t; yeast un io i ng cells;ng of t l spec tur gar en di ca i l spec e and “pinched off”; cap ca i gl e buds pres on of clin ly sinly pl ered within his ti t ti al na i Characteristic Characteristic fea Oval to round bud clus mul Cells vary in size; usu usu may or may not be ev forms rare seen in clin Oval to round to ci am ct ex re m) μ Diam range ( 2–5 2–15 2–6 nts seen by di me e Fungal Diagnosis l el ga rothrix schenckii rothrix ganism(s) yptococcus Or Histoplasma capsulatum Spo Cr neoformans gal aracteristic fun Ch
ture found Morphologic fun struc forms Yeast Table 6.2 Fungal Diagnosis 249 (continued) a Illustration in ma y t bl sule en monly gle or l, dou m) thatm) ten found r’s r’s wheel com ca i ne unded smaller by e but may re i mens ro gl i may be pres shaped, sin cytes ally round to oval; buds dent; pseudohyphal - i y (mar ly sinly mens i er al tures t cells broad by base gar ent; yeast un ding cells; of cal spec ph en i ri tum cal spec i ly largely and spher ly largely andsur gle and “pinched off”; cap H. capsulatumH. al al ce); small cells (2–5 μ sep e e le; buds usu an cted to par bl ti ple ple buds pres tral ar tion of clin m ti ac ne ally sin pe se fr na i ap re Characteristic Characteristic fea con Fission yeast, do not bud; round to with oval a cen Cells usu Cellsusu buds around pe forms rare Oval to round bud teredclus within his tio Oval to round to ci mul Cells vary in size; usu usu may or may not be ev re seen in clin am rect ex m) μ Diam range ( 3 8–15 5–60 2–5 2–6 2–15 ments seen by di e Fungal Diagnosis gal el Organism(s) Talaromyces marneffei Blastomyces dermatitidis Paracoccidioides brasiliensis Histoplasma capsulatum schenckii Sporothrix Cryptococcus neoformans gal Characteristic fun
ture found struc Morphologic fun forms Yeast Table 6.2 250 SECTION 6 a Illustration ry ta i icted ae, str ph in (continued) ng; ta di ns al yeast cells that t, are con nts may be me l walls i e bud ov en - le me gl e ched; true hy al es ta l spec al el tur bit bit sin ae may be found in cav ca in at ph i hi ph ma te end t, have part, have ly ly ex si en al po ores; hy t along with round on of clin sp ns en ti do sio na i Cells usu Characteristic Characteristic fea are round at one end and a flat collarette have at the op Short, curved hy pseudohyphae, when pres at ends and re when pres Spherules vary in size; some con en le pres am ct ex re m) μ 3–4 (yeast forms), 5–10 (pseudohyphae) 3–4 (yeast 2.5–4 forms), (pseudohyphae) 10–200 Diam range ( nts seen by di me e spp. Fungal Diagnosis spp. l el spp. ga ndida Ca Malassezia Organism(s) Coccidioides aracteristic fun Ch re found
tu phae Morphologic fun gal struc forms andYeast pseudohyphae or true hy Spherules Table 6.2 Fungal Diagnosis 251 (continued) g
es red or in gl ars ng; tu in di pe ta a are es gi n ul n frac ly ly ap ra a con te al gi n ly at rightly an spher ra ae, of re spo al tu ph g usu lled spo in ke hy li wa n - bo or of adiacondium usu ty ri te Large, round, thick walled, no bud in emp Large, thick Large, rib twisted, branch sporangiospores; ma larger than Coccidioides 20–140 10–30 6–300 Fungal Diagnosis spp. Emmonsia crescens Zygomycetes, Pythium Rhinosporidium seeberi te or ta te ta sep ae ph Rarely sep Sporangium Adiaconidia Wide non hy 252 SECTION 6 a Illustration r g cu in (continued) bit 45° 45° bit ae, dark hi ns ph e branch me i gl te hy ae; chains of es ta ph l spec tur te and may ex ca i te hy ta ta us) and 90° an gmented sep mo pi o - ng yeastlikeng forms may also oc on of clin ot ti di ch na i Brown Characteristic Characteristic fea (di Hyphae are sep Branched, sep arthroconidia may be seen bud am ct ex re m) μ Diam range ( 2–6 3–12 3–15 nts seen by di g in me e Fungal Diagnosis l el line a ga ganism(s) oulds; Aspergillus, rganisms caus Or O phaeohyphomycosis Other hy m Fusarium Dermatophytes gal aracteristic fun te Ch ta
phae ture found ae tate hy ph Morphologic fun struc Hyaline sep hy Dematiaceous sep Table 6.2 Fungal Diagnosis 253 l ca ti rs cur n, D.C., 2002.n, D.C., ing te psed to g nted and la in l and ver hibit 45° hibit 45° me ta n phae, dark zo gle branch i ound tate hy gr phae; chains of ar in small clus pe tate and may ex s are brown pig tate hy ie mous) and 90° an pigmented sep o - nt formsnt ap ce ding yeastlike forms may also oc chot Brown Hyphae are sep (di Branched, sep arthroconidia may be seen bud Sclerotic bod thick walled and hor have Nonbudding, round, or col ovoid, cres against a foamy back septations 2–6 3–12 3–15 3–5 5–12 g ing in s s Fungal Diagnosis ti line ys c i) jiroveci mo ni ri rganisms caus Organisms caus phaeohyphomycosis Other hy a moulds; Aspergillus, Fusarium Dermatophytes O Pneu (ca chromoblastomycosis ies tate s phae ite zo o rotic rotic bod tate hy ph phae Illustrations from H. Larone, D. Medically Important Fungi, a Guide to Identification, 4th ed., ASM Press, Wash a hy Hyaline sep Dematiaceous sep Dematiaceous scle Cysts and tro 254 SECTION 6 Primary Plating Media Birdseed Agar Birdseed (also called niger seed) agar is used for the selective iso lation and identification of Cryptococcus neoformans. The agar medium contains an extract of Guizotia abyssinica seed, caffeic acid. C. neoformans produces phenol oxidase, and dark brown col onies develop in the presence of caffeic acid. The medium con tains chloramphenicol to suppress the growth of bacteria. Brain Heart Infusion Agar (BHI) Brain heart infusion agar is a nutritionally enriched medium that can be used for the isolation of a variety of fastidious bacteria, yeast, and molds. It is prepared with infusions of calf brains and beef hearts, peptones, glucose, sodium chloride, and disodium phos phate. Supplementation with 5 to 10% sheep blood can enrich the medium, and the addition of antibiotics (e.g., gentamicin, chloram phenicol, and penicillin) can make this medium selective for fungi. CHROMagar Candida CHROMagar Candida is a selective, differential agar medium for the isolation and presumptive identification of Candida albicans, C. krusei, and C. tropicalis. The medium consists of peptones, glu cose, chloramphenicol, and “chromogenic mix.” The antibiotic in hibits the growth of most bacteria. C. albicans forms green colonies, C. krusei forms pink colonies, and C. tropicalis forms purple colonies. Dermatophyte Test Medium (DTM) Dermatophyte test medium is a selective agar medium used for the isolation and identification of dermatophytes. It consists of digests of soybean meal supplemented with glucose, cycloheximide, chlor tetracycline, gentamicin, and phenol red. The antibiotics suppress
Fungal Diagnosis the growth of bacteria, saprophytic yeasts, and molds. Dermato phytes growing on this medium produce alkaline by-products that change the phenol red indicator from yellow to red. This color change may be obscured when grossly contaminated specimens (e.g., nails) are processed on this medium. The pigment produced by dermatophytes, which is used for their identification, is obscured by the intense red color produced on this medium. Inhibitory Mold Agar (IMA) Inhibitory mound agar is an enriched, selective medium that is used for the isolation of pathogenic fungi other than dermatophytes. It consists of digests of animal tissue and casein, yeast extract, Fungal Diagnosis 255 dextrin, starch, glucose, salts, and chloramphenicol. Contami nating bacteria are inhibited by chloramphenicol. Mycosel (Mycobiotic) Agar Mycosel (Mycobiotic) agar is a selective medium used for the iso lation of pathogenic fungi from contaminated specimens. Mycosel and Mycobiotic (BD Diagnostic) agars consist of digests of soybean meal supplemented with glucose, cycloheximide, and chloramphen icol. Cycloheximide-susceptible fungi, including Cryptococcus neoformans, Pseudallescheria boydii, the zygomycetes, many spe cies of Candida and Aspergillus, Trichosporon spp., and most sap rophytic or opportunistic fungi, do not grow on this medium. Sabouraud Agar–Brain Heart Infusion (SABHI) Sabouraud agar–brain heart infusion (SABRI), an enriched agar medium, is a variation of Sabouraud dextrose agar (described be low). The medium consists of infusions of beef heart and calf brains, peptones, salts, glucose, blood, and chloromycetin (chlor amphenicol). It is used for the cultivation of dermatophytes and other pathogenic and nonpathogenic fungi. Sabouraud Dextrose Agar (SDA) Sabouraud dextrose agar is an enriched agar medium used for the isolation of saprophytic and pathogenic fungi. The original formu lation of SDA consists of digests of casein and animal tissue sup plemented with 4% glucose and adjusted to pH 5.6. The Emmons modification is preferred by many mycologists. It contains a re duced concentration of glucose (2%) and is buffered to neutrality (pH 6.9). Yeast, dermatophytes, and other filamentous fungi grow on these media. The original formulation of SDA was acidic to sup press the growth of bacteria. This problem can be circumvented by the addition of antibiotics (e.g., cycloheximide and chlorampheni col) to the media. However, cycloheximide-susceptible fungi (refer to Mycosel agar above) do not grow on this medium. Yeast Extract-Phosphate Agar Fungal Diagnosis Yeast extract-phosphate agar is a selective medium used for the iso lation of pathogenic fungi such as Histoplasma and Blastomyces spp. It consists of yeast extract and phosphate buffer supplemented with chloramphenicol to suppress the growth of bacteria. The pH is adjusted to 6.0. 256 SECTION 6 e,
in ems ms; for ms. am t is is gan gan ge, ge, ex r r ted sys fu i e oil to plates. on at 2,000 x g on at 2,000 x g ma tr ti ti g C or X marks. iv gal o gal o ated loop onto a to a. in ga ga br i di fu fu i i tr tr ate fun ate fun on; au ctly us tr tr ti n n re ga t, wash, cen n), and ESP if (Trek); cted, add ol ce ce es. fu en so i pe a di ul tr in on or cen on or cen di ti ti on of urines, uncentrifuged urine sus a a ti tr tr es pres ca ul fi ti ude BacT/Alert (bioMerieux),ude BacT/Alert BACTEC cl 2 ml, fil Malassezia >2 ml, fil Lysis Lysis and cen in (Becton Dick min 10 for to con plate noninhibitory of me Inoculate me > Comments quan can be streaked with a cal min 10 for to con If gran and crush gran act, act te tr tr pha MA, Mycosel IMA, Mycosel, yeast ex phos I Selective IMA, Mycosel, yeast ex a) ted di ma to × × × × × × ems me t sys × (or au Enriched SABHI, SDA, BHI b × MAF for Nocardia Fungal Diagnosis guide
a ing O N O O O N O m a cology plat cology Direct Direct ex (wet mount,(wet Calcofluor KOH) white, My e va
s ti
ag row id nc neal lid, ju id rapings itreous Cor Sc Eye con V flu Body flu
Bone mar Eye Source Blood Exudates, pus, drain Table 6.3 Fungal Diagnosis 257 ry est is s sa qu si a, please es di opic ct sc m ctly sed on re o ss the re tu re me re cr no le
tu er ag h
d di ing ct mi cted, add ac sed on the ba be al cul tic agent; nec re ly ly di ced spu pe ms and di ri rmed un no ly al on of te to du fo ag ti co sus c on. ti te e bac ly dily at na l symp s is usu i i al ms and di si on for in pr ca to a i o ti am spp. di pr ), or use stom of ga s di ti fu i on. ys l symp ti tr g should not be per ns for the de c opic opic ex s of clins of ca in i na si sc i me mo ry. For apry. o i e oil to plates. to cr am iv ra o of of clin ex Candidiasis is usu Cut into small pieces and em into agar; if Malassezia ol Liquefication with a mu with cen spec grind (zygomycetes), Mincing ( Histoplasma Vaginal can Pneu the ba mi ; N, stain ed y lab est og l qu act, act,
IMA IMA co I MA tr tr ate, ate, ed ed ph ph se se rmed if re CHROMagar Candida, IMA, Mycosel, DTM CHROMagar Candida, IMA, Mycosel, yeast ex phos bird CHROMagar Candida, IMA, Mycosel, yeast ex bird CHROMagar Candida, phos fo ed through the my su × × × nly pur mo R or Gram stain onal and should be per ti × × g is op res are com ok. in tu bo Fungal Diagnosis rmed; stain O, fo on this 4 of hand um, stains and cul ti ri R R te nely per ti ian. c si is a bac , O (TCP stain) R R, O (PCP stain, lung) R, Gram stain s Nocardia ing ing should be rou tions ssed with the phy gina cre cu R, stain Although a b Mouth Nails, hair, skin scrap Respiratory se Tissue Sinus Va see Primary Plating Media in sec dis 258 SECTION 6 Specific Diagnostic Tests Abbreviation Guide. CF, complement fixation; CIE, counter- immunoelectrophoresis; EIA, enzyme immunoassay; ID, immu nodiffusion; IFA, indirect fluorescent-antibody test; LA, latex agglutination; RIA, radioimmunoassay; TA, tube agglutination; TP, tube precipitin. Aspergillus Species. Microscopy and culture are sensitive detec tion methods for Aspergillus species. Molecular methods are being developed for both direct specimen and Aspergillus spp. identifi cation. EIA and RIA for Aspergillus antigens and CF, CIE, and ID tests for antibodies have been developed. Antigen tests are used primarily to diagnose invasive aspergillosis. Commercial EIAs detect galactomannan (GM) in serum and respiratory specimens. The tests have a sensitivity between 71 and 95% (higher when monoclonal antibodies are used) and good specificity. Antibody tests are most sensitive for immunocompetent patients with aller gic bronchopulmonary aspergillosis (ABPA), pulmonary aspergil loma, and invasive aspergillosis (IA). The sensitivities of the ID and CIE tests are comparable, while ID is more specific. The CF test is more specific but less sensitive than ID. The sensitivity of ID is im proved by the use of multiple antigens from A. fumigatus, A. fla vus, A. niger, and A. terreus. Precipitins are present in more than 90% of patients with aspergillomas, 70% of patients with ABPA, and fewer patients with IA. A fourfold concentration of serum and retesting is recommended for patients with suspected IA and a neg ative ID result. The ID is highly specific, with false-positive pre cipitins developing only against C-reactive protein. A complement fixation antibody titer of 1:8 is considered positive. Skin test reac tivity to Aspergillus antigen extracts is useful for patients with sus pected allergic bronchopulmonary aspergillosis, atopic dermatitis, or allergic asthma sensitized to aspergilli. Blastomyces dermatitidis (Blastomycosis). Demonstration of broad-based budding yeast cells and culture are the most reliable Fungal Diagnosis detection methods for B. dermatitidis. This organism can be iden tified by using microscopic and macroscopic morphology as well as molecular probe and exoantigen methods. Due to the lack of sen sitivity and specificity of available serologic tests (ID, EIA, CF, and RIA), these tests are generally not helpful for diagnosing blas tomycosis. The use of the A antigen, obtained from yeast culture filtrates, has improved the specificity of these tests. The commer cially available EIA is more sensitive but less specific than ID. An EIA titer of 1:32 or greater is considered diagnostic for blastomy cosis. Titers of 1:8 to 1:16 should be confirmed with ID or culture because cross-reactivity with Histoplasma antibodies can occur at this level. ID has a sensitivity of approximately 80% and a speci Fungal Diagnosis 259 ficity approaching 100%. Antibodies are detected within 1 month of onset, and the level declines with successful treatment. RIA has a sensitivity and specificity similar to ID but is rarely used. A CF antibody titer of ≥1:8 is considered positive. This test is relatively insensitive and nonspecific for blastomycosis and has generally been replaced by EIA and ID. Blastomyces urine antigen testing can be useful in diagnosing infection, but there is near complete cross-reactivity in cases of Histoplasma infection, and thus posi tive results do not confirm Blastomyces infection. Candida Species (Candidiasis). Candida species can be de tected by direct examination with Gram stain, KOH, or Calcofluor white preparations. Candida species grow well on most culture me dia. The identification of Candida species can be pursued through use of color production on differential agars, germ tube production, sugar assimilation and/or fermentation, temperature tolerance, cy cloheximide tolerance, and urea and nitrate testing. Currently, yeast identification using nucleic acids is not widely practiced. LA, ID, and CIE tests for antibodies and EIAs for antigens have been de veloped for the diagnosis of candidiasis. In general, the sensitivity and specificity of available tests are low. Coccidioides Species (Coccidioidomycosis). Microscopy and culture are reliable detection methods for Coccidioides species. There are two species of Coccidioides: C. immitis and C. posada sii. C. immitis can be identified using microscopic and macroscopic morphology as well as Accuprobe and exoantigen methods, while molecular methods are required to definitively identify C. posada sii. CF, TP, ID, and EIA have been developed for detection of anti bodies against C. immitis. The test antigens, called coccidioidin, are prepared from filtrates of mycelial cultures. Two primary anti gens are used: a heat-stable 120-kDa glycoprotein (factor 2 anti gen) located in the walls of arthroconidia and spherules, and a heat-labile 110-kDa chitinase enzyme (F antigen). The former pro tein is detected in the TP test, and the latter is detected in the CF
test. Both antigens can be detected in the ID test and EIAs. An Fungal Diagnosis other antigen, spherulin, is prepared from spherules of C. immitis and has been used in CF tests. Factor 2 antigen is not specific for C. immitis and is also found in morphologically similar saprophytic fungi. The TP test is used to detect early disease (80% positive at 2 to 3 weeks, disappearing by 6 months), and the CF test detects persistent antibodies. TP remains positive in patients with dissem inated disease. The combination of CF and TP tests is positive in more than 90% of infected patients. ID is comparable to CF and TP. The commercially prepared EIA measures both immunoglob ulin M (IgM) and IgG antibodies. Both tests must be performed for maximum sensitivity. A positive EIA result must be confirmed by ID. CF antibody titers of 1:2 to 1:4 usually indicate early, residual, 260 SECTION 6 or meningeal disease. Antibody titers of 1:16 indicate disseminated disease. Negative titers do not exclude the disease. Coccidioidin skin tests are of limited usefulness, although failure to develop a positive skin test has been associated with poor response to therapy. Cryptococcus neoformans (Cryptococcosis). Microscopy and culture are useful detection methods for C. neoformans. Crypto coccus grows readily in culture but is inhibited by cycloheximide. Cryptococcal antigens can be measured by LA and EIA. EIA is more sensitive for capsular glucuronoxylomannan polysaccharide, and the method is suitable for testing of multiple specimens. Titers are generally determined using the LA method. A titer of 1:8 or greater in serum or cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) is considered diag nostic. Titers of 1:4 or less may be indicative of early disease or nonspecific reactions (prozone, patients with rheumatoid arthritis, syneresis fluid, platinum wire loops, Capnocytophaga [DF-1], Trichosporon beigelii, disinfectants, and soaps). These nonspecific reactions have been documented by LA only. Titers in CSF can be helpful in monitoring therapy when the titers are tested over appro priate intervals (at least 2 weeks). Interpretation of follow-up titers is sometimes difficult because the antigen is harbored within the body; therefore, the definitive decision often depends on the results of culture. More than 99% of patients with culture-confirmed cryp tococcosis have positive antigen tests. IFA, EIA, and LA have been developed for measuring cryptococcal antibodies. These tests are not useful for diagnosis because capsular polysaccharide may inhibit antibody synthesis or mask the presence of antibody. Anti body testing may have prognostic value during the recovery of non- AIDS patients. Histoplasma capsulatum (Histoplasmosis). Definitive diagnosis of histoplasmosis requires growth of the fungus. Mycelial forms mature within 20 days and display diagnostic tuberculate macro conidia. Identification is performed by mound-yeast conversion, Ac
Fungal Diagnosis cuprobe, and exoantigen methods. CF, EIA, LA, and ID have been developed to measure antibodies to H. capsulatum. RIA and EIA have been developed to detect Histoplasma antigens in urine and serum. The CF test is sensitive (more than 90% of culture-confirmed patients have antibodies), but cross-reactions can occur in patients with blastomycosis, coccidiodomycosis, other mycoses, and leish maniasis. Two antigens are used in the CF test: yeast phase antigen and mycelial phase antigen (histoplasmin). CF antibodies develop within 4 weeks after exposure in patients with pulmonary infec tions, with antibodies against the yeast phase being detected first and those against histoplasmin developing later. Patients with chronic histoplasmosis generally have higher titers to histoplasmin. Antibody titers between 1:8 and 1:32 are considered presumptive Fungal Diagnosis 261 evidence of histoplasmosis; however, high titers can be observed in patients with other diseases, so serology should be confirmed by culture. Antigen EIA and RIA provide rapid diagnosis, but cross- reactivity occurs with other mycoses. Cross-reactivity does not de tract from the value of these tests because, depending of the severity of the clinical picture, antifungal therapy is essentially the same. If these tests are used, the results must be confirmed by ID tests. The ID test can detect as many as six precipitin bands when histo plasmin is used as the test antigen. Two bands, H and M, have di agnostic value. The M band generally appears first and is an indicator of early disease. The presence of both the M and H bands is indicative of active disease, past disease, or recent skin testing. The presence of both M and H bands is consistent with active dis ease. The LA test is used to detect acute histoplasmosis, with reac tivity occurring 2 to 3 weeks after exposure. Positive reactivity should be confirmed with the ID test. A heat-stable polysaccharide antigen can also be detected in serum, urine, and CSF specimens in patients with disseminated histoplasmosis (90% sensitivity), as well as localized pulmonary disease (<50% sensitivity). The urine test is the most sensitive for disseminated disease, but false-positive reactions have been reported with other diseases (e.g., Coccidioido mycosis paracoccidioidomycosis, penicilliosis, and blastomyco sis). Positive reactions should be confirmed with culture. Malassezia Species. Direct examination and culture are the methods of choice for the detection of Malassezia species. All spe cies are lipophilic (except M. pachydermatitis) and require the ad dition of long-chain fatty acids (e.g., sterile olive oil) to culture media for growth. Malassezia exists both as a skin commensal and as an etiological agent of cutaneous and systemic disease. Differ entiation of lipophilic species is not generally performed. Paracoccidioides brasiliensis. Diagnosis is established when di rect examination demonstrates the organism’s characteristic “ship’s wheel.” Mycelial forms mature within 21 days, but their presence is
not diagnostic. Mold-yeast conversion or exoantigen testing is nec Fungal Diagnosis essary for definitive identification. CF, ID, EIA, and CIE have been developed to measure antibodies to P. brasiliensis. The CF test de tects antibodies (titer of 1:32 or greater) in at least 80 to 95% of pa tients with paracoccidioidomycosis, while positive serologic test results are reported for 98% of patients when both the CF and ID tests are used. Cross-reactivity with H. capsulatum can occur in the CF test. Declining CF titers are consistent with a response to ther apy, and the presence of persistently high titers indicates a bad prog nosis. One to three unique precipitin bands are observed in the ID test. Antigen 1 has been characterized as a 43-kDa glycoprotein. This antigen has also been used in EIA. Both the CF and ID tests are available through the CDC. 262 SECTION 6 Talaromyces (Penicillium) marneffei. The diagnostic test of choice is demonstration of fission yeast cells in direct examinations and the recovery of T. marneffei in clinical specimens. These in fections are usually disseminated, with multiple-organ involvement including lymphadenitis, subcutaneous abscesses, bone lesions, ar thritis, splenomegaly, and lesions in the lungs, liver, or bowel. Pneumocystis jiroveci. Demonstration of the organism in clinical specimen by microscopy is diagnostic. P. jiroveci grows poorly in cell culture, and reliable antigen and antibody tests have not been developed. The presence of the PCR product has not been strictly correlated with disease. Toluidine blue 0, Calcofluor white, and me thenamine silver stain the cyst wall; Gram Weigert and Papani coalou stain the intracystic bodies and faintly stain troph ozoite forms; Giemsa and fluorescein-labeled antibodies (IFA, DFA) stain both cysts and trophozoites. Sporothrix schenckii (Sporotrichosis). Isolation and mold-yeast conversion are required for the diagnosis of sporotrichosis. Al though antigen and antibody tests are available, they are not widely used. EIA, LA, and TA can be used reliably to detect anti bodies to S. schenckii, while the CF and ID tests are less reliable and are not recommended. Antibodies to at least two cell wall an tigens (40- and 70-kDa antigens) are detected. EIA titers of at least l:16 in serum and l:8 in CSF are considered diagnostic. Elevated titers can be observed, which decline with successful therapy. LA titers of 1:4 or greater are consistent with disease, although non specific reactions can occur at titers of 1:8. Antibody titers in the LA test do not change predictably with therapy, so they cannot be used for prognostic purposes. Zygomycetes (Zygomycosis, Mucormycosis). EIA and ID have been developed to detect antibodies in patients with active zygo mycosis. The tests have a sensitivity of approximately 70% and a specificity of greater than 90%. They are rarely used because the etiologic agents of zygomycosis grow rapidly. Fungal Diagnosis Biomarkers of Invasive Fungal Infection Galactomannan. This is a diagnostic test that detects circulating galactomannan in serum (a component of Aspergillus cell wall) as a marker of invasive aspergillosis (IA). The diagnosis of IA is of ten very difficult due to the low yield of culture, nonspecific symp toms, and the fact that those patients at greatest risk for IA are of too unstable to undergo diagnostic biopsy procedures. The perfor mance of galactomannan detection in serum yields relatively high sensitivity and specificity, although false positive results have been noted in patients receiving piperacillin/tazobactam. In addition to Fungal Diagnosis 263 testing the serum, there is evidence that testing of respiratory spec imens may be useful in the diagnosis of pulmonary aspergillosis. 1, 3 Beta-D-Glucan. Detection of circulating beta-D-glucan (BDG) is used as a marker of invasive fungal infection. BDG is a nonspecific component of the cell wall of many fungal species. Im portantly, Cryptococcus and the Zygomycetes do not possess this element of their cell wall and therefore negative BDG results do not rule out infection with these organisms. In addition, BDG is con troversial due to its overall poor performance. In particular, false positive results (poor specificity) are a significant problem with this test, as a wide range of predisposing factors can lead to falsely pos itive results. Notably, patients exposed to gauze or medications that have been filtered through a cellulose-containing membrane are among the most common causes of false positive results.
The following tables summarize organisms described in the eighth edition of the Manual of Clinical Microbiology. They are or ganized in parallel with the discussions of the organisms within the manual. Due to the dependence on phenotypic growth charac teristics for the identification of molds, the information summarized includes colony morphology, line drawings, and key differential characteristics. All line drawings are used with the author’s permis sion and come from the book Medically Important Fungi, a Guide to Identification, fourth edition (2002), by D. H. Larone. For fur ther organism information, please refer to the eighth edition of the Manual of Clinical Microbiology and the fourth edition of Medi cally Important Fungi, a Guide to Identification. Fungal Diagnosis
264 SECTION 6
se da i ox henol P
3 KNO tion a z li uti
—— Urease
——— +* Trehalose
F——— Galactose
F* F* F* Lactose
F————
ab Sucrose ns
F* me Maltose
i
———————— Fermentation of: Glucose
W—W——W——— F*
l spec Dulcitol
ca
+* i
Trehalose Raffinose
+ — F — F —+—FF——FF——— Xylose
—————————— +* +* ted from clin Inositol
— +* la Cellobiose
+* Melibiose
ntly ntly iso Galactose
+ + + — + + + que
Assimilation of: Assimilation Lactose
—+———+—+—FF——FF——— —+—+—+—+—FFF— +* Sucrose
+*
Maltose Glucose
+ + +
cs cs of yeasts fre
a Ink a di ti In Capsule
is
r te tubes Germ
ac Chlamydospores
− — −
ae ph Pseudo—or true hy true Pseudo—or l char
ca i Broth in Pellicle Fungal Diagnosis + + −—− +———————+———F———————— −+−+−———+——— − − − −+−—−++——+———+———
em Growth at 37°C at Growth + −—−—− + +————————+—F————F——— +−+−—−+—+++— + − — − — − + + + + + −+−+++−+++—+——— + + ++−+−—−+++—+++—++++F—F— − ++ + ++ ++−+−—−+++—+—+—+—+—F—F—FF——— + −—−+−+−—−+++—+———+—+—F———————— + −—− +———————————F—————+ +—————————————————+—— + + ch +* +* ltural and bio e d Cu d,e c
c sa go C. krusei C. glabrata C. kefyr C famata C lambica C. ru Candida albicans C. catenulata dubliniensis C C. guilliermondii C. lipolytica C. lusitaniae parapsilosisC C. pintolopepsii C. tropicalis Species Table 6.4 Fungal Diagnosis 265 − − − − − — — ——— F* on; R, rare; the sugar F, is fer ti ac te re si + + — — — — + — + — — — — — — + + — po and to 37°C 33 C. for lipolytica. − − − − − − + + − —FFF—F — — — — — — — + + +* —* Manualof Clinical Microbiology, ed., ASM 11th + +——————+—— + +———————+— +* +* —* − +* +* +* tes may give the op la + + −+−W−−−−−−−++ —+ + +———————+—— ———+—————————— +* +* + + + +* +* —* —* + + + + + + − — + + + + —+—+++———————++— — — +* r SS,r Warnock (ed.), DW res are C. for krusei to 45°C 43 te tu a +* +* on; *, someon; iso *, r —* —* ti pe ac + + − + +* +* +* +* ve reve — +* ti a +* + + + — + — + + + — ly doesly not. al ol;—, neg tr −* −* usu ly doesly not. al ve conve ti usu a llFunke KC, G, Landry ML, Rich − − − + + + − on. ti ro tropicalis does not. Maximum growth tem ta ++−−−++++++++++++−−−−−+−− − − − + + +−−−+++++++++++−−−−−−+−− + − — − + — — — n +* me Fungal Diagnosis tropicalis se; C. − — − — + + − — − — + + + + + + − — − — + + + + + + −—− +———+———+———————————— krusei − − − + −* NT NT NT no i * +−—−—−+++—+————+ + − — − — + − — − — +−R−—++++—+—+++++−−−−−+−−−+−−−−−+−−−−−−−−− + ++ −—−+ +———+——————————————— — —−—−—++++—++++++++——————+—— — − — − — + + + + — +* +* +* se; C. — —* —* no ced); W, weakced); fer W, lates L—arab tes rham i tes erythritol; C. la du la i i sim m m si as si n, D.C., 2015. n, D.C., as to as g in Symbols: growth +, greater than that the of neg C. lusitaniae Adaptedfrom Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Car C. parapsilosis C. lipolytica a b c d e C. terreus S. cerevisiae C. luteolus R. rubra C. laurentii R. glutinus C. albidus G. candidumG. C. zeylanoides neoformans Cryptococcus uniguttulatus C. C. peliculosa B. capitalus wickerhamii Prototheca salmonicolor Sporobolomyces asahii Trichsoposon mucoides Trichosporon Trichosporon ovoides mented gas (i.e., is pro Press, Wash 266 SECTION 6 + + − + − + − + V V — — — — — T. ovoides T. − + + + + + + + + + − + W W NT T. mycotoxinivorans T. + + − + + + + + + + + + − + — T. mucoides T. - NT T. loubieri r SS, Warnock (ed.), DW Manual of Clinical Microbiology, ed., ASM 11th te − + − V + + T. inkin T. a s cie spe − ++++ —+ —+ — — V — + — + V V + −+ V + — + − —— V — + + —— — + + T. cutaneum ll Funke KC, G, Landry ML, Rich ro − + + − + V V V V cted Trichosporon Fungal Diagnosis T. asteroides T. le + + — + − + V V —— —V ———— —— T. asahii aracteristics se of n, D.C., 2015. n, D.C., t cells − to Ch g an
in litol elibiose alactitol ibitol affinose –Arabinitol rbitol L–Rhamnose M R R Xy L G Adapted from Jorgensen JH, Pfaller MA, Car a Appresoria Fusiform gi Assimilation of: Cycloheximide0.01% Cycloheximide0.1% Characteristic So Growth at 37°CGrowth at 42˚CUrease + − Press, Wash Table 6.5 Table Fungal Diagnosis 267 rse ve (continued) wdery, ack, re po - bl - low Biseriate Biseriate Smooth, straight long, A. niger Velvety buff yel h is low rse to gold wdery, rk yel ve po - da wn - bro - low Biseriate Biseriate Rough A. flavus Velvety green, re red yel n ta - wdery, po - een to gray, gr - erse white v Velvety A. fumigatus blue re Unseriate Unseriate Smooth cs ti a y y s is g g r o o cie te ol ol ac ph ph spe Diagnostic char Colony mor Seriation Conidiophore Microscopic mor Fungal Diagnosis aracteristics Aspergillus of Ch
Illustration Table 6.6 268 SECTION 6 een w, w, e gr - lo abl i se se var ver Green to gray or tan with patches pinkof or yel re Biseriate Biseriate Smooth A. versicolor n mo w to lo na n, D.C., 2002.n, D.C., rse yel to g ve in tan Velvety, tan to cin Velvety, brown, re Biseriate Biseriate Smooth A. terreus rown, rown, b - ish rse buff to deep pl ve Biseriate Biseriate Smooth, short, brown re Velvety, dark green toVelvety, pur red A. nidulans cs ti y y is g g r o o te (continued) ol ol a ac s ph ph cie Seriation Conidiophore Microscopic mor Diagnostic char Colony mor spe Fungal Diagnosis aracteristics Aspergillus of Ch
Illustrations from H. Larone, D. Medically Important Fungi, a Guide to Identification, 4th ed., ASM Press, Wash a Illustration Table 6.6 Fungal Diagnosis 269
- low ss orssyel (continued) le r o rsecol ange ve Trichoderma or Fluffy green, re erse white v Gliocladium Fluffy dark green, re ly ly se se al on ver si
- ca ack; re ack; bl - r ly ly tan, oc e al nnamon or dark gray Scopulariopsis brown to Powdery, cream Powdery, ci usu dark h h, is is low een; een; ite, pink gr se w or pale brown a - wh lo - gi ver Paecilomyces yel re Velvety, Velvety, yel brown or mauve, brightnever green or blue off rse Fungal Diagnosis ve nt, rule me arneffei g pig in s P. m fu Talaromyces out Velvet, green, reVelvet, white to cream; if red dif portunistic moniliaceous fun cs Op ti y is
g g r o o te ol ac phol ph
Diagnostic char Microscopic mory Colony mor Table 6.7 270 SECTION 6 a tr lus il rse white; der si ve Fluffy cream to pink; re also con Engyodontium Beauveria n, D.C., 2002.n, D.C., The Paecilomyces range; range; imy, pinkimy, to o to - g sl - in on rse pink or tan ve re salm Moist Lecythophora w or lo nt ff or me rse light with bu - ve eam, yel ng pig cr i - s fu green; re pale wine brown; green some have dif Flat, spready white Phialemonium h; s, s, is les or ltlike, white, es are se se col fe w, or pinkw, ci - lo (continued) ver a re gi se; tan, lightor pale gray, ro pale yel some spe dematiaceous Glabrous Acremonium le le ab rse i Fungal Diagnosis ve der si ce var fa le (white tole dark on. t, or pink), re ab ti i le o pink); also con Cylindrocarpon var Talaromyces Cottony sur in color (white, cream, vi portunistic moniliaceous fun cs Op ti y
is g g r o o te ol ac phol ph Illustrations from H. Larone, D. Medically Important Fungi, a Guide to Identification, 4th ed., ASM Press, Wash a Diagnostic char Microscopic mory Colony mor Table 6.7 tion is from the third edi Fungal Diagnosis 271 (continued) erse white v Fluffy dark gray, re 40°C Syncephalastrum rse ve Fluffy re gray, white 45–50°C Lichtheimia erse white v Fluffy gray to dark brown, re 54–58°C Rhizomucor own, br - erse white v re Fluffy gray 45–50°C Rhizopus
- Fungal Diagnosis rse white ve a rown, re Fluffy gray to gray b 37°C Mucor gomycetes cs Zy ti y is g g
r o o te ol ac ph phol Colony mor Diagnostic char Microscopic mory Maximum temp growth Table 6.8 Table 272 SECTION 6
ed with ry erse white er v de g cov in um, re li m ce abrous flat cream co 35°C Conidiobolus be Gl my a white pow te li n, D.C., Fungaln, D.C., Diagnosis, 2002 el to g ia in d ni own; sat es formed by br - ni o 37°C Flat, buff waxy, to gray Basidiobolus col ejected co rse al ci ve nce - w, or w, ha lo n tio own; re la br a to en u - di llow; usellow; spe 42°C spor Apophysomyces Cream, yel gray white to pale ye me rse al ve ci nce ha n tio la a to en u di <37°C Saksenaea Fluffy white, re me spor white; use spe Fungal Diagnosis (continued) a erse white v 42°C Cunninghamella Fluffy gray, re gomycetes cs Zy ti y is g g
r o o te ol ac phol ph Illustrations from H. Larone, D. Medically Important Fungi, a Guide to Identification, 4th ed., ASM Press, Wash a Diagnostic char Microscopic mory Maximum temp growth Colony mor Table 6.8 Table Fungal Diagnosis 273 g own ce in br ke fa - m li (continued) - co ed; sur re, be se se cream kl tu ver re wrin Moist yeast tex Sporothrix schenckii ed floccose, kl Glabrous brown to wrin beige or white Paracoccidioides brasiliensis le le se se ib s ver fu ; ; re ange or ange or - ery nt e or - pl iph me r pig pe buff, red dif pur Talaromyces marneffei Green with gray spp. own g tan; ay, br in gr - y, y, - se se m vet co ver Glabrous to vel white be re cream own g tan; br in - ty, ty, white, se se m ve co ver Histoplasma Histoplasma capsulatum Coccidioides Glabrous to vel be re cream Fungal Diagnosis ay, gr a - own g tan; br in - ty, white se se m ve co ver Glabrous to vel Blastomyces dermatitidis be cream re morphic molds cs Di at ti is
am r ogy te ol ac ph Direct ex 25°C Diagnostic char Colony mor Table 6.9 274 SECTION 6 spp. Acrodontium Sporothrix schenckii on n, D.C., 2002.n, D.C., ct exam, to g re in Blastomyces dermatitidis Emmonsia; di Paracoccidioides brasiliensis
ng ng i c du nt me Other Penicillium spp. pro red diffusible pig Talaromyces marneffei spp. Arthrographis, Arthrographis, Geotrichum, Malbranchea, Trichosporon Emmonsia, Sepedonium Histoplasma Histoplasma capsulatum Coccidioides Fungal Diagnosis (continued) a monsia, Em Chrysosporium, Scedosporium apiospermum Blastomyces dermatitidis morphic molds cs Di ti is
r te ac am Illustrations from H. Larone, D. Medically Important Fungi, a Guide to Identification, 4th ed., ASM Press, Wash a Diagnostic char Microscopic ex Rule out Table 6.9 Fungal Diagnosis 275 g in es, ni o own + –/V br - rse white to low ve T. verrucosum T. Very slow grow white to cream heaped col re yel ay ty gr ve - rse pale, – + low ve +/+— n, D.C., 2002.n, D.C., to ry to vel g ce, re de in fa White to cream pow sur T. terrestre T. slightly yel
- w lo on ty own ve br - rse lem + + ve –/+ ry or vel ce, re de fa llow or red sur ye White to creamy yel pow T. tonsurans T. a s cie le. ab ny ny spe i to rse deep + — ve 4+/4+ wn bro - white; re red Variable, cot T. rubrum T. Trichophyton m growth; var V, mu i mon mon rse ve w Fungal Diagnosis r, r, lo la u ny, ny, to + + 4+/4+ ly ly white; re al ty or gran er ve ricted growth; 4+, max st white to pale yel T. mentagrophytes T. vel Variable cot gen Characteristics com of cs ti
y is g g r b o o te ol ac phol ph —, no growth; re +, Illustrations from H. Larone, D. Medically Important Fungi, a Guide to Identification, 4th ed., ASM Press, Wash a b Diagnostic char Microscopic mory Urease Trichophyton agars 1/4 Growth at 37°C Colony mor Table 6.10 276 SECTION 6 ex pl com ; or ly palely to brown al rse usu ve ranular, sandy col G re Microsporum gypseum Microsporum w; lo der si var. canis a s w; also con ty, pale toty, yel cie lo ve cox rse yel ve Flat to vel re M. prae Microsporum canis Microsporum w lo mon Microsporum mon spe r, sandyr, to and com la u rse pale to yel ve Fungal Diagnosis own; re br - e iv Flat, slightly gran ol Epidermophyton floccosum Epidermophyton floccosum cs ti
y is g g r o o te ol ac ph phol Diagnostic char Colony mor Microscopic mory Table 6.11 Fungal Diagnosis 277 own br - ish d se se red ver Microsporum nanumMicrosporum sandy color, Powdery, re n, D.C., 2002.n, D.C., to g in ty; ve rse wine red ve Microsporum cookei Microsporum Granular to vel re h is rse ve ty; re Fungal Diagnosis ve Microsporum audouiniiMicrosporum Flat to vel pale salmon to pale brown cs ti y is g g r o o te ol ac phol ph Illustrations from H. Larone, D. Medically Important Fungi, a Guide to Identification, 4th ed., ASM Press, Wash a Diagnostic char Microscopic mory Colony mor 278 SECTION 6 Helminthosporium Exserohilum a res tu Drechslera c Fungal Diagnosis Bipolaris b Dematiaceous fungi with macroconidia or other struc cs ti
is g r o te ac phol Diagnostic char Microscopic mory Table 6.12 Fungal Diagnosis 279 Phoma n, D.C., 2002.n, D.C., to on. g ti a in ti en r fe Chaetomium ; a germ tube test is needed dif for Curvularia ly calledly Drechslera en k ta Fungal Diagnosis were mis g, andg, shades green of and gray to black. Reverse is dark. in Alternaria ly growly id tes Bipolaris of la b cs ti is g r o te ac phol Illustrations from H. Larone, D. Medically Important Fungi, a Guide to Identification, 4th ed., ASM Press, Wash Colonies are rap woolly, In the past, most iso a b c Diagnostic char Microscopic mory 280 SECTION 6 Botrytis sider Rhinocladiella amichloridium Also con R a ia d Phialophora verrucosa ni Fungal Diagnosis Fonsecaea pedrosoiFonsecaea b Dematiaceous fungi with small co cs ti
is g r o te ac phol Diagnostic char Microscopic mory Table 6.13 Fungal Diagnosis 281 - ly yeastly al are usu Stachybotrys n, D.C., 2002.n, D.C., , and Phaeoannellomyces to g in ve; growth at le Wangiella ti i , ab i Hortaea werneckii Nitrate pos 40°C var ve; growth at ti ve a ti i Exophiala dermatitidis Exophiala Nitrate neg 40°C pos spp. Fungal Diagnosis g, andg, shades green of and gray to black. Reverse is dark. Exophiala ve; growth at in le ti i ab i Exophiala ly growly id Nitrate pos 40°C var b cs ti y y and is g al test r o og ti l te en ac r phol pho fe Colonies are rap woolly, Illustrations from H. Larone, D. Medically Important Fungi, a Guide to Identification, 4th ed., ASM Press, Wash a b ke when young. dif Diagnostic char Microscopic mory Colony mor li 282 SECTION 6 c + — — Variable bit growthbit at 40°C; some iso hi Cladophialophora bantiana Cladophialophora onsex si n, D.C., 2002.n, D.C., alle to g br in re from ce + — — — a s cie spe Cladophialophora carrionii Isolates bantiana C. of own or black. Reverse is black. br - e spp. iv Xylophyphaernmonsii. nd Cladophialophora + + a — — d as ay toay ol gr fie - e si iv ) do not grow above 37°C. Cladosporium ny, ol ny, sly sly clas to ou Fungal Diagnosis vi X. ernmonsii ty or cot tes pre ve b la d as fie tics si g, vel g, is in udes iso ter cl ac sly sly clas is ce s ly growly ou Differentiation Cladosporium of ly an
id vi now in er
y dro g o ol ph C. bantiana C. Colonies rap Illustrations from H. Larone, D. Medically Important Fungi, a Guide to Identification, 4th ed., ASM Press, Wash a b C mor Diagnostic char Microscopic Gelatin hy 15% 15% salt tol Growth at 37°C Growth at 42°C lates (those pre Table 6.14 Fungal Diagnosis 283
-
e iv nt rse dark (continued) (not ve me sh brown, or di le pig ack; re ib bl s - fu ay, red ay, Dactylaria constricta var. constricta incovered MIF) Woolly and dark,Woolly ol gr gray with a red to brown dif
- e iv nt rse dark ve me gallopava sh brown, or di le pig ack; re ib bl s - fu ray, red ray, Ochroconis Woolly and dark,Woolly ol g gray with a red to brown dif rse gray ve Scedosporium prolificans Cottony, lightCottony, gray to black; re to black rse a s ve cie spe exual S t en Fungal Diagnosis g gray or black spp. complex in nd Dactylaria m a co
Graphium may be pres Asexual white, be Scedosporium Cottony white to gray or brown; re Scedosporium cs ti
y is g g r o o te ol ac phol ph Diagnostic char Microscopic mory Colony mor Table 6.15 284 SECTION 6
(not + — covered incovered MIF) Dactylaria constricta var. constricta n, D.C., 2002.n, D.C., to g gallopava in + — Ochroconis — NA 45°C Scedosporium prolificans (continued) a s cie
spe de) ed it b mi l stage i hi x ua he NA 37°C Fungal Diagnosis clo spp. complex the sex nd Dactylaria may be in by cy + ( a Scedosporium Scedosporium cs ti
is s in <7 r si te ly ac ance o er dr Illustrations from H. Larone, D. Medically Important Fungi, a Guide to Identification, 4th ed., ASM Press, Wash a days Diagnostic char Gelatin hy Cycloheximide tol Growth at 37–45°C Table 6.15 SECTION 7 Parasitic Diagnosis
General Comments 286 Table 7.1 Detection Methods for Parasites 287 Microscopy 290 Specific Diagnostic Tests 291 Free-Living Amebae 291 Intestinal and Urogenital Protozoa 292 Blood and Tissue Protozoa 294 Microsporidia 297 Helminths: Nematodes 297 Helminths: Trematodes 299 Helminths: Cestodes 300 Identification Tables and Figures 302 Table 7.2 Trophozoites of Common Intestinal Amebae 302 Table 7.3 Cysts of Common Intestinal Amebae 305 Figure 7.1 Intestinal Amebae of Humans 308 Table 7.4 Trophozoites of Flagellates 309 Table 7.5 Cysts of Flagellates 311 Figure 7.2 Intestinal and Urogenital Flagellates of Humans 312 Table 7.6 Morphological Characteristics of Ciliates, Coccidia, Microsporidia, and Tissue Protozoa 313 Table 7. 7 Morphological Characteristics of Protozoa Found in Blood 315 Table 7.8 Morphological Characteristics of Blood and Tissue Nematodes 317 Table 7.9 Morphological Characteristics of Helminths 318 Figure 7.3 Relative Sizes of Helminth Eggs 320
doi:10.1128/9781683670070.ch7 286 SECTION 7 Diagnosis of most parasitic infections has traditionally been made by the microscopic examination of clinical material, necessitating that highly trained technologists spend a significant amount of time examining individual specimens. In most developed countries, the prevalence of parasitic infection is very low, and as a result, many laboratories send their parasitic testing to large referral laborato ries where expertise is centralized and competency can more easily be maintained. For the detection of more common parasites, immu noassays have been developed (e.g., Entamoeba histolytica, Giardia duodenalis, and Cryptosporidium parvum). However, these tests are adjuncts to the microscopic examination of specimens for ova and parasites and can rarely replace microscopy. Likewise, a num ber of tests have been developed to detect parasite-specific nucleic acids, and recently, these assays have been FDA cleared for direct detection from stool. This section summarizes the tests currently available for the laboratory diagnosis of the most common parasitic infections. For additional information, the reader is referred to the Manual of Clini- cal Microbiology, 11th ed., 2015, and Garcia’s Diagnostic Medical Parasitology, 4th ed., 2001. Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic Parasitic Diagnosis 287 s tic nos (continued) ag B B C C C C C B B B C C D D D A olecular di M tion tec B C C B D D A A D D D D D D D D Antibody Antibody de tion tec C C B D D D D A D A A A D D D D Antigen Antigen de B A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A Microscopy a es B C C B C A D D D D D D A D D D sit a Culture for for par zoa to ods zoa tal pro i to Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic gen pro ection meth li sue Det
abesia Acanthamoeba Blastocystis hominis Cryptosporidium parvum Cyclospora cayetanensis Dientamoeba fragilis Entamoeba histolytica/dispar duodenalis Giardia vaginalis Trichomonas gondii Toxoplasma Balantidium coli Trypanosoma Leishmania Plasmodium Naegleria Isospora bel B Parasite Free-living ame bae Intestinal and uro Blood and tis Table 7.1 288 SECTION 7 s tic nos ag C C C C C C D D D D D D D D olecular di M tion tec C C C C D D D D D D D A A D Antibody Antibody de tion tec C C C C D D D D D D D D D D Antigen Antigen de A A A A A A A A A A D A A A Microscopy (continued) a es D D D D D D D D D D D D D D sit a Culture for for par ods lus Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic todes vu a ection meth Det era
spp. trongyloides stercoralis Many Many gen lumbricoides Ascaris Capillaria philippinensis Dracunculus medinensis canis Toxocara spiralis Trichinella Ancylostoma duodenale Onchocerca vol Mansonella perstans Necator americanus Brugia Enterobius vermicularis Loa loa S Parasite Microsporidia Helminths—nem Table 7.1 Parasitic Diagnosis 289 ; ries to ra o e lab C C D D D D D D D D D D D D D enc er e in ref abl ut may be avail C C C A D D D D D D A A D D D sis b no ag l di era sed gen for C C D D D D D D D D D D D D D dom u , test is sel es; C nc A A A A A A A A A D D D A A A sta cum n cir tai er D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D sis der c no n ag ful u y di tor ra o ; B, test; B, is use ful Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic todes a ca i y use todes y not used for lab all spp. pat er all er Trichuris trichiura Trichuris sinensis Clonorchis buskiFasciolopis westermani Paragonimus caniumDipylidium granulosus Echinococcus multilocularis Echinococcus diminuta Hymenolepis Hymenolepis nana saginata Taenia Diphyllobothrium latumDiphyllobothrium Wuchereria bancrofti Fasciola he solium Taenia Schistosoma A, test is gen a D, D, test is gen Helminths—trem Helminths—ces 290 SECTION 7 Acid-Fast Trichrome Chromotrope Stain The acid-fast trichrome chromotrope stain is used to detected mi- crosporidia, Cryptosporidium, Cyclospora, and Isospora. Speci- mens are stained with carbol fuchsin followed by Didier’s trichrome solution (Chromotrope 2R, aniline blue, and phosphotungstic acid in acetic acid) and then washed with acid-alcohol followed by 95% ethanol. Cryptosporidium, Cyclospora, and Isospora stain bright pink or violet, and microsporidia appear pink. Calcofluor White Stain Calcofluor white binds to cellulose and chitin; it fluoresces best when exposed to long-wavelength UV light. Free-living amebae (i.e., Acanthamoeba, Balamuthia, and Naegleria) and larvae of Di- rofilaria fluoresce. Delafield’s Hematoxylin Stain Delafield’s hematoxylin stain is used for thin and thick blood films for the detection of microfilaria. Structural detail (e.g., nuclei and sheaths) may show greater detail than with Giemsa or Wright’s stains. This stain is not commercially available and so is typically used only in specialty laboratories. Direct Fluorescent-Antibody Stain A variety of organisms (e.g., Cryptosporidium parvum and Giar- dia duodenalis) are detected directly in clinical specimens by using specific fluorescein-labeled antibodies. The labeled antibodies bind to the organisms and fluoresce green under UV light. The sensitiv ity and specificity of the stain are determined by the quality of the antibodies used in the reagents. Optimal detection of fluorescence requires the use of either a 420- to 490-nm (wide band) or 470- to 490-nm (narrow band) excitation filter and a 510- to 530-nm bar rier filter. Giemsa Stain Giemsa stain and Wright’s stain are modifications of Romanowsky stain, which combines methylene blue and eosin. Both stains are used for the detection of blood parasites (e.g., Plasmodium, Babe- sia, and Leishmania). A protozoan tropho zoite has a red nucleu s and gray-blue cytoplasm.
Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic Iron Hematoxylin Stain Iron hematoxylin stain is used for the detection and identification of fecal protozoa. Helminth eggs and larvae generally retain too much stain and are more easily identifiedwith wet-mount prepara tions. Iron hematoxylin stain can be applied to either fresh stool specimens or ones preserved with polyvinyl alcohol or a similar preservative. Formalin-fixed specimens cannot be used. Parasitic Diagnosis 291 Lugol’s Iodine Stain Iodine is added to “wet” preparations of parasitology specimens to enhance the contrast of the internal structures (e.g., nuclei and gly cogen vacuoles). One disadvantage of this method is that protozoa are killed by the iodine and hence motility cannot be observed. Modified Acid-Fast Stain Acid-fast stains are used for detecting Cryptosporidium, Cy- clospora, and Isospora. Because the protozoa can be readily decol orized, a weak acid-alcohol solution is used for removing the basic carbol fuchsin from non-acid-fast organisms. Organisms that retain this modified tains are referred to as being partially acid-fast. Modified Acid-Fast Stains (Weber Green, Ryan Blue) The trichrome stain has been modified pes cifically for the detection of microsporidia. A higher concentration of dye and longer staining time are used to facilitate the staining of microsporidia. Weber Green stains the organisms pink with a green background, whereas the Ryan Blue also stains the organisms pink but with a blue background. Trichrome Stain The trichrome stain, like the iron hematoxylin stain, is a permanent stain that is used for the detection and identification of protozoa. The stain consists of a solution of three dyes (Chromotrope 2R, light green SF, and fast green FCF) in phosphotungstic acid and acetic acid. When staining is done properly, the specimen background is green and the protozoa have a blue-green to purple cytoplasm with red or purple-red nuclei, chromatoid bodies, erythrocytes, and bacteria. Parasite eggs and larvae usually stain red. Wright’s Stain Wright’s stain is a polychromatic stain that contains a mixture of meth ylene blue, azure B (from the oxidation of methylene blue), and eosin Y dissolved in methanol. The eosin ions are negatively charged and stain the basic components of cells orange to pink, whereas the other dyes stain the acidic cell structures various shades of blue to purple. Specific Diagnostic Tests Free-Living Amebae Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic Acanthamoeba. Chronic granulomatous amebic encephalitis, caused by several species of Acanthamoeba, can be diagnosed by microscopic examination of Giemsa- or trichrome-stained brain tis sue and, rarely, cerebrospinal fluid (CSF). Acanthamoeba keratitis is diagnosed by direct microscopic examination of corneal scrapings or by culture of the specimen. Nucleic acid amplification (NAA) tests and serologic testing have been used only in research laboratories. 292 SECTION 7 Naegleria. Primary meningoencephalitis, caused by Naegleria fowleri, is diagnosed by microscopic examination of Giemsa- or trichrome-stained brain tissue or detection of mobile trophozoites in CSF. Giemsa or trichrome staining can be performed on CSF, but Gram stains are unreliable (giving false-positive and false-neg- ative results). NAA tests and serologic testing have been used only in research laboratories.
Intestinal and Urogenital Protozoa Balantidium coli. B. coli is best detected by wet mount examina tion of stool specimens. The organism tends to overstain with tri- chrome stains and may be misidentified. B. coli ciliated and the tropho zoites have a rapid rotary motion, which makes them easy to miss as they move across a field of view. Blastocystis hominis. The role of B. hominis in human disease remains controversial. The protozoa can be detected by micro scopic examination (iodine wet mount, trichrome, or direct fluo rescent antibody [DFA] assay) or antigen tests (enzyme immunoassay [EIA]) of fecal specimens collected from symptomatic and asymp tomatic individuals. Serologic testing is not useful because prolonged exposure is required before an antibody response is detected. Cryptosporidium parvum. C. parvum infections are diagnosed by examining fecal specimens. This protozoon does not stain ade quately with iodine or with permanent stains (trichrome or iron hematoxylin). It can be recognized by using a wet mount; however, modifiedac id-fast stains or the DFA test is more sensitive and spe cific. EIAs and lateral flow assays now commercially available for the rapid detection of C. parvum have sensitivities and specificities approaching 100%. Multiplex, PCR-based, syndromic panels now include the detection of C. parvum. Some laboratories are adopting syndromic gastrointestinal panels to replace routine stool culture. This practice is somewhat controversial but may have the benefit of detecting more C. parvum disease, which has historically been dif ficult to detect without the order of a specific diagnostic test. Sero- logic testing has not been used for diagnostic purposes. Cyclospora cayetanensis. C. cayetanensis is detected by the micro scopic examination of fecal specimens. The protozoon does not stain well with iodine, Giemsa, trichrome, or chromotrope stains. It is most Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic commonly detected by using a modified acid-fast stain, although even the experienced parasitologist can find it difficult to identify this or ganism with the acid-fast stain. Cyclospora will also autofluoresce under UV epifluorescence (green with 450- to 490-nm excitation fil ter; blue with 365-nm excitation filter), which can greatly enhance one’s ability to detect the organism. PCR-based NAA tests are now commercially available but thus far only exist on large multiplex pan Parasitic Diagnosis 293 els designed to be tested from stool specimens. Serologic testing is not used for diagnostic purposes. Dientamoeba fragilis. Microscopic examination of a concen trated, permanently stained specimen is the method of choice to diagnose D. fragilis infections. Stool antigen detection assays have been developed but are not commonly used. This may be due to the historical controversy over whether D. fragilis is a true pathogen. Entamoeba histolytica/dispar. Microscopy cannot reliably differen tiate between E. histolytica (pathogenic) and E. dispar (nonpatho genic) unless erythrocytes are detected in the cytoplasm of E. histolytica trophozoites (an uncommon finding). These two protozoa are detected by examining clinical specimens (e.g., feces, tissue bi opsy specimens, and abscess aspirates) using wet mount or perma nent stains. A number of antigen detection tests (EIAs) can be used to identify E. histolytica. These tests are now more sensitive and spe cific than microscopy. PCR-based NAA tests are also available for the detection and identification of E. histolytica. Thus far, commer cially available NAA tests are unable to differentiate between E. histolytica and E. dispar. Tests that include these organisms are typically multiplexed to varying degrees. E. histolytica/dispar can be found on both large gastrointestinal panels, which include bacte ria, viruses, and parasites, or on smaller panels which include on par asites. Serologic testing is valuable for the diagnosis of extraintestinal infections because cysts or trophozoites may not be detected in stool specimens. Indirect hemagglutination (IHA) is the reference test. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) recommend the use of 1:256 as a criterion for a positive IHA serologic result. This level identifies 5%9 of patients with extraintestinal infections, 70% of patients with active disease localized to the intestines, and 10% of asymptomatic intestinal carriers. Positive titers may persist for years after successful therapy. EIA is a sensitive assay, which identifies significantly more patients with hepatic disease than does IHA. No cross-reactions with other amoebas are observed. Detection of im munoglobulin M (IgM) antibodies is insensitive, even for patients with active invasive disease (positive in only 65% of these patients). Giardia duodenalis. Microscopic examination of fecal specimens (wet mount, permanent stain, or DFA test [cyst specific]) for G. duodenalis trophozoites and cysts is used to establish infection. Antigen detection by EIA and lateral flow are used extensively and are more sensitive and specific than microscopic methods. Antigen detection assays have the Diagnosis Parasitic benefit of detecting both cysts and tropho zoites (preferred test). PCR- based NAA methods have been developed. Giardia can be found on both large gastrointestinal PCR panels, which include bacteria, viruses, and parasites, or on smaller panels which include parasites. Cystisospora belli. As with Cryptosporidium and Cyclospora, the most common method used to detect C. belli in fecal specimens is 294 SECTION 7 the modified acid-fast stain. NAA tests are restricted to research laboratories, and serologic testing is not useful for diagnosis. Trichomonas vaginalis. Trichomonas vaginalis is now recog nized as one of the most common sexually transmitted diseases. Historically, T. vaginalis infections have most commonly been di agnosed by microscopic examination (wet mount, DFA) of vaginal and urethral discharges, prostatic secretions, and urine sediments. The sensitivity of a microscopic examination is between 50 and 70%. If microscopy is negative, culture can be performed to en hance sensitivity (>80%) and is considered the “gold standard.” A limitation of microscopic and culture-based diagnostic methods is that rapid transport is required to maintain organism viability. An- tigen detection with lateral flow assays is an alternative diagnostic method that obviates the need for rapid specimen transport because organism viability is not required. More recently, NAA tests have been developed and are being adopted due to the superior sensitiv ity and rapid turnaround times. Serologic testing is not useful. Blood and Tissue Protozoa Babesia spp. Babesia infections are most commonly diagnosed by detecting parasitized erythrocytes in Giemsa-stained thin films of peripheral blood. For patients with low-grade parasitemia or incon clusive peripheral smears, serologic testing can be helpful, although in practice this is rarely performed. Antibody titers in the immuno fluorescent-antibody (IFA) test rise rapidly during the first weeks of disease to 1:1,024 or higher and then gradually decline over the next 6 months. Low but detectable titers may persist for 1 year or more. Elevated antibody titers may be present in healthy individuals living in areas of endemic infection. Therefore, a positive serologic test result should be confirmed by detection of the parasite in blood smears. Cross-reactivity among Babesia species is variable; there fore, regional differences in serologic reactivity may be observed. Leishmania spp. Leishmaniasis is diagnosed by detection of amastigotes in clinical specimens or promastigotes in culture. Spec- imens should be collected from the margin of the lesion by aspira tion, scraping, or punch biopsy. Tissue is used to make touch preparations and is submitted for histopathologic examination. Amastigotes are found in macrophages in Giemsa-stained prepa rations. PCR-based NAA tests have been developed to identify spe Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic cific Leishmania species in tissue biopsy specimens. Specimens can also be cultured in Schneider’s Drosophila medium supple mented with 30% fetal bovine serum. Although this is a sensitive procedure, cultures must be held for 4 weeks or longer. Serologic tests, including the IFA test, enzyme-linked immunosorbent as say (ELISA), and immunoblot (IB) test, have been developed for diagnosis but are available only in reference laboratories and at the CDC. Parasitic Diagnosis 295 Plasmodium spp. Malaria is most commonly diagnosed by de tecting parasitized erythrocytes in Giemsa-stained thick and thin films of peripheral blood. If blood is collected with anticoagulant, EDTA but not heparin should be used. Examination of thick films is the most sensitive microscopic method, but identification of the Plas- modium species requires examination of thin films. Acridine orange has also been used to stain blood films. This method is sensitive, but species identification is difficult. PCR-based NAA tests have been developed and can identify Plasmodium at the species level. These NAA tests are at least as sensitive as examination of thick films but are currently restricted to reference laboratories. Antigen detection tests specific for P. falciparum histidine-rich protein 2 (HRP-2) and parasite lactate dehydrogenase (LDH) specific for P. falciparum and non-P. falciparum plasmodia are commercially available. These as says have poor sensitivity for low-parasitemia infections such as those typically seen with non-falciparum infection. However, despite limitations in sensitivity, antigen testing can offer a rapid prelimi nary result in settings where experienced parasitologists are not available. Although species-specific serologic tests have been devel oped, there is extensive cross-reactivity among Plasmodium species, and these tests have not been used for diagnostic purposes. Toxoplasma gondii. Microscopic examination of tissues and fluids is generally unrevealing, although tachyzoites and cysts may be ob served in Giemsa-stained specimens. Additionally, parasites can be recovered by inoculating mice or cell cultures, but this also has a low yield. EIA antigen tests are insensitive and are not recommended. A PCR test has been developed and is useful for confirmation of con genital infections and for testing the CSF of patients with character istic ring-enhancing lesions seen on imaging. This test is less useful for other forms of toxoplasmosis and is typically only available through reference laboratories. Serologic testing is the method of choice for the diagnosis of toxoplasmosis. A variety of commercial tests are available (IFA test, EIA, and agglutination) for measuring the IgM and IgG response to toxoplasma. Care must be used when tests using different assay methods are compared. For the diagnosis of an acute acquired infection, an IgG IFA test or EIA should be per formed. If the test is negative in an immunocompetent person, the diagnosis is excluded. Detection of IgM antibodies or a fourfold or greater increase in the level of IgG antibodies (rarely observed) is consistent with an acute infection. The following describes serologi Diagnosis Parasitic cal testing for Toxoplasma in several important clinical scenarios. Pregnancy: Immunocompetent women who have detectable IgG antibody before becoming pregnant are essentially immune, and there is low risk of transmitting the organism to the fetus. Seronega- tive women are at risk for transmitting the organism to the fetus and in some countries are testing monthly for the development of IgG anti body. If a woman is tested for the first time after becoming pregnant 296 SECTION 7 and has IgG antibody, she should be tested for IgG and IgM avidity to determine whether the acute infection occurred during pregnancy. Newborns: An attempt to isolate the organism from the placenta should be made as ~95% of placentas of untreated, congenitally in fected newborns. The child’s serum should be tested for total anti body as well as IgG, IgM, and IgA specific antibodies. CSF should also be analyzed with serologies as well as direct examination for T. gondii tachyzoites. Persistent increasing IgG titers in the infant as compared to the mother are diagnostic for congenital infection. Detection of parasite-specific DNA by PCR in amniotic fluid is also definitive evidence of disease. Ocular infections: Ocular infections can be diagnosed by dem onstrating local production of antibody or detection of parasite DNA. Immunocompromised patients: Most infections in immunocom promised patients represent reactivation disease. IgM antibody is usu ally not detected, and IgG antibody titers are consistent with chronic infections. Diagnosis is typically confirmed by detection of parasites or Toxoplasma DNA in tissue biopsy specimens or aspirated fluids. Trypanosoma brucei. African trypanosomiasis is diagnosed by de tection of trypanomastigotes in blood, lymph node aspirates, ster num bone marrow, or CSF. Parasites are present in the blood during febrile periods but are found in only small numbers when the patient is afebrile. Thick and thin films, as well as buffy coat cells, should be examined using the Giemsa stain. CSF should be concentrated before examination. ELISA has been used to detect parasitic anti gens in serum and CSF. PCR-based NAA tests have also been devel oped in reference laboratories. Serologic tests (IFA, ELISA, IHA, and agglutination) are used for epidemiologic studies but not for diagnosis. Trypanosoma cruzi. American trypanosomiasis (Chagas dis ease), caused by T. cruzi, is diagnosed during the acute phase of illness by detection of trypanomastigotes in Giemsa-stained periph eral blood (thick film, thin film, or buffy coat cells). Blood smears are less reliable for detection of congenital infections and chronic disease. Immunoassays for parasitic antigens in sera and urine have been used for these infections. PCR-based NAA tests have been de veloped but are used primarily in research laboratories. Aspirates, Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic blood, and tissues can be cultured with samples incubated for 4 weeks or longer. Serologic tests are available in reference laborato ries and at the CDC. These tests inclu de complement fixation (CF), IFA test, IHA, and ELISA. Most tests use an epimastigote antigen, and cross-reactions occur with other trypanosomes, Leishmania, and Toxoplasma. An elevated titer cannot be used to discriminate between active and past disease. Parasitic Diagnosis 297 Microsporidia As many as 140 genera have been described for the phylum Micro- sporidia, with at least 7 being implicated in human disease. Diag- nosis is most commonly made by examination of fecal specimens or by cytologic or histopathologic testing. Fecal smears are prepared on glass slides (concentration of specimens results in a loss of or ganisms) and then stained with chromotrope-based stains or che- mofluorescent agents (Calcofluor white). Immunofluorescent stains have been developed but are not widely used. Microsporidial spores have been detected by cytologic examination of concentrated flu ids such as bronchoalveolar lavage fluid, biliary aspirates, duode nal aspirates, and CSF. Histologic examination of biopsy specimens has also been useful. NAA tests have been developed but are re stricted to research laboratories. Serologic testing is not useful for the diagnosis of human infections.
Helminths: Nematodes Ancylostoma duodenale. Hookworm infections are diagnosed by microscopic examination of fecal specimens with a direct smear for characteristic eggs. Heavy infections (e.g., >25 eggs per coverslip) are associated with anemia. Delays in examining the specimen should be avoided because eggs can hatch in unpreserved speci mens and release larval forms that can be misidentified as Stron- gyloides. Infection with other species of Ancylostoma (and other hookworms and Strongyloides species) can cause cutaneous larva migrans, where filariform larvae migrate through the skin layers and stimulate an inflammatory response. This disease is diagnosed on the basis of clinical presentation. Ascaris lumbricoides. Roundworm infections are diagnosed by microscopic examination of fecal specimens for characteristic eggs (fertilized, decorticated, and unfertilized eggs). Fertilized eggs can be detected in a direct fecal smear or in concentrated specimens. Unfertilized eggs are not concentrated in floatation concentration methods. Adult worms may also be passed in feces or regurgitated. Brugia spp. Infections are detected by examining blood for the pres ence of microfilaria. Most infections consist of relatively few microfi laria in the blood, so that a large volume must be examined by either thick films or, more appropriately, concentration on a membrane filter (Knott technique). The worms are stained with Giemsa or hema Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic toxylin. Identification of the specific microfilariae is based on their morphology (size, nuclear arrangement in the tail, and presence or absence of sheath). Antigen, antibody, and PCR-based NAA tests have also been developed for the detection of microfilarial infections. These tests are generally available through the CDC and research lab oratories. Microfilariae circulate in blood in well-defined periodic cy cles corresponding to the biting habits of the insect vector. 298 SECTION 7 Capillaria philippinensis. Diagnosis is made on the basis of mi croscopic detection of characteristic eggs in fecal specimens. Lar- vae and adults are occasionally detected. Dracunculus medinensis. Infections with the “Guinea worm” are diagnosed by recovery of the adult female worm when it mi grates from the subcutaneous tissues to the skin surface. Adult male worms are small and are only rarely detected. Enterobius vermicularis. Pinworm infections are diagnosed by microscopic examination of parasite eggs collected from the peri- anal folds. Eggs are collected with cellulose tape or a commercial paddle, transferred to a microscope slide, and examined directly or after exposure to one drop of toluene or xylene. Multiple specimens may have to be examined. Loa loa. Refer to Brugia. L. loa has a diurnal periodicity and speci mens should be collected at midday. Adult worms may be detected when they migrate through the conjunctivae. Mansonella perstans. Refer to Brugia. M. perstans has no periodicity. Necator americanus. Refer to Ancylostoma duodenale. Onchocerca volvulus. Adult worms live in subcutaneous tissues and deposit microfilaria in the skin tissue. Diagnosis is made by detect ing the microfilaria in skin snips suspended in saline solutions. Skin snips should be collected from the scapular region or the iliac crest. Care must be used to not contaminate the specimen with blood. Strongyloides stercoralis. Strongyloidiasis is diagnosed on the basis of microscopic examination of fecal specimens for characteristic lar val forms. Eggs are rarely observed, and larvae may be scarce even in concentrated specimens, particularly in those from patients with chronic infections. Techniques developed to detect light infections include the Baermann procedure (fecal material is placed in a funnel with water, the larvae are allowed to migrate into the water, and the specimen is examined microscopically) and the agar plate method (fecal material is placed on an agar plate and then examined after 1 to 3 days for tracks of larvae migrating from the fecal mass). Multi- ple specimens may be needed to make the diagnosis. Adult worms, eggs, and larvae may be observed by histopathologic testing. Sero- logic tests (EIA and IB analysis) are available through the CDC.
Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic EIAs have a reported sensitivity between 84 and 92%. Cross-reac- tions can occur in patients with other nematode infections. Titers may persist, so serologic testing therefore cannot be used reliably to differentiate between current and past infections. Polymicrobial blood cultures resembling stool flora in immunocompromised pa tients may be an indication that the patient has Strongyloides hyper- infection. In these cases, the larvae migrate through the intestinal wall into the blood stream, carrying with them intestinal flora. Parasitic Diagnosis 299 Toxocara canis. Human ingestion of T. canis eggs leads to vis ceral larva migrans, characterized by hypereosinophilia, hepato megaly, fever, and pneumonitis. Diagnosis is based on clinical findings and serologic testing (EIA). The test sensitivity and spec ificity cannot be precisely assessed because alternative methods to demonstrate infection have not been developed. However, the test sensitivity is estimated to vary from 70 to 80%, and the specificity is estimated to be >90%. Trichinella spiralis. Trichinosis is diagnosed by demonstration of encapsulated larvae in biopsy specimens of skeletal muscle, partic ularly deltoid and gastrocnemius muscles. Detection of larvae may be improved by digestion of muscle tissue with an acidic solution. Detectable antibodies do not develop until 3 to 5 weeks after infec tion (after the acute phase of disease); their levels peak in the sec ond or third month and then decline slowly for several years. Antibodies are detected earlier by EIA than by other methods, but EIA is less specific. Positive EIA results can be confirmed by floc culation tests. Trichuris trichiura. Diagnosis in patients with heavy infections is made by microscopic examination of a direct wet mount prepara tion of a fecal specimen. Concentration methods may be required to detect eggs in light infections. Wuchereria bancrofti. Refer to Brugia. W. bancrofti has a noc turnal periodicity.
Helminths: Trematodes Clonorchis sinensis. Infections with the Oriental liver fluke are di agnosed by microscopic examination of fecal specimens for charac teristic eggs. Fasciola hepatica. Infection with the intestinal fluke, F. hepatica, is diagnosed by microscopic examination of fecal specimens for characteristic eggs. Serologic tests (EIA and m assay) are available through the CDC. EIA uses the excretory-secretory antigens. Spe- cific antibodies appear within 2 to 4 weeks after infection. Sensitiv- ity is excellent (95%); however, cross-reactivity with Schistosoma may occur. This can be resolved by using IB assays. Antibody titers fall rapidly following treatment and can be used to predict the re sponse to therapy. Fasciolopis buski. Infections with the liver fluke, F. buski, are di Diagnosis Parasitic agnosed by microscopic examination of fecal specimens for char acteristic eggs. Paragonimus spp. Infections with the lung fluke, Paragonimus, are diagnosed by microscopic examination of fecal specimens and, less commonly, sputum for characteristic eggs. Serologic tests (EIA and m assay) are available through the CDC. EIA has a high sensitivity 300 SECTION 7 and specificity, and antibody titers can be monitored to assess the response to therapy. Schistosoma spp. The three most important blood flukes that infect humans are S. mansoni, S. japonicum, and S. haematobium. They produce morphologically characteristic eggs that can be detected in fecal specimens (S. mansoni and S. japonicum) or urine (S. haemato- bium). In chronic S. mansoni and S. japonicum infections, eggs accu mulate in the walls of the intestine, rectum, and liver and may be scarce in fecal specimens. Biopsy of the rectum or cecum may be re quired to make a diagnosis. Likewise, biopsy of the bladder wall may be required to diagnose S. haematobium infection. Antigen (EIA) and antibody (EIA and IB assay) tests are available through the CDC. The tests have a high sensitivity for S. mansoni infections but a lower sen sitivity for S. japonicum and S. haematobium infections. IB analysis is used to discriminate among the Schistosoma species.
Helminths: Cestodes Diphyllobothrium latum. Fish tapeworm infections are diag nosed on the basis of detection of characteristic eggs or proglottids in fecal specimens. Dipylidium caninum. Infections with the dog tapeworm, D. caninum, are diagnosed on the basis of detection of proglottids or egg packets in fecal specimens. Echinococcus granulosus. Diagnosis of unilocular hydatid infec tion is difficult but is made by detecting cysts in tissues by using imaging techniques (e.g., X-ray analysis, ultrasonic scanning, and computed tomography). Aspiration of the cyst contents is not rec ommended. Serologic testing (IHA, IFA tests, and EIA) is also useful. The test sensitivity ranges from 60 to 90% and is improved when a combination of tests is used. Antibody reactivity in patients is influenced by the location and integrity of the cyst. Detectable antibodies are more common in patients with cysts in the bones and liver than in those with cysts in the lungs, brain, and spleen. Sero- reactivity is always lower in patients with intact cysts. False-posi- tive reactions may occur in persons with other helminthic infections, cancer, collagen vascular disease, and cirrhosis. Echinococcus multilocularis. As with E. granulosus, infection with E. multilocularis (multilocular hydatid infection) is difficult. Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic Definitive diagnosis is made by histologic examination of hepatic tissue. Serologic tests (EIA) have also been developed for diagno sis of infections with E. multilocularis. Purified antigens are used, which has improved the test sensitivity and specificity. Hymenolepis diminuta. H. diminuta (mouse tapeworm) infec tions are diagnosed by finding characteristic eggs in fecal speci mens. Proglottids are rarely observed. Parasitic Diagnosis 301 Hymenolepis nana. H. nana (rat tapeworm) infections are diag nosed by finding characteristic eggs in fecal specimens. Proglot- tids are rarely observed. Taenia saginata. Beef tapeworm infections are diagnosed by finding characteristic eggs or proglottids in fecal specimens. Taenia solium. Infections with the pork tapeworm following in gestion of cysticerci are diagnosed by finding characteristic eggs or proglottids in fecal specimens. T. solium eggs are also infectious for humans. Ingestion of eggs leads to cysticercosis. Cysticerci can develop in any tissue, with diagnosis made on the basis of detection of the parasite in histologic preparations or on the basis of a serologic response (EIA and bentonite flocculation). Seropositivity is reported in 50 to 70% of patients with a single cyst, 80% of patients with mul tiple calcified lesions, and >90% of patients with multiple, noncalci- fied lesions. EIAs are less sensitive than the IB assay and cross-react with antibodies specific for other helminth infections. Current tests do not differentiate between active and inactive infections. Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic 302 SECTION 7 n s, s, s n , are tai tai ; ; no tic cyte cyte ent ism ria ria ro ro nos te te ay ay con gan ay ay con ag m eryth Noninvasive or bac if pres di Inclusions M bac eryth
a
m; t, m ti s ally en lar lar, en plas r u ole u plas of u fe do to “ground “ground clear glass,” dif Finely gran tion ec and en if pres vac are usu small Finely gran Cytoplasm
ed lly t; cat tra ally pac c c t; lly lo tri tri ed or ll, usu pac tra ually small cen cen aryosome cat ppearance of stained: Sma com cen but may also be ec K may be cen lo Us and com ec A
m ed
tin for tin ogy y ed ma
ed; all ma ut phol s, uni ib r bead r as solid tr ule , chro pea pea lar gh mor i E. histolytica, ay ay ap thou Nucleus may stainNucleus more darkly than that of al Fine gran in size and usu evenly evenly dis m is sim Peripheral chro may ap ring rather than bead ty) i
t a ons ons y not bil i ti ti cul ned ned all ra ra fi bae a a stai stai dif ame 1; usu 1; seen in un prep Nucleus (no. and vis 1; to see in un prep nal e
ti e siv id s tes dia; lin n a ke po gre li r do pro ge mon mon i Usually non Progressive, with hy fin pseu may be rap Motility
(diam 20 μm b sive Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic va 5–60 μm; usual range 15–20 μm; in forms may be > μm;5–12 usual range μm 8–10 Size or length)or hozoites hozoites of com Trop
ntamoeba Entamoeba histolytica hartmanni E Organism Table 7.2 Parasitic Diagnosis 303 n tai bris ed ria teria, teria (continued) te ay ay con gest yeast cells, other de Bac in M bac Bac
a m; ed ed m m ti
tle lat lat lar en plas r o o u plas ally u u fe n into do to nely Granular, with lit dif usu tio ec and en vac Fi gran Granular, vac ly
ed lar cat u ar ally or e and ; may cle reg c; may t; may or ns ns are E. lly lly lo fus tri r r “blotlike”; tio pac mon a tra i cen pea may not be ec be dif Large, not com darkly stained Small, usu cen Large, ir many nu com mimic hartmanni Dientamoeba fragilis shaped; may may shaped; ap var l era may ar h ne ged on tin cle rip bra s; may be e ran ma may be ; nu ule abl i ne; may also rsed with large s; evenly tin tin r as solid dark nly ar ged on mem bra spe ule ma ma ne; chro eve pea ran ter mem ap gran ar May beMay clumped and un ring with no beads or clumps Fine gran in bra also be clumped at edge mem of Usually no pe chro quite var chro in n n ons on ons ble ble ti ti ti i in sio sio ned ned ra ra ra ca ca ten a a a ble ble i y seen y vis stai stai is 1; 1; oc un 1; 1; of v prep all on a wet on a wet prep 1; 1; oc prep all un e h nal, siv s s gis tio
gre gre lar rec u di pro pro ally e, slug Usually non siv non Sluggish, non with blunt, gran pseudopodin Sluggish, usu Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic 10–12 μm 15–50 μm; usual range, 8–10 6–12 μrn; usual range, μm 8–10 dolimax dolimax ntamoeba polecki E En Entamoeba coli nana 304 SECTION 7 bris teria, yeast cells, other de Bac Inclusions
; ed es t lat lar lar, o ol u u en u u Coarsely gran may be highly vac Cytoplasm vac may be pres Finely gran . e e s that are ”) t to see s of 4–8s of nded by es til ket us ule ul cul e ter yosome ge; may be rou fi ded in Table 7.4 cl aryosome frac u ppearance of stained: Lar dif sur re gran (“bas n K Kar clus gran clu A l tin . Also in era ma h ble rip , D.C., 2001. , D.C., l ton era h ing tin tin n in this ta rip ma ma sio e 1 to 2 um less). clu sur Usually no pe chro No No pe Peripheral chro chro y mea ty) i (continued) (continued) all a ons y not bil i ti in ned s usu all bae ra a 0%) or 2 ble ble i ism stai ame un vis 1; usu 1; prep Nucleus (no. and vis 1 (4 (60%) gan d an amoeba, thus its in nal e ere ti sid siv tes s dia n t stains, or lar
po gre gu ly conly nen do pro ally cal ma mon mon i i e e an tor Sluggish, usu non Nonprogressive, Nonprogressive, pseu ar Motility ts (in per e, but his men e lat (diam , Diagnostic Medical Parasitology, 4th ed., ASM Press, Wash b el sur Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic cia hozoites hozoites of com 8–20 μm; range, usual 12–15 μm Size 5–15 μm 5–15 or length)or d a flag Trop ere
sid c Data from L. Gar S. Wet-preparation mea Now conNow a b c Iodamoeba butschlii Table 7.2 Organism Dientamoeba fragilis Parasitic Diagnosis 305 c in tin tin , as in e or e cyst; t in ma ent ent (continued) ss may be tur fus ycogen sen pres May beMay dif ab ma clumped chro ma early cysts Gl May orMay may not be pres E. histolytica ; y ies ies ent es; es; all with with
usu t; t; bod gate gate en ies ies ally ually ay beay round ay beay round su May beMay pres bod Cytoplasm chromatoidal bod elon rounded, blunt, smooth edg m or oval Us pres u elon rounded, blunt, smooth edg m or oval y y all c t, t,
ly ly ly ly on tri ed but ed si ll, pac pac ally ally tral tral ca cen aryosome cat cat ppearance of stained: ec Sma com usu cen lo oc K usu lo Small, com cen A s tin ar ar ma ble a ble i cle cle s evenly s evenly cs may not cs may be nu m ti ti d on ule is is for ite ed; ne; nu s, evenly t to see ter ter zo ut ute bra ib ib ule ac ac cul tr tr fi pho ine gran Fine, uni char gran dis be as clearly vis Peripheral chro tro F dis mem char dif s e, e, tic is on tur tur d ti t to ty) i ter ra ate ma ma a mon ac cul bil i fi cle ature cyst, ature cyst, a Nucleus (no. and vis 4; im 1 or 2; char M dif see on wet prep M cysts very com 4; im 1 or 2; 2 nu bae ame cal cal i i nal ti tes n Shape Usually spher Usually spher mon mon i Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic (diam b ts of com or length)or Size 10–20 μm; usual range, 12–15 μm 5–10 μm;5–10 usual range, 6–8 μm Cys
Organism Entamoeba histolytica Entamoeba hartmanni Table 7.3 306 SECTION 7 y y c all t on e or e cyst; e cysts t in si en tur tur fus ycogen ca sen Gl May beMay dif ab ma clumped mass oc seen in ma orMay may not be pres e ent lik ntly ointed haped ay beay que t ter s lar p en ies ies m y be pres undant, undant, gu less fre Cytoplasm chromatoidal bod Ma ( than in E. histolytica ); splin with rough, pointed ends Ab an ends; thread chromatoidal bod pres y y t ite all c; c; pac ly ly zo on tri ed si tral pho ca cen aryosome cat imilar to ppearance of stained: K Large, may or may not be com and/or ec oc cen lo tro S A tin ite ; ar zo ma lar ged on cle u d as in pho cs not as ran ; may ti fine E. histolytica is
ite ne; nu ter zo ble nly ar bra ac pho eve sem imilar to tro Peripheral chro may be clumped and un mem re char clearly de tro Coarsely gran S 2 y y n ons; all e ti sio in wet ty) i on
tur 16; ra ca si a ≥ bil ble ble i i ma (continued) clei clei ca ature cyst, ature cyst, a Nucleus (no. and vis 8; oc M im cysts with ≥ nu oc seen ally rarely 2 or 4 nu prep M may be 1; vis bae ; ame cal cal i i o nal t stained , or e e ti ay beay ing t tion
lar nen tes quat rted on tra gu e n tive e ma er; m to a an ad pen slide ow in fix Shape Usually spher may be oval, tri oth per dis Usually spher mon mon i Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic (diam b ts of com or length)or Size μm;10–35 usual range, μm 15–25 5–11 μm 5–11 Cys
Organism Entamoeba polecki Table 7.3 Entamoeba coli Parasitic Diagnosis 307 ent t, fined fined t se se if pac en ally fu ass ot ot pres dif Usu pres Large, com well-de m N l tes l y y na i era tra h all
s are tin t on rip ture nal si ule ma en ca ter n No No pe chro None; small gran oc pres i struc Large cen body dom
y e e all ites c c e e d ”) er
zo es til som som
tri ket us ul e ger, ally yo yo pho serve cl nus cen frac u Entamoeba Smaller than kar larger than those of ge seen in tro but gen usu re gran may be on one side of kar (“bas n Lar ec Not ob ns sio y seen; ; small on , D.C., 2001. , D.C., clu l ay beay all hromatoi- ent n ton ble ble i era rved h sio ing s or in ies m tin ear c se ca rip ule ma e 1 to 2 pm less). sur are oc Rarely pres well-stained smears gran fine lin dal bod faintly vis No No pe chro Not Not ob i
y mea -
e e cle all cysts ing a tral tur nd s usu ble ble ma rou ism Enteromo ultiple nu sem Mature cyst, 4; im cysts, 2, very rarely seen and may re of hominis nas Mature cyst, 1 M sur body large large cen gan
se cal ole i u lap t stains, or vac nen o large ma gen co ing t e. Usually oval, may be round May varyMay from tooval round; may col cyst ow gly space Usually spher ts (in per din men e , Diagnostic Medical Parasitology, 4th ed., ASM Press, Wash Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic sur cia 5–10 μm;5–10 usual range, 6–8 μm 5–20 μm; usual range, 10–12 μm 6–40 μm dish-brown with io - Data from L. Gar S. Stains red Wet-preparation mea a b c Endolimax Endolimax nana Iodamoeba butschlii tis hominis Blastocys 308 SECTION 7 rom Jorgensen JH,rom Jorgensen Pfaller tion. F por .C., 2015. .C., e pro Manual of Clinical Clinical (ed.), of Manual WarnockS, DW tiv a ton, D ter S s. (Top row) Trophozoites. (Middle Cysts. Trophozoites. row) row) (Top s. ing man u i, shown ini, shown rel cle bae h of estinal ame 11th ed., ASM Press, ed., ASM Wash 11th Int l KC, Funkel KC, G, Landry ML, Rich
rol Figure 7.1 (Bottom row) Trophozoite nu Trophozoite (Bottom row) MA, Car Microbiology, Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic Parasitic Diagnosis 309 e; lar u fac ing ed with py (continued) lat l sur , yeasts, mear o cu s; may be u tra ria roove acrossroove n in size and te bri gle s /3–1/2 length of tio face tures a ral g i sur ing 1 ed bac d tral toplasm finely gran ten gest ucking disk oc /2–3/4 ven of nd may be vac Other Other fea a pear shaped from front, spoon shaped from side Prominent cytostome ex body; spi ven Cy in and other de great var shape on sin S 1 la b gel la a
gel
r, 1 in r, l, l, ble fl i rio tra dal era te . of fla No No vis 3 an cytostome 4 lat 2 ven 2 cau ;
ned ned tin n ns; r of stai stai ma tio te s have s have ble i ble ra i a n un n un ism l chro es gan ble i ble e is clus ble i ble era i i ul h ty) us and 60% have i; not vis i ned prep som rip cle cle ot vis bil yo i stai ercentage may vary, but ; not vis un Nucleus (no. and vis P 40% or of 1 nu 2 nu no pe kar 4–8 gran mounts 1; n 1; 2 mounts ent ed, e; are par rat siv s is in ry dia may be ta , ser trans t to see if po gre ism ity lar do cul pro til cus fi gu gan most a Motility pseu an Usually non or broad lobed and al Stiff, Stiff, ro or Falling-leaf mo mu dif es lat el ; 5–15 μm; 5–15 bae Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic Shape and size Shaped like ame (usual range, 9–12 μm) Pear shaped; 6–24 μm long (usual range, μm10–15 long), 4–8 μm wide Pear shaped; 10–20 μm long; μm5–15 wide hozoites hozoites of flag Trop
Organism Dientamoeba fragilis Chilomastix mesnil Giardia Giardia duodenalis Table 7.4 310 SECTION 7 ; ly ds ds ed; lum al y 1/2 ten ten er ten gel ex ex tel ane ane br br een ma r fla i lum lum x y or lat rio ily s gel gel orl te d end body of pro tures ri r fla r fla te yon lating mem lating mem ds ap ds length body; of ds 1/2 length body; of rio rio te te e side of bodye side of flat ten ten ten ominent cytostome Other Other fea On pos Pr ex length body of Undu ex pos Undu ex no free pos axostyle eas free pos free be b
la ; ,
or gel r, r, r, or or or or rior ri ri ri ri ri te te rio rio te te te te te te . of fla No 3–5 an 3–5 an 3 an 1 pos 1 an 1 pos 1 pos 1 pos ned ned ned ned , D.C., 2001. , D.C., stai stai stai stai ton n un n un n un n un ing ble i ble i ble i ble i ble i i i i ty) i ot vis ot vis bil i Nucleus (no. and vis n 1; mounts n 1; mounts not vis1; mounts not vis1; mounts id id (continued) a Motility Jerky, rap Jerky, rap Jerky Jerky es lat el , Diagnostic Medical Parasitology, 4th ed., ASM Press, Wash Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic cia Shape and size Pear shaped; μm5–15 long (usual range, 7–9 μm long), μm wide 7–10 Pear shaped; μm7–23 long (usual range, μm) μm13 5–15 wide Oval, μm 4–10 (usuallong range, 8–9 μm long), 5–6 μm wide Pear shaped or oval; 4–9 μm long (usual range, 6–7 μm long), 3–4 μm wide hozoites hozoites of flag t to see. cul Trop fi
Data from L. Gar S. Usually dif a b Organism Trichomonas hominis Trichomonas vaginalis Enteromonas hominis Retortamonas intestinalis Table 7.4 Parasitic Diagnosis 311 in nts la gel age ble ble i n e e of e of e of cyste of n dia e of lin s; there is sid d’s crook” d’s y vis ing r t ds above me sid ls or fla ble i ble s ber all i her fi t ten dra bri ing ple hy nal men ls ex l along ls, usu di sam ge t around out tu bri bri bri cyst; fi sm pullssm from cyst away fi cal gi i ran fec f pla cyst; shadow out ing ing fi l ar red to as “shep t t to aused de by lo” e lo” bri fer ns; deeply stain por por s in cysts may be vis n; curved fi age c nd cy tio ed in clin y re ra tio s ber ter a all n ra y lie across lon a age, a all ture cou bird beak fi usu hrink y not seen ned prep us; ies all her her fea stai cle ten s arely en un bod of wall; may also be “ha wall due to shrink Cytostome with sup stained prep cytostome usu nu R Longitudinal fi cytostome with sup Ot NA ChilomastixResembles usu Endolimax nana Endolimax Resembles red ned ned t ets ns , D.C., 2001. , D.C., fer y stai stai tio ton ted into all ing a pack ra s, re ned mounts a ing n un tin ule men ct in ct in un stai y 2 ly ble i ble ma rag tin i tin ons; usu all ti ty) e ends cyst; of not at one end in un i ned prep ra sit ten f nct gran a bil ble ble i ti i stai po cated 1; not dis1; un lo prep 4; not dis 2; of dis to as chro Nuclei (no. and vis NA 1–4; usu not vis1; mounts op vis l, da r soi rio lip te e knob lin b und a Lemon shaped with an hy or round Ro Oval, el Shape NA Elongate or oval Pear shaped or slightly lemon shaped ter e a
am es lat el , Diagnostic Medical Parasitology, 4th ed., ASM Press, Wash Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic cia 6–10 μm6–10 long (usual range, 7–9 μm long), 4–6 μm wide 8–19 μm8–19 long (usual range, μm long), 11–14 μm wide 7–10 (usual range, 6–8 μm long), 4–6 μm wide Size 4–7 μm in di stage cyst No μm4–10 long 4–9 μm long (usual range, 4–7 μm long), 5 μm wide . ts of flag ble ca Cys pli
Data from L. Gar S. NA, not ap a b Chilomastix mesnili Giardia Giardia duodenalis Species Dientamoeba fragilis, Trichomonas hominis Enteromonas hominis Retortamonas intestinalis Table 7.5 312 SECTION 7
has re roll KC, s. (Top row) Trophozoites. Trophozoites. row) (Top s. man Manual of Clinical Microbiology, es of hu esof lat s shown; a cyst stage for D. stage for fragiliss shown; a cyst el ite i ite flag zo tal .C., 2015. .C., i pho S, Warnock DW (ed.), (ed.), DW Warnock S, gen tro ton, D ter S ing estinal and uro Int
(Bottom row) Cysts. D.(Bottom fragilis row) Figure7.2 here. JH, From Jorgensen shown not Pfaller is but MA,been found Carcently Funke G, Landry ML, Rich 11th ed., ASM Press, ed., ASM Wash 11th Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic Parasitic Diagnosis 313 1 nu ble ble s i us; sm sm ro sue (continued) cle pla s of s of rs t to see ned to nu n young der opsy d with cilia, pea cul ro stai fi ere ble i ble i e ap r clear, round, and us may be vis t to see; mac in un tur cle pea age in stool. Various cul ble ble ruc fi i nu s are vis -shaped mac ro tract) and other tis tic st an be seen in bi ole nal st ear cytostome; cy us dif us vis tract). ney u us, which is dif nal nos ns; body is cov ter ti cle cle t to see within wall. cyst ary ag cle cle c cle i tio a ger n tes nu nu e vac nu cul fast stains; ap ra d in trichrome stains. fi ro a til zoa cro ed. c id- cro kle s to lat tra o ro u y y tract, bil ns; mi ture s taken from GI tract (brush bor t wrin ned prep l cells in in ; cilia dif tor tio y with ac sue sue p lia lar ra ra men wha stai u i a abl i the us and con spi semble nonrefractile spheres in wet-preparation i yst: 1 large mac pec n un other stages in life cy Oocyst is the usual di s ep (re Other Other fea Trophozoite: 1 large, kid small, round mi may be vac Re smears; autofluoresce with epifluorescence; stain var some even in stainedeven smears; mac which tend to be lon C i prep gran cle cysts; in older cysts, in e fast tur id- 0–100 μm or; 5 ri ia, microsporidia, and tis te er n cid ing a s, coc s, which may or may not be per ate ite i spp., but larg spp., zo ro y round, 8–9 μm in diam; ac all r oval; 50–70 μm in diam (usual s of cil y round, 4–5 μm in diam; each ma er ns spo tic all cal o is i er tai n ter ac e bl i cyst co cyst vis oo long; 40–70 μm wide (usual width range, 40–50 μm) Cyst: spher range, 50–55 μm) like Cryptosporidium Shape and size withTrophozoite: ta ovoid Oocyst gen Organisms gen Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic phological char Mor
Species Balantidium coli Cryptosporidium parvum Cyclospora cayetanensis Table 7.6 314 SECTION 7 y s ite tor is zo e by n stool. ro cal nos cal h i cur i ag c with 4 spo t to di ded. Enteric ded spores. for y seen in fe n. cysts o cul all ro tio fi cysts men men fast, trichrome, and ro fec om om s. id- re usu ntly based on clin nts dif void spo void men tie (continued) i que ce of in ns 2 spo a cysts a n not rec tai den zoa i tio on ts vary; ac cyst or cyst o s e oo to la u sul ro tur ic ic ev stool spec oc ture cyst cyst c s. ma log ns in AIDS pa ing ro sue sue p in men tio i am fec istology re pec ex each; im H Animal in in Calcofluorwhite stains rec Diagnosis is most fre Thin-walled oo Other Other fea Mature oo s and se e , D.C., 2001. , D.C., , sur d ton ere ing cysts ntly ut meaut cov ro que e spo re cysts b ia, microsporidia, and tis ; 200 μm to 1 mm tur cal cid i cyst cyst f t shaped; 4–6 μm of oo of cen s; oo ns 2 ma s, coc y spher , each 9–1 6 μm and long ite tai ate all zo i er ro cysts sual size, 20–30 μm μm 10–19 long, ro arely seen out 4 spo gans. mely smallmely and been have re s of cil r cyst; u tre tic ing cysts r n is ro tai ter body o es; ovoid spoes; ovoid ac tur each con in diam 7.5–12 μm wide 7.5–12 rup Oocyst with thin wall con Shape and size Ellipsoidal oo Spores are ex Trophozoite (tachyzoite): cres wide; spo 9–11 μm from all 2–3 μm by long wide. Cyst (bradyzoite); gen , Diagnostic Medical Parasitology, 4th ed., ASM Press, Wash Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic cia phological char nal. ti Mor tes spp. in
tro Data from L. Gar S. GI, gas a b Species Table 7.6 Cystisospora bel li Microsporidia gondii Toxoplasma Sarcocystis Parasitic Diagnosis 315
c ti ont n of n of t- e tio nos ic inic the tur (continued) cen ts young ag cep e schiz fec dem n n di tur tio es; i uid in later stages ra nts; en u l blood; ma tie fig era nal fl d edg e of bande of forms and h pi l blood; ma e RBCs ate ed pa rip enc ages, with rare ex era tur bri h ne; lymph nodes and blood ine s miz rip to am bra ts ma ing st e cross” con em nec op ; ex fec tes vel ful es seen in pe l blood; pres t; in ing m era , “Mal lat h stag es seen in pe men n help ent du ig rip n tio ng (rareng clefts); Maurer’s rings and cres b stag tra pli ial p cal u i ings); seen in sple cen lar r y); y); if pres l blood (no other de sar rum es seen in pe a es era , with typ h s; RBCs may be and oval fim have ts young RBCs cip stag Cs ; lots ma of ite a rip der fec ry nec zo ont RB e of Schiiffner’se of dots; all P. P. fal o to ng; all s; in /accole forms; no stip enc ble ble e of Schiiffner’se of dots; all pli ts all ite e schiz zo que fec enc sem o s seen in pe tur pli ); in ns 8–10 mer ns 8–10 cyte found found in blood d; microhematocrit tube con to ont tai ple on me zoa to tion ns 16–18 mer e schiz ont c te-shaped ma fec eboid rings; pres tai ltiple rings; ap tur nameboid rings; pres ngs arengs thick; no stip set of of in can be sam United States (no travel his Ri ro Mu shaped ga ma Ring forms only (re Trypomastigotes and long slen Diagnostic stage RBCs schiz No Am con s of pro tic is ter n ac ia) nant tia lar lig (ma
nign ter s) rum a nes (ovale ma (be Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic le ia) vax phological char sick ia) es lar ing sit lar Mor a ma
ma ia) spp. tan n sleep lar tian ca r ri (quar te Plasmodium Plasmodium vi Plasmodium ova malariaePlasmodium Plasmodium fal cip ma Trypanosoma brucei gambiense (West Af Babesia Malaria par Organism Table 7.7 316 SECTION 7 us n; lar , etc.; tio cle lu u row fec cel ing n tra n tai uid in later stages e of ine of c ti d early in in nal fl enc pi ple nos orms con ag m into amastigote form ne; lymph nodes and blood ine s lar f for st di nes; pres am bra lu pla bra cel em ; ex o tra ful net ing m m and in spleen, liver, bone mar s mem te lat e of ine of n help c cou du ti n tio l sys enc us and ki lia nos tra cle cal u ag i the nu urved in C shape; blood sam cen do st di heart, tract) GI* and trans ing en ten c n , D.C., 2001. , D.C., pla lo o u tai cle ( cle ton , with typ tic net ges of skinges of and mu ges of skin;ges of pres (continued) ing a der re d mus pha pha out ro ro ate c forms con ri ti us and ki lar nos cle lu ter st ag nu cel found found in blood d; microhematocrit tube con tra ing st di n ple pla tai zoa o to tion e of in net fec enc astigotes found through orms con of of in can be sam Amastigotes found in mac pres Diagnostic stage Trypomastigotes and long slen f Am Trypomastigotes short and of stumpy, trypomastigotes en Amastigotes found in mac and ki s of pro tic is y ) all ter e, es. tu ne ac (East ) ta eas cyt e but L. cu ro sis a sit al) co a ; not ac mi ted for cer with so s) ous (mu o sen ne son , Diagnostic Medical Parasitology, 4th ed., ASM Press, Wash (vis nes i Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic ta pan (Chagas’’ dis (Chagas’’ cia ; ; RBCs, eryth par phological char Leishmania donovani Leishmania try sick nal y a blood par ti e but pre ing can all Mor sit with tes i spp. (cu a tu in
) son tro i n sleep ted for com ca par ; not ac sen ri Data from L. Gar S. GI, gas a b donovani ous pre Organism Trypanosoma brucei rhodesiense cruzi Trypanosoma Leishmania braziliensis donovani Leishmania Af South Amer a blood par Leishmania com Table 7.7 Parasitic Diagnosis 317 en i not twe i not i i cle ail with cle cle cle der t ed; nu ed; nu ed; nu ed; nu ed; gap be per per per per per i cle athed; slen long, athed; tail ta nu athed; tail ta she she nal she mi and ter nal mi ds to tip tail of ds to tip tail of i at tip ter cle ten ten ex ex sub at tip tail of 230–250 6–8 by μm; sheathed; tail ta 177–230 by 5–6 by 177–230 μm; sheathed; tail ta nu at tip tail of Microfilaria 3–4 by 163–203 μm; un 5–9 by 304–315 μm; un 244–296 μm; sheathed; 7–10 by tail ta es es es tod a mal mal em es 50–70 mm by es 33–50 mm by sue sue n males 80–100 mm mal mal es 70–80 mm μm 120 by 190–200 4 μm; by un mal s of blood and tis tic is ter ac Males 30–35 mm 350–430 by μm; fe μm 500 Males mm 45 60 by μm; fe 43–55 mm by 130–170 μm mm43–55 130–170 by Adult worm Threadlike; males 13–25 mm 70–80 by μm; fe Threadlike; males 24–28 mm 70–80 by μm; fe Males 19–42 μm; mm 130–210 by fe Threadlike; males 40 mm μm; 100 by fe 250 by μm 32–62 mm μm 130–160 by μm 270–400 Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic lus phological char vu Mor
Loa loa Mansonella perstans Parasite Brugia malayi ozzardi Mansonella Onchocerca vol Wuchereria bancrofti Table 7.8 318 SECTION 7 ; ; . tic ed tic vae tum tat nos nos ti d (tend en shell ag ag ize twe ic testsic racks re e with large, til s. log fer sul ed soil; lar ing t ro c tests. vae a men at ti i o or oncosphere); nat o or oncosphere); ide) are di i ide) are di r cap nos pec bry bry ns, lar tam an be found in spu gle s ag ity o f eye; sef eye; gle s di cal s tio i av vae c fec e shell) and un cal cer o i ar cal c lat an be found in stool (slit in tail). log cu –hooked em -hooked em o ing l ed with con t bi ber vae c gra gest ing 6 ing 6 en for canen for cro n n 2 branches on sin 2 branches on sin mi tak 1 e) lare) tai tai 1 ggs on perianal skin. < ed or tu d) eggsd) found in stool. Adult worms: in. 10–12 > ed. ns), mi tiv cal lat ti ate tio hrough outer skin, of layer cre tid ( its e fec tid ( t ggs are in t mil ger fec pos glo der t ag glo rid e e in d shell, con d shell, con ca ver y found in stool; short buc ate ate ye); canye); be mis lugs. Adult worm:lugs. rarely seen. Eggs should be quan all ed Adult side. worm: about 3/8 in. (ca. white 1 cm) long, with lar p ing e ia l ns may not be treat d ten e) usue) tio phi clu ; oval with; oval broadly rounded ends, thin shell, and clear space be o tiv s) ands) gravid pro lia). There are no prac fec s) ands) gravid pro , and/or filariform(in ith bumpy shell ex cal sin let s (in fec ti let tes from anus and de phi in tum o osts. Larvae will wan osts. Dog or cat as sue gra n; eo sin gate, w o (8–16 cello (8–16 stage). Adult worms: rarely seen in clin non s iden spp. only spp. (thick, stri spp. only spp. (thick, stri tal h tal h tio ith hook cie bry l packet cells of (“short and sexy”). In very heavy in d (oval tod (oval round with thick, mam , no hook a ma vae ( den den m and eo ci ci aenia aenia fir ize ers dia ers w ths T T til l shaped with one flat y approx 12 ft (ca. 3.7 m) long m) fty approx 12 (ca. 3.7 y approx 12 ft (ca. 3.7 m) long m) fty approx 12 (ca. 3.7 ing e ing y found in spu mor all all min bal op cate cate ri hrough deep tis all rel shaped with two clear, po n di di vel l for con e itch sio tal p fu der t i ver ca an s of hel gen oc pointed tail. Female mi Egg: two eggs spe of and de Rhabditiform lar Diagnostic stage Egg: both fer to be more or oval elon (ca. 25–30 cm), found in stool. Rarely (in se Egg: bar etc.), since(rare, light few, in Egg: foot Humans are ac (se Humans are ac w help Scolex (4 suck (4 Scolex eggs eggs in Scolex (4 suck (4 Scolex worm usu eggs eggs in worm usu tic is ter ac
Taenia saginata Taenia ms) Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic ms) wor phological char Toxocara canis or Toxocara wor Mor
a solium a ylostoma duodenale, Necator ocara cati ocara erobius vermicularis ongyloides stercoralis stodes (tape americanus Anc Str Trichuris trichiura Trichuris Ent Ancylostoma braziliensis Tox Taeni Nematodes (round Helminth lumbricoides Ascaris
Ce
Table 7.9 Parasitic Diagnosis 319 r s va es es ith o or o or es in tiv ser tiv ts man tum o va ces. tur va bry bry cer w li ser gs) ser lum fi n liver) when n liver) eg cu e struc d in spu ic canic ca ily i i tiv ere stat a ts -hooked em -hooked em pat ted with no pre mar duc cov n liver) when hu n liver) lec pro ing 6 ing 6 ted with no pre lum fi ily i ted with no pre sts and many sco n n op (pri lec cu lec tai tai mar vel s into which oper ter cy ); can be re e der ets ike that F. of he tin sts de y. op (pri s should be col tes e vel ger ns daugh ogy l o and egg shell tid cy l tin s should be col men ms. Cyst grows like met wider than re long, i tai s should be col da o and egg shell tes bry sts de s into which oper pho men wor tid ( i ed, with shoul t der bry ” = egg pack men der i lat tid cy en em glo ing cu e tape da ed (mor en em twe d from those F. of buski e vor lat ms; con cyst l spine); spec twe ni ate iron fil ed from at cyst sur pine); spec cu e ti , D.C., 2001. , D.C., wor era ing b rat en l spine); spec ton ed, with shoul ish “ nal s pi es (fox or wolf);es (fox hy ing b es (dog); hy fer ts ly 35 um);35 oper lat era ing ed mi < vor ; worms in veins small of in vor cu lat ts ly ni uid as e dif brown men ni ty) ggs from car i cu a l ; worms in veins blad of ; worms in veins large of in men bil a rooves) androoves) gravid pro ine fl a not b l tum ( ly seen;ly egg round to with oval thin shell, con seen;ly egg round to with oval thin shell, con ty) ty) i i gest e lar fi am ggs from dog tape bil bil ne. mal mal ing g lar fi a a ly inly bra ed); eggs oper n egg vi tal gest e e”); eggs oper tai low den mem n egg vi n egg vi ered in stool (large lat ered in stool small (very lat ered in urine (large ter eral suck sett ci ly inly tai tai ing tal cov cov cov s ac “ro it den ter, gs found in stool; can es (to main man ci aboratory should ex Scolex (latScolex Adult worm not nor oncosphere with po Adult worm not nor oncosphere with no po Adult worm found only in car ac Adult worm found only in car hu Eggs found in stool; very small ( Eggs coughed up in spu stool (if swal Eggs re Eggs re Eggs re Eggs found in stool; very large and oper Eg cen no lim tiv L (to main (to main , Diagnostic Medical Parasitology, 4th ed., ASM Press, Wash Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic Fasciolopsis bushFasciolopsis cia ca i pat ciola he Diphyllobothrium latumDiphyllobothrium Hymenolepis nana diminuta Hymenolepis granulosus Echinococcus multilocularis Echinococcus Clonorchis (Opisthorchis) sinensis westermani Paragonimus Fas Schistosoma mansoni Schistosoma haematobium Schistosoma japonicum Data from L. Gar S. a
(flukes) Trematodes
320 SECTION 7 Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic Parasitic Diagnosis 321 ▼ Parasitic Diagnosis Parasitic
Figure 7.3 Relative sizes of helminth eggs (from CDC). Schisto- soma mekongi and Schistosoma intercalatum have been omitted. From M. Brooke and D. Melvin, Morphology of Diagnostic Stages of Intestinal Parasites of Humans, 2nd ed., U.S. Department of Health and Human Services publication (CDC) 84-8116, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta, GA, 1984.
SECTION 8 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing, and Methods of Organism Identification
General Comments 324 Table 8.1 Recommended pediatric immunization schedule 325 Table 8.2 Recommended adult immunization schedule 328 Table 8.3 Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI) documents related to antimicrobial susceptibility testing from humans 330 Table 8.4 Summary of CLSI antimicrobial susceptibility test methods for select bacteria, mycobacteria, and fungi 332 Table 8.5 Routes of administration and drug class for select antimicrobial agents 337 Table 8.6 Routes of administration and drug class for select antifungal agents 342 Table 8.7 Routes of administration and drug class for select antiparasitic agents 343 Table 8.8 Antibacterial agents for specific bacteria 345 Table 8.9 Intrinsic resistance of selected Gram-negative bacteria 354 Table 8.10 Intrinsic resistance of selected Gram positive bacteria 356 Table 8.11 Important mechanisms of multidrug resistance in bacteria. 358 Table 8.12 Organisms included in CLSI and EUCAST breakpoint tables 361 Table 8.13 Guide to interpretive criteria for select organisms for commonly tested antimicrobials 364 Table 8.14 Summary of MALDI-TOF MS identification of bacteria, mycobacteria, and fungi 374 Table 8.15 Gene sequencing targets for organism identification 380
doi:10.1128/9781683670070.ch8 324 SECTION 8 Two important control measures for infectious diseases are vaccina tion to prevent infection and use of antimicrobial therapy to eradicate infections. This section provides information for both approaches. Tables 8.1 and 8.2 summarize immunization recommendations for pediatric and adult patients. These recommendations are published periodically in the Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report and at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) website (hppt:// www.cdc.gov/nip). The tables are a summary of the recommenda tions of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP), the American Academy of Family Physicians (AAFP), the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG), the Ameri can College of Physicians-American Society of Internal Medicine (ACP-ASIM), and the Infectious Diseases Society of America (IDSA). Information regarding antimicrobial agents is intended to be used as a quick reference guide for the practicing clinical microbi ologist. Included within are tables that outline common methods of antimicrobial susceptibility testing, key information regarding clinical breakpoint criteria as presented by the European Commit- tee on Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing (EUCAST) and the Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI). These tables should help the clinical microbiologist easily determine what break- points exist for commonly encountered organisms as well as com monly used antimicrobials. Lastly, several tables regarding intrinsic mechanisms of resistance and important mechanisms of resistance have been included. A notable difference from previous editions of the Pocket Guide is the omission of antibiogram tables. Due to the regional differences seen in antimicrobial resistance, it was deter mined that it would be impossible to present generalizable data that would be relevant to all users of this Pocket Guide. Readers are en couraged to consult contemporary data published by the numerous ongoing surveillance programs that present antibiogram data that is organism, patient, and region-specific. Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 325 al v r te (continued) ore next dose f 4 wk 4 wk 4 wk 8 wk Minimum Minimum in be 4 wk 4 wk 8 wk 4 wk 4 wk 6 mo 6 mo al v er t ore next dose f 8 wk 8 wk 1–4 mo 2–17 mo be 2 mo 2 mo 6–9 mo Recommended in 2 mo 2 mo 6–12 mo 3 yr a le 2–4 mo 4–6 mo 6–9 mo Birth-2 mo 1–4 mo 6–18 mo 2 mo 4 mo 6 mo 12–15 mo Recommended age thisfor dose 2 mo 4 mo 6 mo 15–18 mo 4–6 yr u ion ion sched t a z ni u m 6 wk Birth 6 wk Minimum age for first dose 6 wk ic ic im r t a di type b ecommended ecommended pe R
Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial First dose Second dose Third dose First dose Second dose Third dose First dose Second dose Third dose Fourth dose First dose Second dose Third dose o Fourth dose dose Fifth Rotavirus Hepatitis B Table 8.1 Vaccine Diphtheria-tetanus-pertussis influenzae Haemophilus 326 SECTION 8 al v r te ore next dose f Minimum Minimum in be 4 wk 4 wk 4 wk 6 yr 4 wk 4 wk 8 wk al v er t ore next dose f be 3–5 yr Recommended in 2 mo 2–14 mo 3.5 yr 2 mo 2 mo 6 mo (continued) a le 12–15 mo 4–6 yr Recommended age thisfor dose 2 mo 4 mo 6–18 mo 4–6 yr 2 mo 4 mo 6 mo 12–15 mo u ion ion sched t a z ni u m 12 mo Minimum age for first dose 6 wk 6 wk ic ic im r t a di a l el b vi rus lio ecommended ecommended pe R
Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial First dose Second dose First dose Second dose Third dose Fourth dose First dose Second dose Third dose Fourth dose Measles, mumps, ru Vaccine Inactivated po Pneumococcal Table 8.1 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 327 ber 2017 tem tion. Sep 4 wk 6 mo 12 wk 4 wk 12 wk za ni mu tices im for ral best prac ne 4 wk 6–18 mo 3–5 yr 8 wk 4 mo 12–23 mo 12–23 18 mo 12–15 mo 4–6 yr 11–12 yr yr mo) (+2 11–12 yr (+6 mo) 11–12 6 mo 12 mo 12 mo 9 yr
Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial First dose Second dose First dose Second dose First dose Second dose Third dose Data from Centers Disease for Control and Prevention, Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices: Ge a Influenza Hepatitis A Varicella Papillomavirus Human 328 SECTION 8 ry e y l l a u n eive PCV13 PCV13 eive er PCV13 c t owed by PPSV23 at least PPSV23 by owed yr l
>65 10 One dose an Same as 19–49-yr for age group Same as 19–49-yr for age group Immunocompetent adults should re fol 1 year af ry 10 yrry 10 One booster dose ev e y l l a u n Age group (yr) 50–64 One booster dose ev One dose an Same as 19–49-yr for age group Same as 19–49-yr for age group Same as 19–49-yr for age group ent. d s ain i t al, en al, c in i p c ween i t m ng onng i ered first t s ine de al be i end c v a p in er ry 10 yrry 10 le t m e ional, ional, or other ional, ional, or other u t t ons with med y s l ons with med pa pa l s u u a ions. One dose of c c t u s. i n e d ng theng same visit. There i ion ion sched t ions. Timing vac a oral, oc oral, oc tions t al con i i als) for per z a c i v ine) for per i ca c c n i i er hav hav d d t u ered dur 19–49 One booster dose ev One dose an and 2,PCV13 or 3 doses 1, PPSV23. of shouldPCV13 be ad Recommended those for with cer med and should PPSV23 not be ad should be a 5-year in in t in Three doses and (at 0, 1, 6 mo in be PPSV23 PPSV23 dos Two or three dosesTwo (de vac be m ecommended adult im R
Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Vaccine Tetanus/diphtheria Influenza Pneumococcal (PCV13 and PPSV23) Hepatitis B Hepatitis Hepatitis A Hepatitis Table 8.2 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 329 es p https:// ess of es l p rd d d ga e e end end d e ine re m m c ode of her m m s cat i i o o d er. t ter vac eive one dose hereive of c Not Not rec zos Same as 19–49-yr for age group Not rec Adults >60 yr should re zos whether had they a have prior ep Not Not in Same as 19–49-yr for age group eive eive c er t es p d d es zos e e ess of p l rd end end m m ga ode of her ated >60 for yr m m s c i i o o d ine re er. c t Not Not rec Same as 19–49-yr for age group Not Not rec Adults >60 yr should re one dose her of zos vac whether had they a have prior ep Up to 60Up same yr, as for 19–49 yr age group. inNot Same as 19–49-yr for age group ble ble ion, t a i a l n ). i c ons with df s a re p ory is t ut ons with o s tions ase, vac ca e chedule. ion hision i s t d raphic, or other a g n d i e ons (with c al dis ponse) s r s u end ombined- m c le le per b ional, geo ody re o i l l or other in t ble; two doses per for t b dult- tions a a i i a t ca p l i ep ca u e i c tory of nat r c d dult/ a Three doses through yr at 0, age 21 and mo, 6 months1–2 One or more dose per for med Three doses through age 26 yr at 0, and mo, 6 months1–2 Not Not m rec un oc in Two doses (1 to doses 2 mo apart) (1 for Two sus his or an ownloads/ d ide r ha c ac s schedules/ y l accines/ v ale m ov/ g dc. Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial c Datafrom Centers Disease for Control and Prevention, Recommended Immunization Schedule Adults for or Years AgedOlder, United 19 States, ( 2017 ww. a HPV—male (MenACWY or MPSV4) Meningococcal po HPV—fe Measles-mumps-rubella (MMR) One dose if vac Herpes Zoster Varicella w 330 SECTION 8 Table 8.3 Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI) documents related to antimicrobial susceptibility testing from humansa No. Title M2-A12 Performance Standards for Antimicrobial Disk Suscep tibility Tests (2015) M7-A10 Methods for Dilution Antimicrobial Susceptibility Tests for Bacteria That Grow Aerobically (2015) M11-A8 Methods for Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing of Anaerobic Bacteria (2012) M23-ED4 Development of In Vitro Susceptibility Testing Criteria and Quality Control Parameters (2016) M24-A2 Antimycobacterial Susceptibility Testing of Mycobacte- rium, Nocardiae, and Other Aerobic Actinomycetes (2011) M26-A Methods for Determining Bactericidal Activity of Antimicrobial Agents (1999) M27-ED4 Reference Method for Broth Dilution Antifungal Susceptibility Testing of Yeasts (2017) M38-ED3 Reference Method for Broth Dilution Antifungal Susceptibility Testing of Filamentous Fungi (2017) M39-A4 Analysis and Presentation of Cumulative Antimicrobial Susceptibility Test Data (2014) M43-A Methods for Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing for Human Mycoplasmas (2011) M44-A2 Method of Antifungal Disk Diffusion Susceptibility Testing of Yeasts (2009) M45-ED3 Methods for Antimicrobial Dilution and Disk Susceptibil- ity Testing of Infrequently Isolated or Fastidious Bacteria (2016) M51-S1 Performance Standards for Antifungal Disk Diffusion Susceptibility Testing of Nondermatophyte Filamentous Fungi (2010) M52-ED1 Verification of Commercial Microbial Identification and Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing Systems (2015) M57-ED1 Principles and Procedures for the Development of Epidemiological Cutoff Values for Antifungal Susceptibil- ity Testing (2016) M59-ED1 Epidemiological Cutoff Values for Antifungal Susceptibility Testing (2016) M60-ED1 Performance Standards for Antifungal Susceptibility
Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Testing of Yeasts (2017) Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 331 Table 8.3 Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI) documents related to antimicrobial susceptibility testing from humansa (continued) No. Title
M61-ED1 Performance Standards for Antifungal Susceptibility Testing of Filamentous Fungi (2017) M100- Performance Standards for Antimicrobial Susceptibility S27 Testing (2017) SC21-L Susceptibility Testing (collection of documents: M2, M7, M11, M21, M24, M27, M31, and M100) aDocuments available from CLSI (950 West Valley Road, Suite 2500, Wayne, PA 19087; telephone, 610-688-0100; FAX, 610-688-0700; website, http://www.clsi.org). Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial 332 SECTION 8 ions a t i i g d ; 20–24 h; 35°C ; 20–24 h; 35°C 2 2 ia, and fun r e t 5% CO 5% CO Air; 16–18 h (24Air; and h CONS 16–18 35°C cefoxitin); Air; 16–20 vanco: h (oxac, 24 h); 35°C Air; 24 h; 35°C Air; 16–18 h (vanco:Air; 24 h); 35°C 16–18 Air; 16–20 h (vanco: 24 h); 35°C Air; 24 h; 35°C Air; 24–48 h; 35°C Air; 24 h; 35°C Incubation con Air; 20–24 h; 35°C Air; 20–24 h; 35°C c ba o c ia, my r e t Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct; broth Direct; broth Direct; broth Direct; broth Direct; broth Inoculum ect bac l ent ent
m m le le p p ent ds for se m o ent w/ le /ml) m p g le /ml) μ p /ml) g g μ μ ium daptomycin) for ium daptomycin) for ium daptomycin) for c c c ium daptomycin) for c ty test meth i il b i g/ml cal t g/ml cal g/ml cal µ µ ep g/ml cal c MHA CAMHB/MHA + 2%(oxac NaCI) (sup w/ 50 µ MHA + 2% NaCI + oxac MHA + 5% sheep blood CAMHB + 2–5% LHB (sup w/ 50 MHA CAMHB/MHA (sup 50 µ BHIA (500 + gent MHA + 5% sheep blood CAMHB + 2–5% LHB (sup w/ 50 Medium BHIA + vanco (6 BHIA + strep (2,000 ial sus b ion ion t t ro u u c l l i ion ion ion ion m ion ion o s s s s ) t t i t s u u l l fu fu fu fu u re S. au Disk Disk dif Broth/agar di Agar screen ( Disk Disk dif Broth di Disk Disk dif Agar screen Broth/agar di Disk Disk dif Broth di Test Test d meth spp. other ummary of CLSI an spp. S
Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial (M100) (M100) (M100) spp. (M100) Organism (Document) Staphylococcus Streptococcus pneumoniae Streptococcus, Enterococcus Table 8.4 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 333 (continued) ; 20–24 h; 36°C ; 20–24 h; 36°C ; 20–24 h; 35°C ; 20–24 h; 35°C h; 35°C ; 16–18 2 2 2 2 2 5% CO Air, 16–18 h; 35°C Air, 16–18 Air, 16–20 h; 35°C Air; 20–24 h; 35°C Air, 16–18 h; 35°C Air, 16–18 Air, 16–20 h; (Yersinia pestis, 24 h); 35°C h; 35°C Air, 16–18 Air, 16–20 h; 35°C h; 35°C Air, 16–18 Air, 16–20 h; 35°C 5% CO 5% CO 5% CO Air; 20–24 h; 35°C 5% CO Direct Direct Direct; broth Direct; broth Direct Direct; broth Direct; broth Direct; broth Direct; broth Direct; broth Direct; broth Direct Direct Direct Direct ent ent m m le le p p HTM agar HTM broth MHA CAMHB/MHA CAMHB + 2–5% LHB sup GCA + 1% sup GCA + 1% MHA CAMHB/MHA MHA CAMHB/MHA MHA CAMHB/MHA MHA + 5% sheep blood CAMHB + 2–5% LHB MHA + 5% sheep blood ion ion ion ion ion t t t t t u u u u u l l l l l ion ion ion ion ion ion ion ion ion s s s s s s s ion t t t u u l l u fu fu fu fu fu fu fu l Disk Disk dif Broth di Disk Disk dif Broth/agar di Disk Disk dif Broth di Disk dif Disk dif Disk dif Agar di Broth/agar di Broth/agar di Broth/agar di Disk Disk dif Broth/agar di
ng i lud c spp. spp. spp. (in Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial (M100) (M100) Neisseria gonorrhoeae (M45) Listeria monocytogenes (M45) Haemophilus Enterobacteriaceae (M100) choleraeV. (M45) Pseudomonas aeruginosa (M100) Acinetobacter Vibrio Neisseria meningitidis (M45) 334 SECTION 8 ions t (continued) i a d gi ds) ds) o o ; 20–24 h; 35°C 2 eth eth m m ria, and fun Incubation con Air, 24–48 h; 35°C Air; 20–24 h; 35°C (all Air; 20–24 h; 35°C (all Air, 16–18 h; 35°C Air, 16–18 Air, 16–20 h; 35°C Air; 20–24 h; 35°C 5% CO te bac co ria, my Inoculum Direct Direct; broth Air; 16–20 h; 35°C Direct; broth Direct: broth Direct; broth Direct: broth Direct Direct Direct te lect bac ent w/ m le p ide r hlo c ium daptomycin) for ro c d ity test meth ods for se bil ti oxal hy g/ml cal d i cep Medium CAMHB + 2–5% LHB (sup 50 µ CAMHB/MHA MHA CAMHB/MHA CAMHB + 2–5% LHB +0.001% pyr MHA CAMHB/MHA MHA CAMHB CAMHB + 2–5% LHB bial sus ion ion ion t t t u u u cro l l l ion ion ion ion ion ion ion mi o s s s t t t t ti u u u u l l l l fu fu fu Test Test d meth Broth/agar di Disk dif Broth di Broth/agar di Broth di Broth/agar di Disk Disk dif Broth di Broth di Disk Disk dif
era spp. spp. Summary of CLSI an spp. and spp. spp. spp.
lex Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Enterobacteriaceae p Abiotrophia Other Non- Organism (Document) (M100) cepacia Burkholderia Stenotrophomonas maltophilia (M100) Granulicatella Corynebacterium and Coryneform gen (M45) (M45) com (M45) Aeromonas Aerococcus (M45) (M100) Table 8.4 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 335 (continued) ; 24–48 h; 35°C ; 24–48 h; 35°C ; 20–24 h; 35°C 2 2 2 5% CO Air, 20–24 h; 35°C Microaerophilic; 24 h; 42°C Microaerophilic; 24 h; or 42°C 48 h; 36–37°C Microaerophilic; 3 days; 35°C Air, 20–24 h; 35°C h; 35°C Air, 16–18 Air, h; 18–24 35°C 5% CO 5% CO Air; 20–24 h; 35°C Direct Direct Direct Direct(72 h fromhold BAP) Direct Direct Direct Direct in K, ent w/ m a m t le p ium daptomycin) for c in, and 5% LHG g/ml cal µ m CAMHB + 2–5% LHB (sup 50 CAMHB MHA + 5% sheep blood CAMHB + 2–5% LHB MHA + 5% aged sheep blood CAMHB + 2–5% LHB BMHA CAMHB + 2–5% LHB CAMHB + 2–5% LHB Or HTM or Brucella broth with vi MHA CAMHB he ion ion ion ion ion ion ion ion ion ion s s s ion t t t t t t t t u u u u u u u l l l l l l l u fu fu fu l Broth di Agar di Broth di Disk Disk dif Broth di Disk Disk dif Broth di Broth di Disk dif Broth di Broth di i r o l spp. spp. spp. Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial (M45) (M45) (M45) Campylobacter jejuni/ coli (M45) Helicobacter py (M45) Pasteurella Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae (M45) HACEK group (M45) Lactobacillus catarrhalis Moraxella (M45) Micrococcus 336 SECTION 8 in; c
y m o t spp.); ions t (continued) i a d gi Cryptococcus, rs); 35°C e cin; strep, strep i ure (broth). m t a t ria, and fun Incubation con Air; 24–48 h ( h); 35°C 70–74 Air; 16–24 h (zygomycetes); 24–48 h ( Aspergillus 48–72 h (oth Air, 16–20 h; 35°C to CLSIRefer M24 46–48 h (broth); 36°C te in; gent, gen bac l il sm in a broth cul co i c a an g ide; LHB, lysed horse blood; BHIA, brain heart r rose agar t tato ria, my Inoculum Direct Direct from po dex Direct Direct; broth Air; 3–5 days; 35°C to Refer CLSI M24 Direct; broth Anaerobic; 42–48 h (agar) te i; oxac, ox c ium chlo d oc c o l y lect bac er growth the of or t /ml), in ect) or af g r m μ ase-negative staph l u g a in K (1 in K (1 m a t ity test meth ods for se bil ti ies on an agar plate (di m; CONS, co n u cep i o d on-adjusted Mueller-Hinton broth; NaCI, so i Medium Brucella broth/agar + he pg/ml),(5 vi RPMI broth 1640 MHA CAMHB CAMHB 5% lysed sheep blood ated col l bial sus ion t u cro l ion ion ion ion ion ion mi o s s t t t t ti u u u u l l l l fu fu group) Bacteroides bes) bes) di ectly with iso o r er y)/agar (all l a Broth di an Test Test d meth Broth di to CLSIRefer M24 to CLSI Refer M24 Disk dif Broth di Broth di Broth ( fragilis on Disk dif her di t ared ei p etes c ) my in. c Summary of CLSI an y no i m t
o c spp. Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial ion agar, GCA, GC agar; HTM, Haemophilus test me s u Inoculum can be pre f a (M45) Bacillus (not B. anthracis Organism (Document) (M24) Mycobacteria (M24) Fungi (molds) (M51) Anaerobes (M100) Fungi (yeasts) (M27) Aerobic Aerobic ac in Abbreviations: MHA, Mueller-Hinton agar, CAMHB, cat Table 8.4 vanco, van Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 337 Topical (continued) ion t ra t X X X X X X X X X X X X X s IV i in m X X X X X X X X IM Route Route of ad a X X X X X X X X X X PO ial agents b ro c i m i t or or or t t t i i i ib ib ib h h h ect an l -lactamase in -lactamase in -lactamase in β β β -lactam/ -lactam/ -lactam/ Cephem Cephem Cephem Penicillin Penicillin β Macrolide Penicillin Monobactam β β Drug class Aminoglycoside Cephem Cephem Penicillin Penicillin Cephem Cephem Cephem Cephem Cephem ion ion and drug class for se t ra t s i in m um di outes of ad R
Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Cefonicid Azlocillin Aztreonam Amikacin Cefmetazole Cefamandole Carbenicillin Carbenicillin indanyl so Carbenicillin Aztreonam-avibactam Azithromycin Ampicillin-sulbactam Amoxicilin-clavulanate Antimicrobial agent Cefazolin Cefaclor Ampicillin Amoxicillin Cefepime Cefdinir Cefadroxil Cefditoren Cefixime Table 8.5 338 SECTION 8 Topical ion t ra t X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X s IV i in m X X X X X X X X X IM Route Route of ad (continued) a X X X X X PO ial agents b ro c i m i t or or or t t t i i i ib ib ib h h h ect an l -lactamase in -lactamase in -lactamase in β β β -lactam/ -lactam/ -lactam/ Cephem β Cephem β β Cephem Cephem Drug class Cephem Cephem Cephem Cephem Cephem Cephem Cephem Cephem Cephem Cephem Cephem Cephem Cephem Cephem ion ion and drug class for se t ra t s i in m outes of ad R
Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Cefuroxime axetil Ceftolozane-tazobactam Ceftobiprole Ceftazidime-avibactam Ceftaroline-avibactam Cefpodoxime Cefoperazone Antimicrobial agent Cephalexin Ceftriaxone Ceftibuten Ceftazidime Cefprozil Cefotaxime Cephalothin Cephapirin Cefuroxime Ceftizoxime Ceftaroline Cefotetan Cefoxitin Cefpirome Table 8.5 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 339 X (continued) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X teroidal Fluoroquinolone Fluoroquinolone S Macrolide Macrocyclic Penicillin Macrolide Fluoroquinolone Lincosamide Lipopeptide Lipopeptide Fluoroquinolone Macrolide Fluoroquinolone Phenicol Quinolone Cephem Aminoglycoside Fluoroquinolone Fluoroquinolone Fosfomycyin Carbapenem Tetracycline Carbapenem Carbapenem Aminoglycoside id Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Colistin Daptomycin Delafloxacin Cinoxacin Levofloxacin Gemifloxacin Erythromycin Fidaxomicin Dicloxacillin Dirithromycin Clinafloxacin Clindamycin Clarithromycin Ciprofloxacin Chloramphenicol Cephradine Gentamicin Gatifloxacin Fleroxacin Fosfomycin Fusidic ac Doripenem Doxycycline Ertapenem Imipenem Kanamycin 340 SECTION 8 X Topical ion t ra t X X X X X X X X X X X X X s IV i in m X X X X IM Route Route of ad (continued) a X X X X X X X X X X X X X PO ial agents b ro c i m i t or t i ib h ect an l d i -lactamase in β nolone -lactam/ Qui Nitrofurantoin Pseudomonic ac Penicillin Aminoglycoside Fluoroquinolone Nitroimidazole Penicillin Tetracycline β Fluoroquinolone Drug class Oxazolidinone Fluoroquinolone Penicillin Cephem Fluoroquinolone Lipoglycopeptide Penicillin Carbapenem Fluoroquinolone Penicillin ion ion and drug class for se t ra t s i in m outes of ad R id
Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Mupirocin Nafcillin Nalidixic ac Netilmicin Mezlocillin Minocycline Linezolid Nitrofurantoin Moxifloxacin Metronidazole Meropenem-vaboractam Lomefloxacin Norfloxacin Methicillin Loracarbef Ofloxacin Oritivancin Oxacillin Meropenem Pefloxacin Penicillin Table 8.5 Antimicrobial agent Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 341 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X or or t t i i ib ib h h or or or t t t i i i ib ib ib h h h ay ay in ay ay in ay ay in -lactamase in -lactamase in w w w β β -lactam/ -lactam/ Fluoroquinolone Glycopeptide Folate path β Ketolide Oxazolidinone Glycopeptide Aminoglycoside Folate path Fluoroquinolone Aminocyclitol Lipopeptide Streptogrammin Ansamycin β Penicillin Folate path Glycylcline Nitroimidazoles Aminoglycoside Tetracycline Penicillin ous. n e v ra t ar; IV, in l u c us m ra t Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute, M100–S27. PO, oral; IM, in a b Vancomycin Tedizolid Teicoplanin Rifampin Trovafloxacin Trimethoprim Ticarcillin-clavulanate Telithromycin Streptomycin Sulfonamindes Sparfloxacin Spectinomycin Polymyxin B Quinupristin-dalfopristin Piperacillin-tazobactam Piperacillin TMP-SMX Tigecycline Tinidazole Tobramycin Tetracycline Ticarcillin 342 SECTION 8 X X X X X Topical X X X X X X X IV ion t IM ra t s i in m al agents g un X X X X X X X X X f PO Route Route of ad i t ect an l ine d i rim ous. ion andion drug se class for t n e ra v t ra s Drug class Polyene Fluorinated py Azole Azole Azole Azole Azole Azole Echinocandin Echinocandin Echinocandin Allylamine t i in m ar; IV, in l u c us m ra t outes ad of R
Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial PO, oral; IM, in Flucytosine Fluconazole Micafungin Ciclopirox Terbinafine Antimicrobial agent Amphotericin B Ketoconazole Itraconazole Voriconazole Isavuconazole Posaconazole Caspofungin Anidulafungin Griseofulvin Table 8.6 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 343 X Topical (continued) ion t ra t s X X X IV i in m Route Route of ad X X IM X X X X X X X X PO itic itic agents s a ar p i t
ect an l spp., is is, Trypanosoma t t ys cys c spp. o o m m orm, microsporidia, w ion ion and drug class for se t Malaria pin Malaria Microfilaria, Antihelminthic, Strongyloidiasis, Bayliascaris Louse Indication Antihelminthic, Echinococcus, Bayliascaris Acanthamoeba spp., Leishmania spp., Naegleria fowleri, Malaria Extraintestinal Malaria, Amebiasis Babesia Microfilaria Acanthamoeba spp., Balamuthia spp., Leishmania Pneu brucei gambiense Pneu ra t s i in m outes of ad R
Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Doxycycline Antimicrobial agent Albendazole Amphotericin B Atovaquone-proguanil Chloroquine Clindamycin Diethylcarbamazine Pentamidine Artemether Ivermectin Permethrin Dapsone Table 8.7 344 SECTION 8 Topical ion t ra t s X X IV i in m Route Route of ad IM X X X PO X X X X X itic itic agents (continued) s a ar p i t ect an l , spp. , Amebiasis, spp. , Giardiasis, is t cys o m ous. ion ion and drug class for se t n Malaria, Babesia Malaria Malaria Indication Antihelminthic Malaria, Toxoplasmosis Antihelminthic, Microfilaria Balantidium coli Dracunculus Trichomonas Cyclospora, Isospora Pneu e ra v t ra s t i in m ar; IV, in l u c us m ra t outes of ad R
Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial PO, oral; IM, in Quinine Antimicrobial agent Praziquantel Pyrimethamine Mebendazole Metronidazole Trimethoprim/ Sulfamethoxazole Malarone Mefloquine Table 8.7 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 345 lines c y (continued) c a r ors ors t t i i ib ib h h line y c t i y c iv a t r -lactamase in -lactamase in β β -lactam– -Lactam- Clindamycin, macrolides Unpredictable ac Penicillins Macrolides, aminoglycosides, tet Chloramphenicol Sulfonamides, Sulfonamides, tet Clindamycin, carbapenems, cefoxitin, cefoxitin, carbapenems, Clindamycin, β β Antibiotics in c i m a t , ins r o ones sp ones l ones, gen l l o o in, aminoglycosides, l o o p n a rins, carbapenems, in in uin ci am q a qu f qu line, broad-spectrum spo o c o ro o ox r r a l o , ri o fl o cy a ive ro t , carbapenems, macrolides, rins n, n, macrolides, clindamycin, ceph cip , doxy ci lines lines, flu y spo ia c c o r m l y e a cy c t co a ra r ceph Generally ac Cephalosporins Broad-spectrum ceph carbapenems, flu Doxycycline Penicillin, van Penicillin, Metronidazole Penicillin Carbapenems tet Vancomycin clindamycin, flu tet ific bac c group ntibacterial spe agents for spp. s spp. u A spp. re
Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Organism Acinetobacter Actinobacillus Actinomyces Aeromonas hydrophila Anaplasma phagocytophila Arcanobacterium haemolyticum Bacillus anthracis Bacteroides fragilis Bacillus ce Table 8.8 346 SECTION 8 ones, l o in ins, carbapenems, qu r o y r t i po o s iv o t l a rim-sulfamethoxazole p o eth m Fluoroquinolones, carbapenems Fluoroquinolones Cephalosporins Unpredictable ac Ampicillin, macrolides Fluoroquinolones, Tigecycline Penicillins, ceph aminoglycosides, flu tri Fluoroquinolones Antibiotics o l a -lactamase β cline lins rim-sulfamethoxazole, il p cy lines c o i c cy a eth ins, ins, macrolides -lactam– l ra m l , doxy ive , aminoglycosides , β t ci , i ones , tri , , tet l o rim-sulfamethoxazole p in , , pen (continued) ia o r qu tors i e o t eth r rins ib o m h po s in Generally ac Trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole Doxycycline or broad-spectrum or Doxycycline ceph Erythromycin flu Doxycycline tri Carbapenems, pen Clindamycin Carbapenem Macrolides Macrolides ific bac c p com lex us is t s spp. us ntibacterial spe agents for t A rins
spo l Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial a Borrelia burgdorferi Organism Bartonella henselae Brucella spp. cepacia Burkholderia pseudomallei Burkholderia Fluoroquinolones, broad-spectrum cepho Capnocytophaga Bordetella per Campylobacter jejuni Campylobacter fe Table 8.8 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 347 lines c y c (continued) a r Fluoroquinolones Fluoroquinolones Fluoroquinolones, macrolides, tet Trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole o ones ones in l l o o qu lines, c o , , r uin uin o cy q q a ins ins o o r r r r r o o o o in ones ones in, flu sp sp n l l c c o o o o ci l l y ins, tet y lin, lin, clindamycin, a a my rins, carbapenems, r m il uin uin o m o c c q q po i c ro spo s ro ro o o l l o o a a , van , , pen , , eryth , macrolides, flu , macrolides, flu ins, van r , , ceph , ceph po line s c o l a cy ra ones, aminoglycosides Broad-spectrum ceph Penicillin Doxycycline Doxycycline Doxycycline carbapenems, flu Penicillin Metronidazole Penicillin clindamycin Penicillin Erythromycin Vancomycin Vancomycin Broad-spectrum ceph tet carbapenems, flu ceph l ria nia he t mo num li cile u fi Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Citrobacter freundi Corynebacterium diph Cardiobacterium hominis Cardiobacterium trachomatis Chlamydia Chlamydophila pneu Chlamydophila psittaci Clostridium bot Clostridium dif perfringens Clostridium tetani Clostridium jeikeium Corynebacterium Corynebacterium urealyticum Citrobacter koseri 348 SECTION 8 in with c y m o c ins, ins, r r po po s s ones o o l l l y o t a a i in in, or van iv l t il qu c o i r p o ones ones l l o o , am in in in c i qu qu m o o a r r t o o Aminoglycosides Unpredictable ac Broad-spectrum ceph Chloramphenicol Chloramphenicol 3 flu Broad-spectrum ceph flu Imipenem, flu Penicillin gen Antibiotics ins, r ones ones l l in in with o po o c s y o in l uin m a q qu o o o c r r o o ones l o rins, carbapenems, in qu lin, lin, or van spo o o il r a l c o a i p ive t , macrolides, flu , broad-spectrum ceph , ceph in c i lines, flu (continued) ia c r m y e c t ta a r Generally ac Carbapenems Doxycycline Doxycycline Doxycycline Penicillin tet Carbapenems Penicillin Penicillin, Penicillin, am macrolides, clindamycin, flu gen Oxazolidinones ific bac c ae c a ntibacterial spe agents for A
Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Enterobacter aerogenes Organism burnetii Coxiella Ehrlichia chaffeensis ewingii Ehrlichia corrodens Eikenella Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae Enterobacter clo Enterococcus faecalis Enterococcus faecium Table 8.8 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 349 ors, t i ib h (continued) ins r po s o -lactamase in l β a -lactam– β rim-sulfamethoxazole p lines, lines, o c cy eth ra m tet Tetracyclines Penicillins, tri Broad-spectrum ceph Ampicillin Clindamycin - o ins in, r l eth il
po , m c s i , o l ors, ors a t t ins i i r ins, tri ib ib o r h h in, carbapenems, sp ins, carbapenems, c po o l i s l il o a m l c a i a t , carbapenems, pen or gen , macrolides, trimethoprimsul macrolides, , -lactamase in -lactamase in ones ones, macrolides ones ones, broad-spectrum ones, broad-spectrum β β l l l l l rins rins o o o o o in in in in spo spo uin o o qu q qu qu qu l l a a o o o o o r r r r r o o o o o -Lactam– -Lactam– rim sulfamethoxazole rim Metronidazole clindamycin Streptomycin flu β Penicillin, broad-spectrum ceph Broad-spectrum ceph flu Broad-spectrum ceph p Cephalosphorins, pen aminoglycosides, macrolides Tetracyclines famethoxazole, aminoglycosides, flu β flu ceph flu ceph za en flu spp. Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Escherichia coli Francisella tularensis Fusobacterium Hafnia alvei Haemophilus aphrophilus ducreyi Haemophilus Haemophilus in kingae Kingella Klebsiella granutomatis 350 SECTION 8 ones l o ins r in po s qu ins, ins, aminoglycosides o o ins l r y r r t a o i po po s iv s t o o l l a a rins spo o l a Penicillins, Penicillins, ceph Aminoglycosides, flu Penicillin, Penicillin, ceph Unpredictable ac Broad-spectrum ceph Fluoroquinolones, broad-spectrum ceph Antibiotics in p ins r
, am po f s ins, ins o l ones, r r l a o o o in sp sp ones, ri o o l l l qu o a a o lines, macrolides r in with aminoglycoside in with aminoglyco- in c lines l l o y c line, ceph il il qu c , carbapenems, c c c o a cy i i a r r , , flu p p cy n o ra , aminoglycosides, ive ci t y ones, ones, carbapenems ones, ones, carbapenems , , flu , tet l l m o o , doxy or am or am co lines (continued) ia uin uin c r q q e cy t ro ro o o ra Generally ac Penicillin carbapenems, tet Broad-spectrum ceph Fluoroquinolones Broad-spectrum ceph flu Macrolides Cephalosporins Carbapenems Macrolides Penicillin Penicillin Carbapenems tet flu side, side, van ific bac c nia mo ntibacterial spe agents for spp. A spp.
Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Leptospira interrogans Morganella morganii Listeria monocytogenes Organism oxytoca Klebsiella ozaenaeKlebsiella Klebsiella pneu Lactobacillus pneumophila Legionella Leuconostoc catarrhalis Moraxella Mycoplasma pneumoniae Table 8.8 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 351 (continued) ins ins ins, r r r po po po s s s o o o l l l a a a lines, macrolides, c cy a r ones ones l l rins o o in in spo o qu qu l a o o r r o o Broad-spectrum ceph Broad-spectrum ceph Macrolides, clindamycin Macrolides, Broad-spectrum ceph flu Penicillin, tet flu Fluoroquinolones, broad-spectrum ceph - β ins, r ins r po s po s o l o ones a -lactam– l l a o ins r in o rins, carbapen - rins, carbapen - qu sp o lines r o c spo spo l o y o o a l l c rins, carbapenems, a a a r spo o ones ones l ors, flu l l , carbapenems, β t a i o o , carbapenems, clindamycin , carbapenems, clindamycin , carbapenems, amikacin, ib in in h ones, tet l , broad-spectrum ceph qu qu o , , ceph , , broad-spectrum ceph o o r r in o o qu o r o Broad-spectrum ceph ems, flu Ampicillin carbapenems Broad-spectrum ceph ems, flu lactamase in Penicillin Cephalosporins Carbapenems Metronidazole Metronidazole Broad-spectrum ceph flu Penicillin Sulfonamides linezolid es d i it g spp. is l n is i i r b spp. ga ra spp. spp. Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial eus vul eus mi t t Providencia Pro Prevotella Pro Neisseria gonorrhoeae multocidaPasteurella Plesiomonas shigelloides Porphyromonas aeruginosa Pseudomonas Neisseria men Nocardia 352 SECTION 8 in l il c pi lines c y c a r in, in, l l ones l il il o c c i i y uin t i q iv ro t o rim-sulfamethoxazole p o eth m Erythromycin Unpredictable ac Macrolides, Macrolides, clindamycin, tet Fluoroquinolones Carbapenems, flu Chloramphenicol, amox trimethoprimsulfamethoxazole Chloramphenicol, amox tri Aminoglycosides, clindamycin, macrolides clindamycin, Aminoglycosides, Trimethoprim-sulfamethosxazole, am Antibiotics - ins, r , po s ins o l r a o n, n, aminoglyco ones sp ones l l o ci o o l y a rins, carbapenems, in m uin in, ceph q c qu co spo y , broad-spectrum , broad-spectrum o ones ro o r l a l m o o o a o , , van c in ive t , , flu ones qu l rins rins o o in , , ceph r , van c o in spo spo (continued) ia o o r my qu l l e a a o o t r c o Doxycycline Generally ac Carbapenems Penicillin Trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole Oxacillin Vancomycin Fluoroquinolones ceph Fluoroquinolones ceph van sides, sides, flu Broad-spectrum ceph carbapenems, flu Fluoroquinolones, azithromycin imipenem, macrolides, clindamycin, flu ific bac c in-susc.) in-res.) l l il il c c i i serovar Typhi serovar spp. (meth spp. (meth ntibacterial spe agents for A spp.
spp. spp. Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Rickettsia Organism equi Rhodococcus Rothia mucilaginosa enterica Salmonella Staphylococcus Staphylococcus Stenotrophomonas maltophilia Serratia marcescens Salmonella Shigella Table 8.8 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 353 line c y c n, n, doxy ins r ci a po s ox o l fl a ro rim-sulfamethoxazole p o eth m Trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole Tetracyclines, Tetracyclines, tri Macrolides Aminoglycosides Broad-spectrum ceph Chlorampenicol, cip Penicillin (drug choice of if susc.) Penicillin (drug choice of if susc.) in in c c y y ins, r m m po co co s o l a in ones c l i o m rins, carbapenems, rins, carbapenems, rins, carbapenems, in a t qu lines spo spo spo , o c o o o r l l l , , carbapenems, van , , carbapenems, van o a a a cy , aminoglycosides, or gen ra , , flu with ceftazidime with ones l o in in in , , tet , broad-spectrum ceph , , ceph , , ceph , , ceph rim-sulfamethoxazole c c c p in lines o c qu my my my o o o o cy eth r c c c o ra m Carbapenems flu Doxycycline Penicillin Cephalosporins Penicillin tet Doxycycline Fluoroquinolones tri Streptomycin Penicillin Penicillin Cephalosporins Penicillin van van van group (group B) (group A) group spp. Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Therapy choice of in bold type. a Vibrio cholerae Yersinia enterocolitica Yersinia pestis Streptobacillus moniliformis Streptococcus agalactiae Streptococcus, anginosus Streptococcus, mitis pneumoniae Streptococcus pyogenes Streptococcus pallidum Treponema Tsakamurella vulnificusVibrio
354 SECTION 8 Fosfomycin
Chloramphenicol
Cotrimoxazole
Aminoglycosides
Nitrofurantoin
Polymixin B Polymixin
Colistin Colistin Tigecycline
RRR Tetracycline
RRRRRRRRRRRR
Aztreonam Ertapenem
a Imipenem ia * * * * r
e t Piperacillin
R
Cephalosporin
Generation Generation 3
rd
Cephalosporin
2 Generation Generation nd
ected Gram-negative bac
l
Cephalosporin
1 Generation Generation
st ance of se Ampicillin t RRR RRRR RRRR RRRRRRRRR is s ae c a is l is i r ntrinsic re b I ga ra
lex Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial eus mi eus penneri eus vul p t t t com Escherichia coli Enterobacter clo Organism Citrobacter freundii Citrobacter koseri Hafnia alvei Klebsiella pneumoniae Morganella morganii Pro Pro Pro Table 8.9 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 355 R R RR RRR R ** RRR RR RRRR RRR RR * ion. t uc d RRRRR RRRR *** *** *** isms other than carbapenemase pro n a RRRRRR RRR R RRR RRR ne but not ceftazidime.
o x a ri t lex p ated MICs mech by v e spp. com spp. lex Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial p Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute, M100-S27. *May have el have *May a **Resistant to most aminoglycosides but not amikacin. ***Resistant to cef Providencia stuarti Providencia Yersinia enterocolitica cepacia Burkholderia Pseudomonas aeruginosa Stenotrophomonas maltophilia Salmonella Shigella Serratia marcescens Acinetobacter baumannii com
356 SECTION 8 Cotrimoxazole
R** R**
dalfopristin Quinupristin-
R
Clindamycin Aminoglycosides
R** R** R** R**
Vancomycin Cephalosporins R* R** R** tance. a
is
s ia r Acid Fusidic e t R R ic ic re s
rin
t ive ive bac Fosfomycin
t
i R Novobiocin There is no in RRRR R ected Gram pos l spp. ance of se t is s us ntrinsic re I
Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial S. cohnii S. xylosus capitis S. Enterococcus faecalis Organism Staphylococcus au re Staphylococcus lugdunensis epidermidis Staphylococcus Methicillin Resistant Staphylococcus S. saprophyticus Enterococcus faecium Table 8.10 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 357 R** R ins such as ceftaroline. r po s o l a R** R** R RRR R R*** R R R** R ept for the so-called antistaphylococcal ceph c ins ex r po s o l a y. l in. ceph cal c i y m o c ive ive clin ant to all t t ec is f s ant to van t is s occi are re c o l y ro but are not ef ies are re t c pe in vi , s ant staph ive ive t t is s spp. spp. spp. spp. ear ac p Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute, M100-S27. ***Some, but not***Some, all **May **May ap *Methicillin re a Enterococcus gallinarum/E. casseliflavus innocuumClostridium Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae Leuconostoc Pediococcus Lactobacillus Clostridium 358 SECTION 8 ar l in and ed hodge ed hodge ar, and ar l u l l fi fi il i i u u ec c l a ec ec l l ed carbapenemase fi on on method (mCIM), i orms poorly), ar ti f l a ion ion of PBP2a’ u v t ti ec l ec c t a None Phenotypic (ox Phenotypic (mod Molecular Phenotypic (mod Phenotypic, mo cefoxitin), mo test, mod in carbaNP), mo test per de mo Detection le fi ors t i ept ept ept ept ept c c c c c ble ble ib a h i ance pro t ty i is s iv t a-lactams ex a-lactams ex a-lactams. New a-lactams ex a-lactams ex a-lactams ex t t t t t t tance to cefepime ibit ac is ta-lactamase in h s cefepime ceftaroline cephamycins and carbapenems, var aztreonam cefepime and carbapenems All be re Typical Typical re All be All be (such as avibactam) in All be All be All be be ia. r e t sm(s) i spp. spp., spp., spp., spp., gan spp. ance in bac t is s Acinetobacter spp. Enterobacteriaceae, Pseudomonas Primary or Staphylococcus Enterobacteriaceae, Pseudomonas Acinetobacter spp. Enterobacteriaceae Enterobacteriaceae, Pseudomonas Acinetobacter spp. Enterobacteriaceae, Pseudomonas Acinetobacter spp., Aeromonas rug re d i t s e g isms of mul n a Beta-lactamase and cell wall chang Category Altered tar Beta-lactamase et Beta-lactamase Beta-lactamase Beta-lactamase
tance sis mportant mech I
(Penicillin Binding Binding (Penicillin Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial AmpC + Porin Mutation New DelhiNew Metalo Protein 2a’ (PBP2a’)) Extended Spectrum AmpC Mechanism of re Klebsiella pneumoniae Carbapenemase (KPC) Beta-Lactamases (ESBL) Beta-Lactamase (NDM) mecA Table 8.11 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 359 ar (continued) l u ec l Molecular Molecular Molecular Phenotypic (D-test) Phenotypic, mo Molecular Molecular ta-lactams ta-lactams ta-lactams All be All be All be lincosamides,Macrolides, streptogrammins Glycopeptides Polymyxins Oxazolidinones, lincosamides,Macrolides, streptogrammins, phenicols, pleuromutilin - E. spp., spp. (rare) spp. spp., spp., spp. spp., s only u spp. e m r ), Vancomycin ), Vancomycin Enterobacteriaceae, Pseudomonas Acinetobacter spp. Enterobacteriaceae, Pseudomonas Acinetobacter spp. Bacteroides Staphylococcus faecium Resistant Staphylo coccus au Streptococcus Enterococcus (most com Enterobacteriaceae Staphylococcus Enterococcus a l y ng site i omal s o se b ive ive meth t a u t er i ng site f i st ion ion of ri Beta-lactamase Beta-lactamase Beta-lactamase Inducible or con t bind Altered bind Phosphoethanolamine trans Methyltransferase Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial VIM cfiA erm vanA/B mcr IMP cfr 360 SECTION 8 Molecular Molecular Molecular Detection Molecular le fi ones, l o ta-lactams, ance pro t is s lines, quin c cy a r Aminoglycosides Typical Typical re Oxazolidinones, Phenicols Macrolides, be tet aminoglycosides Quinolones ia. (continued) r e t sm(s) i spp. spp., gan sms i ance in bac t an is g s Gram-positives, Gram-positives, Gram-negatives, Mycobacteria Primary or Predominantly Gram-negative or Enterococcus Staphylococcus Gram-negatives rug re d i t ion r t e a c fi ort i p on ti a v isms of mul ti n c a a Enzymatic in Category pumps Efflux Target mod ABC trans tance mportant mech ted ymes I a z is i s d
i one re ance l f Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial t o i sis (AME) quin Plasmid me Mechanism of re pumps Efflux Aminoglycoside mody ng en optrA Table 8.11 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 361 (continued) ow) ow) l l les be les be p p y) l m m a a on ific ex ific ex c c ean Committee on Antimicrobial p o r Y Y Y H. influenzae Y ( H. Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (see spe Y Y Eu (EUCAST) Testing Susceptibility Y (Groups A, C, B, and G) Y Y Y (see spe Y er) b les b Y (M100) Y (M100) Y (M100) Y (M100) Y (M100) Y (M100) Y (M45) Y (M100) Y (M100) Y (M100) Y (M100) Y (M100) Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI) (Document num Y (M45) Y (M100) Y (M100) Y (M45) Y (M100) Y (M100) luded in CLSI andbreakpoint EUCAST ta spp. spp. c and parainfluenzae H. Enterobacteriaceae i r aer obes cile o rganisms in l Streptococcus spp. fi O spp. spp. spp.
Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Helicobacter py Organism Enterobacteriaceae Pseudomonas Acinetobacter cepacia Burkholderia Stenotrophomonas maltophilia Miscellaneous non- Staphylococcus Enterococcus influenzae Haemophilus pneumoniae Streptococcus Beta-hemolytic Gram-positive an aer obes Clostridium dif Gram-negative an multocidaPasteurella Neisseria gonorrhoeae Viridans group Streptococcus Listeria monocytogenes Anaerobes Neisseria meningitidis Table 8.12 362 SECTION 8 ) (see above) and y) l on ean Committee on Antimicrobial p o r Y N Y Y Y N N N N Kingella kingae N (Except Kingella for N Eu (EUCAST) Testing Susceptibility Aerococcus sanguinicola Y ( Aerococcus S. urinae N Y er) b (continued) les b Y (M45) Y (M45) Y (M45) Y (M45— See HACEK group) Y (M45) Y (M45) Y (M45) Y (M45) Y (M45) Y (M45) Y (M45) Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI) (Document num Y (M45) Y (M45) Y (M45) , spp. spp., luded in CLSI andbreakpoint EUCAST ta c spp. spp., corrodens Eikenella rganisms in O spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. and spp. Granulicatella spp. spp.
spp. spp. (not anthracis) Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial and Kingella Organism catarrhalis Moraxella Corynebacterium kingae Kingella Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae Cardiobacterium Lactobacillus Lactococcus Leuconostoc Aerococcus Aeromonas Abiotrophia Gemella HACEK group: Aggregatibacter Campylobacter jejuni and coli Bacillus Table 8.12 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 363 N N N N N N Y N N N N N N N N Y N N Y N N Y (M45) Y (M45) Y (M45) Y (M45) Y (M45) N Y (M24) Y (M24) Y (M24) Y (M24) Y (M45) N Y (M45) Y (M45) Y (M45) Y (M27) Y (M24) Y (M24) N Y (M24) Y (M24) ia r e t ac b o c ) lex ria ng ng my p i is te s o l u bac gi V. choleraeV. c co and B. pseudomallei er ng etes i b lei c lud my c spp. spp. spp. no i spp. t spp. spp spp. spp. (in Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Micrococcus Pediococcus Rothia mucilaginosa Bacillus anthracis Burkholderia mal Francisella tularensis Cryptococcus Other Filamentous fun Rapidly ing grow my Vibrio Yersinia pestis Brucella Mycobacterium tu Mycobacterium avium com Miscellaneous slowly grow Aerobic ac Nocardia Aspergillus Candida Mycobacterium kansasii Mycobacterium marinum 364 SECTION 8 ble ble ge ge a a t. ser MIC and DD breakpoints avail in the pack FDA in Comments ion t ra t tory ls i en a c i ib b h Y Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y con Minimum in ro c i m i ion t EUCAST s u f Y Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Disk dif only tested an ion m t ra t tory i en c ib h Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Minimum in con sms for com i CLSI ion an s g u f ect or l Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y Inferred Inferred Inferred Y Y Disk dif ia ia for se r e t ive ive cri t re p er t Ceftazidime Cefotaxime Ceftriaxone Cefepime Ceftaroline Cefazolin (Urine) Cefazolin Cefazolin Ceftolozane-tazobactam Ticarcillin-clavulanate Piperacillin-tazobactam Piperacillin Amoxicillin-clavulanate Amoxicillin Ampicillin-sulbactam Ampicillin Antibiotic uide to in G
Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Enterobacteriaceae Organism Table 8.13 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 365 ble ble ble ble ge ge ge ge a a a a (continued) t. t. ser ser MIC and DD breakpoints avail in the pack FDA in in the pack FDA in MIC and DD breakpoints avail Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y a Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y N Y a Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y N
Ciprofloxacin Amikacin Tobramycin Gentamicin Imipenem Nitrofurantoin Ertapenem Colistin Meropenem Trimethoprim- Sulfamethoxazole Doripenem Tigecycline Aztreonam Minocycline Cefuroxime Tetracycline Levofloxacin Ceftazidime-avibactam Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial 366 SECTION 8 ble ble a ge ge a ion ion ion MICion and s t u u f l t. ser Agar di breakpoints avail from pack FDA disk dif in Comments ion t ra t tory ls (continued) i en a c i ib b h Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y con Minimum in ro c i m i ion t EUCAST s u f c N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Disk dif only tested an ion m t ra t tory i en c ib h b Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Minimum in con sms for com i CLSI ion an s g u f ect or l b N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Disk dif Y ia ia for se r e t ive ive cri t re p er t Colistin Imipenem Meropenem Doripenem Aztreonam Cefepime Ceftazidime Ticarcillin-clavulanate Ceftolozane-tazobactam Piperacillin-Tazobactam Piperacillin Chloramphenicol Antibiotic Fosfomycin uide to in G
Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Pseudomonas Pseudomonas aeruginosa Organism Table 8.13 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 367 (continued) Y Y Y N N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Y N Y Y Y N N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Trimethoprim- Sulfamethoxazole Levofloxacin Ciprofloxacin Minocycline Doxycycline Amikacin Tobramycin Gentamicin Colistin Imipenem Meropenem Doripenem Ceftriaxone Cefepime Levofloxacin Ceftazidime Ciprofloxacin Ticarcillin-clavulanate Amikacin Piperacillin-Tazobactam Tobramycin Piperacillin Gentamicin spp. Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Acinetobacter 368 SECTION 8 Comments ion t ra t tory ls (continued) i en a c i ib b h Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N con Minimum in ro c i m i ion t EUCAST s u f d N N N N Y Y Y Y Disk dif only tested an ion m t ra t tory i en c ib h e N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Minimum in con sms for com i CLSI ion an s g u f ect or l e Y Inferred Inferred Inferred Inferred InferredInferred Inferred Inferred Inferred Inferred Inferred Inferred Inferred Inferred Inferred Inferred N Inferred Inferred Inferred Inferred Inferred Inferred Inferred Inferred N Inferred Inferred Inferred Inferred Inferred Inferred Inferred Inferred N Disk dif N Y N Y ia ia for se r e t rins
spo d o ive ive cri rins l t a d d re spo p o l er a t Ceftaroline Parenteral ceph Carbapenems Oral ceph Piperacillin-Tazobactam Oxacillin Dalbavancin Ampicillin-Sulbactam Nafcillin Televancin Clavulanate Cefoxitin Amoxicillin- Methicillin Vancomycin Oritavancin Antibiotic Penicillin uide to in spp. G
Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Staphylococcus Organism Table 8.13 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 369 ert. s ble ble ble ble in a ge ge a a ge inge (continued) a ion ion ion MICion and s t u u f l t. ser Agar di breakpoints avail from pack FDA disk dif in MIC and DD breakpoints avail the pack FDA Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y/Inferred Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y d d d d d N N/Inferred Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y
Fosfomycin Tedizolid Linezolid Quinipristin- dalfopristin Rifampin Chloramphenicol Ciprofloxacin Tigecycline Cindamycin Gentamicin Doxycycline Nitrofurantoin Tobramycin Amikacin Tetracycline Levofloxacin Trimethoprim- Daptomycin Sulfamethoxazole Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial 370 SECTION 8 - ert for s y. l ble inble the a ge inge on a in-susceptible c y m o c MIC and break DD points avail van FDA packFDA E. faecalis Comments ion t ra t tory ls (continued) i en a c i ib b h Y N N N N N N N Y Y Y Y Y N con Minimum in ro c i m i ion t EUCAST s u f Y N N N N N N N Y Y Y Y N Disk dif only tested an ion m t ra t tory i en c ib h N Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y Minimum in con sms for com i CLSI ion an s g u f ect or l N Y Y Y N N N N Y Y Inferred Inferred Inferred Inferred Inferred Inferred Inferred Inferred Inferred Y Y Disk dif ia ia for se r e t ive ive cri t re p er t Tigecycline Minocycline Doxycycline Tetracycline Daptomycin Dalbavancin Televancin Oritavancin Teicoplanin Vancomycin Imipenem Piperacillin-Tazobactam Amoxicillin Ampicillin Penicillin Antibiotic uide to in G spp
Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Enterococcus Organism Table 8.13 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 371 (continued) lin il c a f g g g h Y Y Y N Y N Y Inferred N N Inferred from ox Y Y Y Y Y lin il c a f g g g Y Y Inferred Inferred Y Y Inferred Inferred N Inferred Inferred Y N Y Y Y N N Y Y Inferred from ox Y /Inferred f f g g h h Y Y Y Y Y/Inferred Y Y Y/Inferred Y N Y Y N N Y Y Y Y lin il c a f g g N Inferred Y Y Inferred Y Y Y Y Inferred Y N Y Y Y N N Inferred from ox Inferred Inferred
Tedizolid Cefepime Linezolid Nitrofurantoin Amoxicillin/ Clavulanate Quinipristin- dalfopristin Gentamicin Levofloxacin Fosfomycin Amoxicillin Chloramphenicol Amikacin Ciprofloxacin Rifampin Streptomycin Tobramycin Trimethoprim- Sulfamethoxazole Penicillin Ampicillin Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Streptococcus pneumoniae 372 SECTION 8 Comments ion t ra t tory ls (continued) i en a c i ib b h Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y con Minimum in ro c i m i n ion t EUCAST s ci u y h f m lin lin lin lin lin lin lin ro il il il il il il il c c c c c c c a a a a a a a Inferred from eryth Y Y Inferred from ox Inferred from ox Inferred from ox Y Inferred from ox Inferred from ox Inferred from ox Inferred from ox Disk dif only tested an ion m t ra t tory i en c ib /Inferred /Inferred h h h Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y/Inferred Y Minimum in Y con sms for com i CLSI ion an s g u f ect or l Y Y N N N N Y Disk dif Inferred Inferred N Inferred ia ia for se r e t ive ive cri t re p er t Azithromycin Tetracycline Teicoplanin Ertapenem Imipenem Doripenem Vancomycin Antibiotic Cefuroxime Ceftaroline Meropenem Ceftriaxone uide to in G
Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Organism Table 8.13 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 373 ble ble ge ge a a t. ser in the pack FDA MIC and DD breakpoints avail in nce. a N Y N Y Y Y Y Y N Y ia. r e ies-specific guid t c ent for spe N Y N Y Y Y Y Y N Inferred m u ent doc r N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y ent up-to-date for breakpoint cri m u ies. Consult cur c ine doc l occi spe c o l N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y y ent guide r y. l spp. s on us staph u o i e r
st. Consult cur S. au i y. l Salmonella ant t ions for var t is s a cept d ex en in re l m ary tract on Tedizolid Linezolid Quinipristin- dalfopristin Clindamycin Rifampin Chloramphenicol Trimethoprim- Sulfamethoxazole Levofloxacin Tigecycline Doxycycline n m cil i o ific breakpointsex y. l c y. l ific rec on y. c l from the uri on i e E p Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial There are spe For all For E. coli nterobacteriaceae For syn rgy on Infection-site spe For E. faecalis For E. coli For re ort ng on meth a b c d e f g h 374 SECTION 8 ed fi s. i e t as b den i a
t
al trial ion. c t i a c fi i t ei and l nt innt some da e A. hydrophila A. xylosoxidans ases. be May mis ates in clin l b l. a e t een een een een uce an iden tw tw d lude B. mal c i te te be te te be g spp. a a i i t t luded in da n n c e e a t fer fer ed to Genus lev fi i t ia, and fun r den i e t c Comments Cannot Cannot dif Databases do not in B. pseudomallei. Cannot Cannot dif Minimal data. not May be pres and A. caviae Frequently fails to pro Minimal Minimal da Minimal data. One iso 12 of notMay be in as Ochrabactrum mis and A. rhulandii. ba o c ia, my es level es level r e ci t ion − + + + + + + + t +/− +/− +/− +/− +/− a c fi i t ion ion of bac t Reliable spe Reliable iden a c fi i t s level s level nu ion t + + + + + + + + + + a +/− +/− c fi i t Reliable ge iden ria
i l te o spp. i spp. spp. ummary of MALDI-TOF MS iden spp. spp. S spp. spp. spp.
spp. lex Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial p Organism Gram-negative bac Aeromonas Achromobacter Acinetobacter Aggregatibacter faecalisAlcaligenes cepacia Burkholderia Campylobacter hominis Cardiobacterium Chryseobacterium sakazakii Cronobacter com Bacteroides Brucella Burkholderia glad Citrobacter Table 8.14 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 375
(continued) nt nt ween t e
lex. p te be a i ween t t n com e Neisseria spp. er spp. ae f te be ion. Not pres Not ion. c a t i a a t enic c n g s. fi e ly ly dif i e i t er Shigella f as E. clo atho b is. p a r t ga te with te from a a s. i i uce an iden e t t and non d n n as e e b a. t er er a t f f nt nt in some da tems may not read tems may not dif e Minimal da Some sys meningitidis N. Not Not pres Cannot dif May failMay to pro in some da P. penneriP. and P. vul Some sys Cannot dif + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +/− +/− +/− +/− +/− + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +/− spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. (non E. spp. coli) spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. eus Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial t Neisseria spp. Escherichia Francisella Klebsiella Morganella Pandorea Pro Prevotella Edwardsiella corrodens Eikenella Enterobacter Fusobacterium Haemophilus limosus Inquilinus kingae Kingella catarrhalis Moraxella urethralisOligella agglomerans Pantoea Porphyromonas Pasteurella Escherichia coli 376 SECTION 8 ion. t a c fi i t les. ion. e t a i t n uce an iden e d s. er f e as b ain S. anoph a t t TYPHI ies dif (continued) c S. lude Y. pestis. i c te g a i t n e a t er f nt nt in some da e ia, and fun r e t c Comments Databases may not con Not Not pres Cannot dif Minimal da Databases do not in Mucoid strains may fail to pro Minimal data for spe ba o c ia, my r es level es level e t ci ion + + + + + + + + + + + + + t +/− +/− +/− a c fi i t ion ion of bac t Reliable spe Reliable iden a c fi i t s level s level nu ion t + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a c fi i t Reliable ge iden
ria group te ummary of MALDI-TOF MS iden S spp. spp. spp.
spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Roseomonas Providencia Table 8.14 Organism aeruginosa Pseudomonas putida Pseudomonas fluorescens Pseudomonas Ralstonia pickettii Spingomonas Stenotrophomonas maltophilia Gram-positive bac Vibrio Yersinia spp. Abiotrophia tive de fec group group Actinomyces spp. Aerococcus Salmonella Serratia Raoutella Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 377 and from (continued) ance. s group m u ween the
t S. pyogenes or re f S. mitis/oralis te be ies. ween a B. ce te i. t ween c i t a c t i ble ble per n t B. anthracis. a oc e n i c l e te be er te be e o a f l r i er a t i f y t ludes n n c e e er f er ot dif te within the f ests un n and other spe a g i t ive ive staph n t ly ly dif e a i a. er ays ays dif t f w tems may not dif tems can sms, which in i n ase neg l u ga g a Minimal data sug Does not read L. monocytogenes Some sys co Minimal da Some sys May not al S. dysgalactiae. May May not dif S. pneumoniae. of of or - + + + + + + + + + + + + + +/− +/− +/− +/− +/− + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +/− o spp. spp. spp. spp. na spp. Viridans Large col ny, spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial a-hemolytic t Gordonia Clostridium Listeria Gemella Group be Arcanobacterium Corynebacterium Enterococcus Finegoldia mag Lactobacillus Micrococcus Peptostreptococcus Propionibacterium Rothia mucilaginosa Staphylococcus Streptococcus, Streptococcus, otitidisTuricella Nocardia Bacillus 378 SECTION 8 lex. p ies within the MTB com c (continued) te spe i a g i t n e er f ia, and fun r e t c Comments Does not dif ba o c ia, my r es level es level e t ci ion + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + t a c fi i t ion ion of bac t Reliable spe Reliable iden a c fi i t s level s level nu ion t + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a c fi i t Reliable ge iden p lex p lex p lex p p com lex ummary of MALDI-TOF MS iden lex S p is com com lex s com
o l u c er b Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial M. marinum com simiae M. M. szulgai xenopi M. fortuitum M. Table 8.14 Organism Mycobacteria—Slow Growers M. tu haemophilum M. scrofulaceum M. Mycobacteria—Rapid Growers chelonae M. abscessus M. mucogenicum M. immunogenum M. smegmatis M. M. avium com M. gordonae M. M. kansasii Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 379
ed as C. duobushaelmulonii C. neoformans and C. gattii. fi i t een een den i tw te te be a i t n e may be mis fer C. auris C. Can Can dif and C. haelmulonii. a a a a a a a a a a t t t t t t t t t t + + + + + + + + + No da No da No da No da No da No da No da No da No da No da + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +/- spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. spp. Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Curvularia Candida Mucor Bipolaris Fungi Alternaria dermatitidis Blastomyces Cladosporium Cryptococcus Histoplasma capsulatum Paecilomyces Rhodotorula Saacharomyces Scopulariopsis Trichosporon Trichophyton Aspergillus Penicillium Rhizopus Fusarium spp. 380 SECTION 8
spp., ive ive t
a group, occi, c spp. o ase neg l l y u g a staph Streptococcus pneumoniae/mitis group, S. bovis group, S. salivarius Corynebacterium Bacillus Gram-negative Klebsiella, Enterobac- Citrobacter,ter, Pantoea, Escherichia, Shigella, Yersinia, Salmonella, Acinetobacter Limitations in Species-Level Differentiation Gram-positive co ion ion g g rpoB gyrB 16S-32S spp.— ets dnaJ, sodA, g or Tt dnaJ, tuf, tuf t spp.— spp.—16S-23S re spp.—16S-23S gyrB ion, g Alternative tar Corynebacterium Staphylococci— tuf, rpoB Streptococci— rpoB, gyrB Enterococci— Bacillus Enterobacteriaceae—gyrB, Elongation fac Acinetobacter, Haemophilus, Aggregatibacter— re Pseudomonas Bordetella, Burkholderia—recA Bordetella, re Neisseria spp.—16S-32S a
ies ies ies ion c c c ion ion ion ion ion ion t t t t ity with ity with ity with a t a a a t t r r r c spe
a a a etes— fi i c - >99.4% t y m ty i o t n ti Criteria for Species-level Identification from other spe >99.6% iden >0.4% sep from other >99.0% iden >0.8% sep For Klebsiella, Enterobacter, Pantoea- Citrobacter, >99.5% iden >0.5% sep Campylo bacter— from other spe iden Aerobic ac sm sm iden i an g ty i t ets for or g Criteria for Genus-level Identification >97.0% iden ng ng tar i uenc q Organisms Identified Bacteria ene se G
Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Gene Target 16S rRNA Table 8.15 Vaccines, Susceptibility Testing 381 lex p spp. M. kansasii, com spp., lex, p Aerobic ActinomycetesAerobic Nocardia equi Rhodococcus M. tuberculosus com Phaeoacremonium, Fusarium spp., zygomycetes, Alternaria M. marinum, M. ulcerans, M. chelonae, M. abscessus, M. fortuitum n li u b gyrB i—D1/D2 n rpoB ion g t li cpn60 a lex— u beta beta tu g p b lex— p secA1 spp.— beta beta tu com spp.— F) (E
i—D1/D2 or g t Campylobacter Brucella—recA, gyrB Nocardia equi—choE Rhodococcus M. kansasii—gyrB, rpoB, secA1, dnaA, hsp65, ITS M. marinum, M. ulcerans—gyrB, hsp65, secA1, dnaA fortuitum M. M. chelonae, M. abscessus—rpoB, ITS secA1, hsp65, Fusarium spp.—elon fac and yeast-likeYeast fun DimorphicZygomycetes, fun Aspergillus— Dermatophytes—28S D2 M. tuberculosus com Phaeoacremonium— y t i t 100% iden ty i t 99.0–99.9% iden Mycobacteria Fungi Antimicrobial Agents Antimicrobial Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute—MM18AE. Interpretive Criteria Identification for Bacteriaof andTarget Fungi DNA by Sequencing; Approved a Guideline 16S rRNA Intergenic Spacer Region (ITS)
Index
A Administration routes Abiotrophia, 5, 145, 334 antifungal agents, 342 Abiotrophia defectiva, 22, 35 antimicrobial agents, Abscess 337–341 mycobacterial identification, 138 antiparasitic agents, 343–344 specimen collection and Advisory Committee on transport, 84, 112 Immunization Practices Acanthamoeba spp., 15, 39, 40, 41, (ACIP), 324 43, 71, 118, 119, 122 Aerobic actinomycetes, diagnostic tests, 287, 291 antimicrobial susceptibility Acholeplasma laidlawii, 22 test methods, 336 Achoromobacter, 7 Aerococcus spp., 5, 334 Acidaminococcus fermentans, 22 Aerococcus christensenii, 22 Acid-fast stain, 139, 291 Aerococcus sanguinicola, 54 Acid-fast trichrome chromotrope Aerococcus urinae, 22, 54 stain, 290 Aerococcus viridans, 22 Acidovorax, 7, 205 Aeromonas spp., 8, 22, 44 Acinetobacter spp., 8, 22, 47, 51, antimicrobial susceptibility test 345 methods for, 334 antimicrobial susceptibility test diagnostic tests, 161–162 methods for, 333 differential characteristics of, commonly tested antimicrobials, 202 367 Aeromonas hydrophila, 52, 345 diagnostic tests, 161 Aggregatibacter spp., 8, 192 Acinetobacter baumannii, 22, Aggregatibacter actinomycetem- 355 comitans spp., 22 Acremonium spp., 67, 270 Agrobacterium, 6 Acridine orange stain, 139, 246 Alcaligenes, 7 Actinobacillus spp., 8, 130, 192, Alistipes spp., 22 345 Alloiococcus, 5 Actinobacteria, 3–4 Alloiococcus otitis, 22 Actinobaculum, 3 Alloscardovia, 4 Actinomyces spp., 3, 22, 40, 41, 45, Alphaproteobacteria, 6–7 46, 48, 50, 107, 345 Alphavirus, 221, 225 diagnostic tests, 168–169 Alphavirus, 11, 40 Actinomycetes, differential Alternaria spp., 69. 279 characteristics of, 185 American Academy of Family Acute meningitis, 38–39 Physicians (AAFP), 324 Adenoviruses, 36, 39, 40, 42–45, American College of Obstetricians 48–51, 54, 109, 222, and Gynecologists 232–233 (ACOG), 324 384 Index Amer ican College of Physicians– bacteria, mycobacteria and American Society of fungi, 332–336 Internal Medicine CLSI docu ments for, 330–331 (ACP–ASIM), 324 Antimicrobial therapy, 324 American Trudeau Society Antiparasitic agents, administra medium, 154 tion routes and drug class, Amniotic fluid, specimen 343–344 guidelines for parasitology, Aphthovirus, 10 123 Apicomplexans, pathogens, 73–74 Amoebae, pathogens, 71 Apophysomyces, 272 Amphotericin, 144 Apophysomyces elegans, 66 Ampicillin, 348, 351, 364, 370, Arachnida, 59–60 371 Arcanobacterium spp., 3, 22 Anaerobes Arcanobacterium haemolyticum, antimicrobial susceptibility test 48, 345 methods, 336 Arcobacter spp., 7, 212 detection methods, 131, Arenavirus, 12, 36, 40, 221, 168–170 225–226 Anaerococcus spp., 6, 22 Arthritis, 34 Anaplasma spp., 7, 105, 132, 172 Arthrobacter, 4 Anaplasma phagocytophila, 345 Arthropod vectors, medically Anaplasma phagocytophilum, 55 important diseases, 58–60 Anaplasmosis, 55, 59 Ascaris lumbricoides, 16, 51, 75, Ancylostoma braziliensis, 317 121, 318, 320 Ancylostoma duodenale, 16, 75 morphological characteristics morphological characteristics of, 318 of, 318 parasitic diagnosis, 288, 297 parasitic diagnosis, 288, 297 Ascomycota, 13 Angiostrongylus cantonensis, 39, Ashdown medium, 141 40 ASM Manual of Clinical Animalia, 15–16 Microbiology, 82, 220, 229, Anisakis spp., 75 263, 286 Anisomycin, 143 Aspergillus spp., 34, 35, 36, 37, 41, Anthrax, 54 43, 46, 47, 49, 50, 52, 53, Antibacterial agents, 345–353 68, 255 Antibiotics characteristics of, 267–268 agents for specific bacteria, diagnostic tests, 258 345–353 direct examination, 252 interpretive criteria for select Aspergillus fumigatus, 51, 267 organisms, 364–373 Astrovirus, 11, 44, 221, 226 Antibody detection Atopobium spp., 4, 22 bacteria, 129–132 Auramine-rhodamine stain, 139 fungi, 245 parasites, 287–289 Antifungal agents, administration B routes and drug class, 342 Babesia spp., 15, 73, 117 Antigen detection diagnostic tests, 287, 294 bacteria, 129–132 morphological characteristics fungi, 245 of, 315 parasites, 287–289 Babesia microti, 15, 38 Antimicrobial agents, routes of Babesiosis, 57, 59 administration and drug Bacillus spp., 5–6, 22, 140 class, 337–341 antimicrobial susceptibility test Antimicrobial susceptibility methods, 336 testing differential characteristics of, 184 Index 385 Bacillus anthracis, 52, 54, 129, BK virus, 54, 109, 223, 238–239 158–159, 345 Blastocystis hominis, 15, 23, 308 Bacillus cereus, 43, 44, 345 cysts of, 307 Bacteria diagnostic tests, 287, 292 antibacterial agents for, 345–353 Blastomyces spp., 242, 255 antimicrobial susceptibility test Blastomyces dermatitidis, 35, 37, methods for, 332–336 46, 51, 53, 62 mechanisms of multidrug resis characteristics of, 273, 274 tance in, 358–360 diagnostic tests, 258–259 primary plating media, 141–154 direct examination, 249 screening specimens, 137 Blastomycosis, diagnostic tests, taxonomical classification of, 258–259 2–3 Blastoschizomyces capitatus, Bacteroides spp., 4, 22, 23, 41, 148 23, 61 Bacteroides bile-esculin (BBE) Blood agar, 141 detection methods for protozoa, Bacteroides fragilis, 23, 38, 47, 48, 287, 294–296 50, 131, 141 mycobacterial identification, 138 Bacteroides fragilis group, 345 mycology plating guide, 256 diagnostic tests, 169 specimen collection and trans differential characteristics of, port, 85–86, 112–113 216–217 specimen guidelines for Bacteroidia, 4 parasitology, 117–118 Balamuthia, 118 virology guidelines, 108 Balamuthia mandrillaris, 15, 71 Blood agar, 142 Balantidium coli, 15, 287, 292, Body cavity fluids, Gram stain and 313 plating media, 133 Bartonella spp., 6, 35, 52, 53, 105, Bone infections, 34–35 162 Bone marrow Bartonella henselae, 42, 46, 346 mycobacterial identification, 138 Bartonella parapertussis, 162–163 mycology plating guide, 256 Bartonella pertussis, 162–163 specimen collection and trans Basidiobolus, 272 port, 87, 113 Basidiobolus ranarum, 66 specimen guidelines for parasi Basidiomycota, 13 tology, 118 Bayliascaris procyonis, 16 virology guidelines, 108 Bayliasciaris spp., 39 Bordetella spp., 7, 206 Beauveria, 270 Bordetella parapertussis, 135, 142 Bergeyella, 5 Bordetella pertussis, 50, 55, 135, Bergey’s Manual of Systematic 142, 346 Bacteriology, 3 Bordet-Gengou agar, 142 1,3-Beta-D-glucan, biomarker of Borrelia spp., 9, 40, 105, 171 fungal infection, 263 Borrelia burgdorferi, 34, 36, 39, Betaproteobacteria, 7 42, 55, 59, 105, 132, 346 Bifidobacterium spp., 4, 23 diagnostic tests, 170–171 Bile-esculin agar, 141 Botrytis, 280 Bilophila wadsworthia, 23, 141 Botulism, 54 Biopsy specimen, mycobacterial Bovine encephalopathy agent, 223, identification, 138 239 Bipolaris spp., 70, 278 Brachyspira, 8 Birdseed agar, 254 Brain abscess, 41 Bismuth sulfite agar, 142 Brain heart infusion agar, Bite wound, specimen collection 142–143, 254 and transport, 85 Branhamella, 8 BK polyomavirus, 9 Brevibacterium spp., 4, 23 386 Index Brevundimonas spp., 6, 205 diagnostic tests, 259 Brilliant green agar, 143 direct examination, 250 Broad-spectrum cephalosporins, Candida albicans, 24, 37, 41, 43, 345, 345–353 44, 47, 48, 54, 254 Bronchitis, 49–50 Candidiasis, 259 Brucella spp., 6, 34, 35, 39, 46, Cantipeda periodontii, 24 54, 105, 131, 135, 140, 163, Capillaria spp., 16 346 Capillaria hepatica, 75, 121 Brucella agar, 143 Capillaria philippinensis, 75, 288, Brucellosis, 54, 105 298 Brugia spp., 288, 297 Capnocytophaga spp., 5, 24, 260, Brugia malayi, 16, 75, 317 346 Brugia timori, 16, 75 diagnostic tests, 164 Buffered charcoal-yeast extract differential characteristics of, (BCYE) agar, 143 193 Bunyamwera virus, 12 Carbapenems, 345, 346, 348, 350, Bunyaviruses, 40, 221, 226 351, 352, 353 Burkholderia, 7 Cardiobacteriaceae, 191 Burkholderia cepacia, 150, 163 Cardiobacterium spp., 8, 164 Burkholderia cepacia complex, Cardiobacterium hominis, 24, 23, 131, 346 347 antimicrobial susceptibility test Catheter, specimen collection and methods for, 334 transport, 87, 103–104 intrinsic resistance of, 355 Cat scratch fever, 105 Burkholderia cepacia selective Cedecea, 7 agar (BCSA), 144 Cefamandole, 143, 337 Burkholderia pseudomallei, 46, Cefoperazone, 144, 338 131, 141, 163, 346 Cefsulodin-Irgasan-novobiocin Burn, specimen collection and (CIN) agar, 144 transport, 87 Cell lines, viral isolation, 224 Butyrivibrio fibrisolvens, 23 Cellulitis, specimen collection and transport, 88 Cellulomonas, 4 C Centers for Disease Control and Calcofluor white stain, 246, 290 Prevention (CDC), 293, Calicivirus,44, 221, 226 298, 299, 300, 324 California encephalitis virus, 12, Central nervous system 226 infections, 38–41 Campylobacter spp., 7, 23, 24, 44, specimen guidelines for parasi 94, 131, 140, 143, 152 tology, 118–119 diagnostic tests, 163–164 Cephalosporins, 345, 346, 347, differential characteristics of, 349, 350, 353 212 Cephalothin, 144 selective medium, 144 Cervicitis, 45 Campylobacter coli, 335 Cestodes Campylobacter fetus, 38, 346 detection methods, 289, Campylobacteriosis, 54 300–301 Campylobacter jejuni, 23, 335, morphological characteristics of, 346 318–319 Candida spp., 24, 34, 35, 36, 37, pathogens, 79–80 38, 39, 41, 42, 43, 46, 47, Chaetomium, 279 52, 53, 54, 61, 116, 244, Chagas disease, 316 254, 255 Chancroid, 54 cultural and biochemical charac Chickungunya virus, 11, 34, 56 teristics, 264–265 Chikungunya virus, 225 Index 387 Chilomastix mesnili, 14, 24, 71, Clostridium botulinum, 54, 131, 312 169, 347 cysts of, 311 Clostridium difficile, 44, 107, 135, trophozoites of, 309 143, 347 Chlamydia, 5, 54, 102, 140 diagnostic tests, 169 Chlamydia trachomatis, 42, 45, specimen collection and trans 46, 47, 50, 54, 96, 132, 140, port, 92, 93 347 Clostridium perfringens, 36, 43, diagnostic tests, 172–173 44, 131, 169–170, 347 Chlamydophila spp., 5, 36, 50 Clostridium tetani, 55, 170, 347 Chlamydophila pneumoniae, 48, Coagulase negative staphylococci 49, 50, 132, 173, 347 (CONS), 157 Chlamydophila psittaci, 35, 55, Coccidioides spp. 132, 173, 347 characteristics of, 273, 274 Chocolate agar, 145 diagnostic tests, 259–260 Cholera, 54 direct examination, 250 Chopped-meat broth, 145 Coccidioides immitis, 34, 35, 37, CHROMagar Candida, 254 39, 41, 46, 51, 53, 57, 63 Chromista, 15 Coccidioides posadasii, 63 Chromogenic media, 144–145 Coccidioidomycosis, 57, 259–260 Chronic meningitis, 39–40 Colistin-nalidixic acid (CNA) Chryseobacterium, 5 agar, 145 Chryseomonas, 8 Colorado tick fever virus, 12, 38 Ciliates, pathogens, 73 Coltivirus, 12 Citrobacter spp., 7, 37, 51, 197 Columbia agar, 145–146 Citrobacter freundii, 24, 347, Comamonas spp., 7, 205 354 Community-acquired pneumonia, Citrobacter koseri, 24, 347, 354 50–51 Cladophialophora spp., 41, 70, Conidiobolus, 272 282 Conidiobolus coronatus, 67 Cladosporium spp., 70, 282 Conjunctivitis, 42 Clindamycin, 346 Coriobacteria, 4 Clinical and Laboratory Standards Coronavirus, 11, 44, 48, 49, 50, Institute (CLSI), 324, 221, 226–227 330–331 Corynebacterium spp., 3, 24, 25, antimicrobial susceptibility test 35, 43, 47 methods, 332–336 antimicrobial susceptibility test interpretive criteria for tested methods for, 334 antimicrobials, 364–373 diagnostic tests, 159 intrinsic resistance of Gram- differential characteristics of, negative bacteria, 354–355 182 intrinsic resistance of Gram- Corynebacterium diphtheriae, 25, positive bacteria, 356–357 36, 42, 48, 52, 55, 135, 146, organisms, 361, 362–363 149, 153–154, 347 Clinical Microbiology Laboratory, diagnostic tests, 159 2 Corynebacterium jeikeium, 25, Clinical Virology Manual 347 (Specter), 220 Corynebacterium kroppenstedtii, Clonorchis sinensis, 17, 78, 319, 25, 46 289, 299, 320 Corynebacterium macginleyi, 25, Clostridium spp., 6, 24, 41, 47, 52, 42 131, 140 Corynebacterium ulcerans, differential characteristics of, 25, 48 214 Corynebacterium urealyticum, 25, intrinsic resistance of, 357 53, 54, 347 388 Index Coryneform bacteria, differential Cyclospora spp., 120 characteristics of, 183 Cyclospora cayetanensis, 15, 45, Cowpox virus, 10 57, 73 Coxiella spp., 8, 106, 132, 173–174 diagnostic tests, 287, 292–293 Coxiella burnetii, 35, 40, 46, 50, morphological characteristics 55, 348 of, 313 Coxsackievirus, 36, 39, 48, 110, Cyclosporiasis, 57 221, 227 Cysticercus cellulosae, 43 Creutzfeldt-Jakob agent, 223, 239 Cystine tellurite blood agar, 146 Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic Cystitis, 53–54 fever virus (CCFV), 12, 56, Cystoisospora spp., 120 60, 226 Cystoisospora (Isospora) belli, 15, Cronobacter spp., 7, 198 73 Cryptococcosis, 260 Cysts Cryptococcus spp., 61 of flagellates, 311, 312 Cryptococcus albidus, 25 intestinal amebae, 305–307, 308 Cryptococcus gattii, 39, 51, 61 Cytomegalovirus, 10, 38, 44, 45, Cryptococcus neoformans, 35, 36, 46, 49, 51, 54, 108, 109, 37, 39, 40, 41, 46, 51, 54, 110, 222, 233 61, 242, 244, 247, 254 diagnostic tests, 260 direct examination, 248 D Cryptoisospora (Isospora) belli, Dactylaria constricta var. 45 constricta, 283–284 Cryptosporidiosis, 57 Decubitis ulcer, specimen Cryptosporidium spp., 120, 124 collection and transport, 89 Cryptosporidium parvum, 15, 45, Delafield’s hematoxylic stain, 57, 73 290 diagnostic tests, 287, 292 Delftia spp., 7, 205 morphological characteristics Deltaretrovirus, 12 of, 313 Dematiaceous fungi Cryptosporidium viatorum, 73 specimen collection and trans CSF (cerebrospinal fluid) port, 242 specimen collection and trans with macroconidia, 278–279 port, 88–89, 115 with small conidia, 280–281 virology guidelines, 108–109 Dengue virus, 11, 34, 40, 56, Culture 227–228 bacteria detection, 129–132 Dental culture, specimen fungi detection, 245 collection and transport, parasite detection, 287–289 89–90 Cunninghamella, 272 Department of Health and Human Cunninghamella bertholletiae, 67 Services (HHS), 21 Cupriavidis, 7 Dermabacter, 4 Curved bacteria, detection Dermabacter hominis, 25 methods, 132, 170–172 Dermacoccus, 4 Curvularia spp., 67, 279 Dermacoccus nishinomiyaensis, Cutaneous specimen collection 25 and transport, 113 Dermatophytes, 242–243, 252 Cutaneous ulcers, specimen Dermatophyte test medium guidelines for parasitology, (DTM), 254 119 Desulfomonas pigra, 25 Cycloheximide, 143, 144 Detection methods Cycloserine-cefoxitin-egg clinical specimens for bacteria, yolk-fructose agar (CCFA), 129–132 146 parasites, 287–289 Index 389 Diagnostic Medical Parasitology Double-stranded, enveloped RNA 4th edition, 286 viruses, 12 Diagnostic tests Double-stranded, nonenveloped fungi, 258–262 DNA viruses, 9 parasites, 291–301 Doxycycline, 345, 346, 347, 348, pathogens, 157–174 352, 353 Dialysis-associated peritonitis, 47 Dracunculus medinensis, 16, 76, Dicrocoelium dendriticum, 288, 298 17, 78 Drechslera, 278 Dientamoeba fragilis, 14, 71, 124, Drug class 125, 312 antifungal agents, 342 cysts of, 311 antimicrobial agents, 337–341 diagnostic tests, 287, 293 antiparasitic agents, 343–344 trophozoites of, 304, 309 Dubos broth, 155 Dietzia, 3 Dysgonomonas spp., 4, 25, 193 Dimorphic fungi, specimen collection and transport, 243 E Dimorphic molds, 273–274 Ear, specimen collection and Dipetalonema streptocerca, 122 transport, 90–91, 113 Diphtheria, 55 East African sleeping sickness, Diphtheria-tetanus-pertussis, 316 immunization schedule, Eastern equine encephalitis (EEE) 325 virus, 11, 40, 56, 225 Diphyllobothrium spp., 120 Ebola virus, 11, 40, 54, 226 Diphyllobothrium latum, 17, 45, Ebola-like virus, 11 79, 320 Echinococcus spp., 48, 118, 121 morphological characteristics Echinococcus granulosus, 17, 80, of, 319 289, 300, 319 parasitic diagnosis, 289, 300 Echinococcus multilocularis, 17, Dipylidium caninum, 17, 79, 289, 80, 121, 289, 300 300 Echinococcus vogeli, 80 Direct fluorescent-antibody stain, Echinostoma hortense, 78 140, 290 Echoviruses, 36, 39, 227 Dirofilaria spp., 121 Edwardsiella spp., 7, 154 Dirofilaria immitis, 16, 76 Edwardsiella tarda, 44 Dirofilaria repens, 122 Eggerthella, 4 Diseases, arthropod vectors of, Eggerthella lenta, 25 58–60 Egg yolk agar, 146 Disseminated infections with Ehrlichia spp., 7, 39, 106, 132, 174 cutaneous manifestations, Ehrlichia chaffeensis, 348 53 Ehrlichia ewingii, 348 DNA viruses Ehrlichiosis, 55, 106 detection methods, 222–223 Eikenella spp., 7, 130, 164 diag noses of, 232–234, 238–239 Eikenella corrodens, 25, 34, 348 double-stranded, enveloped, Elizabethkingia, 5 9–10 Ellinghausen-McCullough- double-stranded, nonenveloped, Johnson-Harris medium, 9 146–147 single-stranded, nonenveloped, 9 Emmonsia crescens, 251 Dolosicoccus, 5 Empedobacter, 5 Dolosigranulum, 5 Empyema, 50 Donovanosis, 105 Encephalitis, 40, 56, 59 Double-stranded, enveloped DNA Encephalitozoon spp., 42 viruses, 9–10 Endocarditis, 35 390 Index Endolimax nana, 15, 25, 71, 308 Enteromonas hominis, 312 cysts of, 307 cysts of, 311 trophozoites of, 303 trophozoites of, 310 Endophthalmitis, 43 Enterovirus, 10, 40, 42, 49, 51, Entamoeba bangladeshi, 71 109, 110, 221, 227 Entamoeba coli, 15, 26, 71, 308 Entomophthoromycotina, 13 cysts of, 306 Eosin-methylene blue (EMB) agar, trophozoites of, 303 147 Entamoeba dispar, 15, 71, 125, Epidermophyton floccosum, 26, 287, 293 64, 276 Entamoeba gingivalis, 15, 26, 71 Epsilonproteobacteria, 7 Entamoeba hartmanni, 15, 26, 71, Epstein-Barr virus, 10, 38, 46, 48, 308 109, 222 cysts of, 305 diagnosis of, 233–234 trophozoites of, 302 serologic profiles, 235 Entamoeba histolytica, 15, 37, 45, Erwinia, 7 48, 71, 121, 122, 124, 125, Erysipelothrix spp., 6, 159 308 Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae, 35, cysts of, 305 52, 348 diagnostic tests, 287, 293 antimicrobial susceptibility test trophozoites of, 302 methods, 335 Entamoeba polecki, 15, 71, 308 intrinsic resistance of, 357 cysts of, 306 Erysipelotrichia, 6 trophozoites of, 303 Erythromycin, 346, 347 Enterobacter spp., 7, 26, 37, 51, Erythrovirus, 9 53, 54, 147, 149, 198 Erythrovirus (B19 virus), 234 Enterobacter aerogenes, 348 Escherichia, 7, 41, 147, 149 Enterobacter cloacae, 348, 354 Escherichia coli, 26, 34, 37, 38, Enterobacteriaceae, 140, 144 44, 47, 48, 51, 53, 54, 130, antimicrobial susceptibility test 349 methods for, 333 diagnostic tests, 164 commonly tested antimicrobials, specimen collection and trans 364–366 port, 93 differential characteristics of, Esophagitis, 44 195–196 Eubacterium spp., 26 Enterobius vermicularis, 16, 76, Eumycotic mycetoma agents, 243 320 European Committee on morphological characteristics Antimicrobial Susceptibil- of, 318 ity Testing (EUCAST), 324 parasitic diagnosis, 288, 298 interpretive criteria for tested Enterococcosel agar, 147 antimicrobials, 364–373 Enterococcus spp., 5, 35, 38, 47, organisms in breakpoint tables, 48, 51, 54, 129 361, 362–363 antimicrobial susceptibility test Eustrongyloides spp., 76 methods for, 332 Ewingella americana, 26 commonly tested antimicrobials, Exophiala spp., 41, 46, 47, 281 370–371 Exophiala dermatitidis, 281 diagnostic tests, 157 Exophiala jeanselmei, 68 differential characteristics of, Exserohilum, 278 180 Eye Enterococcus faecalis, 26, 43, 348, Gram stain and plating media, 356 133 Enterococcus faecium, 26, 348, infections, 42–44 356 mycobacterial identification, 138 Enterococcus gallinarum, 26, 357 mycology plating guide, 256 Index 391 specimen collection and trans characteristic elements by direct port, 91–92, 114 examination, 248–253 specimen guidelines for parasi diagnostic tests, 258–262 tology, 119 methods for identification of, virology guidelines, 110 245 mycology plating guide, 256–257 F opportunistic moniliaceous, Facklamia, 5 269–270 Fasciola gigantica, 17 primary plating media, 254–255 Fasciola hepatica, 17, 78, 289, taxonomic classification of, 13 299, 319, 320 Fusarium spp., 37, 43, 47, 53, 69, Fasciolopsis buski, 17, 78, 299, 243, 252 320 Fusobacterium spp., 6, 26, 27, 47, Feces 48, 131, 170, 349 specimen collection and trans port, 92–94 virology guidelines, 110 G Fibribacteria, 5–6 Galactomannan, biomarker of Filovirus, 40, 221, 227 fungal infection, 262–263 Finegoldia, 6 Gammaproteobacteria, 7–8 Finegoldia magnus, 26 Gangrenous cellulitis, 52 Flagellates Gangrenous tissue, specimen cysts of, 311, 312 collection and transport, 95 pathogens, 71–72 Gardnerella, 4 trophozoites of, 309–310, 312 Gardnerella vaginalis, 27, 46, 159 Flavimonas, 8 Gastric, specimen collection and Flaviviruses, 36, 40, 221 transport, 95 Flavobacterium, 5 Gastric washing, mycobacterial Fletcher medium, 147 identification, 138 Fluids Gastrodiscoides hominis, 78 mycobacterial identification, 138 Gastrointestinal infections, 44–45 mycology plating guide, 256 Gastrointestinal tract, Gram stain specimen collection and trans and plating media, 133 port, 94, 114, 115 Gemella spp., 5, 27 Fluorescent-antibody stain, fungal Genital diagnosis, 246 female specimen collection and Fluoroquinolones, 350, 352, 353 transport, 95–98 Fonsecaea spp., 46 Gram stain and plating media, 134 Fonsecaea pedrosoi, 280 infections, 45–46 Foot-and-mouth disease virus, 10 male specimen collection and Francisella spp., 8, 106, 131, 140, transport, 98–99 143, 164–165 ulcers and skin nodules, 45 Francisella tularensis, 42, 46, 52, virology guidelines, 110–111 55, 60, 135, 349 Geographic distribution Free-living amebae fungal pathogens, 61–70 detection methods, 287 parasitic pathogens, 71–80 diagnostic tests, 291–292 Geotrichum spp., 27, 61 Fungal pathogens, and geographic Giardia spp., 120, 125 distribution, 61–70 Giardia duodenalis, 44, 72 Fungi Giardia lamblia, 14, 57, 124, 290, antimicrobial susceptibility test 312 methods for, 336 cysts of, 311 biomarkers of invasive infection, diagnostic tests, 287, 293 262–263 trophozoites of, 309 392 Index Giardiasis, 57 Guanarito virus, 56 Giemsa stain, 246, 290 Guizotia abyssinica, 254 Gliocladium, 269 Globicatella, 5 Gnathostoma spp., 76 H Gnathostoma spinigerum, 16 HACEK group, 35, 335 Gonorrhea, 55 Haemophilus spp., 8, 27, 145 Gordonia, 3, 139 antimicrobial susceptibility test Gram-negative bacilli, 20 methods for, 333 Gram-negative bacteria differential characteristics of, 194 differential characteristics of Haemophilus test medium (HTM) anaerobic, 215 agar, 147–148 intrinsic resistance of, 354–355 Haemophilus aegyptius, 42 Gram-negative broth, 147 Haemophilus aphrophilus, 349 Gram-negative cocci, aerobic, Haemophilus ducreyi, 45, 52, 54, detection methods, 130, 136, 165, 349 161 Haemophilus influenzae, 38, 41, Gram-negative rods 49, 50, 51, 55, 130, 349 differential characteristics of diagnostic tests, 165 oxidase-negative, oxidative, immunization schedule for type 207 b, 325 differential characteristics of ox Hafnia, 8 idase-positive, nonfermen- Hafnia alvei, 27, 349, 354 tative, 208–209 Hajna, 152 differential characteristics of ox Hansen disease, 55 idase-positive, nonoxida- Hantaan virus, 12, 228 tive, 210–211 Hantavirus, 12, 221, 228 Gram-negative rods, aerobic, Hantavirus pulmonary syndrome, detection methods, 56 130–131, 161–168 Hartland virus, 226 Gram-positive bacteria, intrinsic Haverhill fever, 106 resistance of, 356–357 Hektoen enteric agar, 148 Gram-positive cocci Helcobacillus, 4 differential characteristics of Helcococcus, 6 catalase-negative, 177 Helcococcus kunzii, 27 differential characteristics of Helicobacter spp., 7, 27, 140, 212 catalase-positive, 175 Helicobacter pylori, 95, 131, 136 Gram-positive cocci, aerobic, antimicrobial susceptibility test detection methods, 129, methods, 335 157–158 diagnostic tests, 165–166 Gram-positive rods Helminthosporium, 278 acid-fast, detection methods, Helminths 129, 160 detection methods, 288–289, aerobic, detection methods, 129, 297–302\301 158–160 morphological characteristics of, differential characteristics, 181 318–319 differential characteristics of relative sizes of eggs, 320 anaerobic, 213 Hemolytic uremic syndrome, 55 Gram stain, 140 Hendra virus, 12 fungal diagnosis, 246–247 Henipavirus, 12 recommendations, 133–136 Hepacivirus, 11, 228 Granulicatella spp., 5, 27, 145, 334 Hepatitis A virus, 38, 56, 221, Granulicatella adiacens, 35 228–229 Granuloma inguinale, 105 adult immunization schedule, 328 Granulomatous infections, 46–47 immunization schedule, 327 Index 393 Hepatitis B virus, 34, 38, 56, 222, Human papillomavirus, 9, 238 234, 236 adult immunization schedule, adult immunization schedule, 329 328 immunization schedule, 327 immunization schedule, 325 Human parainfluenza virus, 12 Hepatitis C virus, 11, 38, 56, 221, Human parvovirus B19 virus, 9 228 Human respiratory syncytial virus Hepatitis D virus, 38 (RSV), 12 Hepatitis E virus, 221, 229 Human T-cell leukemia virus, 38 Hepatovirus, 10 Human tissue, cells for viral Herbaspirillum, 7 isolation, 224 Herpes simplex virus, 39, 44, 45, Human T-lymphotropic virus type 48, 94, 109, 110, 111 1 (HTLV–1), 12, 221, 229 Herpes simplex viruses (type I and Human T-lymphotropic virus type II), 223, 234, 238 2 (HTLV–2), 12, 221, 229 Herpesvirus, 36, 40, 42, 43, 51 Human torovirus, 11 Herpes zoster, adult immunization Human viruses, taxonomic schedule, 329 classification of, 9–12 Heterophyes heterophyes, 17, 78, Hydrogen sulfide, 148 320 Hymenolepis spp., 120 Histoplasma spp., 242, 255 Hymenolepis diminuta, 17, 80, 320 Histoplasma capsulatum, 35, 37, morphological characteristics 39, 40, 43, 45, 46, 51, 63, of, 319 243, 246 parasitic diagnosis, 289, 300 characteristics of, 273, 274 Hymenolepis nana, 17, 80, 289, diagnostic tests, 260–261 301, 320 direct examination, 248 Hyphomycetes, 49 Histoplasmosis, 260–261 Hookworm, 320 Hortaea werneckii, 281 I Hospital-acquired pneumonia, 51 Iadomoeba butschlii, 308 Human adenoviruses, 9 Immunization schedule Human astrovirus, 11 adult, 328–329 Human coronavirus, 11 pediatric, 325–327 Human granulocytic ehrlichiosis, India ink stain, fungal diagnosis, 105 247 Human hepatitis A virus (HHAV), Indirect hemagglutination (IHA), 10 293, 300 Human herpesvirus 1 (HHV–1), 10 Infectious Diseases Society of Human herpesvirus 2 (HHV–2), America (IDSA), 324 10 Inflammatory diarrhea, 44–45 Human herpesvirus 3 (HHV–3), 10 Influenza Human herpesvirus 4 (HHV–4), 10 adult immunization schedule, 328 Human herpesvirus 5 (HHV–5), 10 immunization schedule, 327 Human herpesvirus 6 (HHV–6), Influenza-associated pediatric 10, 108, 223, 238 mortality, 56 Human herpesvirus 7 (HHV–7), 10 Influenza A virus, 11, 36, 37, 56, Human herpesvirus 8 (HHV–8), 10 221, 229–230 Human immunodeficiency virus, Influenza B virus, 11, 36, 37, 221, 34, 38, 39, 40, 44, 49 229–230 Human immunodeficiency virus Influenza C virus, 11, 221, type 1 (HIV–1), 12, 229 229–230 Human immunodeficiency virus Influenza virus, 42, 48, 49, 50, 51 type 2 (HIV–2), 12, 229 Inhibitory mold agar (IMA), Human indigenous flora, 22–33 254–255 394 Index Inquilinus, 6 K Insecta, 58–59 Kanamycin-vancomycin laked International Air Transport blood agar, 148 Association (IATA), Keratitis, 43–44 Dangerous Goods Kidney, cells for viral isolation, Regulations, 83 224 International Civil Aviation Kingella spp., 7, 27, 130, 166 Organization (ICAO), Kingella kingae, 34, 349 83 Kinyoun stain, fungal diagnosis, International Code of Botanical 247 Nomenclature (ICBN), 2, Klebsiella spp., 8, 27, 37, 38, 41, 13 53, 147, 149, 199 International Code of Nomencla- Klebsiella granulomatis, 45, 105, ture (ICN), 13 349 International Code of Nomencla- Klebsiella oxytoca, 350 ture of Bacteria, 2 Klebsiella ozaenae, 350 International Committee on Klebsiella pneumoniae, 47, 50, 51, Taxonomy of Viruses 54, 350, 354 (ICTV), 2 Kluybera, 8 International Journal of System- Kocuria spp., 4, 27 atic and Evolutionary Kosakonia spp., 198 Microbiology, 3 Kuru agent, 223, 239 Intestinal protozoa Kytococcus, 4 cysts of intestinal amebae, Kytococcus sedantarius, 27 305–307, 308 detection methods, 287 diagnostic tests, 292–294 L trophozoites of intestinal La Crosse virus, 12, 40, 56, 226 amebae, 302–304, 308 ß-Lactam-ß-lactamase inhibitors, Intestinal tract, specimen 349 guidelines for parasitology, Lactobacillus spp., 5, 27, 350 120 antimicrobial susceptibility test Intra-abdominal infections, methods, 335 47–48 intrinsic resistance of, 357 Invasive pneumococcal Lactococcus spp., 6, 27 disease, 55 Larone, D. H., 263 Iodamoeba buetschlii, 15 Laryngitis, 49 Iodamoeba butschlii, 71 Laryngotracheobronchitis, 49 cysts of, 307 Lassa virus, 12, 40, 56, 225 trophozoites of, 304 Leclercia, 8 Iron hematoxylin stain, 290 Leclercia adeocarboxylata, 27 Isospora belli Lecythophora, 270 diagnostic tests, 287, 293–294 Legionella spp., 8, 50, 55, 136, morphological characteristics 140, 143, 166 of, 314 Legionella micdadei, 139 Legionella pneumophila, 350 Legionellosis, 55 J Leifsonia, 4 James town Canyon virus, 56 Leishmania spp., 14, 38, 47, 52, Japanese encephalitis (JE) virus, 72, 117, 118, 121 11, 40 diagnostic tests, 287, 294 JC polyomavirus, 9 morphological characteristics, JC virus, 109, 223, 238–239 316 Joint infections, 34–35 Leishmania braziliensis, 14, 44, Junin virus, 12, 56, 225 316 Index 395 Leishmania donovani, 42, 316 Mansonella perstans, 16, 76 Leminorella spp., 27 morphological characteristics Lentivirus, 12 of, 317 Leprosy, 55 parasitic diagnosis, 288, 298 Leptospira spp., 9, 39, 40, 106, Mansonella streptocerca, 76 132, 136, 147 Marburg-like viruses, 11 diagnostic tests, 171 Marburg virus, 11, 40, 56, 227 Leptospira interrogans, 53, 350 Martin-Lewis agar, 149 Leptospirosis, 55, 106 Mastadenovirus, 9 Leptotrichia, 6 Matrix-assisted laser desorption/ Leptotrichia bucalis, 28 ionization time-of-flight Leuconostoc spp., 5, 28, 350, 357 mass spectrometry Lichtheimia, 271 (MALDI-TOF MS), 20 Lichtheimia (Absidia) corymbifera, Measles-mumps-rubella (MMR) 66 adult immunization schedule, LIM broth, 148 329 Listeria spp., 5, 129, 159–160 immunization schedule, 326 Listeria monocytogenes, 28, 38, 40, Measles virus, 12, 39, 40, 42, 43, 41, 46, 53, 55, 150, 333, 350 45, 46, 51, 56, 221, 230 Listeriosis, 55 Mechanisms of resistance, Liver, specimen guidelines for bacteria, 358–360 parasitology, 121 Medically Important Fungi, a Loa loa, 16, 42, 76, 119 Guide to Identification morphological characteristics (Larone), 263 of, 317 Megasphaera elsdenii, 28 parasitic diagnosis, 288, 298 Meningococcal disease, 55 Loffler medium, 149 Meningococcal polysaccharide, Lowenstein-Gruft modification, 155 adult immunization Lowenstein-Jensen (LJ) medium, schedule, 329 155 Metagonimus yokogawai, 78, 320 Lugol’s iodine stain, 291 Metapneumovirus, 12 Lujo virus, 56 Metorchis conjunctus, 78 Lyme disease, 55, 59, 105 Metronidazole, 345, 347, 349, 351 Lymphocryptovirus, 10 Microbacter, 4 Lymphocytic choriomeningitis Microbacterium, 4 (LCM) virus, 12, 34, 40, Micrococcus spp., 4, 28, 335 225 Microscopy Lyssavirus, 11 bacteria detection, 129–132 fungal diagnosis, 246–247 fungi detection, 245 M methods, 139–141 McBride Listeria agar, 150 parasite detection, 287–289 McClung-Toabe agar, 146 Microsporidia, 44 MacConkey agar, 149 detection methods, 288, 297 Machupo virus, 12, 40, 56, 225 morphological characteristics Macrolides, 346, 350 of, 314 Malaria, 57, 117 Microsporum spp., 28, 64, 65, Malaria parasites, morphological 276–277 characteristics of, 315 Middlebrook 7H9 broth, 155–156 Malassezia spp., 28, 37, 38, 41, 62, Middlebrook 7H10 broth, 156 256, 257 Middlebrook 7H11 broth, 156 diagnostic tests, 261 Middlebrook 7H13 broth, 156 direct examination, 250 Middle Eastern respiratory Mannitol salt agar, 149 syndrome (MERS), 11, Mansonella ozzardi, 16, 76, 317 226–227 396 Index Mitchison’s modification of Mycobacterium avium complex, Middlebrook 7H11 broth, 39, 48, 129, 160 156 Mycobacterium bovis, 156 Mitsuokella multiacidus, 28 Mycobacterium intracellulare, 156 Mobiluncus spp., 3, 28, 46, 131 Mycobacterium leprae, 55 diagnostic tests, 170 Mycobacterium marinum, 34, 52 Modified acid-fast stain, 291 Mycobacterium tuberculosis, 34, Modified Thayer-Martin (MTM) 36, 39, 40, 41, 45, 48, 50, agar, 149, 153 53, 54, 55, 129, 160 Moellerella wisconsensis, 28 Mycobacterium ulcerans, 45 Molds Mycobactosel modification, LJ antimicrobial susceptibility test medium, 155 methods for, 336 Mycology dimorphic, 273–274 collection and transport guide Molecular diagnostics lines, 112–116 bacteria, 129–132 plating guide, 256–257 parasites, 287–289 specimen collection and trans Mollicutes, 9 port, 242–244 Molluscipoxvirus, 10, 45 Mycoplasma spp., 9, 28, 29, 140 Molluscum contagiosum virus, 10 detection methods, 132, Moniliaceous fungi, 243 172–174 Monkeypox virus, 10, 238 Mycoplasma genitalium, 28, 45 Moraxella, 8 Mycoplasma hominis, 28, 34, 46 Moraxella catarrhalis, 28, 42, 49, Mycoplasma pneumoniae, 29, 36, 50, 51, 130, 350 40, 48, 49, 50, 132, 174, antimicrobial susceptibility test 350 methods, 335 Mycosel (Mycobiotic) agar, 255 diagnostic tests, 161 Myocarditis, 36 Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, 21, 324 Morbillivirus, 12 N Morganella spp., 8, 200 Naegleria, 287, 292 Morganella morganii, 28, 54, 350, Naegleria fowleri, 14, 39, 40, 71 354 Nails and hair, mycology plating Mouth, mycology plating guide, guide, 257 257 Nairovirus, 12 Mucor spp., 67, 271 Nanophyetus salmineola, 78 Mucorales, 51 Necator americanus, 16, 76 Mucormycotina, 13 morphological characteristics Mueller-Hinton agar, 150 of, 318 Multidrug resistance, mechanisms parasitic diagnosis, 288, 298 in bacteria, 358–360 Negativicutes, 6 Mumps virus, 12, 34, 36, 39, 40, Neisseria spp., 7, 29, 36, 190 46, 56, 109, 221, 230–231 Neisseriaceae, 191 Muscle, specimen guidelines for Neisseria gonorrhoeae, 34, 42, 43, parasitology, 122 45, 47, 48, 54, 55, 94, 96, Myclplasma spermatophilum, 29 102, 130, 136, 149, 351 Mycobacteria spp., 139 antimicrobial susceptibility test antimicrobial susceptibility test methods for, 333 methods for, 336 diagnostic tests, 161 primary plating media, 154–156 Neisseria meningitidis, 29, 36, 38, processing specimens, 138 45, 50, 55, 130, 351 Mycobacterium spp., 3, 46, 52, 54, antimicrobial susceptibility test 187–188, 189 methods for, 333 Mycobacterium avium, 156 diagnostic tests, 161 Index 397 Nematodes P detection methods, 288–289, Paecilomyces spp., 69, 269 297–299 Paenibacillus, 5 morphological characteristics Pandoraea, 7 of, 318 Pantoea spp., 8, 29, 198 pathogens, 75–77 Papillomavirus, 9, 42, 45, 223, 238 Neobalantidium (Balantidium) Parabacteroides, 4 coli, 45, 73 Parabacteroides distasonis, 29 Neodiplostomum seoulense, 78 Paracoccidioides brasiliensis, 46, Neotestudina rosatii, 68 51, 63 New World arenavirus, 56 characteristics of, 273, 274 New York City agar, 150 diagnostic tests, 261 Nipah virus, 12 direct examination, 249 Nocardia spp., 3, 39, 41, 46, 50, Paracoccus, 6 52, 53, 129, 136, 139, 143, Paragonimus spp., 121, 289, 351 299–300 diagnostic tests, 160 Paragonimus kellicotti, 17 differential characteristics of, Paragonimus westermani, 17, 51, 186 79, 319, 320 Nocardiopsis, 4 Parainfluenza virus, 48, 49, 50, 51, Nodular lesions, 52 221, 231 Non-Enterobacteriaceae, 334 Parapoxvirus, 10 Noninflammatory diarrhea, 44 Parasites Norovirus, 10, 226 detection methods for, 287–289 Norwalk virus, 10 diagnostic tests, 291–301 Nucleic acid, fungi detection, and geographic distribution, 245 71–80 processing stool specimens for, 124–126 O taxonomic classification of, Obligate intracellular bacteria, 13–17 detection methods, 132, Parasitology, specimen guidelines, 172–174 117–123 Ochrabactrum, 6 Parastrongylus (Angiostrongylus) Ochroconis gallopava, 283–284 cantonensis, 16, 75 Oerskovia, 4 Parastrongylus (Angiostrongylus) Oligella spp., 7, 29 costaricensis, 16, 75 Onchocerca volvulus, 16, 42, Parechovirus, 227 43, 77, 122, 288, 298, Parvovirus B19, 34, 38, 108, 223, 317 237 Opisthorchis spp., 17, 78, 320 Pasteurella spp., 8, 29, 53 Orbivirus, 39 antimicrobial susceptibility test Orf virus, 10 methods, 335 Orientia, 7 diagnostic tests, 166 Orientia tsutsugamushi, 36, differential characteristics of, 39, 60 192 Orthobunyavirus, 12 Pasteurella multocida, 34, 351 Orthohepadnavirus, 10 Pediatric immunization schedule, Orthopoxvirus, 9, 223, 238 325–327 Osteomyelitis, 34–35 Pediococcus spp., 5, 357 Oxacillin, 352 Penicillin, 345, 346, 347, 348, 350, Oxazolidinones, 348 351, 352, 353, 368, 370, 371 Oxidative-fermentative polymyxin Penicillium spp., 69 B-bacitracin-lactose Pentatrichomonas (Trichomonas) (OFPBL) agar, 150 hominis, 14, 29, 72 398 Index Peptococcus spp., 6, 29 Porphyromonas spp., 4, 30, 148, Peptoniphilus spp., 6, 29 351 Peptostreptococcus spp., 6, 29, 41, Potassium hydroxide (KOH), 47 fungal diagnosis, 247 Pericarditis, 36–37 Prevotella spp., 4, 30, 148, 351 Peritonitis, 47 Primary plating media Pertussis, 55 bacteria, 141–154 Petragnani medium, 156 fungi, 254–255 Phaeoannellomyces (Exophiala) mycobacteria, 154–156 wemeckii, 65 Primary pyodermas, 52 Phaneropsolus bonnei, 79 Prokaryotes, taxonomical Pharyngitis, 48–49 classification of, 2–3 Phenylethyl alcohol (PEA) blood Propionferax innocuum, 31 agar, 150 Propionibacterium spp., 3, 31, 43, 47 Phialemonium, 270 Propionibacterium acnes, 31, 39 Phialophora spp., 46 Prostatic fluid, 114 Phialophora verrucosa, 280 Prostatitis, 54 Phlebovirus, 12 Prosthodendrium molenkampi, 79 Phoma, 279 Proteus spp., 8, 41, 54, 147, 148, Piedraia hortae, 65 149, 200 Plague, 55, 58 Proteus mirabilis, 31, 37, 43, 51, Plasmodium spp., 38, 57, 117, 287, 53, 54, 351, 354 295 Proteus penneri, 31, 354 Plasmodium falciparum, 15, 40, Proteus vulgaris, 31, 351, 354 73, 315 Protozoa, 14–15, 71–74 Plasmodium knowlesi, 15, 74 Providencia spp., 8, 31, 200, 351 Plasmodium malariae, 15, 74, 315 Providencia stuartii, 31, 200, 355 Plasmodium ovale, 15, 74, 315 Pseudallescheria boydii, 41, 46, Plasmodium vivax, 15, 74, 315 68, 255 Plating media, recommendations, Pseudomonas spp., 8, 37, 156, 204 133–136 Pseudomonas aeruginosa, 31, 34, Platyhelminthes, 16–17 35, 38, 41, 42, 43, 47, 49, Pleisiomonas, 8 50, 52, 53, 155, 351 Plesiomonas shigelloides, 44, 351 antimicrobial susceptibility test Pluralibacter spp., 198 methods for, 333 Pneumococcal vaccine commonly tested antimicrobials, adult immunization schedule, 366–367 328 diagnostic tests, 167 immunization schedule, 326 intrinsic resistance of, 355 Pneumocystis jiroveci, 51, 62, 121, Pseudozyma spp., 62 243, 246–247 Psittacosis, 55 diagnostic tests, 262 Pyelonephritis, 53–54 direct examination, 253 Pygidiopsis summa, 79 Pneumovirus, 12 Pyrenochaeta romeroi, 68 Poliomyelitis, 56 Pythium spp., 13, 251 Poliovirus, 36, 222, 227 Poliovirus (inactivated), immunization schedule, Q 326 Q fever, 55, 106 Poliovirus infection, 56 Polymyxin, 144 Polymyxin B, 143 R Polyomavirus, 238–239 Rabies virus, 11, 40, 56, 222, 231 Polyomavirus (BK virus, JC Ralstonia, 7 virus), 223 Raoultella spp., 8, 199 Index 399 Rat bite fever, 106 Rotavirus, 221 Regan-Lowe agar medium, 151 immunization schedule, 325 Relapsing fever, 105 viral diagnosis, 226 Renal calculi, 54 Rotavirus (types A, B, C), 12, 44 Respiratory Rothia, 4 Gram stain and plating media, Rothia dentocariosa, 31 134, 135 Rothia mucilaginosa, 31, 35, 352 mycobacterial identification, 138 Rubella virus, 11, 34, 36, 40, 42, mycology plating guide, 257 43, 56, 109, 222, 232 specimen collection and trans Rubivirus, 11 port, 99–102, 114–115 Rubulavirus, 12 virology guidelines, 109 Ruminococcus productus, 31 Respiratory syncytial virus, 42, Ryan Blue stain, 291 48, 49, 50, 51, 222, 231–232 Respiratory tract S infections, 48–51 Sabia virus, 12, 56 specimen guidelines for parasi Sabouraud agar-brain heart tology, 121 infusion (SABHI), 255 Respirovirus, 11 Sabouraud dextrose agar (SDA), 255 Retortamonas intestinalis, 14, 31, Saccharomyces spp., 31 312 St. Louis encephalitis (SLE) virus, cysts of, 311 11, 40, 56, 227–228 trophozoites of, 310 Saksenaea, 272 Rhadinovirus, 10 Saksenaea vasiformis, 67 Rhinocladiella, 280 Salmonella spp., 8, 34, 35, 36, 37, Rhinosporidium, 13 44, 55, 143, 144, 147–149, Rhinosporidium seeberi, 251 152, 154, 352 Rhinovirus, 10, 42, 48, 49, 50, 51, diagnostic tests, 167 222, 232 intrinsic resistance of, 355 Rhizobium, 6 Salmonella enterica serovar Rhizomucor, 271 Typhi, 53, 55, 130, 142, Rhizomucor pusillus, 67 167, 352 Rhizopus spp., 67, 271 Salmonella-Shigella (SS) agar, 151 Rhodococcus spp., 3, 129, 139, 160 Salmonellosis, 55 Rhodococcus equi, 41, 50, 352 Sapovirus, 10, 226 Rhodotorula spp., 62 Sapporo virus, 10 Rickettsia spp., 7, 39, 106, 140, 352 Sarcinia, 6 Rickettsia rickettsii, 36, 40, 55, 60, Sarcocystis spp., 74, 314 132, 174 Sarcocystis hominis, 15 Rifampin, 144 Scedosporium spp., 41 Rift Valley fever virus, 12, 40, 226 Scedosporium spp. complex, RNA viruses 283–284 detection methods, 221–222 Scedosporium prolificans, diagnoses of, 225–232 283–284 double-stranded, enveloped, 12 Schaedler’s agar, 151 single-stranded, negative-sense, Schistosoma spp., 37, 45, 47, 120, enveloped, 11–12 289, 300 single-stranded, positive-sense, Schistosoma haematobium, 16, 54, enveloped, 11 79, 123, 319, 320 single-stranded, positive-sense, Schistosoma intercalatum, 16 nonenveloped, 10–11 Schistosoma japonicum, 16, 79, Romanowsky stain, 290 319, 320 Roseola virus, 10 Schistosoma mansoni, 16, 79, 319, Roseomonas, 6 320 400 Index Schistosoma mekongi, 16, 79 infrequently encountered bacte Scopulariopsis spp., 69, 269 ria, 105–106 Secondeary skin infections, 52–53 processing guidelines for para Selenite broth, 151 sites, 124–126 Selenomonas spp., 31 Sphingobacteria, 5 Sendai virus, 12 Sphingobacterium, 5 Sepsis, 37 Sphingomonas, 7 Serratia spp., 8, 31, 35, 37 Spiral-shaped bacteria, detection Serratia marcescens, 31, 37, 51, methods, 132, 170–172 352, 355 Spirochaetes, 8–9 Severe acute respiratory syndrome Spirometra mansoni, 80 (SARS), 11, 226–227 Spleen, specimen guidelines for Severe acute respiratory syndrome parasitology, 121 associated coronavirus Spore stain, 140–141 disease (SARS-CoV), 56 Sporothrix schenckii, 34, 39, 42, Shewanella, 8 46, 52, 64 Shiga toxin-producing Escherichia characteristics of, 273, 274 coli (STEC), 55 diagnostic tests, 262 Shigella spp., 8, 44, 55, 94, 130, direct examination, 248 143, 147, 148, 149, 154, 352 Sporotrichosis, 262 diagnostic tests, 167 Spotted fever rickettsiosis, 55 intrinsic resistance of, 355 Spotted fevers, 106 Shigellosis, 55 Sprillium, 7 Simplexvirus, 10 Sputum, routine bacterial culture, Sindbis virus, 11 137 Single-stranded, negative-sense, Stachybotrys, 281 enveloped RNA viruses, Staphylococcus spp., 5, 31, 32, 37, 11–12 352 Single-stranded, nonenveloped antimicrobial susceptibility test DNA viruses, 9 methods for, 332 Single-stranded, positive-sense, commonly tested antimicrobials, enveloped RNA viruses, 11 368–369 Single-stranded, positive-sense, differential characteristics of, nonenveloped RNA 176 viruses, 10–11 intrinsic resistance of, 356 Sin Nombre virus, 12 Staphylococcus aureus, 31, 34–38, Sinusitis, 49 41–44, 47–52, 129, 144, Skin 149, 157 infections, 52–53 Staphylococcus saprophyticus, 53, specimen guidelines for parasi 54 tology, 122 Stenotrophomonas spp. virology guidelines, 111 diagnostic tests, 167 Skirrow brucella medium, 152 differential characteristics of, Slackia, 4 205 Smallpox virus, 10, 56, 238 Stenotrophomonas maltophilia, Sneathia, 6 51, 352 Soft tissue infections, 52–53 antimicrobial susceptibility test Sorbitol-MacConkey agar, 152 methods for, 334 South American trypanosomiasis, intrinsic resistance of, 355 316 Stomatococcus, 4 Specimen collection, 82–83 Stool specimens bacteriology, and transport mycobacterial identification, 138 guidelines, 84–104 processing for parasites, guidelines for anaerobic culture, 124–126 107 routine bacterial culture, 137 Index 401 StrepB carrot broth, 152 morphological characteristics Streptobacillus spp., 6, 106 of, 318 diagnostic tests, 167 parasitic diagnosis, 289, 301 differential characteristics of, 193 Talaromyces, 269–270 Streptobacillus moniliformis, 32, Talaromyces (Penicillium) 34, 53, 353 marneffei, 63, 262 Streptococcal toxic shock, 55 Talaromyces marneffei, 46 Streptococcus spp., 6, 32, 33, 35, characteristics of, 273, 274 41, 42, 48, 94 direct examination, 249 antimicrobial susceptibility test Tannerella, 4 methods for, 332 Tetanus, 55 differential characteristics of Tetanus/diphtheria, adult beta-hemolytic, 178 immunization schedule, differential characteristics of 328 viridans, 179 Tetracyclines, 349 Streptococcus, Group A, Tetrathionate broth, 152 diagnostic tests, 157–158 Thayer-Martin (modified) agar, Streptococcus, Group B, 153 diagnostic tests, 158 Thioglycolate broth, 153 Streptococcus agalactiae, 32, 38, Thiosulfate citrate bile salts 42, 53, 144–145, 353 sucrose (TCBS) agar, 153 Streptococcus anginosus, 32, 47, 48 Tindale agar, 153–154 Streptococcus bovis, 32, 35 Tissierella praeacuta, 33 Streptococcus pneumoniae, 33–36, Tissue 38, 41–43, 47, 49–51, 55, detection methods of protozoa, 129, 145, 150, 353 287, 294–296 commonly tested antimicrobials, Gram stain and plating media, 371–373 134 diagnostic tests, 158 mycobacterial identification, Streptococcus pyogenes, 33, 36, 138 41–43, 48–50, 52, 53, 55, mycology plating guide, 257 353 specimen collection and trans Streptococcus selective medium, 152 port, 102, 115 Streptomyces, 4 virology guidelines, 110 Streptomycin, 349, 353 Todd-Hewitt broth, 148 Strongyloides spp., 120 Toluidine blue-O stain, fungal Strongyloides fuelleborni, 16 diagnosis, 247 Strongyloides stercoralis, 16, 45, Torovirus, 11 47, 51, 77, 121 Toxic shock syndrome, 55 morphological characteristics Toxocara spp., 43, 47, 77 of, 318 Toxocara canis, 16, 42, 318 parasitic diagnosis, 288, 298 parasitic diagnosis, 288, 299 Succinivibrio dextrinosolvens, 33 Toxocara cati, 16, 318 Sulfonamides, 351 Toxoplasma spp., 119 Suppurative thrombophlebitis, 38 Toxoplasma gondii, 15, 36, 37, 38, Suttonella, 8 40, 41, 43, 47, 51, 74, 118 Syncephalastrum, 271 diagnostic tests, 287, 295–296 Syphilis, 55 immunocompromised patients, 296 morphological characteristics T of, 314 Taenia spp., 120, 320 newborns, 296 Taenia multiceps, 80 pregnancy, 295–296 Taenia saginata, 17, 80, 289, 301 Transfusion-associated sepsis, Taenia solium, 17, 80, 118 37–38 402 Index Transmissible spongiform Trypanosoma cruzi, 14, 38, 72 encephalopathy agents, diagnostic tests, 287, 296 223, 239 morphological characteristics, Trematodes 316 detection methods, 289, Tryptic(ase) soy agar (TSA) and 299–300 broth (TSB), 154 morphological characteristics Tsukamurella spp., 3, 139, 353 of, 319 Tuberculosis, 55 pathogens, 78–79 Tularemia, 55, 59, 106 Trematosphaeria spp., 68 Turicella, 3 Treponema spp., 9, 33, 140 Turicella otitidis, 33, 42 Treponema pallidum, 39, 40, 45, Typhoid fever, 55 46, 48, 52, 55, 98, 132, 353 Typhus, 106 diagnostic tests, 171–172 Trichinella spp., 122 Trichinella spiralis, 16, 36, 45, U 57, 77 Ureaplasma, 9 parasitic diagnosis, 288, 299 Ureaplasma parvum, 33 Trichinosis, 57 Ureaplasma urealyticum, 33, 34, Trichoderma, 269 45, 54 Trichomonas hominis, 312 Urethritis, 45 cysts of, 311 Urinary tract infections, 53–54 trophozoites of, 310 Urine Trichomonas tenax, 14, 33, 72 Gram stain and plating media, Trichomonas vaginalis, 14, 45, 46, 135 72, 123, 312 mycobacterial identification, 138 diagnostic tests, 287, 294 routine bacterial culture, 137 trophozoites of, 310 specimen collection and trans Trichophyton spp., 33, 65, 66, 275 port, 102–104, 116 Trichosporon spp., 33, 37, 62, 255, virology guidelines, 109–110 266 Urogenital system Trichosporon beigelii, 260 detection methods of protozoa, Trichostrongylus spp., 77, 320 287 Trichrome stain, 291 diagnostic tests for protozoa, Trichuris spp., 120 292–294 Trichuris trichiura, 16, 77, 320 specimen guidelines for parasi morphological characteristics tology, 123 of, 318 U.S. Department of Agriculture parasitic diagnosis, 289, 299 (USDA), 21 Trimethoprim, 144 U.S. Department of Transporta- Trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole, tion, 83 346, 352, 365, 367, 371, 373 Tropheryma, 4 Tropheryma whippelii, 46 V Trophozoites Vaccination, 324 of flagellates, 309–310 adult immunization schedule, of intestinal amebae, 302–304, 328–329 308 pediatric immunization sched Trueperella, 3 ule, 325–327 Trypanosoma spp., 15, 36, 40, 44 Vaccinia virus, 10, 238 Trypanosoma brucei, 287, 296 Vagina, mycology plating guide, Trypanosoma brucei gambiense, 257 14, 72, 315 Vaginal, specimen collection and Trypanosoma brucei rhodesiense, transport, 116 15, 72, 316 Vaginitis, 46 Index 403 Vagococcus, 5 W Vancomycin, 143, 144, 345, 347, Weber Green stain, 291 348, 368, 370, 372 Weeksella, 5 Vancomycin-intermediate Weeksella virosa, 33 Staphylococcus aureus Weissella, 5 (VISA), 55 West African sleeping sickness, Vancomycin-resistant Staphylo- 315 coccus aureus (VRSA), Western equine encephalitis 55 (WEE) virus, 11, 40, 56, Varicella, 56 225 adult immunization schedule, West Nile encephalitis, 56 329 West Nile virus, 11, 40, 227–228 immunization schedule, 327 Wirtz-Conklin spore stain, Varicella-zoster virus (VZV), 10, 140–141 108, 109, 111, 223, 239 Wolbachia, 7 Varicellovirus, 10 Wright’s stain, 290, 291 Variola virus, 10 Wuchereria bancrofti, 16, 42, 77 Veillonella spp., 6, 33 morphological characteristics Venezuelan equine encephalitis of, 317 (VEE) virus, 11, 40, parasitic diagnosis, 289, 299 225 Vibrio spp., 8, 44, 136, 153 antimicrobial susceptibility test X methods for, 333 Xylose-lysine-deoxycholate (XLD) diagnostic tests, 168 agar, 154 differential characteristics of, 203 Vibrio cholerae, 54, 167, 353 Y Vibrionaceae, 55 Yeast, 244 Vibriosis, 55 antimicrobial susceptibility test Vibrio vulnificus, 52, 353 methods for, 336 Viral hemorrhagic fever, 56 cultural and biochemical charac Virology specimen guidelines teristics of, 264–265 blood, 108 direct examination, 248–250 bone marro w, 108 Yeast extract-phosphate agar, CSF, 108–109 255 eyes, 110 Yellow fever virus, 11, 56, 227 feces, 110 Yersinia spp., 8, 201 general, 107–108 Yersinia enterocolitica, 37, 44, 48, genital, 110–111 130, 136, 144, 145, 353 respiratory, 109 diagnostic tests, 168 skin, 111 intrinsic resistance of, 355 specific, 108–111 Yersinia pestis, 55, 130, 168, 353 tissue, 110 Yokenella, 8 urine, 109–110 Viruses cells for viral isola tion, 224 Z detection methods for, Zika virus, 11, 59 221–223 Zygomycetes, 49, 51, 52, 271–272 taxonomic classification of hu diagnostic tests, 262 man, 9–12 direct examination, 251 Visceral abscesses, 48 Zygomycosis, 262